a' i' v' i' >' i'S» i' y:i» i>.i' I'V i> >' i» I

>' >* >' i' i' iS>' I'M i' i'

LIBRARY OF

1665- IQ56

^ - \Vf

0

o/v

A MONOGRAPH

CHKISTMAS ISLAND.

A MONOGRAPH

OP

CHRISTMAS ISLAND

(INDIAN OCEAN) :

PHYSICAL FEATURES

AND

GEOLOGY

BY

CHARLES W. ANDREWS, B.A., B.Sc, F.G.S.

WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF

THE FAUNA AISTD FLORA

BY
NUMERO US CONTRIB UTORS.

ILLUSTRATED BY TWENTY-TWO PLATES, A MAP, AND NUMEROUS
ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT.

LONDON:
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.

SOLD BY

LONGMANS AND CO., 39, PATERNOSTER ROW.

B. QUARITCH, 15, PICCADILLY. DULAU AND CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, W.

KEGAN PAUL AND CO., CHARING CROSS ROAD, W.C.

AND AT THE

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), CROMWELL ROAD, S.W.

fAll rights reserved. J
1900.

HERTFORD

PRINTED BY STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS.

PREFACE.

The Trustees having been pleased to authorize the
preparation of a monograph embracing the scientific
results of the exploration of Christmas Island by
Mr. C. W. Andrews during a visit extending over ten
months in 1897-98, I was requested by the Director to
make the necessary arrangements, and obtain the assistance
of the several members of the staff of the Natural History
Departments in the British Museum and other gentlemen
(whose names will be found in this W'Ork), without whose
kind co-operation Mr. Andrews' task would have been an
impossible one.

The valuable help of various special artists had also to
be secured to illustrate the work, and within rather over
a year from the time of inception the volume has been
completed.

By Professor Lankester's desire, this monograph has
been restricted to a description of the Physical Features
and the Geology, together with the Land Fauna and Flora
of the island.

VI PREFACE.

It is hoped that the satisfactory manner in which this
work has been accomplished may result in the issue of other
equally valuable monographs under the auspices of the
Trustees, by the staff of the Museum, dealing with similar
geographical units hitherto neglected.

HENRY WOODWARD.

Geological Department,

British Museum (Natural History).
February, 1900.

AUTHOR'S PREFACE.

The present volume contains an account of the collections
and observations made by me during a stay of about ten
months in Christmas Island.

This period included all the seasonal changes, and it is
hoped that the collections of plants and insects are fairly
complete.

In a few instances specimens obtained by previous
collectors are described.

The collections of marine animals are discussed elsewhere.

I wish especially to express my sincere thanks to the
Trustees of the British Museum, who granted me the
necessary leave of absence, which, owing to the difficulty of
reaching the island and the still greater difficulty of getting
away, was prolonged considerably beyond the time that
was at first thought necessary ; to Sir John Murray, whose
generosity in defraying the necessary expenses rendered
the expedition possible ; to Mr. George Clunies Ross, of
Cocos-Keeling Islands, and his brother, Mr. Andrew Ross,
for their hospitality, and assistance in numberless ways
during my stay ; to their nephew, Mr. H. Ross, a resident
for some years on the island, whose knowledge of bush-
life in general was of the greatest assistance to me ;

VIU AUTHORS PREFACE.

and lastly, to Mr. W. A. Wilkinson, the Engineer to the
Christmas Island Phosphate Compan3^

I am also greatly indebted to the contributors of the
various sections of this book for the trouble and care they
have taken in working out the collections I was able to
send home.

CHAS. W. ANDREWS.

Geological Department,

British Museum (Natural History).
Fehruarii, 1900.

INTEODUCTORY NOTE.

Chbistmas Island, in the Indian Ocean, appears to have been known
to navigators from about the middle of the seventeenth century.
Dampier and other voyagers sent boats ashore, but, until the year
1887, no person appears to have been able to penetrate beyond
a few hundred yards from the landing-places, because of the
steep and rugged cliffs, covered with dense tropical vegetation,
by which the island is everywhere surrounded.

In 1887 Captain (now Rear-Admiral) Pelham Aldrieh, 11. N.,
visited the island in H.M.S. " Egeria," and with the assistance
of a party of blue-jackets cut a way up the cliffs, encamped on
the highest point of the island, and made some explorations towards
the interior. In consequence of Captain Aldrich's discoveries during
this expedition, the island was formally annexed to the British
Crown in the following year. In the year 1897 a Company
acquired the lease of the island, and arrangements were immediately
made for its thorough exploitation ; — an agricultural rent is paid
to the Government, in addition to royalties on all minerals and
timber that may be exported.

The total area of the island is about 43 square miles, and in
some parts it rises to over 1,000 feet above the level of the sea.
Besides being the home of numerous endemic and other species
of animals, it is completely covered by a luxuriant tropical
vegetation. Down to a few years ago it was probably the only
existing tropical island of any large extent that had never been
inhabited by man, savage or civilized. Its interest, from a scientific
point of view, is further increased by the fact that it is at least
190 miles distant from any other land, and is surrounded by
an ocean in which the depths exceed three English miles.

X INTEODUCTOEY NOTE.

It seemed highly desirable that this interesting island — which
"was evidently an upraised coral atoll — should be carefully examined
and described by a competent naturalist and geologist, before being
opened up by Europeans for agricultural and commercial purposes.
Accordingly it was arranged with the Trustees of the British
Museum that Mr. C. W. Andrews, B.Sc, F.G.S., of the Geological
Department, should be granted leave to carry out this exploration.
I undertook to pay all the expenses, and to present a complete
set of all specimens procured to the National Collection.

During the years 1897 and 1898 Mr. Andrews carried out the
exploration with great success, notwithstanding many disappoint-
ments, drawbacks, and hardships. He has enriched the British
Museum with unique and extensive collections, and it will, I think,
be admitted that in the present elaborate report we have the best
account of a true oceanic island that has ever been published.

It has not hitherto been possible to watch carefully the
immediate eflFects produced by the immigration of civilized man
— and the animals and plants which follow in his wake — upon
the physical conditions and upon the indigenous fauna and flora
of an isolated oceanic island. I hope to arrange that this shall
be done in the case of Christmas Island, at the same time that
further explorations are undertaken, for Mr. Andrews' detailed
report will enable this to be carried out with every prospect of
success, and in a scientific manner.

Mr. Andrews, and the other officials of the British Museum who
have assisted him in his investigations, are to be congratulated on
the production of this excellent monograph of an oceanic island,
which forms a most valuable addition to natural knowledge.

JOHN MURHAY.

Challekger Lodge, Wakdie,

Edinbukgh.

Felriiary 15, 1900.

TABLE OF CONTEISTTS.

PAGE

V

vii
ix
xi

XV

Preface, by Dr. H. Woodward, F.E.S., F.G.S. .
Author's Preface .......

Introductoiy ^ote by Sir John Murray, K.C.B., F.P.S.
Contents .........

List of Figures in the text .....

History and Physical Features, by C. W. Andrews, B.Sc.,

F.G.S 1

ZOOLOGY.

Mammalia, by C. W. Andrews, B.Sc, F.G.S. ... 22
Notes on the Osteology of Mus nativitatis and Mus macleari,

by Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.8 34

Aves, by R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S. ... 37

Rcptilia, by G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S 51

Mollusca, by E. A. Smith, F.Z.S 54

Lepidoptera Ehopaloccra, by A. G. Butler, Ph.D., F.L.S. , etc. 60

Lepidoptera Phaloense, by Sir George F. Hampson, Bart. . 63
Micro-Lepidoptera, hj the Rt. Hon. Lord Walsingham, M.A.,

LL.D., F.B.S., etc 75

Hymenoptera, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S. ... 81

Diptera 88

Colcoptera, by C. 0. Waterhouse, F.E.S., C. J. Gahan, M.A.,

F.E.S., and G. J. Arrow, F.E.S 89

Hemiptera, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.
Homoptera, by ^Y. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.
MaUophaga, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.
Neui-optera, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.
Oi-thoptcra, by W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., F.E.S.
Chilopoda, Diplopocla, and Arachnida, by R. I. Pocock
Land Crustacea, by C. "W. Andrews
Vermes (Earth-worms), by Daniel Kosa, D.Sc.

PAGE

127
130
138
139
141
153
163
16G

BOTANY.

Dicotyledons :

Polypctalae, by E. G. Baker, F.L.S.

Gamopetalac, by E. G. Baker, F.L.S.

Apetalae, by A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.
Monocotyledons, by A. B. Bendle, M.A., D.Sc.
Gymnosperms, by A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc.
Ferns, by A. Gepp, M.A., F.L.S.
Mosses, by A. Gepp, M.A., F.L.S.
Licbens, by V. H. Blaekman, M.A., F.L.S.
Fnngi, by V. H. Blaekman, M.A., F.L.S. .
Mycetozoa, by A. Lister, F.R.S. .

171
179
185
190
193
194
196
197
198
200

PALEONTOLOGY AND GEOLOGY.

Fossil Mollusca from the Eeef Limestones of Christmas Island,

by R. B. Newton, F.G.S 201

Fossil Corals of Christmas Island, by J. "W. Gregory, D.Sc,

F.G.S 206

On the Foraminifera of the Orbitoidal Limestones and Reef
Rocks of Christmas Island, by Prof. T. Rupert Jones,
F.R.S., etc., and Frederick Chapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S.,
etc 226

CONTENTS. XIU

PAGE

Xote on the Composition of some Dolomitic and other Lime-
stones from Christmas Island, by E. W. Skeats, B.Sc.,
F.G.S 265

Geology, by C. W. Andrews, B.Sc., F.G.S. . .269

Xoto on the Geographical Relations of the Fanna and Flora

of Christmas Island, by C. W. Andrews . . . 299

List of Species recorded from Christmas Island . . . 305

List of the Principal Papers relating to Christmas Island . 318

Appendix 319

Index 321

Plates I-XXI, with explanations and Map, at the end of the

volume.
Explanation of Plates.

EERATA.

p. 61, line 6, for P. sepulchralis read V. sepulchralis.
p. 88, line 5 from bottom, for Syrpindce read Syrphidce.
p. 142, third genus under ' Blattid^,' for Periplanata read
Periplaneta.

LIST OF FIGURES IN THE TEXT.

PAGE

Outlines of Christmas Island as seen from the sea .... 4

lleef-cclge at low-water, south side of Flying Fish Cove . . 7

iN'orth coast, looking towards Smith Point 7

Sections across the edge of the central plateau 12

North-West Point from the north 15

Steep Point from the north 15

Skull and mandible of Pteropus nataJis, showing dentition.

Natural size 23

Antehrachium and cai'pus of Mus macleari and Mus nativitatis. 34

Pontodrilus ephippiger \ prostate and sperm- sac 166

Pcriclmta hrcvis; sperm- sac and spermatheca 168

Leptoria phrygia; part of transverse section, x 5 . . . . 211
Orlicella herUotsi ,, ,, X7....215
Orbicella quadrangulan's, var. columnafa ; part of transverse

section, X li 217

Prionastrcea magnifica ; part of transverse section, x 2 . . 219

Porites, aff. liitea ,, „ X 9 . . 222

Porites belli „ ,, X 9 . . 223

Porites belli ; part of transverse section bored by an alga, X 9 223

Montipora dayim \ part of transverse section, x 12 . , . . 224

Forest on central plateau 270

Sections showing the structure of the cliff at Flying Fish

Cove 272

Bed of basalt resting on older Tertiary limestone, south side

of Flying Fish Cove 274

Mass of Porites in sea cliff, south of Flying Fish Cove . . 274

Sections of cliff in Flying Fish Cove 276

Geological map of the neighbourhood of Flying Fish Cove . 280

Mouth of Sidney's Dale, west coast 284

Dyke of basalt, floor of Sidney's Dale, west coast .... 286

Sea-worn basalt in Waterfall (Panchoran) Bay, east coast . 286

CHRISTMAS ISLAND (LNDIAN OCEAN).

HISTORY AND PHYSICAL FEATURES.
By C. AV. Andrews, B.Sc, F.G.S.

Christmas Island, the subject of the present monograph, lies in
the eastern part of the Indian Ocean, in S. lat. 10° 25', E. long.
105° 42'. Java, the nearest land, is about 190 miles to the north,
while some 900 miles to the south-east is the coast of North-Wcst
Australia. A little to the south of west, at a distance of 550
miles, are the two atolls of Cocos and North Keeling, and
to the north of these Glendinning Shoal. The submarine slopes
of the island are very steep, and soundings of upwards of 1,000
fathoms occur within two or three miles of the coast : at this
depth the bottom was found to consist of globigerina ooze. To the
north is Maclear Deep, in which 3,200 fathoms were found, and to
the south and south-west is the more extensive Wharton Deep,
with upwards of 3,000 fathoms. The island, in fact, forms the
summit of a submarine peak, the base of which rises from the low
saddle which separates these two abysses, and on the western end
of which the Cocos-Keeliug Islands are situated.

The first mention of Christmas Island occurs in a map by Pieter
Goes, published in Holland in 1666, in which it is called Moni.
In subsequent maps this name and that of Christmas Island are
applied to it indifferently, but it is not known by whom the island
was discovered and named. The earliest approach to a descriptive
account is found in Dampier's " Voyages " [1]/ in the following
passage : —

'' After leaving New Holland, the ship tried to make Cocos,
but was driven to a more easterly course, and met nothing
of remai'k till the twenty-eighth day. Then we fell in with a
small woody island in lat. 10° 20' S. It was deep-water about
the island, and there was no anchoring ; but we sent two canoes
ashore, one of them with the carpenters to cut a tree to make
another pump ; the other canoe went to search for fresh water,
and found a small brook near the south-west point of the island,
but there the sea fell on the shore so high that they could not
get it off. At noon both the canoes returned on board, and the

* The numbers in square brackets refer to the list of papers, etc., relating to
Christmas Island given at the end of the volume.

2 C/irisf»ias Ishnid.

cai-penters brought on board a good tree ; the other canoe brought
aboard as many boobies and man-of-war birds as sufficed all the
ship's comi^any when they were boiled.

" They also got a sort of land animal, somewhat resembling a
large crawfish without its great claws. The island is a good height,
with steep cliffs against the south and south-west, and a sandy bay
on the north side, but with very deep water steep to the shore."

The date of Dampier's visit was March, 1688. The next
account of the island is given by Captain Daniel Beekraan, in
1718 [2]. He remarks that "the island looks exceeding pleasant,
being covered with lofty trees, and may be known by the following
directions: — ('oming from the north-westward, it appears pretty
high, with a saddle in the middle ; the westernmost land is the
highest, trenching away to the northward to a low, flat point ;
the easternmost point is low, but bluff. I sounded within eight
miles of the low point, but had no bottom with the lOU-fathom
line out. The island is about seven leagues from east to west."

This writer gives a remarkable sketch, in which the heights are
ridiculously exaggerated, the hill over the north-western point
being made to look like a mountain with three peaks ; his estimate
of the length of the island also is much in excess of the truth. In
1771 the "Pigot," East Indiaman, attempted to find an anchorage,
but failed. The crews of this and other passing vessels reported
the occurrence of wild pigs, coconut-palms, and lime-trees, none
of which really existed. The first attempt at an exploration of the
island was made by the fiigate "Amethyst" in 1857, from which
a boat's crew was landed with the object of attempting to reach
the summit, but the inland cliffs proved an insuperable obstacle,
and the ascent was abandoned.

In 1886 the surveying vessel, "Flying Fish" (Captain Maclear)
was ordered to make an examination of the island. The coast was
found to consist of limestone cliffs, and it was only after sailing
nearly all round the island that an anchorage was found in a bay
with a white shingle beach on the north coast. To this the name
Flying Fish Cove was given, and it is now the site of a small
settlement. Another white beach was seen towards the north-
west point, but no anchorage was found near it. A number of
men were landed, and collections of the plants and animals were
obtained, but, since the island seemed of little value, no serious
attempt at exploration was made | 3].

In the following year H.M.S. "Egeria" (Captain Pelluim Aldrich)
called at the island, and remained about ten days. Captain Aldrich
and his men cut a way to the top of the island, and sent home a
niimber of rock specimens obtained on the way, and Mr. J. J. Lister,
who accompanied the expedition as naturalist, made extensive col-
lections both of the fauna and flora, but had not time to penetrate
to the middle of the island [4-6].

The island was formally annexed by H.M.S. " Imperieusc " in
June, 1888, and placed under the Straits Settlements (iovernmcnt.

Hisiori/ and Pluj^ical Features. 3

Tn 1890 E.]\[.S. " Redpolc" called at the island for a few liours,
and Mr. H. N. Ridley, of the Singapore Botanical Gardens, who was
on board, collected a nunibir of plants not previously recorded, and
has written an interesting account of liis visit [8].

Allliough Messrs. Lister and Ridley had made valuable collections
of the fauna and flora of tlie island, the shortness of the time at
their disposal rendered it impossible for them to penetrate far
into the interior, or to make any examination of the geological
structure. jS^evertheless, the rock specimens brought back by the
"Egeria" showed that the island probably consisted mainly of
coral and foraminiferal limestones, resting on a basis of volcanic
rocks ; and a very interesting paper, in which the results of the
expedition were summarized, and the probable structure of the
island discussed, was published by Rear-Admiral 8ir W. J. L.
Wharton in the proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society
for 1888 [7].

It seemed desirable, however, that a more complete examination
of the island should be undertaken, and, if possible, collections
should be made at different seasons of the year, and in 1896
Sir John Murray generously offered to pay the expenses of such an
expedition. I was foi'tunate enough to be able to avail myself of
this opportunity, and, the Trustees of the British Museum having
granted the necessary leave of absence, I left England at the
beginning of May, 1897. At that time the only means of access
to the island was by the sailing-vessels belonging to Mr. G. Clunies
Ross, of the Cocos-Keeling Islands, which are employed in carrying
various supplies from Batavia to those islands, and on their Avay
down usually touch at Christmas Island to land stores for the
little colony established in Flying Fish Cove. Unfortunately,
one of these vessels had left shortly before I arrived in Java, and
I therefore had to wait some ^veeks before an opportunity of
getting to my destination occurred ; but at length, on July 23rd,
T sailed from Batavia in the "J. G. Clunies Ross," a yawl of about
46 tons burden. After a rough passage of five days we sighted the
island from the south-west, having run past it in the night. We
arrived off Flying Fi.sh Cove soon after suuset, but did not anchor
till the following morning (Jxily 29th).

Seen from the south-west, the island appears as a long green
ridge, nearly level at the top, there being only slight elevations at
the north-west and south-east ends. The ridge descends seaward
in a succession of terraces, the upper ones bounded by comparatively
gentle slopes, the lower by a high and nearly vertical cliff, below
which there is a narrow platform sloping gently down to the sea
cliff. This is usually about 15 to 30 feet high, and is much undercut
by the heavy swell that is continually breaking against its base.
On approaching neai'er, it can be seen that the whole island is
covered by a dense forest, broken only by the grey face of the high
inland cliff which runs round the greater part of the island, rising
like a wall above the tall trees growing on the shore terrace.

en

i

o

z
<

-1

«2

to

<

X

o

Cln'idmas Inland — Fhijsical Features. 5

The outlines of the land, as seen from the south-west, oast,
and north, and sections across it at various points, arc shown in
Eigure 1 and in the map.

From these it can be gathered that the island consists of a
central plateau, highest towards the north and east, and descending
to the sea on all sides by a succession of terraces, separated by
slopes or cliffs. In most places the arrangement of these, from the
edge of the plateau downwards, is — (1) a steep slope strewn with
blocks ; (2) a broad terrace, followed by a similar slope (this
seems to be Avauting on the south) ; (3) a second terrace,
terminating in a cliff 200 or 300 feet high; (4) the shore terrace,
sloping gently down to the sea cliff'; (5) the present fringing reef.
There are, however, many local differences, the more important of
which will be noticed below.

The greatest length of the island is from North-East Point to
Egeria Point, a distance of about 12 miles. The greatest width is
from I^orth-East Point to South Point (see Map), about nine
miles ; the least on a line drawn north and south through Murray
Hill, about three and a half miles. The total area of the island
may be roughly stated as 43 square miles.

In giving a general account of the physical features of the island,
it will be convenient to begin with the fringing reef, and then deal
successively with the higher terraces, concluding with the plateau.
There are, besides, one or two localities which will need a some-
what more detailed description.

The Frmging Reef. (Fig. 2.)

If the coast be examined in a boat, or fi'om the edge of the sea
cliff, it is found that round the greater part of the island there is
a submarine terrace or shelf, which varies greatly in width and in
its depth beneath the surface. At Flying Fish Cove this terrace
consists of two portions — an inner, which is partly dry at low-
water, and outside this and about two fathoms below it, a second,
which slopes away seaward to about 20-30 fathoms, beyond which
the water deepens suddenly. The upper reef is best developed at
the northern and southern ends of the cove, and is almost absent in
the middle. It exactly resembles the reef flat of an atoll. At
low-water it can be seen to be composed of blocks of coral cemented
together and forming a smooth, hard surface, like concrete, bored
in all directions by marine worms. Some of the individual coral
masses are of considerable size, and the section of one spherical
mass was about four feet in diameter. On the surface of the reef
are numerous loose blocks and large plate-like masses of coral, and
towards the beach are a number of enormous masses of white
f oraminif eral limestone which have fallen from the high cliff above ;
some of these are 20 feet high and 30 or more long, and several
have trees growing on them. In one case a block has rolled a dis-
tance of 50 or 60 yards out on to the reef flat. At the lowest tides

6 Christmas Island — The Sea CUff.

the greater part of the surface of the reef is covered -svith water
less than a foot deep, though there are a few holes of greater
depth. In some places there are clumps of a small branching
madrepore of considerable extent, the tops of which are exposed
for nearly a foot for some time at low-water. Except for these
there are only a few small corals in the deeper pools, and the chief
inhabitants of this part of the reef are holothuria and small
echinoids, which live in holes in the rock. The outer rim is raised
from a foot to eighteen inches above the surface of the water of the
lagoon. It consists mainly of flat blocks of coral overgrown and
cemented together by a thick coating of bright red nullipores, and
is cleft by numerous deep fissures and channels, through which the
water thrown over it escapes ; it is on the sides of these fissures
that the corals seem to flourish best. The reef flat at the northern
end of the cove is of much the same character.

Standing on the nullipore-covered edge of this upper reef, the
outer lower reef can be seen through the one or two fathoms of
clear water that cover it. Its furfacc is studded with masses
of various species of corals, separated by areas of coral sand. As
above mentioned, this reef slopes away gently to about 20 fathoms,
beyond which the water deepens suddenly. At the southern end
of the bay it is interrupted, and at Smith Point no bottom was
found with 30 fathoms close to the cliffs.

A little south of the middle of the cove the reefs are interrupted
by a boat-channel forty to fifty yards wide, which runs up to the
beach. Its bottom slopes gently down to four or five fathoms, and
is composed of coral shingle ; beyond this patches of coral appear,
and it passes into the general surface of the lower reef.

Except at West White Beach and a few small bays with beaches
on the east coast, Flying Fish Cove is the only place where any
part of the fringing reef is dry at low-water. Round the greater
part of the island the foot of the cliff is washed by the sea at all
times of the tide, and the fringing reef, if present at all, is from
a yard to three or four fathoms below the surface, even at ebb-tide.
Here it seems to consist, on its landward side, of a platform formed
by the cutting back of the cliff by the sea, while on the seaward
portion coral is luxuriant, and is, no doubt, growing outward on
the talus resulting from the denudation of the coast.

The Sea Cliff and Beaches. (Fig. 3.)

Nearly the whole of the coastline is formed by limestone cliffs,
varying in height from about 15 to 150 feet or more. The latter
height only occurs at Steep Point, in consequence of certain
movements which will be described elsewhere ; in other places tht^
height seldom exceeds 50 feet. The cliffs are nearly everywhere
much undercut, and sometimes overhang to the extent of 30 feet
or more. There are numerous caves, and occasionally these have
openings on the shore terrace at some distance from the sea.

f^.-^<K

»«5(W1». ~'t

h:-

«*.■"- »K.

- ^*-«.r.-

tvy

■ X* >'^*^

1*

.-> ~

_.'SK,s?Bn;£dfii<«t

FIG. 2.
REEF-EDGE AT LOW-WATER, SOUTH SIDE OF FLYING FISH COVE.

. - ,

■_n

" '"^^^M^^^^^^^^^^O

^H

f

i

f

U"*"*"*

1

- i»^

i

1

'■

,'^^«.

..^ J

FIG. 3. -NORTH COAST LOOKING TOWARDS SMITH POINT.

8 Christmas Island.

When a heavy sea strikes the cliffs, the air is driven through these
passages with great violence, and sometimes accompanied by a
column of spray GO or 70 feet high. These blowholes are most
numerous on the south coast, where the cliffs are exposed to the
heavy ocean swell caused by the south-east trade- wind, which
prevails during the greater part of the year. Along this coast the
cliffs are cut up into narrow, finger-like masses, and their .summit
for some distance inland is bare of vegetation, being continually
swept by the spray, liock-pools containing small living fish some-
times occur on the cliff top. On the north coast, which is more rarely
exposed to a heavy sea, the cliffs often form a continuous wall for
long distances. The structure of the sea cliff will be described in
more detail in the geological part of this memoir. Here it may
be mentioned that by far the greater part of it is a section of a
recently raised fringing reef; but in some places — e g., on the east
coast — the sea has cut back to the older and moi e central parts of
the island, and in such places the cliff" may consist largely of vol-
canic, mostly basaltic, rocks ; even when this is the case, however,
the upper portion is usually formed of recent coral limestone.

In one or two places the sea cliff is interrupted by beaches of
coral shingle. The most important of these is at Flying Fish Cove,
where it forms a crescent some 500 yards long. Towards the
southern end it is composed of sand, but to the northward it
becomes coarser and coarser, till about the middle it consists of
rolled blocks of coral, and on the foreshore masses of yellowish
limestone, apparently part of the talus derived from the cliff
behind. At the northern end it becomes finer again. In places
the shingle has been cemented into hard, -compact rock, in sheets
several inches thick. The top of the beach is about 15 feet
above low-tide level, and its slope varies much, being very steep
after a northerly or north-easterly gale, and gentler during the
prevalence of the trade-wind, Avhen the seji in the cove is qiiiet.

Behind the beach there is a broad, nearly level platform, com-
posed mainly of fragments and blocks of coral, but to some extent
also of volcanic and other rock derived from the cliff above.
Formerly the whole of this platform was forest - clad, and even
now much of the beach down to high-water mark is fringed with
a belt of Ironwoods ( Cordid), Waroo (Hib/sctis), and Tourncfortia ;
but within this much of the forest has been cleared, fruit-trees
(custard apples, limes, etc.) and coconut-palms planted, and a
number of substantial houses built. At its northern end this
platform is shut in by an inland continuation of the sea cliff
(10-20 feet), which still shows traces of wave action; and at the
back there rises in a semicircle a cliff covered almost entirely with
forest, and towards the middle of the cove towering nearly 500 feet
above the platform.

\Yest AVhite Beach is in some respects similar to Flying Fish
Cove, but here the platform is much narrower, and the sea cliff" is
continued behind it ; above this cliff there is a wide terrace, as on

The Shore Terrace. 9

other parts of the coast. In many places the beach is covered with
slabs of shore cement, but on the whole it consists of finer material
than that at the cove. Between it and Smith Point there are
three other small beaches, but these are shut in by cliffs and covered
at high-water. On the east coast there are several similar beaches
of various sizes. At one of these a bed of basalt comes out on
the shore, and over it gushes a small stream of excellent fresh
water, the volume of which seems to remain constant at all times
of the year; this waterfall is called by the Malays " Panchoran,"
and the bay in which it occurs may be named Panchoran Pay. On
the west coast, towards North-West Point, 1 saw a series of small
white beaches, which are probably covered at high tide.

The Shore Terrace.

By this is nipant the terrace extending from the top of the sea
cliff to the foot of the first inland cliff. It is the most persistent
and best defined of the terraces, being interrupted, so far as I am
aware, at Flying Fish Cove and Steep Point only. Its width
varies from nearly half a mile to less than a hundred yards.
As a rule, it slopes gently upwards to the foot of the first inland
cliff, but probably its greatest elevation is less than a hundred
feet, and its average height is not more than about fifty. At
the outer border there is usually a belt of low, jagged pinnacles,
often separated by channels running seaward, precisely like those
seen in the present fringing reef ; within this is a level area
thickly covered with rich soil, and then, towards the foot of
the inland cliff, another belt covered with pinnacles and blocks
fallen from the heights above. Sometimes, however, the whole
width is a chaos of jagged pinnacles and masses of limestone,
which, when covered with jungle, is quite impassable. As already
mentioned, along the sheltered part of the north coast the forest
extends to the very edge of the cliff. Elsewhere there is usually an
outer band, where only coarse grass and a few straggling bushes of
Femjyhis and Sccevola will grow. Within this is a zone composed
mainly of Pandanus, C'ordia, Calophyllum, Hibiscus, Pisonia, and
other sea-loving plants ; these fomi a protection to the forest,
covering the inner part of the platform. The trees found here are
mostly large forest trees, such as occur in the higher parts of the
island. The commonest forms are Gyrocarpua, Berria, Erythrina,
Ochrosia, Kleinhovia, Celtis, Terminalia, and Arenya, but there
are many others. The Gyrocarpus, which is completely bare of
leaves during the last six months of the year, gives a very peculiar
appearance to the forest during that time. Occasionally the
fairly open forest is replaced by dense jungle of pandanus and
thorny creepers.

In several places on the east coast the shore terrace is composed
largely of volcanic rocks, and since these hold up the water which
elsewhere sinks through the porous limestone, there are several

10 C/ii-isf/nos Inland.

small brooks. These arc never more than two or three hundred
yards long, and rise from springs, welling out at or near the base
of the inland cliif. Their banks are very muddy, and are burrowed
in all directions by a peculiar grey crab {Cardiosoma), which is
provided, with a sort of brush on each side of the mouth, apparently
for filtering the water which enters the gill chamber.

Tlie First Inland Cliff and Terrace. (Fig. 5.)

The first inland cliff is the most conspicuous feature in the
scenery, and in one form or another it extends round nearly the
whole island. In one place it forms a cliff with a nearly vertical face
bare of vegetation ; in another it is reduced to a talus slope of blocks
of limestone piled up in wild confusion and covered with trailing
plants and bushes ; and in others, again, it is replaced by a succession
of smaller cliffs and terraces of varying height and breadth, rising
step-like one behind the other. Whatever form it may take, its
summit is between 250 and 300 feet above the sea-level. On the
east coast, about half a mile south of North-East Point, this cliff is
absent for a short distance, and on the western coast it is much less
distinctly developed than elsewhere. In many places where the
cliff' face is vertical, or nearly vertical, it shows distinct traces of
wave action at two or three levels, the chief evidence of this being
lines of small caves, and in places near the foot a very distinct
and clearly comparatively recent undercutting of the face. For
instance, on the north coast, at about 20 feet above the shore plat-
form, the cliff is cut back into a shelf, above which it overhangs
considerably, and from 150 to 200 feet higher up there are less
distinct traces of a similar structure, the line of wave action being
there mai'ked by small caves. Where the single cliff face is replaced
by a number of secondary cliffs and terraces, these also indicate
that the surface of the sea has stood at successively lower levels
with regard to the land, each cliff and terrace apparently marking
such a change of level. In places these smaller cliffs and terraces
aie interrupted by gentler slopes, and one or more may disappear.
Although the terraces may be continuous for considerable dis-
tances, it is difficult to correlate those occurring in different part.s
of the island. Both the mode of origin and the composition of
the first inland cliff seem to differ considerably in different places,
but these points will be more fully considered in the geological
section.

The terrace on the top of the first inland cliff varies much in
width and general structure. It is widest opposite the principal
headlands, where it is between a quarter and half a mile wide ;
elsewhere it may be any width from less than 100 to 400 or 500
yards. It usually slopes gently seawards, sometimes becoming-
steeper towards the cliff edge, which is nearly everywhere bordered
with a belt of pinnacles of coral limestone, separated by clefts and
channels often parallel to the cliff edge. In one or two places,

Inland Cliffs and Terraces. 11

notably near the middle of the north coast, the structure is more
complex. Here, on descending the slope of the terrace towards
the elitt" edge, we come first to a narrow belt of pinnacles, beyond
which is a sudden drop of about 50 feet; at the foot of the low cliff
thus formed is a perfectly level, soil-clad terrace, some 50 yards
broad, which is bounded on the outer side by lines of pinnacles
20-30 feet high, separated by winding channels with level floors ;
beyond these is a slope covered with piles of limestone blocks
extending to the cliff edge. The channel included between the
low cliff and the outer belt of pinnacles extends for half a mile or
more roughly parallel to the coast, and may be either the result
of a slip downward of the outer part of the cliff, or possibly
a channel in a reef formed round the island when the sea was at
that level. Whatever its structure, this terrace is always thickly
covered with forest.

TJie Upper Cliffs and Terraces.

Above the first inland terrace, which, as just mentioned, varies
greatly in width, we meet with a second inland cliff, or rather
steep rock-covered slope, for an actual cliff is only found in a few
places, as, for instance, west of the southern end of Flying Fish
Cove. Usually the limestones composing this cliff show many
traces of coral structure. At the summit thei'e is a second ten-ace
sloping gently upwards towards the foot of the third inland cliff,
which forms its inland boundary. The width of this terrace, like
that of the one below, varies very much, and is greatest opposite
the headlands. It is occasionally pai'tly covered with pinnacles
and blocks of limestone, but usually is clothed with soil, which
supports a luxuriant forest of great trees 150-200 feet high; in
some places there is thick undergrowth of Pandanus, Randia, ferns,
etc., but as a rule the forest is fairly open. The upper cliff, like
that last described, is usually a steep talus-covered slope, with cliff
faces showing in a few places only. Along the east coast, how-
ever, the upper 40 or 50 feet may be nearly vertical for long
distances, forming a true cliff along the upper rim of the island.
For the most pai't the rocks composing it show few traces of coral,
and have been to a great extent dolomitized, as will be described in
the geological section.

On the south const one or other of the upper inland cliffs is
wanting, or rather the two form a single declivity.

The Central Plateau and Hills.

Speaking generally, the whole of the upper part of the island
consists of a plain, sloping gently to the south and west, and
possessing a surface varied with shallow valleys, rounded flat-
topped hills, and low ridges and reefs of coral limestone. On the
northern and eastern sides the edge forms, in most places, a raised
rim, bounded externally by a low cliff, below which comes the

12 Clit'latmas Inland.

uppermost of tlie inland cliffs above described. In other places
it passes into the inland cliff by a more gentle slope. The actual
margin is usually marked by a belt of limestone pinnacles of
greater or less width. Another notable feature is the occurrence
on the northern and eastern borders of several peculiar hills, the
long axis of which lies parallel to the edge of the plateau.

Of these hills Gannet Hill and Phosphate Hill (see Map and
Figs. 4 A, B) may be taken as typical. If the former be approached
from the westward, it will be found that the plateau slopes very
gently up to its foot; then there is a steep slope, from 50 to 60 feet
high, and above this a level surface from 100 to 200 yards Avide.
On the outer edge of this, and rising abniptly from it, is a belt of
limestone pinnacles, some of which are more than 10 feet high;

FIGURE 4.

A

slofi e Sir

f^'n flUi .'-loch

ninitades of dototniXie Ctmestone

PUiCeau

^^~-~^ upf.cr inland diff )

^ _\^ E

CANi-JLT HILL
HdL coiicredurUh. Uocks of pJlOifihaie oj Ume

-.low oUffoJ limtilont

' _ _ _— __ — — - E

i-'HujPrlAIt HILL

Q h>u difj of dolomibc Umestont

PCateau

lolus stone Co
V^ 'j.fi^itr terrace

lMUr^; LHLKiM LDGl OF PLATLAU

beyond these is a steep slope covered with a wild confusion of
blocks and pinnacles of limestone. The top of the hill is about
850 feet above the sea, while that of the plateau within is some
50 feet lower, at least at the northern end. Towards the south
the difference becomes less and less, till the ridge completely
disappears. The inland slope is strewn with blocks of phosphate
of lime, and the whole, as far as the belt of pinnacles, is covered
with a forest of lofty trees ; the outer slopes are clothed with
thorny creepers and low trees.

Phosphate Hill, which forms the north-eastern angle of the
plateau, is much more extensive, and in the northern part at least
there is no distinct belt of pinnacles forming its outer border, but,
instead, a fairly gentle slope, terminating in a low limestone cliff,
below which is the level upper terrace. The whole of the summit,
as well as the northern and western flanks of this hill, is thickly

Central Plateau and Hills. 13

covered with a bed of blocks of phosphatic rock, which in a few
phices can be seen to rest on a highly dolomitized limestone,
showing few or no traces of organic structure. The whole of the
slopes and terraces below this hill are thickly strewn with nodules
of the phosphate, and fragments of this substance are found enclosed
in the more recent limestones forming the lowest cliifs.

Another form assumed by the raised rim of the plateau occurs on
the northern side (Fig. 4 C). Here it forms a flat surface 200 or
300 yards broad, on the inner side of which there is a sudden
drop of 1(1-1 o feet to the plateau, forming a low cliff of cavernous
dolomitic limestone, which can be traced some distance. On the
outer side is a steep slo])e, covered with talus, leading down to the
level upper terrace. The flat surface is similar to the reef flat of
an atoll, the inner cliff to the sudden drop of two or three fathoms
which often occurs on the lagoon side of the reef flat, and the
talus slope represents the reef slope on the seaward side. Much,
however, remains to be done in the examination of the limestones
before it can be definitely decided whether this interpretation of
the physical features described is the correct one.

Here and there on the surface of the plateau, particularly on the
northern portion, there are groups of limestone pinnacles of fan-
tastic shape, often 15 feet or more in height; these do not usually
show many traces of coral sti'ucture, but are largely composed of
fragments of branching Lithothamnmi, Halimeda, and many pieces
of Carpenteria, all evidences of shallow-water conditions. In other
places in the northern angle of the plateau, just beneath the soil,
and forming slight ridges, is a chalk-like rock, showing, as a rule,
no trace of organic structure, but iu the centre of the larger blocks
there is sometimes a hard unaltered core, which contains delicate
shelled foraminifera and some Lithothamnion. This rock was most
probably a chalky mud deposited in a quiet corner of the lagoon.
Another characteristic feature of this northern region is the
occurrence of rounded hills, often less than 50 feet high : their
lower portion is a soil-clad slope, and the flat -topped summit is
composed of much fissured limestone, forming lines by pinnacles
separated by deep fissures and channels. The whole is covered
witli thick forest.

Farther south there are two or three ridges running in an
approximately east-and-west direction and having their longest
slope to the south, so that the plateau descends in that direction
to about 500 feet. It seems not impossible that these ridges may,
in part at least, represent the uppermost cliff of the northern
and eastern sides, and that when the sea stood at about this level
the coast, or more probably the submerged reef of the southern side
of the island, formed a wide bay opening towards the south-west.
The southern slopes of these ridges are largely formed by bare
limestone, often full of coral, and here and there, on the level
also, there are considerable areas covered with reefs split up into
pinnacles of rock by winding channels and deep fissures.

14 Christmas Island — VaUcijs.

The western flank of the island differs considerably from the
north and east, the upper cliffs being represented apparently by
gentle slopes, and even the first inland cliff, except towards ^"oI•th-
West Point (Fig. 5) and Egeria Point, is less clearly detined than
elsewhere. Another peculiar feature is the occurrence of several
narrow dales or gorges running towards the coast in a direction
a little south of west, yomc of these cut down to the sea-level,
others open out on the shore terrace (as above defined). In
several cases their floor is formed by volcanic rock, and in the
wet season they are traversed by a small stream which descends to
the sea in a succession of falls and rapids. At the time of my visit
(October) there was no water in any of these valleys except one
towards the north (see Map, Hugh's Dale); but the rounded steps
and boulders, both of limestone and basalt, show that a considerable!
volume of water must pass during the rains. The surface of the
basalt is often covered with a thick coat of lime deposited from
the water. Some of the falls are of considerable size ; one in
Sidney's Dale, formed by the edge of a bed of basalt, is 40 feet
high by about 30 broad.

The cliffs shutting in the valley are sometimes 50 to 60 feet
high. They are generally much more developed on one side than
the other ; and on the northern side there may be merely a steep
slope, while on the southern there is a vertical cliff. The mode
of formation of these valleys will be considered in the geological
section, but it may be here mentioned that although water has
no doubt helped to deepen them — and in the case of those which
reach the sea, has cut through the shore terrace and sea cliff —
they do not appear to owe their origin to this agency.

Fi'om time to time a good deal of slipping and faulting has
taken place round the flanks of the island, and in some localities
has been so extensive as to materially modify the arrangement of
the inland clitf's and terraces.

Perhaps the most extensive of the slips that have taken place is
on the east coast a little south of North-East Point and beneath
the eastern slopes of Phosphate Hill. Here for some distance the
first and second inland cliffs, or the slopes representing them, are
interrupted by a precipice, the upper edge of which is from five
to six hundred feet above the sea-level ; the lower third or so is
covered with a talus of immense blocks of limestone. This cliff'
seems to be the result of the slipping down of an outer portion
of the island, extending inland nearly as far as the cliff spoken of
above as the third inland cliff. This movement must have taken
place before the elevation which gave rise to the present shore
terrace and sea cliff, since these are continuous with those to the
north and south, and can be seen to consist, here as elsewhere, of
a raised fringing reef, which has here grown out upon the foot of
the talus slope above mentioned, and sometimes has included fallen
blocks within itself.

North of the high cliff just noticed the first inland cliff is

FIG. 5.-NORTH-WEST POINT FROM THE NORTH.

FIG. 6. -STEEP POINT FROM THE NORTH.

16 Christmas Island — Coves.

resumed ; but it is of a different chaT'actcr from that found elsewliore
on the north and east coast, and consists of Miocene limestones. It
seems probable that this cliff likewise is the result of a slipping
down of the seaward portions of the island, and on the terrace
above it there are several ridges marking similar slips of less extent.
The cliff on the southern side of the headland of Egeria Point
shows signs of a similar origin, and there it can be clearly seen
that a number of minor slips have occurred, giving rise to several
small vertical cliffs Avhich do not extend any great distance and
occur at different levels ; they are all situated above the main
cliff face.

Although, as already stated, the main slipping occurred before
the elevation of the present shore terrace, similar movements of
small extent have taken place since, and at North- East Point itself
a distinct fault, with a throw of about five feet, cuts across the
shore terrace and runs out to sea in a north-easterly direction.

At Steep Point (Fig. 6) a dislocation of a somewhat different
character has occurred. There little downward displacement has
taken place, but the projecting angle of the island which forms the
headland has split away from the main mass and tilted slightly
outward in such a way that it is separated from the main mass of
the island by a narrow valley. The result of this is that at the
Point the shore terrace is interrupted for some distance, and the
sea washes the base of what is elsewhere the first inland cliff, but
which here forms a fine headland, with a vertical cliff some 150 to
200 feet high. This dislocation also took place before the elevation
of the present shore terrace, and there is some evidence that the
bottom of the narrow valley, marking the line of fracture, was for
a time, at least in part, filled with water, and Steep Point Hill
must then have formed a small island, or was perhaps joined to
the mainland by a small isthmus formed by talus.

Besides Steep Point, Flying Fish Cove is the only place round
the island whei'e the shore terrace is interrupted, and here also this
seems to have been the result of the slipping of the outer portion
of the lofty cliff, but in this case the talus has accumulated in such
a way as to form the foundation of the crescent-shaped platform on
which the settlement stands, and to make the submarine slopes
sufficiently gentle to allow the fairly broad fringing reef to grow
outward, giving rise to the present anchorage. The structure of
Flying Fish Cove will be described in greater detail in the geological
section.

Cracking and slipping of the outer flanks of the island may be
said to be universal, and in the neighbourhood of Flying Fish Cove
both the sea cliff and even the present reef can oe seen to be fissured
by cracks, traceable for several hundred yards and running roughly
parallel to the coastline. This circumstance gives a key to many
peculiar, and at first incomprehensible, features on some of the
hio'lier terraces.

Climate and Meteorology. 17

Climate.

The climate of Christmas Island is both pleasant and healthy.
During; the greater part of the year the weather is much like that
of a hot, dry, English summer, tempered nearly always by a
steady sea-breeze from the E.S.E., which is generally fairly cool,
and keeps the temperature very even day and night. The
maximum temperature (in the shade) recorded during my stay was
89° Eahr. on November 2Uth ; the minimum (night) was 70° Fahr.
on February 13th, when it was raining heavily. The greatest
range in twenty-four hours was 14°. The average daily maximum
and minimum may be taken as about 84° Fahr. and 7o° Fahr.
respectively, the former occurring an hour or two after midday, the
latter shortly before sunrise. The average temperature of the
surface of the sea, deduced from several observations, is about 83°.

The prevalent wind is the S.E., or rather E.S.E., trade-wind,
which blows the greater part of the year (about 300 days on an
average). From May to December it is almost uninterrupted, but
during the earlier months of the year, which are the rainy season
in the island, the wind occasionally shifts round to the jS". and jS'.E.,
and sometimes blows hard from these directions, accompanied by
heavy rains. At such times Flying Fish Cove, which during the
prevalence of the trade - wind forms a sheltered anchorage, is
exposed to a heavy sea, which breaks on the reef with great
%-iolence, the spray filling the whole valley and drifting up the
high cliff like smoke. The beach is piled up till it is nearly
vertical, and at high tide a little water is sometimes spilled over
its edge on to the platform behind. During these periods many
birds of passage, such as wagtails, whimbrel, swallows, etc., reach
the island, often in a very exhausted condition, and several new
kinds of moths and butterflies, not seen at other times, were
obtained. Even if the northerly wind only lasts a few hours
swarms of dragon- flies nearly always arrive ; after two or three
weeks they disappear again.

Except for showers at night on the higher parts of the island,
almost the whole rainfall occurs from December to May inclusive ;
during these months there are sometimes heavy downpours lasting
several days, but as a rule the mornings are fine. At these times
the rain nearly always comes when the wind shifts round towards
the north. In the dry season (May-December) the vegetation is
kept fresh by very heavy dews and occasional showers at night.
These latter often occur on the uplands of the island, and seem
to be caused by the chilling of the E.S.E, wind, which results in
the formation of clouds over the high land.

The meteorological peculiarities of the island no doubt depend on
its situation close to the southern limit of the monsoon. From
towards the end of the year till May the northern horizon is nearly
always marked by a cloud-bank, even when the trade -wind is
blowing on the island, and, as shown above, it is only occasionally

18 Christmas Island— The Soil.

that the N. and N.E. ^vind extends as far south as the island,
bringing with it unsettled weather.

Unfortunately no rain - gauge ^ was taken, so that accurate
measurements of the rainfall were not made ; but the luxuriance
of the vegetation over the whole island, the fact that under fallen
logs the soil is generally moist, and the presence of perennial
springs on the east coast, are sufficient evidences that the amount is
large. Owing to the porous nature of the limestones and the
depth of the soil, there is a complete absence of standing water
and of marshy ground, except close to the small stream on the east
coast ; and though, no doubt, it is to this circumstance that the
island owes its extreme healthiness, still the lack of easily
accessible water on the higher ground is a drawback which has
to be reckoned with. Wherever water is found it is held up by
the volcanic rock, and since in many places this occurs at no great
depth, borings will probably give an abundant supply without
much difficulty.

The Soil.

The soil which covers the greater part of the terraces and
plateau, with the exception of the areas occupied by the reefs and
groups of pinnacles described above, is a rich brown loam, often
strewn with nodules of phosphate and here and there with frag-
ments of volcanic rock. One of the most notable features about
the island is the great depth to which, in many places, the soil
extends. For instance, near the northern angle of the plateau
Mr. Ross sank a well nearly forty feet without reaching the bed
rock, and even on the shore terrace near Flying Fish Cove a shaft
some fifteen feet deep was entirely in soil in which some blocks of
limestone were embedded. Reefs of bare limestone may occur quite
close to such places, and it appears therefore that the soil fills great
inequalities in the surface of the island. It seems impossible that
a soil so abundant can have resulted merely from the disintegration
of limestone and the decay of vegetation, and no doubt it is to a
considerable extent the product of the decomposition of volcanic
rock which must have been exposed in many places on the higher
land, either in consequence of the incompleteness of the limestone
covering of the volcanic basis of the island, or through the removal
of portions of that covering through denudation, or possibly in a
few cases through the extrusion of volcanic material in the form
of lava-flows or tuff beds.

^ In Colonial Report No. 257 on tlie Cocos-Keeling and Christmas Islands,
paragraph 35, it is stated that owing to injuries received by the meteorological
instruments while in my hands, Mr. A. lloss had been unable to keep the records
for the previous year. This is inaccurate. The thermometer by means of which
Mr. Eoss recorded the temperatures in former years was never in my hands, and,
except perhaps a small pocket aneroid, there were not, to my knowledge, any
other meteorological instruments on the island.

The Inhahifauti. 19

It will be necessary in the fnture to exercise considerable care
both in the clearing of the forest and in the introduction of animals,
such as pigs and goats, likely to lead to its destruction, for if
the disafforesting of the island were carried out to any very great
extent the rainfall would be at once reduced, and there would be
danger lest the torreiitial doM'npours of the wet season should lead
to the gradual removal of much of the soil left unprotected by
vegetation.

Inhabitants and Present Condition of the Island.

At the time of the visit of H.M.S. "Eg^ria" (Ca])tain Ahlrich),
in 1887, the island was found to be entirely uninhabited, and
there was no indication that it had ever been occupied. A few
ships, probably whalers, seemed to have touched at Flying Fish
Cove, for some of the large trees had letters cut on them [3],
and !Mr. Andrew Clunies Ross told me that there was a report
current in Batavia that some thirty years ago five men of
a Dutch vessel were cast away on the south-east coast, where
they remained for several months. One of the party is said to
have died, and the others were at last rescued by a Dutch ship.
Captain Maclear also mentions f"3] that one of his officers heard
a similar report.

Towards the end of 1887 the rocks collected during the visit
of H. M.S. "Egeria" were submitted to Dr. (now Sir John)
Murray for examination, and he detected among the specimens
from the higher parts of the island some which consisted of nearly
pure phosphate of lime ; it is to this discovery that the island owes
its fiirther development.

Early in 1888 Dr. Murray sent Dr. H. B. Guppy to explore the
island and work out its structure. He went to Batavia, and thence
paid a visit to the Cocos-Kecling Islands, of which he has given
a valuable account ; ^ but as far as Christmas Island was concerned
the expedition miscarried, and he returned to England in February,
1889, without having reached it.

In the meanwhile Sir John Murray had given such information
to the Government as led to the annexation of the island in June,
1888, as already mentioned above (p. 2), and in November of the
same year a settlement was established at Flying Fish Cove by
Mr. G. Clunies Boss, of Cocos-Keeling Island, and since that date
this gentleman's brother, Mr. Andrew Clunies Boss, with his
family and a few Cocos-Island Malays, have resided there almost
continuously. By them houses were built, wells were dug, and
small clearings for ])lanting coffee, coconut-palms, bananas, and
other plants were made in the neighbourhood of Fh'ing Fish Cove.

Scottish Geographical ilagazine, vol. v (1889), pp. 281, 457, 569.

20 Christmas Island.

In February, 1891, Sir John Murray and Mr. G. Clunies Eoss
were granted a lease of the island by the British Government, and
in 1895-6 Mr. Sidney Clunies Ross made explorations in the higher
part of the island, resulting in the discovery of large deposits of
phosphate of lime. Finally, in 1897 the leaseholders sold their
lease to a small company, in the possession of which the island still
remains.

During my visit a number of Malay coolies were imported to
clear the forest for making roads. One of these roads was made
from riymg Fish Cove to the cast coast, another to Phosphate
Hill, and a third from West White Beach to the west and south
coast, and by these the further exploration of the island was much
facilitated. Another result of these clearings is that the spread
of various plants introduced for food is rendered much more rapid,
and in the neighbourhood of the settlement several species have
already run wild and are entering into competition with the native
flora. The most successful of these newly introduced species are
the ' chillie,' which already forms dense masses on the shore
terrace near Flying Fish Cove, and the papaia, seedlings of which
are very numerous in the same locality, and were also noticed here
and there along the Phosphate Hill and south-east roads. In
both these instances man, no doubt, has been mainly responsible
for the dispersal of the seeds, but in the case of the chillies birds
have probably assisted. Other plants will certainly follow, and
in a few years a number will have established themselves at the
expense of the native flora.

Since my stay in the island nearly two hundred Chinese have
been imported, and the presence of these men will doubtless lead to
the introduction and dispersal of other species of i)lants and animals,
and at the same time, judging from recent reports, it will bring
about a veiy considerable reduction in the numbers of the rats.

In addition to the Malays and Chinese, there are now on the
island eight Europeans (including the wife and two children of
Mr. W. A. Wilkinson, the Company's engineer) and five Sikh
police.

At present the chief plants introduced include coconut-palm,
date-palm, bamboo, sugar-cane, banana, pineapple, pomegranate,
papaia, nutmeg, cacao, coffee, chillies, custard-apple, pumpkins,
gourds, maize, tobacco. Cassia siamea, and probably several others.
Of some of these only a few j^lants exist, and some no doubt will
prove unsuitable to the new conditions of life.

Scarcely any domestic animals have been yet introduced. There
are a few ducks and fowls, a nu.mber of dogs, necessarj- to keep
down the rats in the settlement, a goat, and one or two pigs. The
cat fortunately has not been taken to the island, and its intro-
duction shoulcl certainly be avoided, for if it were to increase to any
great extent the sea-birds, which are an important source of food,
would probably be destroyed or their numbers greatly diminished.
At present neither the Korway rat nor the house - mouse has-

Imported Animals. 21

reached tlie island ; but when hirge ships call at the island and
stay there for some time, the ariival of these animals is inevitable.
Probably a few insects, arachnids, and mpiopods may have come
from the Cocos-Keeling Islands and Java in !Mr. Ross's vessels, and,
in fact, I have seen two or three large centipedes which arrived in
coconut-leaves wliich were imported for thatching. The number
of forms thus introduced must, however, be very small, since the
visits of these vessels only occur at intervals of several months.

It seems advisable to give these details as to the present condition
of the island, because, although they are unimportant in themselves,
they may be of considerable interest if the locality be again exammcd
a few years hence.

CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

ZOOLOGY-

MAMMALIA.

By C. ^y. Andeews, B.Sc, F.Z.S.

As might be expected in an oceanic island, the mammals are
both few in number and of small size. The collections brought
back by the officers of H.M.8. "Flying Fish" and by Mr. Lister
included two species of rat {Mus macleari and M. nativitatis),
a large fruit-bat {Pteropus natalis), and a shrew {Crocidura
fuliginosa, var. trichura) ; a small insectivorous bat was seen,
but no specimens were obtained. Unfortunately no additions
have been made to this list, but further information as to the
habits and other points of interest have been obtained, and the
small bat is now described for the first time.

The conditions of life arc apparently extremely favourable, food
being always abundant, and the hawk and owl, which are the only
possible enemies, feeding mainly on birds and insects. The con-
sequence of this is that all the species of mammals are extremely
common, and the individuals are always exceedingly fat. Perhaps
Mus nativitatis, the bull-dog rat as the Cocos Islanders have
named it, is the least numerous, probably because of some
competition with the much more active and versatile M. macleari,
but most specimens of If. nativitatis have a layer of fat fi'om half
to three-quarters of an inch thick over most of the dorsal surface
of the body. The fruit-bats are likewise invariably in remarkably
good condition, and considerable quantities of oil can be obtained
from them.

With the exception of the small bat, all the species have been
described by Mr. 0. Thomas in two papers^ dealing with the
collections made by the officers of H.M.8. "Flying Fish" and
by Mr. J. J. Lister. His descriptions will be here reprinted, with
such additions as the increased material renders possible and with
some notes on the habits of the sovei'al species.

1 P.Z.S., 1887, pp. 511-614, pis. ili, xlii; and 1888, pp. 532-534.

Mammalia.

23

1. Pteropus natalis, Thomas. (Plate I.)

P.Z.S., 1887, p. 511.

Mr. Thomas's desci'lption of this species, founded upon two adult
females and a new-born male, is given below : —

"Colour (?) uniformly deep shining - black all over, the only
variation in tone being that while the head is absolutely black
there is a faint brownish tinge in the fur of the body. Fur thick,
soft, woolly, more so, of course, upon the head and neck than on
the back, but nowhere rcallj- straight ; on the fore limbs above
it extends along the humerus, and thinly along the proximal half
of the forearm ; on the back its least breadth is about 2h inches ;
on the hind limbs it extends thinly to about half-way down the
tibia. Below, the humerus, proximal half of foreanns, hind limbs
to just below the knee, and wing membranes between the body and

Fig.

-Skull and Mandible of Ffcropus natalis, showing dentition.
Natural size.

a line drawn from the centre of the foreann to the knee, are all
thinly clothed with scattered woolly black hairs. Muzzle broad
and obtuse. Ears rather short ; laid forward, they barely reach
to the posterior canthus of the eye ; their anterior edges evenly but
slightly convex, their tips pointed or narrowly rounded off, their
outer margins straight or faintly concave for their upper half,
markedly convex for their lower ; their basal half thinly hairy
internally; their distal half quite naked, black. Wings arising
on the back about an inch apart. Interfemoral membrane narrow,
(|uite hidden in the fur.

" Teeth, especially the canines, small and short. Upper incisors,
forming an evenly curved series, touching one another, their total

24 Christmas Island.

breadth 5 mm. Canines short, 5 mm. from cingulum to tip behind,
thin, and acutely pointed ; their po.stero - internal basal ledge
proportionally rather broad. Anterior premolars minute or absent.
Posterior premolars and first molar short, evenly oval in section ;
the surface of the molars and last premolar singularly smooth and
rounded ; the cusps but little developed, and merely consisting
of low rounded ridges ; last molar circular in section, rather larger
than one of the outer incisors, about 1"5 mm. in diameter.

"Lower incisors small, separated in the centre, the inner about
half the size of the outer, the combined diameters of those of each
side 2 mm. Canines proportionally still shorter than in the upper
jaw, 3-5 mm. from cingulum to tip behind ; their basal ledge broad.
Anterior premolar verj- large, nearly filling up the space between
the canine and second premolar, its size in cross section nearly
equal to that of the canine. Molars smooth and rounded, as in
the upper jaw. Last molar in section about one-third the .size
of the anterior premolar, and three - quarters that of the last
upper molar.

"Dimensions of the type, specimen a, an adult female in spirit:
Head and body, 210 mm. ; head, 61 ; muzzle, 22 ; ear, above crown,
26; from notch at base, 28; forearm, 127 ( = 5-0 inches); thumb,
without claw, 43 ; index finger, 90; tibia, 62; calcaneum, 21.

" Skull : Basal length, 62 mm. ; greatest breadth, 30 ; supra-
orbital foramen to tip of nasals, 24*5 ; interorbital breadth, 6*5 ;
intertemporal breadth, 5*0 ; breadth from tip to tip of postorbital
processes, 19-1 ; palate, length 32, breadth outside first molar 16-0 ;
length of first molar 5-0.

"It is unfortunate that of this new species the only specimens
of any use for description are females, since it might happen that,
as is sometimes the case in Pt. nicoharicus, while the females are
wholly black, the males have the usual yellow or orange tippet.
It is therefore much to be hoped that male specimens will soon be
obtained and the point settled. In any case, however, Pt. natalis
is a very well-marked species. From Pt. nicoharicus it viaj be
distinguished by its much smaller size and smaller, shorter molars,
and especially by its much shorter and feebler canines, the latter
character, in fact, distinguishing it from all the other allied species
except Pt. lotnbocensts. Pt. pse/apho7i, another woolly-black species
of about the same size, a native of Benin, may be separated at
once by its hairy legs, the hind limbs being closely haired right
down to the feet. Pt. gouldi, also generally black, has a forearm
165 mm. long, and has also large teeth and long canines bearing
no resemblance to those of the present species.

" On the whole Pt. natalis seems to be most nearly allied to
Pt. lomhocensis, Dobs.,^ as yet only known from Lombock, which

1 Cat. Chir. B.M., p. 34 (1878).

Mammalia. 25

also lias similarly short canines, and is of about the same size.
That animal, however, is of a dull light-hrown colour, with the
neck pale yellow. Its teeth, especially the anterior molar, are
narrower and lifihtcr than those of Pt. vielas ; the first lower pre-
molar and the last molars both above and below are much smaller,
and the basal ledges to the canines are decidedly narrower than in
I*t. na fall's. In the skull, again, Pt. lomhocensis has a shorter,
broader muzzle, greater spread of zygomata, broader interorbital
space, and larger postorbital processes than the present species.
Of course, in comparing the colours of these two species the
question of sex again arises, as the only known specimens of
Pt. lomhocensis are both males ; but considering not only the
differences in the skull and teeth, but also the fact that even
if the male of Pf. ixttalis have a yellow tippet, it would in all
probability have at least its head and body jet-black, like the
female, I should certainly not be justified in assigning the Christmas
Island specimens to Pt. lomhocensis. It should also be noticed that
the little hair that has appeared on the crown and between the
shoulders of specimen c, a newborn male, is W00II5' black ; its neck
is unfortunately still entirely naked."

The above description was founded upon female specimens.
In some males, probabh' old individuals, there is a distinct trace
of the tippet, in the shape of a band of brownish fur most
conspicuous on the sides of the neck and narrowing towards the
middle of the back, -where it is interrupted by a strip of black fur
like that covering the rest of the body. Scattered through the
fur there are a few white hairs or white banded with brown. The
fur of the lumbar region is smooth and straight.

This species is very common all over the island, and at the
settlement causes great destruction of fniit, particularly of papaias
and bananas. AVhen the wild fruits are ripe comparatively few
of these bats visit the gardens, but great numbers may be seen
feeding in the forest. The -wild fruits to which they are most
destructive seem to be those of the ' Saoh ' ( Sideroxylon) and the
* Gatet ' (Tnocarpus).

One remarkable point about this species is, that it has to a very
gi'eat extent abandoned the nocturnal habits usual in the group.
Several might often be seen sailing and circling high in the air in
the hot sunlight, sometimes even at midday-, and I have also
frequently seen them feeding in the daytime.' The en' is a very
loud, harsh screech, apparently uttered both during the inspiration
as well as the expiration of the breath. At the end of July I shot

* Macgillivray has recorded that on Fitzroy Island he sa-n- great numbers of
Pteropus conspicillaius fl3'ing in bright daylight. (Voyage of the " Rattlesnake,"
vol. i, p. 96.)

Head and Body.

Hind-foot.

^

190:

ram.

37 mm.

<s

198

38 ,,

$

180

36 ,,

6

170

■ -io „

?

187

35 ,,

?

180

32 ,,

?

1G7

36 ,,

?

193

35 „

?

180

35 „

26 Chriatmas Island.

a female carrying a well-gTown young one, but was never able to
obtain another specimen in this condition. Towai'ds the end of
December several fcetal specimens, some near the term, were
obtained. At this season most of the females seem to live in the
deeper parts of the forest, und nine out of ten of the specimens
killed near the settlement were males. Shortly afterwards these
also began to disappear, and it was not till March that they again
became numerous in the clearings. At this time a dead tree near
the east coast was seen covered with hundreds of these bats, but
a week or two aftcrvrards they had completely forsaken it.

Measurements of specimens in the present collection are given
below : —

Ear.
28 mm.
22
" 27 \\
28 „
26 „
25 ,,
. 25 „

25 „

26 „

2. Pipistrellus murrayi, sp.n.

Muzzle obtuse, but less so than in P. abramus ; the glandular
prominences rather well marked.

Ears triangular, with broadly rounded tips, relatively longer and
narrower than in P. abramus ; outer border somewhat concave.
Tragus with parallel borders and rounded tip ; anterior border
straight, posterior convex.

Feet small; wing membrane attached just below base of toes.
Distinct post-calcaral lobe. Last caudal vertebra (2 mm.) free.
Fur covers about the upper third of the humerus and half the
femur ; it extends very slightly on to the body membrane. On
the ventral surface the fur scarcely extends below anus, but sparse
hairs clothe the interfemoral membrane nearlv to the tip of
the tail.

Colour, a dark brown with yellowish tips to the hairs, but some
specimens are a distinctly reddish brown. Fur on dorsal surface
long and thick. In front of ear and round eye the skin is nearly
bare, and the same is the case with the tip of the muzzle.

The outer incisor is rather longer than the outer cusp of the
inner, and on its postero - external surface the cingulum bears
a small but distinct cusp.

The lower incisors slightly crowded. The point of the first
premolar is visible through space between the canine and p.m. 2.

This species is considerably smaller than P. abramus and the
common Pipistrelle. It is larger and much darker in colour than

MamniaVia. 27

P. pacJn/pus, and in point of size comes very near to P. tenuis,
which, however, is (listin<i;uished from it by its much bhicker tint,
and the complete absence of the rufous tinge which is noticeable
to a greater or less extent in all the specimens of the present
species. In P. tenuis also the outer incisor is stouter than the
outer cusp of the inner. P. indicus is brighter-coloured and some-
what larger.

The measurements of this species ai'C as follows : —

Type Head aud

Specimen.

Body.

Tail.

Ear.

Iliml-foot.

Forearm.

<?■ ...

36-

omm. .

.. 29-5 mm. ..

. 10 mm. .

... 7 mm. ..

. 31 mm.

J.(? ...

35

,,

.. 29 ,, ..

. 9-5 ,, .

. 6-5 ,, ..

• ^0 „

a. ? ...

36

>>

,. 29 ,,

. lO-.i ,, .

.. 7 „ ..

• 32 ,,

c. ? ...

34

,. 29 ,, ..

. 8''' M .

.. (J ,, ...

. 32-5 „

d. ? ...

36

)>

.. 30-5 ,, ..

. 9-0 „ .

.. 6-5 ,, .,

. 31-0 ,,

e. ? ...

36

.. 30 ,, ..

. 9 „ ,

.. 6-5 ,, ..

. 31-5 „

The above measurements arc taken from spirit specimens. The
length of the tail is given approximately only.

The following measurements are from freshly-killed specimens : —

Head and Body.

Tail.

Ear.

Hind-toot.

Forearm.

<?

... 35 mm.

? mm.

9 mm.

... 6 mm. . .

. 31 mm.

(?

... 40 „ ...

? ,,

.. 10 ,,

... 7 „ ..

. 32 ,,

?

... 38 „

30 ,,

.. 11 ,,

... 6 ,,

. 30-5 ,,

?

... '38 „

31 ,,

• • 10 „

... 8 „

. 31 ,,

?

... 35 „

M

,.. 9 „

... 6 „ ..

. 31 „

3. Crocidura Miginosa, Blyth, var. trichura, Dobson.

Sorcx fitliginosus, Blyth : Journ. Roy. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, xxiv, p. 3G2.
Crocidura fuliginosa, var. trichura, Dobson: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 532.

The Christmas Island shrew was described bj- Dobson as a local
variety of Crocidura fuliginosa (Blyth), a species occurring in the
Eastern Himalayas, Assam, and Tenasserim. His description is as
follows : —

" This variety differs from the typical form in the much greater
length of the tail, which also, unlike most specimens of that species,
is beset with long fine hairs.

" In the shape of the skull and teeth and in all other characters
it so closely resembles t^qiical examples of C. fuliginosa that I
hesitate to consider it more than a local variety of that species."

The specimen which Dobson took as type seems to have possessed
an exceptionally long tail, some 1 0 mm. longer than the head and
body. In most of my specimens measured in the flesh the tail is
shorter (in one case b}- 10 mm.) than the head and body, and in one
or two specimens only is it slightly longer. ^Nevertheless, since in
all the specimens from the island the tail differs from that of the
typical form in being thickly covered with fine hairs, it will be
best to retain Dobson's varietal name trichura.

28

Christmas Island.

Measurements of the specimens obtained are given' below : —

Head and Body.

Tail.

E

ir.

Hind -foot

$

72 mm.

75

aim.

7

mm.

15 mm.

$

... 65 ,,

68

7

16 „

s

... 76 „

72

.. 10

17 „

s

... 73 ,,

74

.. 10

16 „

$

... 79 „

73

8

15 „

s

... 70 „

65

9

15 ,,

?

... 67 .,

63

7

14 „

$

... 78 „

70

8

13 „

?

... 82 ,,

72

.. 11

16 „

?

... 70 „

63

9

15 ,,

The measurements of Dobson's tj'pe are —

Head and body, 70 mm. ; tail, 80 mm. ; hind-foot, 16 mm.

This little animal is extremely common all over the island, and
at night its shiill squeak, like the cry of a bat, can be heard on
all sides. It lives in holes in rocks and roots of trees, and seems
to feed mainly on small beetles.

4. Mus nativitatis, Thomas. (Plate II.)
P.Z.S., 1888, pp. 533-4.
Mr. Thomas's description of this species is given below : —

a. a" (type) .

Head

and

Body.

Tail.

Hind-

foot.

Forearm

and

Hand.

Ear.

Heel to

front of

last footpad.

mm.
254

mm.
176

mm.
54

mm.
66

mm.
20x17

mm.
26-6

i.O^ . . .

264

175

54

65

18x17

27-3

" 8kull : Basal length 46-8, greatest breadth 24-8 ; nasals, length
20*5; interorbital breadth, 8'7 ; inteii^arietal, length 7"1, breadth
12*5 ; infraorbital foramina, length of outer wall 4"1, breadth
fi'om outer corner of one to that of the other 13'4 ; palate, length
26-7, breadth outside m.^ 9'0, inside m.} 4*5; diastema, 15-5;
length of anterior palatine foramina, 9'3 ; length of upper molar
series, 7'6. Lower jaw, leng-th (bone only) 30, (to incisor-tips)
34-6; gi-eatest height, obliquely, from coronoid to angle, 15.

" Size large ; form thick and clumsy, the limbs and tail stout and
heav)^, but the head peculiarly small, slender, and delicate. General
colour dark umber-brown all over, the belly not or scarcely
lighter than the back. Ears small, laid forward they barely reach
to the posterior canthus of the eye. Fur of back, long, thick, and

MammaVia. 29

coarse, but without the extremely long piles so characteristic of
M. macleari., the longest hairs being about 40 or 45 mm. in length.
Hands and feet very thick and heavy; the claws, especially on
the fore feet, enormously broad and strong, not compressed, more^
than twice the size of those of 2f. macleari, and evidently modified
for burrowing. Palms and soles naked, smooth ; the pads broad,
low, and rounded, xmusiuilly little prominent ; last hind foot pad
elongate. Tail shorter than the body without the head, very
thick, evenly tapering, nearly or quite naked ; its scales tiiangular,
very large, the rings aAeraging about seven or eight to the
centimetre ; ' its colour \iniform blackish bi'own throughout, above
and below, the white skin, huwi'ver, showing to a certain extent
between the scales.

"Skull- disproportioually small, light, and delicate; compared
with that of J/, macleari it is slightly shorter and very considerablv
narrower. Supraorbital edges evenly divergent, slightly beaded,
but without any marked postorbital tliickeniug. Outer plate of
anterior zygoma-root short and weak, scarcely projected forwards.
Anterior palatine foramina long, reaching backwards just to the
level of the front of m.., Bulhe rather larger than in M. macleari,
but far smaller than in M. evfretti. Lower jaw very thin and
slender, contrasting very markedly with J/", macleari in this respect.

"Teeth- small and weak, their structure as usual. Front of
incisors orange above, yellow below.

"This fine rat cannot possibly be confounded with anj- other
known species of the genus.^ Its size, peculiarh* small and deli-
cate head, short unicolor tail, large hands and feet, and powerful
digging claws, separate it at once from any of its congeners. In
some respects it agrees with the description given long ago by
Hermann of his Musjai-anus,* but its brown under-side and naked
tail prove that it is not really the same, and it is probable that
Hermann's description was merely founded on an unusually large
specimen of Jlns decumanm.

" The presence of a second large rat in such a small island as
Christmas Island is a very noteworthy fact, and recalls the state
of things existing in Guadalcanar, Solomon Islands, where two
still larger rats, Mm imperator and IT. rex, one terrestrial and
fossorial and the other arboreal, live side by side in the same
localitv." '

1 Ten to twelve in M. macleari.

* For tisures of the .sknll and teeth see Plate II {his), fit^s. 2, 4, 5, 9, 10.

■' Mas iiifralatrit.s, a species from Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo, described
by Mr. Thomas (Ann. and Mag. N. H. (6), ii, p. 409) since the above was
written, lias a considerable superficial resemblance to Jf. itatin'tatis. Its tail,
however, is longer, and its skull is large and heavy, in due proportion to the size
of the body.

* Obs. Zool., p. 63 (1804).

* See supra, pp. 479-481.

30 Christmas Island.

To the above account it need only be added that some specimens
are of a much -warmer brown than others, a difference that occurs
irrespective of sex. In some individuals there is a small irregular
patch of white fur on the belly. In very young specimens the fur
is a bluish black. The mammary fonnula is 0 — 3 = 6.

This rat, though very numerous in places, especially on the hills,
e.g. Phosphate Hill, is very much less common than M. madeari.
I never saw one in Flying Pish Cove, though they certainly have
been killed there. They seem to live in small colonics in burrows,
often among the roots of a tree, and occasionally several may be
found living in the long, hollow trunk of a fallen and half-decayed
sago-palm {Arenga lideri). The food consists of wild fruits,
young shoots, and, I believe, the bark of some trees. M. nativitatu
is a much more sluggish animal than i/. madeari, and, unlike it,
never climbs trees ; and it is difficult to avoid the belief that the
former species is being supplanted by the latter in spite of the
abundance of food. Both animals are strict!}' nocturnal, and
M. nativitatis, when exposed to bright daylight, seems to be in
a half-dazed condition. The Ross family in Christmas Island have
given this species the name "Bull-dog Bat," and this has been
adopted by the Malays.

Measurements of the specimens in the present collection are given
below : —

Head and Body. Tail.

^ (fifliu'ed) 275 mm. ... 182 mm.

S 273 „ ... 159 „

$ 265 ,, ... 170 „

S 260 ,, ... 170 ,,

$ 253 „ ... 170 ,,

? 250 ,, ... 168 ,,

? 235 ,, ... 160 ,,

^ 228 „ ... 183 ,,

? 202 „ ... 140 ,,

5. Mus macleari, Thomas.

P.Z.S., 1887, p. 513.

!Mr. Thomas's description of this species is as follows : —

"Fur very long, thick, and coarse, but not or very slightly
spinous, thickly intermixed on the back with cnomiously long
piles from 2 to 2^ inches in length. General coloiir grizzled
rufous-brown, belly but little lighter pale-rufous. Shorter hairs
everywhere, pale slaty- grey at base, shining red at tip ; longer
piles uniformly black ; the general tint of the dorsal suiiace not
unlike that of Arvicola amp/iibitts, except that the median line
is a good deal darker owing to the great number of the longer
black piles there present. Whiskers very long, many of them
more than three inches in length, mostly black. Ears naked,
black, broad, short, and rounded, their breadth about equal to
their length ; laid forward they fall short of the eye by about

Ear.

Hiud-foot.

24 mm. .

50 mm.

23 ,,

.. 52 „

23 ,,

.. 53 „

25 ,,

54 ,,

22 ,,

53 ,,

25 ,,

.. 52 „

23 ,,

.. 55 ,,

21 ,,

.. 55 „

21 ,,

.. 50 „

Manvnalia. 31

n (piarter of an inch. Limbs coloured externally like ])ack,
internally dull 2,roy ; upper sides of hands and feet unif(n'ni dark-
brown ; solepads six, very broad, flat, and rounded, evidently
adapted for elinibinp; ; pad at the base of the fifth toe witli
a sicondary i)ad at its postero - external angle. Claws, both
anterior and posterior, short, stout, curved, and shar])ly pointed,
brown horn-colour, that of the hallux nuu'kedly shorter than tlu'
rest ; ])olh>x with a broad nail as usual ; fifth hind-toe without
claw reaching' just to the end of the first i»halanx of the fourth.

"Tail very long, its posterior half black all round, its distal
half white or yellow, thinly and finely haired with short grey
hairs, not hiding the scak-s ; the scales large, the rings averaging
just ten to the centimetre.

" ralate-ridges 3-5. Mamma^ 4, one axillary and one inguinal
pair.

"Skull' large and strong. iN'asals extending to about a milli-
meti'e past the level of the anterior (.'d^^i.^ of the orbit. Su])raorbital
edges beaded, but the beading not continued so far forward as
in M. eceretti. Interparietal large. Front edge of the anterior
zygoma- root very prominent, projecting forwards. Palatal foramina
veiT long, their posterior end about one millimetre in front of the
level of m.j Bulla3 small and flattened.

" Incisors thick and strong, much bevelled externally, their faces
dull orange-yellow above and yellow below, but apparently the colour
has been more or less affected by spirit. Molars of mediiim size.

" Measurements of the type, an adult female in spirit : — Head
and body, 222 mm. ; tail, 248 ; hind-foot, 48-o; ear, 13; head, 64;
forearm and hand, 66; last hind footpad, 10"5 ; heel to front of
last footpad, 26.

"Skull:' Basal length, 47-5 ; greatest breadth, 26-2 ; nasals,
length 19'5, greatest breadth 5'7 ; iuterorbital constriction, least
breadth 7-0; interparietal, length 6-6, breadth 11 '5; length of
base of anterior zygoma-root, 6'0 ; ])alate, length 30-0 ; breadth
outside m.j 10'3, inside 4*4; palatal foramina, length lO'l ; back
of incisors to m., (alveoli), 15*7 ; upper molar series, 9'0.

" This fine new rat belongs to a small group of species
inhabiting the East Indian Archipelago, all of which agree with
Mus macleari in being of large size, with very long tails tipped
with 3'ellow, and with small rounded ears. Their differential
characters as compared to 31. viacleari tire best put in tabular
form : —

31. macleari. Mammoe 1 — 1 = 4. Dorsal piles present. Front
edge of anterior zygoma -root projecting, very convex.
Palatal foramina long. Eullge very small.
Christmas Island.

1 For figures of the skull and teeth see Plate II [his), figs. 1, 3, 6, 7, 8.
This species has beeu figured in P.Z.S., 1887, pi. xlii.

32 Christmas Island.

M. celebensis, Gray.' !Manima) 1 — 2 = 6. Xo dorsal piles.
rront edge of anterior zygoma - root not projecting.
Palatal foramina short.
Celebes.
M. xanthurtis, Gray.^ Mammrc 1 — 2 = 6. Long dorsal piles
present. Front of zygoma -root but little projecting.
Palatal foramina long.
Celebes.
M. everetti, Giinth.^ Fur long, but the jnles not enormously
lengthened. Front of zygoma -root convex. Palatal
foramina long. J3ulloe very large.
Philippines.
M. meyeri, Jent.* Fur without lengthened piles. Supra-
orbital edges much developed. Front of zygoma-root
slightly convex. Palatal foramina short. Teeth veiy
large.
Celebes.
M. muelleri, Jent.^ Mamma; 2 — 2 = 8. No dorsal piles.
Tail unicolor. Front edge of zygoma convex. Palatal
foramina short. Teeth rather small. Bullae medium.
Sumatra and Borneo.

"This last does not properly belong to the present group of
species, but is only introduced to complete the list of those of
which it is necessary to mention the distinguishing characters
when describing M. macleari as new. All these species also differ
from M. macleari in having the general colour grey or yellow
instead of rufous. !No other described species could possibly be
confounded with the present most interesting new form, with which
I have much pleasure in connecting the name of Captain Maclear,
of H.M.S. 'Flying Fish,' to whom the Museum is indebted for
the Christmas Island specimens."

To this description it may be added that in the young the under
surface is much lighter coloured, and in one specimen is quite
white, the inner side of the fore and hind limbs being nearly so.
In the young, moreover, the long piles are not fullj- developed,
though they are visible among the fur.

There is considerable variation in colour in this species. In
some specimens the back is darker and less rufous and the long
piles are less developed than in the typical form.

1 P.Z.S., 1867, p. 598.

* Loc. cit.

3 P.Z.S., 1879, p. 75.

* Xotes Leyd. Mus., i, p. 12 (1878).
6 Op. cit., "ii, p. 16 (1879).

Mammalia. 33

This species is by far the commonest of the mammals foiind
in the ishmd ; in evciy part I visited, it occurred in swarms.
During tlie day nothing is to be seen of it, but soon after sunset
numbers may be seen running about in all directions, and the
whole forest is filled with its peculiar querulous scjueaking and
the noise of frc({uent fights. These animals, like most of those
found in the island, are almost completely devoid of fear, and
in the bush if a lantern be held out they will approach to examine
the new phenomenon. As may be imagined, they are a great
nuisance, entering the tents or shelters, running over the sleepers,
and upsetting everj-thing in their search for food. They seem to
eat anything, and destroy any boots or skins incautiously left
within their reach. Their natural food appears to be mainly fi'uits
and young shoots, and to obtain the former they ascend trees to
a gi'eat height. I have often seen them run up the trailing stems
of the lianas, and, in fact, thej' can climb as ^^ell as a s(|uirrel.
In the settlement they utterly destroy all the fruit they can get at,
and frequently come into conflict with the fruit-bats on the tops
of the papaia - trees. A number of dogs is kept to keep them
in check, and near the settlement they are certainly already less
numerous than elscwliere.

In the daytime these rats live in holes among the roots of trees,
in decaying logs, and shallow burrows. They seem to breed all
the year round.

In the bush beaten tracks a few inches broad may often be seen,
and Mr. Ross informs me that these are made by rats travelling
in great numbers in search of food. I never had an opportunity
of observing this, and am not sure whether it is this species or
Mus natixitatis which makes the paths.

The measurements of the specimens of this species in the present
collection are given below : —

Head and Body.

Tail.

E;

;tr.

Ilind-foot.

$

238 mm.

260 mm. ..

24 mm.

49]

mm.

$

... 23-t ,,

, 265 ,,

25

50

$

... 228 ,,

, 240 ,,

25

48

$

... 210 ,,

. 240 ,,

22

45

$

... 210 ,,

240 ,,

23

50

$

208 ,,

218 ,,

23

47

s

... 200 „

, 245 ,,

23

50

s

... 187 „

. 207 „

25

46

c?

... 184 ,,

196 ,,

23

42

$

... 152 ,,

. 170 „

19

40

?

... 255 ,,

. 235 „

25

45

o

+

p

260 ,,

25

60

?

..'. 240 " ''.

. 255 ,,

23

46

?

... 210 ,,

. 260 ,,

24

47

34

Christmas Island.

FOTES ON THE OSTEOLOCxY OF MUS NATIVITATIS

AXD MUS MACLEARI.

By Dr. C. I. Foestth Major, F.Z.8.

(PLATE II, h\s.)

Etpn if it were not known that Ilus nativitatis is terrestrial and

bun'owing, while 3Ius macleari is arboreal, the examination of the

manus of both species would reveal this fact at once. The bones of

the antebrachium, the carpals, metacarpals, and proximal phalanges

t

Fig. 1. — Antebrachium and carpus of Mtis macleari.
Fig. 2. — Antebrachium and carpus of Mhs nativitatis.

R, radius ; U, ulna ; r, radiale ; ?<, ulnare ; rm, radiale marginale ;
p, pisiforme ; c, centrale ; 1-4, first to fourth carpale; a, dorsal
phalange of first digit ; i-v, first to fifth digit.

are all slenderer and more elongate in the latter species, stouter
and broader in the former, the longitudinal dimensions of the
fore-limb as a whole being about the same in both.

Mammalia. 35

The above remark does not, however, ap])ly to the ungual
phalang-es, vrhieli in M. naticitatis are ioniJi-er, stronger, and less
curved than in the other species ; the difference in length is the
more striking, as -with regard to the proxinial phalanges and
nietapodials the proportions are reversed, these being more elongate
in J/, madeari, as already pointed out.

The ungual phalange of the first digit of J/", ^lativitatis is
not diffei'ent in character from those of the other digits. In
M. madeari the whole of the thumb, including the ]Metac. i, is
more reduced than in the former species ; and its ungual plialange
has a rounded, nail-like form, absolutely different from the claw-
like, curved ungual i)halanges in the other fingers, and resembling
somewhat the same element in Primates. A still more appropriate
comparison of the digits of the arboreal M. madeari is with that
of Sciurus (e.g. S. vulgaris), where we find the same curved, claw-
like, ungual phalanges of digits ii-v, and the same rounded,
nail-like, ungual phalange of the first digit. The reduction of the
thumb has, howe'S'cr, in the squirrel, ])roceeded further than in
31. madeari; ^\'hilst the third and fourth digits have further
])roceeded in the op])osite sense, being disproportionately long.

In both M. nativitatis and 21. madeari, an ossicle overlies,
dorsally, the interphalangcal articulation of the thumb. I have,
on a recent occasion, P.Z.S. London, 1899, p. 430, suggested that
this ossicle, which, although never mentioned before, is of quite
common occurrence in Rodentia and Insectivora, may be the second
phalange of the thumb, having been thrust out on the dorsal surface.

In the same place, quoted before, I have treated at length of
the distal pisiform of Murida?, etc. ; this bone forms, so to sa}-,
a 'pendant' to the distal ' pra^pollex ' (see below); it occurs in
both the species. See Text-tig. 5, op. cit.

The ossicle, which in the figures given in the above quoted
paper is marked x, is equally present in both species from
Christmas Island, situated on the volar side, between the latero-
distal angle of the radius and the pisiform; in old specimens
it becomes fused with the former, but it is quite possible that it
often vanishes.

In M. nativitatis it is much smaller than in the other species.

Marginal radiale. — The only writer, to my knowledge, who has
made mention of the ' praepollex ' in the genus Mus, is Emery,
who describes it in 2f. decumanus. In this species there is in
connection with the distal extremity of the bone in question
a lamina of tendinous connective tissue having cartilaginous con-
sistence ("eine knoiiudharte Platte von sehnigem Bindegewebe "),
and acting as a siipport to the; very prominent and compact radial
pad. The single bone of Mas decumanus is considered to be the
homologue of the proximal of the two bones occurring in Pedetes ;
to the distal bone of the latter would correspond the ' tendinous
lamina ' of Mus decumanus. The character of a cartilage being
denied to the latter structure, the inference drawn from this is that

36 C/u'idinas Island.

its homologne in Pedetes is a demial bone of secondary origin.
In the latter genus the radial pad of other Eodents has been
transformed into the volar prominence sheathed with a homy cap ;
in other words, the structure which in most llodents is an organ of
touch has been adapted to fossorial functions in Pedetes}

It is not clear to me on what grounds Emery here denies
a cartilaginous condition to the distal element of Mxis decumantis.
In a subsequent memoir- he seems disposed to adopt a different
view. After having shown that in Marsupialia the ' praepollex '
is ' typically ' composed of two elements, he adds : "It will be of
particular interest to investigate whether in other mammals,
provided with a compound praepollex, the distal element has
a cartilaginous Anlage (' knorpelig angelegt wird '), and is the
homologue of the distal portion of the marsupial praepollex."

Like all Murida) which have come under my observation,
both Mils nativitatis and Mus niacleari have a large- sized marginal
radiale, articulating with the ' scapholunar ' and the Metac. i on
their median and volar side, and thence extending obliquely across
the vola in the direction of the distal pisiform bone. In both the
species there is attached to the distal and ulnar margin of the
marginal radiale, what appears to be a laminar cartilaginous
appendix, incompletely ossified on the ulnar side. Xeithcr of the
two specimens — one fi'om each species — is adult. I expect that in
adult specimens the ossification will be found to extend over the
whole of the distal part also. This condition I find to be the case
in an individual of a genus closely allied with Mus, viz. in
Arvicantliis {A. niloticus), although the specimen is not periectlj-
adult.

The principal differences in the skulls of the two specimens have
been pointed out by 0. Thomas (P.Z.S., 1888, pp. 533, 534), and
are borne out by the figures of Plate II (his). The skull of
M. naticifatis is weaker, more slender, and narrower than that
of the other species ; the outer wall of the infraorbital foramen
is shorter and projects less forward; the incisive foramina extend
farther backwards. The molars of this species likewise are weaker
and less complicated with secondary cusps. In M. macleari, the
outer cusps of the upper and the inner cusps of the lower molars
are much stronger than the corresponding parts in M. naf/n'tatis.
In several specimens of the latter the teeth j^rcsent a diseased
appearance, which is not the case in any of the specimens of
M. macleari. I append the measurements in millimetres of some
of the skulls collected by Mr. Andrews, three of M. macleari and
two of M. nativitatis.

1 C. Emery, " Zur Morphologie des Hand- und Fuss-skelets " : Auat. Anz.,
V, pp. 28S-291 (1890).

- C. Emery, "Beitraije z. Entwicklungsgesch. und Morphologie des Hand- und
Fuss-skelets der Marsupialier " ; Seraon's Forscliungsreisen, ii, p. 394 (1897).

Mammalia — A vcs.

37

Basilar length (Hcuselion) ...

1
a

i s

s o

47-4

40-5

42

42-0

42-5

Greatt'st breadth of skull ...

26-1

22-5

23-0

'23-5

23-5

Leuijfth of nasals

19-6

18

)8-5

19-0

19

Greatest breadth of uasals ...

5-8

o-O

5-0

0- 1

O'O

Least breadth iu iuterorbital'^
constriction )

6-9

G-c

8-0

7-5

7-5

Least lenjrth of outer wall |
of iutraorb. foramen . 1

6-1

0-5

o-O

4-5

4-0

Lenirth of palate

30-1

24-0

24-0

22-0

23

Breadth outside m. I

10-2
17-5

9-0
14-0

8-0
14

9
16

15-5

Back of incisor to ni. 1

Lenjj:th of n])])er molar series.
Leu<rili of lower molar series.

8-0
8-2

8-0
8-0

8-0
8-0

7
0-8

6-5
6-5

AYES.

By E. BoAVDLEK Shaepe, LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
(PLATES III-VI.)
WHE^f the "Flying Fi.sli " under Captain Maclear first visited
Christmas Ishmd in January, 1887, two new species of l)irds were
discovered by the e.xpcditiou, viz., Carpophaga icharfuni and
Tardus eri/thro/ihanin. The " E<ieria " shortly afterwards paid
a visit to the island, and ]Mr. J. J. Lister, Avho was naturalist
to the e.Kpedition, uuule a good collection of birds and discovered
several new species. His notes on his collection were also of great
interest.

Mr. Andrews obtained series of all the species found on Christmas
Island by ^Mr. Lister, and he was able to add several migratory
species which the other expeditions had not met with, while the
number of birds and eggs which he has obtained evince great
energy on his part. In the following pages his field notes are
accompanied by his initials ' C. W. A.'

Order COLUMBIFORMKS.
1. Carpophaga whartoni.

Carpophaya ivlturtoni, Sharpe, I'.Z.S., 18S7, p. olo, pi. xliii ; Lister, P.Z.S.,
1888, p. 520; Salvad., Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxi, p. 184 (1893);
Sharpe, Handl. B., i, p. 64 (1899).

No. 6, $ ad. Flving Fish Cove, August 8, 1897.
Ifo. 57, 9 ad. living Fish Cove, October 21, 1897.

38 Christmas Island.

No. 61, (J ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 22, 1897.

a, b, $ juT. Phosphate Hill, October 24, 1897.

c, d, e, J ad. et imm. Flying Fish Cove, November 29, 1897.

No. 72, S imm. Flying Fish Cove, November 21, 1897.

(J ad. Phosphate Hill, November 3, 1897.

(J ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 28, 1897.

No. 71, 9 imm- Flying Fish Cove, November 24, 1897.

(J imm. Flying Fish Cove, November 16, 1897.

Of this fine and peculiar Fruit-Pigeon Mr. Andi'ews procured
a good series. There does not seem to be any appreciable
difference in the colour of the sexes, but the young birds are more
redtlish underneath, and the first feathers of the throat and breast
are of a dull grey, without any pui-jilish or vinous tint "svhatever.

[The large Fruit-Pigeon, called by the Malays 'Pcrgam,' is very
common over the whole island, but is much more often heard than
seen, since it lives among the thick foliage of the tops of the lofty
forest trees, where to the unpractised eye it is extremely difficult to
discover. In addition to the ordinary cooing note, the male utters
a deep booming cry which is the most striking of the forest sounds
during the daytime. This note is said to resemble closely the
noise made by tigers, and Mr. Eoss told me that an old Bantamcse
wood- cutter who came to the island was at first afraid to enter
the forest, and was with much difficult}' persuaded that a bird
was responsible for the sound. These birds are veiy tame, and
when a number were feeding in a tree it was generally possible
to shoot several, one after the other, without disturbing the rest.
The boys in the island used to catch them with a noose of string at
the end of a long stick, and the birds would sit quietly while the
instrument of their destruction was prepared, and the boy climbed
into a convenient position for using it. On one occasion I caught
one with my hands while it was drinking at a puddle on a tree
trunk.

The food is the fruit and leaf -buds of the various forest trees,
and the birds gather in great numbers in trees of which the fruit
is just ripening. The feet are very powerful, prehensile organs,
and, while feeding, this Pigeon clambers about among the branches
like a Parrot. The nest is a very scanty structure of sticks placed
high up in a tree. The eggs are two in number, white, and
elongated, with both ends alike. I saw a pair building on
December 24th, and obtained an egg on January 6th ; many young-
birds were shot in April. There seem to be two broods a year, for
in the middle of November there were also great numbers of young
birds, characterized by their looser, duller plumage and grey legs ;
in the adult the legs are a bright red. I have counted between
fifty and sixty on the bushes round the small waterfall on the east
coast. The year before I visited the island was a very diy one,
and Mr. Ross informed me that great numbers of these Pigeons had
died of thirst.— C. W. A.]

Aves. 39

2. Chalcophaps natalis.

Ghalcophaps uatalis, Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 522 ; SalvacL, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.,
xxi, p. 520 (1893) ; Sliarpe, Haudl. B., i, p. 84 (1899).

Nos. 24, 26, S ad. ; No. 25, 9 :hI. Flying Fish Cove, August 6,
1897.

S 9 ad. FMng Fish Cove, October 21, 1897.
No. 54, 9 ad. Flying Fish Coyc, October 21, 1897.
No. 55, S j^iv. Flying Fish C'oye, October 21, 1897.
9 ad. Flying Fish Coye, Noyembcr 15, 1897.

Young birds have the greater wing-coverts for the most part
rufous, and the under parts irregularly mottled Avith dusky bars.
As Count Salvadori points out, the male is not to be distinguished
from some of the males of C. indica, but the female differs con-
siderably from the female of that species.

[The Ground-Pigeon is by far the most brightly coloured of the
birds of Christmas Island. It usually feeds on the ground, and
can run rapidlj-. Though generally seen in pairs, small flocks
sometimes occur, particularly near water. The food consists of
small fruits. The nest is said to be placed in thickets of screw-pine
{Pandanus), but I never saw either it or the eggs. At pairmg-
time the males fight fiercely, and are said to kill one another
occasionally. Young birds are seen in April. In spite of the
brightness of its colouring, this bird is difiicult to see, the green
of the back and chestnut brown of the breast matching very closely
the colours of the leaves and soil. — C. W. A.]

Order EALLIFOEMES.
3. Limnobaenus fuscus.

Limnoba»us fuscHS (Liun.), Sliarpe, Cat. Brit. Mus., xxiii, p. 14G (1894).

No. 40, 9 ad. Flpng Fish Cove, August 29, 1897.

Iris brownish red, lightest round the pupil ; legs reddish brown.

This is an interesting addition to the list. The species may
visit the island regularly on migration, but Mr. Andrews only
obtained one specimen.

Order LARIFORMES.
4. Anous stolidus.

Anous stolidus (Linn.), Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xx, p. 136 (1896).

ff, (J ad. Eocky Point, November 15, 1897.

I, 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 16, 1897.

40 Chridmas Island.

This species has not been obtained on Christmas Island before,
but it was met with bj' Dr. H. 0. Forbes on the Cocos-KeeKng
Islands in February.

[Breeds round the coast, the eggs being deposited on small
shelves of the sea cliff.— C. W. A.J

Order CHARADRIIFOEMES.
5. Glareola orientalis.

Olareola orientalis, Leach: Sliarpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 58 (1896).

N'o. 48, 9 imm. Flying Fish Cove, October 3, 1897.
Xot previously noted from the island, but certain to be a regular
visitor on migration.

6. Charadrius dominicus.

Charadrius dominicus, P. L. S. Miill. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 195
(1896) ; id., Haudl. B., i, p. 152 (1899).

S imm. Flying Fish Cove, November 14, 1897.
iN'ot met with by Mr. Lister, but certainly a regular visitor on
migration.

7. Ochthodromus geofFroyi.

Charadrius geoffroyi, "Waj^l. : Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 528.
Ochthodromus qeoffroyi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 217 (1896); id.,
Handl. B., i, p. 153 (1899).

9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, November 14, 1897.
An adult female in full winter plumage. It is evidently a
regular visitor to Christmas Island on migration.

8. Numenius variegatus.

Nwmmius variegatus (Scop.), Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 361 (1896).

«, 3, J 9 ^^- Flying Fish Cove, November 17, 1897.

c, 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, December 26, 1897.

New to the Avifauna of Christmas Island, but doubtless a more
or less regular visitor on migration. Mr. Andi-ews onlj^ saw one
small flock of four, out of which three specimens were killed.

9. Tringoides hypoleucus.

Tringoides hypoleucus (Linn.), Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 528; Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 456 (1896); id., Handl. B., i, p. 161 (1899).

No. 62, 9 imm. Flying Fish Cove, October 22, 1897.
This is also apparently a regular visitor on migration, as it was
likewise obtained by Mr. Lister.

Aves. 41

10. Calidris arenaria.

Calidris arenaria (L.), Sharpc, Oat. B. lirit. Mus., xxiv, p. o2G (1896).

An adult bird in moult, still retaining a few of the feathers of
the summer plumage on the back. This is an interesting addition
to the Avifauna of Christmas Island, and increases our knowledge
of the line of migration pursued by the 8anderling, which has in
recent years been discovered in ^orth Australia and in the Malay
Archipelago.

11. Limonites ruficollis.

Zimoiiites ri'ficollu (Pall.), Sliarpe, Cut. B. Brit. ^lus., xxiv, p. 545 (1896);
id., Handl. B., i, p. 163 (1899).

«, i, (J juv., 9 j^^'^'- I'lyi^o Fish Cove, September 20, 1897.

Both these specimens are immature birds in their first winter
plumage. The male has the wing 4-15 inches and the female 4*0.
The species has not been met with before on Christmas Island, but
is doubtless a regular visitor on migration.

12. Gallinago stenura.

GalUnago stenura, Bp. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxiv, p. 619 (1896) ; id.,
Handl. B., i, p. 165 (1899).

«, S 3<i- Flying Fish Cove, December 1, 1897.
I^ot previously recorded from Christmas Island.

Order ARDEIFORMES.
13. Demiegretta sacra.

Ardea jugularis, Wagl. : Sliarpe, P.Z.S., 1889, p. 516; Lister, P.Z.S., 1888,

p. 138.
Demiegretta sacra (Gm.), Sliarpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxvi, p. 138 (1898) ; id.,

Handl. B., i, p. 198 (1899).

■j^ g ( ad. Flying Fish Cove, July, 1897.

( ad. [white phase].
Nos. 2, 4, i^lmm. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.
1^0. 3, ad. [white phase].
fl, $ ad. Flj-ing Fish Cove. November 18, 1897.

The bird in the white phase of plumage has verj^ little crest,
but the long ornamental breast-plumes are fully developed. Two
of the outer scapulars are grey externally, and another grey plume
is concealed by the long ornamental feathers of the lower back.

42 Christmas Island.

Order PELECANIFORMES.

Sub-Order FREGATI.

14. Fregata aquila.

Fregata aquila (Linn.), Sliarpe, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 516; Lister, P.Z.S., 1888,
p. 529 ; Oo-ilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxvi, p. 443 (1898) ;
Sharpe, Handl. B., i, p. 237 (1899).

a, h, (5 9. Flying Fish Cove, November 13, 1897.

<'> '^j c? V J^^"^- Flying Fish Cove, November 4, 18, 1897.

According to Mr. Andrews, who shot some breeding birds, the
male of the large Frigate Bird is almost entirely black, being
white only from the lower breast down to the vent, including the
lower flanks and upper part of the thighs. The female is black
above, and has the throat black, but is white from the lower throat
downwards ; the sides of the body black, with a large white patch
on the flanks. The young birds have a rusty- coloured head and
throat.

[Perhaps the most interesting of the birds of Christmas Island
are the Frigate-birds, two species of which occur. Numbers of
these birds could nearly always be seen sailing and circling in the
air at all heights ; in calm weather they often soar till scarcely
visible. The flight is wondei-fully graceful, and it is a pleasui'e
to watch a group mo-sdng along the coast in a succession of
sweeping circles, rising against the wind, or descending with it.
In flight the head is carried close to the body, so that the bird
seems to have no neck, and the tip of the beak is about on a level
with the anterior angle of the outstretched wings. The feathers
arc often cleaned during flight, and occasionally the bird shakes
itself like a dog that has just left the water, dropping through
the air meanwhile. The young birds seem to be able to fly
perfectly well as soon as they leave the nest, and groups of them
could often be seen near the coast stooping to the water, one after
the other, to pick up leaves and other floating objects, and then
dropping them, apparently iii'actising the method by which their
parents obtain their food, which consists of surface fish and
cei^halopods. I never saw a Frigate-bird dive.

The old birds by no means de])end for food on the fish they catch
themselves, but systematically rob the Gannets, which breed in
great numbers on the island. Towards sunset many Frigate-birds
may be seen sailing along the coast, watching for the return of the
Gannets, full-fed from the fishing grounds. The birds being well
aware of what is in store for them, and knowing that if they can
reach the shelter of the trees thej^ are safe, approach the island at
a great speed, flying as low down as possible. Usually, while they
are still at some distance, two or three Frigate-birds give chase, and

A res. 4")

hunt the (iannct backwards ami forwards, continually trying to get
beneath it and to cut otf its retreat to the trees. The chase may
last several minutes, but at length the exhausted bird disgorges
some of the lish it had swallowed, and this is immediately caught
in mid - air by one of the pursuers. Mr. lloss told me that
occasionally two Frigate-birds would come into collision and break
their wings, but this I never saw. The twigs for building the
nests are obtained on the same system of robbery, and although
these birds will pick up twigs floating in the sea and lying on
the beach, I never saw one attempt to break them off the dead
branches as the Gannets do. If, when a nest is partly built,
the bird in charge of it is killed, dozens of its neighbours come
round and steal the material thus conveniently collected for them.
The nest consists merely of a few handfuls of twigs placed on the
fork of a small branch, and it seems wonderful how the egg
renuuns on it. When the young has been hatched a few days the
nest becomes converted into a hard, nearly flat cake of twigs and
excrement. Old nests, and those of Gannets, are often utilized.

About the beginning of January the adult males begin to acquire
the remarkable pouch of scarlet skin beneath their throat. This
they can inflate till it is nearly as large as the rest of the body,
and a dozen or more of these birds sitting in a tree with out-
stretched drooping wings and this great scarlet bladder under their
heads are a most remarkable sight. "When a hen bird approaches
the tree the males utter a peculiar cry, a sort of ' wow-wow-wow-
wow,' and clatter their beaks like castanets, at the same time
shaking the wings. When the}- take to flight the air is allowed
to escape from the pouch, but occasionally they might be seen
flying with it partly inflated.

The pairing season extended from Januarj- till April; eggs were
found in February, and in August there were still many young
birds in white down, but by October all had flown. The young
continue to get a certain amount of food from their parents even
after the latter have begun to build again.

In the neighbourhood of Flying Fish Cove the large species
builds near the sea, the small one on the higher part of the island
farther inland. The cry of the male in the small species is quite
different from, and much more musical than that of the large one.

At present Frigate-birds are one of the chief articles of food
of the inhabitants of Christmas Island, and they are very good
indeed. The usual way of obtaining them is for a man to climb
into the topmost branches of a high tree near the coast, armed
with a pole eight or ten feet long and a red handkerchief. The
latter he waves about, at the same time yelling as loudly as possible.
The birds attracted by the noise and the red colour swoop round
in large numbers, when they are knocked down with the long pole.
In this way sufficient birds to supply the small colony with food
can usually be obtained in an hour or two ; occasionally, however,
in unfavourable states of the wind, they are difficult to procure.

44 Christmas Island.

Young. Brownish on back, head fawn brown, whiter on back
and upper part of neck. The brown of the front of the neck passes
on breast into a band of brownish-bhick feathers. Breast and
belly white. Beak grej-ish pinkish - white ; throat and eyelid
greyish white. Feet ditto. Some white feathers on sides of
breast. Secondary-coverts blackish brown, axillarics white, edged
with white. llectrices slightly tipped with brownish white. —
C. W. A.]

16. Fregata arid.

Frtgata arid (Gould). Ogilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxvi, p. 447 (1898).

No. 18, (J. Flying Fish Coye, August, 1897.
Iso. 45, 9. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.

According to Mr. Andrews, the male is entirely black below, but
the female is white on the throat, breast, and sides of body. Tho
centre of the lower breast, abdomen, and lower flanks are black.

Sub-Order SUL^.
16. Sula sula.

Stila sula (Linn.), Ogilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xivi, p. 436 (1898);
Sharpe, Ilandl. B., i, p. 236 (1899).

jS'os. 7, 9, 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 4, 5, 1897.
No. 10, 9 pull. Flying Fish Cove, August 4, 1897.
No. 94, 9 imm. Flying Fish Cove, November 16, 1897.

The young bird was obtained by Mr. Andrews on the 4th of
August, with its mother (No. 9). It is still covered with white
down, though more than half-grown.

\_SuIa sula (Booby) breeds near the coast. Nest of sticks on
ground, usually near edge of sea cliff, but sometimes on the high
inland cliffs at some distance from the sea. One or two eggs. —
C. W. A.]

17. Sula abbotti.

Suln abbotti, Ridgw., Proc. U.S. Xat. Mus., xvi, p. 599 (1893) ; Sharpe, Handl.
B., i, p. 237 (1899).

a, $ ad. East coast, October, 1897.

This species was hitherto known only from Assumption Island
in the Indian Ocean. Mr. Ogilvie Grant united it to Sula cyanops,
but it is certainly quite distinct.

[Builds nests of sticks near the tops of the highest trees, usually
on the high land round the i)lateau. Shot young in September.
This bird is rarely seen on the north coast of the island, but
on the south it seems largely to take the place of S. piscatrix. —
C. W. A.]

Aves. 45

18. Sula piscatrix.

Sida pimifrix (Liun.), Sharpe, P.Z.S., 1887, p. TilG ; Ojrilvie Grant, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus. xxvi, p. 432 (1898) ; Sharpe, Haudl. B., i, p. 237.

No. 94, 9 inim. Flying Fish Cove.

[^Sula piscairix is very cominon all round the coast. Builds nest
of sticks iu hii^h trees. Begins to breed about January, and there
are great num])ers of young birds in grev plumage in October. —
r. \V. A.]

Sub-Order PIIAETHONTES.

19. Phaethon rubricauda.

Phaethon ph<F.nicurut, Gm. : Lister, I'.Z.S., 1888, p. 529.

Fhacihon ruhricdmla, Bodd. : Ofiilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxvi, p. 451
(1898) ; Sharpe, Haudl. B., i, p. 238 (1899).

No. 14, S «^^- Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.
a, b, ^ ^ ad. Flving Fish Cove.
■ No. 15, $ juv. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.

c, 9 '^^- Fh-ing Fish Cove, August, 1897, "Taken on nest
with No. 15."

d, S ^^- Flying Fish Cove, March 21, 1898. Taken from nest
in hole of cliff.

[The habits of the white Tropic Bird are much like those of
the yellow one, but it seems to nest almost exclusively in holes
in the cliffs, and I never saw it flying among the trees. The
colour of the young bird is exactly like that of the other species. —
C. W. A.]

20. Phaethon fulvus. (Plate III.)

Fhaethon flavirostris {nee Brandt), Lister, P.Z.S. , 1888, p. 528.
Phaethon fulvus, Brandt : Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., xxvi, p. 455 (1898).

No. 38, S ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 28, 1897.

No. 41, 9 ad. Flving Fish Cove, August 3(1, 1897.

No. 47, 9 juv. Flying Fish Cove, September 20, 1897. "Just
beginning to fly."

Nos. 67, 69,' 9 ^^^- Flying Fish Cove, November 19, 1897.

No. 68, S ad. Flying "Fish Cove, November 19, 1897.

<?, J, c? 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove. December 26, 1897.

There appears to be no difference in the colour of the sexes, and
the orange tint is equally well developed in both the male and
female. The young bird, however, shows no orange in the
plumage, but is white, spotted on the head and barred on the back
with black ; the inner secondaries with black longitudinal markings
of irregular shape on the outer web ; the primaries and a few of

46 Christmas Island.

the secondaries black-shafted, the outer primaries with more or
less black along the outer web ; tail-feathers white, Avith a sub-
teiTuinal black spot ; a circular spot of black in front of the eye,
extending below backwards in a line under the latter, and with
a black line above the ear- coverts ; flanks with a tuft of chequered
black feathers with white notches and spots. These latter
feathers, and also many on the back and secondaries, seem to
indicate by the variation of their pattern that the latter changes
a great deal, so that the aspect of the feather becomes gradually
whiter and whiter.

[The most beautiful of the sea birds is the yellow Tropic Bird,
which, though much less numerous than the Frigate-birds, is still
fairly common. The flight of these birds is swift, though, owing
to the rapidity of the strokes of the wing, it often seems as if they
were labouring. I never saw them sail except for a short distance
when wheeling round. On hot days they may be seen in twos
and threes, flying rapidly up and down above and among the tree
tops, continually littering their peculiar crackling ciy, and pausing
now and then to hover before holes in the trees which seem to
offer an eligible position for a nest. It can hardly be said, however,
that they make a nest, for the single dark- brown mottled egg
is merely placed in a slight hollow on the floor of a hole in a tree
or in the sea cliff. The young bird, when nearly full-grown, is
white, barred with black, and since I never saw one in this
plumage out of the nest, it seems that the j-ellow colour is
acquired before it flies. The only distingiiishing mark of the
youngest bird I ever saw flying was the presence of a few black
bars on the back just above the root of the tail. Eggs and
young were obtained in August and September ; the breeding
season seems to be less definite than in the case of the other
birds.— C. W. A.]

Order ACCIPITEIFORMES.
21. Astur natalis. (Plate Y.)

Urospizias natalis, Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 523.
Astur natalis, Sliarpe, Handl. B., i, p. 251 (1899).

(J juv. Flying Fish Cove, August 14, 1897.

?\"os. 30-33, S 9 j^iv. Flying Fish Cove, August 13, 1897.

Ko. 36, 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, August 20, 1897.

Nos. 43-44, $ ad^ j pj^.-^^g -p.^^^ ^^^^^^ August 22, 1897.

(J juv. Flying Fish Cove, September, 1897.
^ juv. Flying Fish Cove, October, 1897.
9 juv. Phosphate Hill, ^S^ovember 28, 1897.

No. 35, S 9 ^^- ] South-east coast, August 20, 1897.
S ]uv. ) . b .

Ares. 47

Mr. Lister has given a very good description of this species,
and has pointed o\it its simihirity to A. griseiguJaris. It differs
from the hitter species, however, in its much (hirker shity-grey
head, slaty-grey hars on the chest, and in the lighter underwing-
and tail- coverts, wliich are barred with white and vinous rufous,
and are not so uniform vinous as in A. griseigidaris.

[The Goshawk is common all over the island, and is very
destructive to young poultry in Flying Fish Cove. Its food
consists of the White-eyes, (xround-Thrushes, and Ground- Pigeons,
and it is said to kill the large Fruit-Pigeon also, but this I never
saw. In the crop of one there were remains of numerous locusts.
The nest is made of twigs and pieces of creepers, and is ])laced
near the top of a high tree. A nest with one young was found
on January 24th. Tlie cry is a sharp 'tweet-tweet-tweet,' and
when shooting Fruit-Pigeons in the high trees a rougli imitation
of this call was often employed to cause them to thrust out their
head, so that the}- could be more easily seen, and would present
a better mark. — C. W. A.]

22. Ninox natalis. (Plate IV.)

Ninox mtalis, Lister, I'.Z.S., 18S8, p. 525.

Xo. 37, S afl- Flying Fish Cove, August 8, 1897.
1^0. 65, 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 24, 1897.
Xo. 66, (j ad. Flving Fish (!ove, Xovember 9, 1897.
Xo. 70, S fifl- Flying Fish Cove, Xovember 24, 1897.
9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, December 24, 1897. Iris and feet
bright lemon-yellow.

The sexes do not differ in colour, and there is scarcely any
variation in size, as the males have the wing 7-6-7*8 inches and
the females 7"4-7"8.

[The Owl is most often seen in thickets of screw-pine and in the
denser parts of the forest. Its food consists of lizards, locusts,
white-eyes, and perhaps rats. The nest I never found, but
Mr. Hugh Ross told me it is usually placed in a screw-pine and
made of twigs. The peculiar cry, resembling veiy closely the bark
of a small dog, has been described by Mr. Lister. In the fore.st
after sun-down several of these birds could be heard barking in
answer to one another. They usually begin with a scarcely
audible ' chuk-chuk, ' which is repeated crescendo till they break
out into a regular bark, which may be repeated a considerable
number of times ; this may stop suddenly or die away gradually
as it began.— C. "W. A.]

48 Chriatmas IsJamL

Order CORACIIFORMES.

Sub-Order CYPSELI.
23. Collocalia natalis.

CoUocalia natalis, Lister, P.Z.S.. 1888, p. 520 : Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., ivi,
p. 511 (1892) ; id., Tierreich, Lief, i, Aves, Macropt., p. 70 (1897).

Ko. 28, ad. Flying Fish Cove, Augiist, 1897.

9 ad. Flying Fish Cotc, Xoveniber 24, 1897.

(S S 9 ''id. Flying Fish Cove, Kovemher 25, 1897.

9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, Dccemhcr 28, 1897.

ad. Flving Fish Cove, Februarv 15, 1898.

^ 9 9'ad. Flying Fish Cove,*March 4, 1898.

^ (5 9 9 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, March 7, 1898.

The series brought home by Mr. Andrews confirmed the
characters of the species, but the differences between C. natalis
and C. neglecta are not veiy strongly pronounced.

Order COCCYGES.

Sub-Order CUCULI.
24. Chalcococcyx basalis.

Chalcococcyx basalis (Horsf.), Shelley, Cat. H. Brit. Mus., xix, p. 294 (1891).

A single immature female in fidl moidt. This species has not
before been obtained on Christmas Island.

Order P A S S E R I F 0 E M E S .

Family MOTACILLID^.

25. Motacilla melanope.

Motacilla melanope, Pall. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., i, p. 497 (1885).

$ ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 7, 1897.

Iris blue-black. On the shore. Stomach contained small maiine
worms.

Also not recorded from Chiistmas Island previously.

26. Motacilla flava.

Motacilla Jlava, Linn. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., i, p. 516, pi. vi, figs. 3-5
(1885).

No. 49, S imm. Flying Fish Cove, October, 1897.

a, b, imm. Flying Fish Cove.

Three young bii'ds, evidently procm-ed on migration.

Ares. 49

Family ZOSTEllOriD^.
27. Zosterops natalis. (Plate YI.)

Zosterops natalin, Lister, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 518, pi. xxvii.

'^0. 21, ^ ad. Flyiug Fish Cove, Augaist 5, 1897.
ff, S 'it^- Flyin-;' Fish Cove, August 10, 1897.

b, c, $ ad. Flying Fish Cove, ]S'ovember 29, 1897.
d, S ii<^- Flyiug Fish Cove, November 24, 1897.

c, 9 ad. Fljing Fish Cove, December 3, 1897.
J\ .'7, S 9 '1^^- I'lying Fish Cove, March 4, 1898.

The White-eye of Christmas Island is a large species, and easily
recognized by its colour. I can see no difference in the plumage
of specimens killed in various months, and the j'oung resemble
the adults. The yellow at the base of the bill scarcely amounts
to more than a snudl loral patch and docs not form a frontal band.
N.B. — In Mr. Lister's tliagnosis of the species (p. 519) the first
character, ^-iz., that the crown becomes paler "towards the base
of the tail,'''' must be a misprint for 'bill.'

The nest is a pretty little stnicture — a shallow cup suspended
between the forks of a twig, to which it is attached. The nest
consists of vegetable fibre, with wool as a basis, and it is lined
with the same black fibre of the sago -palm as that used by the
Thrush for its nest. A second nest is deeper in the cup, contains
more cotton, and has a few white feathers interlaced in the
outside. The two eggs, obtained by Mr. Andrews in Xovember,.
are uniform bluish white. Axis 0'7 ; diam. 0*5.

[The little Zosterops (Burung Waringin) swarm everywhere,
even in the middle of the forest. They seem to form small flocks,
and behave much like Titmice, climbing about among the foliage
and often hanging head downwards under a leaf or branch in their
search for insects. They also eat a good deal of fruit, and destroy
many papaias, custard-apples, and bananas, of which they are so
fond that they often come on to the dinner-table to get them.
They have only a twittering note, but when a Hawk is in the
neighbourhood the noise made by a flock of them is considerable.
The nest is usually placed between two twigs or in the fork of
small branches of bushes, and is made of fibres of the sago-palm,
or any other vegetable fibre they can get. They seem to breed
nearly all the year round. — C. "W. A.]

Family TFEDIDJE.
28. Merula erythropleura.

Turdus crythroplcurtis, Sharpe, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 515.
Mei-ula erythropleura, Lister, P.Z. S., 1888, p. 517-

Xo. 23, ad. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.

Xos. 52, 53, S $ ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 20, 1897.

E

50 Christmas Island.

No. 60, ^ ad. Flying Fish Cove, October 22, 1897.
(J 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, Is^ovcmbcr 4, 1897.
S ad. Flj-ing Fish Cove, November 12, 1897.
^ ad. Flving Fish Cove, November 21, 1897.
^ 9 ad. Flying Fish Cove, December 29, 1897.
<J juv. Flying Fish Cove, FebruaiT 14, 1898.

Flying Fish Cove, February" 20, 1898.

Flving Fish Cove, :March 7, 1898.
North Coast, March 17, 1898.

Phosjihate Hill, November 3, 1897.

This species is of the group of Merula Javanica, but is especiallj^
remarkable for the size of its bill, which is very large in proportion
to the bird. The sexes arc alike in colour, and the j'oung birds
are more dusky brown, with paht shaft-lines to the feathers of the
npper surface. In the young the bill is horn brown, not yellow,
and the under surface of the body is mottled with duskj--brown
edges to the feathers.

[The Ground-Thrush is common everywhere, but is most numerous
near the coast. Like the other birds of the island, it is veiy tame,
and when I was breaking up rotten wood searching for beetles,
several of them would stand quite close by in readiness to pick
up any grubs that were uncovered. Its food consists of insects,
seeds, and any carrion it can find, and I have seen one kill a suuiU
brown lizard, though it seemed to have some difficulty in doing so.
When hunting for insects among the dead leaves, the colours of the
plumage harmonize so exactly with the surroundings that, were
it not for the bright yellow beak and eye-lids the bird would be
almost invisible. The alarm cry is much like that of the European
Blackbird, and in the pairing season (Deccmber-Januaiy) the male
has a song something like that of the English Thrush, but harsher
and less varied. The nest is made of fibres of the wild sago-palm
{Arenga listen'), skeleton leaves, and other vegetable fibre; it is
not mud -lined. One nest was taken from the crown of a screw-
pine {Pandatius), another from the hollow top of a broken tree
trunk, some fifteen feet from the ground. Eggs were found in
December, and in the following month young birds just able to
fly were numerous, and continued to be so till April. — C. W. A.]

Family HIRIJNDINID^.
29. Hirundo gutturalis.

Eirundo gtUturalis, Scop. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., x, p. 134 (1885).

9 juv. Flying Fish Cove, October 16, 1897.
A young female of the Eastern Chimney Swallow, in moult
from the first plumage to the glossy- dress of the adult.

Reptilia. 51

EEPTILIA.

By a. A. BouLEXGEK, F.R.S.

(PLATE YII.)

The first collection made on Cliristmas Island by the officers of
H.M. S. "Flying Pisli " yielded examples of three species —
Gt/mnodactylus mnrmoratus, Kuhl, Lijgosoma nativitafis (n sp.), and
Ti/pJtlops cxocceti (n.sp.). Mr. Lister's visit to the island in 1888
resnlted in the discovery of two further new species — Geclco lister i
and Ahlepharus egerite. To these five species Mr. Andrews has
.added a sixth, the widely distributed Lygosoma atrocostatum.

LACERTILIA.

Family GECKONID.E.

1. Gymnodactylus marmoratus, Kuhl.

■Gynniiiihictjfliix tiiiiniioirrt/i.<:, Bouleng'er, Cat. Liz., i, p. 41 (1885).

Known from Java, Sumatra, and Borneo; also from the mountains
•of Perak, in the Malay Peninsula, whence I have recently received
a specimen.

2. Gecko listen. (PL VII, Fi-. 1.)

GrcAo listen, Bouleuger, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 535.

Head moderate, snout once and one-third the diameter of the
orbit, Avhich equals its distance from the very small round car-
opening' ; forehead scarcely concave. Head covered with small
granules, which arc considerably larger on the snout ; rostral
quadrangiilar, more than twice as broad as deep, Avithout cleft ;
nostril pierced between the rostral, the first labial, and three
nasals; twelve upper and ten lower labials; three transverse rows
of small hexagonal chin- shields. Dorsal scales uniform, minutely
granular ; vcntrals much larger, roundish hexagonal, subimbricate.
Digits with a very slight rudiment of web ; seven or eight
angularly curved lamellfe under the median toes. A short angular
series of twelve pra^anal pores. Tail cylindrical, covered with
uniform small flat scales, which are largest inferiorly. Pale grey-
brown above, with a few rather indistinct brown spots and
scattered white dots ; a brown streak from the nostril to the eye ;
lower parts white, with small brown spots.

Totalleugth 79 mm. Fore limb 12 mm.

Head 12 ,, Hind limb 15 ,,

Width of head ... 8-5 „ Tail 38 ,,

Body 29 „

52 Christmas Island.

This small Gecho, of which a single male specimen was obtained
by ;Mr. Lister, is closely allied to G. pumihis, Blgr., from Papua
(Port Moresby and Torres Straits), from which it is at once-
distinguished by its nearly free toes.

Family SClXCIDiE.
3. Lygosoma atrocostatum, Less.

Lygosonifi ntrocostatinn, Bouleiif^er, Cat. Liz., iii, p. 295 (1887).

Mr. Andrews has brought home two specimens of this species,
which is widely distributed, being known from the Philippines,
Celebes, the Moluccas, I^ew Guinea, Cape York, the Caroline and
Santa Cruz Islands. I may also add to its known habitat Pulo
Tikos, Penang, where it was found by Mr. S. S. Flower, and
whence it had been described by Stoliczka under the name of
Mahowja jerdoniana.

Lives among rocks on beach at Flying Fish Cove.

4. Lygosoma nativitatis. (PL YII, Fig. 2.)

LygoHoma nativitatis, Boiilenger, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 516, and 1888, p. 536.

Section Emoa. Habit lacertiform ; the distance between the end
of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and one -third to
once and a half in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout
long, obtuse. Lower eyelid with an undivided transparent disk.
Nostril pierced between a nasal, a postnasal, and a supranasal ;
frontonasal broader than long, forming a suture with the rostral
and with the frontal ; latter shield nearly as long as the fronto-
parietal, in contact with the first and second supraoculars ; four-
supraoculars ; seven or eight supraciliaries ; frontoparietals united
into a single large shield ; a small interparietal, behind which the
parietals form a si;ture ; a pair of nuchals and a pair of temporals
border the parietals; four or five labials anterior to tlie large
subocular. Ear-opening oval, a little larger than the transparent
palpebral disk, with three or four very small lobules on its anterior
border. Thirty to thirty-four scales round the middle of the body,
all smooth in the adult, quinquecarinate in the young, laterals
a little smaller than dorsals and vcntrals. No enlarged prceanals.
The hind limb reaches the elbow. Digits moderately elongate,
a little flattened at the base, compressed at the end; subdigital
lamellae smooth, thirty-one to thirty-four under the fourth toe.
Tail two - thirds of the total length. Brown above, strongly
iridescent, with small golden and blackish spots, most numerous
on the sides and limbs ; lower surfaces white.

Head... ... ... ... 15 mm.

Width of head 9-5 „

Body 56 ,,

Fore limb 22 ,,

Hind limb ... ... ... 31 ,,

Reptilia. 53

This species was ongiually described from a sinfijle specimen;
numerous examples liave since been obtained by Mr. Lister and
3Ir. Andrews.

5. Ablepharus egeriae. (PI. YII, Fig, 3.)

Ablrphanis cffcrifc, Bouleiij,'er, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 535.

Snout pointed, rostral not projecting. Eye entirely surrounded
with granules ; upper eyelid rc2)resentcd by three or four larger
scales. Kostral largely in contact with the frontonasal ; pnefrontals
forming a long suture ; frontal small, in contact with the first and
second supraoculars ; five supraoculars, second largest, fifth smallest ;
seven supraciliaries ; interparietal distinct from the very large,
single frontoparietal ; a pair of large nuchals. Ear-opening rather
small, oval. Scales smooth or feebly striated, two vertebral rows
largest ; 26 or 28 scales round the middle of the body. Limbs well
developed, peutadactyle ; the hind limb reaches the axilla in the
male, the elbow in the female ; digits long and slender, smooth
inferiorly. Tail once and a half the length of head and body.
Bron/y above, with blackish and pale greenish spots ; a light, dark-
■edged dorso-lateral band ; end of tail blue ; lower parts greenish
•\vhite.

Total length 113 mm. Fore limb 17 mm.

Head 10 ,, Hind limb 21 ,,

Width of head 6 ,, Tail 68 ,,

Body 35 „

^Numerous specimens were obtained by Messrs. Lister and
Andrews.

Closely allied to the widely distributed A. ioutonii, Desj., from
which it differs in the distinct interparietal shield. I have, how-
•ever, recently noticed (Ann. Mus. Gcuova [2], xviii, 1898, p. 719)
"the presence of a distinct interparietal in a specimen of that species
from Lugh, Somaliland. A. egerico should therefore perhaps be
xecarded as a race of A. houtonii.

OPHIDIA.

Family TYPHLOPID.E.

6. Typhlops exocceti.

TtfjMops exocceti, Boulenger, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 517, and Cat. Su., i, p. 36, pi. iii,
fig. 2.

Snout depressed, rounded, strongly projecting; nostrils inferior.
Eostral broad, upper portion broadest anteriorly, about half the
width of the head, extending to the level of the eyes ; nasal
incompletely divided, the cleft proceeding from the second labial ;
a praeocular, of about the same size as the ocular, in contact with

54 Chndiiinn lf>hiid.

the second and third lahials ; eyes distinguishable ; upper head-
scales a little larger than the scales on the body ; four upper-
labials. Diameter of body 50 to 66 times in the total length ; tail
nearly twice as long as broad, ending in a spine. Twenty scales-
round the body. Pale brownish, each scale with a brown spot;
these spots largest and darkest on the dorsal surface, where they
form longitudinal lines.

Total length, 480 mm.

Two specimens were captured on the occasion of the visit of the-
" Flying Fish." Several more were brought home by Mr. Andrews,
who found them in damp places, imder rocks and fallen trees-
Only seen out on dark rainy days.

[Turtles are often seen round the coasts of the island, and they
occasionall)- come up on to the white beaches to deposit their eggs-
in the coral sand — one nest on the "West White Beach contained
142 eggs. There are probably three species — Thalassochelys caretta,
CheJone imhyicata, and C. mydas. In January, a small specimen of
the last was speared in shallow water near ]N'orth-East Point. —
C.W.A.]

MOLLUSCA.

By E. A. Smith, F.Z.S.

(PLATE YIII.)

The land - shells of Christmas Island are insignificant both in
size and the number of species. Eleven different forms were
enumerated by the writer in 1888,^ nine of which were collected
by Mr. Andrews, besides single specimens of three additional
species, namely, Opeas suhida, Melampiis castaneiis, and Assiminea
andreivsiana. These, however, do not throw any additional light on
the relationship of the fauna Avith that of other parts of tlie world.
Although seven of the fourteen species recorded are, so far as we
know, peculiar to the island, it must be pointed out that they
belong to genera the species of which have no very striking
characters. The three forms of Lamprocystis are very much alike,
and approximate very closely to certain species from the Philippines
and the Malay Archipelago. The Succineas also present no marked
features, and might have been found anywhere. Opeas, too, is
a genus notorious for the sameness of its species and the wide

1 Proc. Zool. Soc, 1888, p. 536.

Mollusca. 55

distribution of several of them. The other genera represented at
Christmas Island — Pythia, Melamjms, Truncatella, Assiminea,
and Leptopoma — are also recognized as containing species which are
very widely distributed.

In conclusion, therefore, it may be stated that the fauna, as
represented by the terrestrial Mollusca, does not show any special
affinity with that of any other parti cidar locality ; and that the
same species, or others very similar, might be expected to occur
not only at adjacent localities, such as Sumatra or Java, but also
further eastward in jS'ew Guinea and some of the Pacific Islands.

Family ZONITID^.
1. Lamprocystis normani (Smith). (PI. VIII, Figs. 1-3.)

Ariophanta {Microcystis) iiormaui, Smith, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 537.

Testa parva, plus minus depressa, anguste perforata, tenuissima,
nitida, vel pellucida et dilute fusco-cornca, vel magis opaca, fusca,
infra suturam et ad basim pallida, supra et infra microscopice
spiraliter striata ; spira brevissime couoidea ; anfractus 5-6, lente
accrescentes, convexiusculi, ad suturam anguste marginati, ultimus
ad peripheriam acute rotundatus aut vix angulatus ; apertura
obli(^ue lunata ; peristoma tenue, marginibus distantibus, colu-
mellari ad insertionem breviter expanse et reflexo. Diam. raaj. 6^,
min. 6 mm.; alt. 4^ mm. Exemplum majus : diam. maj. 7f,
min. 7 mm. ; alt. 5^ mm.

This species is variable in size, form, and colour. The typical
specimens were uniformly pellucid, horny, and thin in texture,
whilst some of those obtained by Mr. Andrews are more solid,
larger, and of a brownish or reddish brown colour, but pale
beneath the suture and upon the base of the body-whorl. Some-
times the upper surface, with the exception of the apex, which
is palish, is of a uniform reddish brown tint. The spiral striae
are only visible under the microscope, and are less conspicuous on
the under surface than above.

2. Lamprocystis mabelae (Smith). (PI. VIII, Fig. 4.)

Ariophanta {Microcystis) niahelcB, Smith, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 537.

Testa L. novmani simillima, sed magis depressa, anfractibus
mim;s convexis, distinctius striatis, ultimo ad peripheriam subacute
angulato. Diam. maj. 6, min. oj mm. ; alt. 3^ mm.

Collected by Mr. J. J. Lister.

This species, if the specimens upon which it was founded be adult,
is a little smaller than the preceding. It is similarly perforated,
of the same texture and glossy appearance, but more depressed,
and has flatter whorls which are a trifle more distinctly spirally
striated ; the body-whorl is quite angular, and consequently the
fonn of the aperture is rather diff'erent.

56 Christmas Island.

3. lamprocystis mildredae (Smith). (PI. VIII, Figs. 5-7.)

Ariophanta [Microcystis) mUdrtdee, Smith, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 537.

Testa Z. nonnani similis, secI minor, latius perforata, anfractibus
magis convexis, utrinque distinctius spiraliter striatis. Diarn. maj. 5,
min. 4;mm. ; alt. 3 mm.

Collected by Mr. J. J. Lister.

This species is smaller than either of the preceding, and also is
more distinctly striated both above and below, and more widely
umbilicated. The whorls are rounder and the suture deeper.

Family 8UCCIXEIDiE.
4. Succinea solidula, Pfeiffer. (PI. VIII, Figs. 8, 9.)

Succinea solidula, Pfeifier, P.Z.S., 1849, p. 134 ; Monog. Helic, vol. iii, p. 22 ;
Smith, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 578, figs. 1, 2.

Testa ovata, pallide flavescens vel dilute rufescens, subpellueida,
incrementi lineis fortibus obliquis curvatis sculpta, undique minute
subgranulata ; anfractus 3, rapide accrescentes, perconvexi, sutura
obliqua sejuncti, ultimus ma gnus ; apertura inverse aurifoiTuis,
intus nitens ; peristoma tenue, vel interdum intus leviter in-
'Crassatum, margine columellari paulo incrassato, callo tenuissimo
labro juncto. Long. 13 mm., diam. maj. 10 mm. ; apertura 9 mm.
longa, 6 lata.

Another small but adult specimen is 9 mm. in length and 7^ in
diameter.

Hab. — Flying Fish Cove (Andrews).

There are two principal characters which distinguish this species,
namely, the thickened jieristome and the peculiar sculpture. The
former is not, however, observable in all specimens, but its absence
may be due to their immature condition. It is only slight in any
of the specimens, and internal; hence Pfeiffer's expression " perist.
submarginatum." The sculpture has the appearance (under a
strong lens) of the texture of very fine linen, or minute crisscross
lines, rather than minute granulations. Besides this excessively
fine ornamentation the surface exhibits rather strong lines of
growth or subplications.

5. Succinea solitaria, Smith. (PI. VIII, Figs. 10, 11.)

Succinea solitaria, Smith, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 518, figs. 3, 4.

Testa suboblique ovata, supra acuminata, solidiuscula, vel albida,
versus apicem rufescens, vel omnino rubescens, lineis incrementi
validis, valde obliquis, curvatis, striisque spiralibus, fortibus, plus
minus distinctis, sculpta ; anfractus 3, rapide cresccntes. duo
superiores perconvexi, ultimus supra declivis, antice descendeus ;
apertura rotunde ovata, superne acuminata, intus pallida vel

Mollusca. 57

rubescens ; peristoma tcuuc, intus internum subincrassatum,
marginc coluinollari plus xuinus incrassato et reflexo, superne
•callo tcnui labro jimcto. Long. 9.V, diam. 5A -mm. ; apertura 5mm.
longa, 4^ lata.

Only a single specimen of tliis species has hitherto been known.
The few examples obtained by Mr. Andrews ditfer in being of
:a very rich reddish colour. Tlie solidity, the strong lines of
.growth, and the spiral stria) are the principal distinguishing
features of the species. The transverse strife are rather coarse,
.and more conspicuous in some specimens than others.

6. Succinea listeri, Smith. (PI. YIII, Figs. 12, 13.)

Suceitiea ^stcri. Smith, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 537.

Testa elongato-ovata, superne acuminata, tenuis, cornea, rubes-
cens ; anfractus 3, rapide crcsceutes, ultimxis permagnus,
incrementi lineis tenuibus striatus ; apertura elongata, ovata,
superne acuminata ; peristoma tenue, marginibus callo tcnuissimo
junctis. Long. 13|- mm., diam. maj. 8 mm.; apertura 10^ mm.
longa, 7 lata.

This species differs in form and sculpture from both the other
species from the island. It is smoother, and has a shorter spire
and a longer body-whorl.

Family STENOGYRID.^.

7. Opeas suhula (Pfeiffer). (PI. YIII, Fig. 14.)

Achatina stibiila, Pfeiffer, Wiegmauu's Arch. Naturg., 1839. vol. i, p. 352.

Bulimus sitbula, lleeve, Conch. Icon., vol. v, pi. Ixix, fig. 494.

Stenogyra [Oj^eas) stibula, Biuuey & Bland, Land and Fresh -■water Shells of

North America, pt. i, p. 230, fig. 392.
Bulimus oparanui, Pfeiffer, P.Z.S., 1846, p. 34.

Sal. — Many islands in the "NYest Indies, Florida, Mexico,
Venezuela, Fernando ]N"oronha, Borneo, Cochin China, Island of
Opara or Ilapa, etc.

A single specimen obtained by Mr. Andrews is inseparable from
this species, which, as will be seen from the above localities, has
.a very wide range. I am unable to find any characters which
■will distinguisli this species from 0. oparanus (Pfr.), the sculpture
being precisely similar in both. The crenulation at the suture,
especially in the upper whorls, a feature not noticed in the descrip-
tions, is very peculiar, and, although visible under a simple lens,
is best seen under a compound microscope.

Binney and Bland account for the wide distribution of this
species by its transplantation with the banana and plantain
throughout the Tropics. These trees have been introduced into
Christmas Island from Java, and possibly the Opeas along with
them, although at present I am not aware of its having been
recorded from that island.

58 Christmas Island.

Family AURICTJLID^.
8. Pythia scarabaeus (Linn.). (PI. VHI, Fig. 15.)

Pijthia scarabeeus, Pfeiffer, Mou. Auric, p. 82.

JIab. — Flying Fish Cove. Widely distributed in the islands?'
of the Malay Archipelago and Oceania.

The specimens from Christmas Island are much smaller than
usual, the largest having a length of only 20 mm.

9. Melampus luteus (Quoy & Gaimard). (PI. VIIT, Fig. 16.)

Melanipiis latens, Pfeiffer, Mou. Auric, j). 36.

Hah. — Same as preceding.

Also rather smaller than usual. Length, 14 mm.

10. Melampus fasciatus (Doshayes). (PI. VIII, Fig. 17.)
Melampus fasciatits, Dash. : Pfeiffer, Mou. Auric, p. 38.

Hah. — Same as preceding.

Again the examples are small, only 11-J-mm. in length. Some
are red-banded, whilst others are of a livid greyish tint without
bands, the spire being slate-blue in all.

11. Melampus castaneus (Mlihlfeldt). (PI. VIII, Fig. 18.)

Melampus castaneus, Pfeiffer, Mou. Auric, p. 30.

Hah. — Sandwich and Samoa Islands.

Only a single young specimen was obtained by Mr. Andrews.
It agrees in every respect with examples from the Hawaiian.'
Islands.

Family CYCLOPHORID^.
12. Leptopoma mouhoti, Pfeiffer, var. (PL VIII, Figs. 19, 20.)

Leptopoma iiwnlioii, Pfeiffer, P.Z.S., 1861, p. 18.5; Monog. Pueumou., vol. iii,.
p. 82 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. xiii, pi. v, fig. 25.

Testa brevitcr conica, umbilicata, tenuiuscula, subpellucida,.
sordide albida, epidermide tcnuissinia lutesccntc induta, iuterdum
infra peripheriam fusco maculata ; spira conoidca, ad apicem baud'
acuta ; anfractus 5, convexi, liris spiralibus filiformibus (in anfr.
ultimo circiter 6) striisque inter liras spiralibus tenuibus, incre-
menti liueis obliquis ornati, ultiraus in medio vix angulatus, liris-
circa 12 (mcdiana ad peripheriam cantoris paulo-fortiori), succiuctus ;
apertura fere circularis, long, totius ^ paulo superans ; peristoma
anguste expansum, baud duplicatum, marginibus callo tenui junctis^
columellari sinuato. Long. 11-^ mm., diam. maj. 11^ mm.

Mollusca. 59^

Hah. — Found on mossy trunks of trees in the upper part of the
island (J. J. Lister) ; north coast (Andrews).

The tyiic of Z. mouhoti was described from Camboja, and differs
slightly in being a trifle more elevated than the specimens from
Christmas Island. Its peristome also is slightly broader. At
present i have seen only two specimens, so am unable to judge
of the constancy of these differences.

Family TRUXCATELLID^.

13. Truncatella valida, Pfeiffer. (PI. VIII, Figs. 21, 22.)

Truncatella valida, PfeifFer, Mon. Auric, p. 184; Iviister, Couch. -Cab., p. 11,
pi. ii, ti.ys. 19-21, 23.

Hab. — Philippine Islands, New Caledonia, Samoa, etc.

The two or three apical volutions, constituting the protoconch,
are very convex, and although apparently smooth under a simple
lens, under the microscope are seen to be very finely, regularly,
longitudinally striated.

Family ASSIMINEID^.

14 Assiminea andrewsiana, n.sp. (PI. VIII, Fig. 23.)

■ Testa elongata, conica, imperforata, rufescenti - coi'uea, vix
pellucida; anfractus 7, convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, infra
suturam linea pellucida marginati, la^ves, nitentes, ultimus brcvis,
rotundatus ; apertura obliqua, inverse auriformis, longit. totius
-g- fere ada?quans ; peristoma marginibus callo tenui junctis, externo
acuto, tenue, columellari valde incrassato et reflexo. Long. 4,
diam. 2^ mm.

Only a single specimen was obtained of this pretty little species.
It is closely allied to A. ivoodmasoniana, I^evill,^ from Port Canning,
near Calcutta. It is similar in colour, but has more convex
whorls, and wants the keel which surrounds the umbilical region,
also a fine thread-like line which winds up the spire round the
middle of the whorls. This character, present in all four specimens
of A. tvoodmasoniana obtained by the Museum from Dr. Hungerford's
collection, is not noticed in Mr. i!s^eviirs description.

1 Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1880, vol. xlix, pt. 2, p. 163 ; 1881, vol. l, p. l-'iS,.
pi. vii, fig. 1.

•60 C/irutmas Island.

Il^SECTA.

(PLATES IX-XY.)

Order 1.— LEPIDOPTERA.

LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA.

By Abthue G. Butler, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., etc.

(PLATE IX, Fig. S.)

"In the ProceecHng.s of the Zoological Society for 1888 I gave an
•account of a collection of Lepidoptera obtained by Mr. J. J. Lister
on Christmas Island in 1887 ; this collection contained five species
-of Butterflies, two of which I had described in the Proceedings of
the preceding year in a Report on a Zoological Collection made by
the Officers of H.M.S. "Flying Fish."

Previous to Mr. Andrews' visit, therefore, the following species
■were recorded as occurring on the island : — Vadehra wiacleari,
Eypolimnas Itsteri, Nacadxiha aluta, Terias ampleza, and Terias
2)atruelis ; but, as the last of these turns out to be quite distinct
from Moore's species, and the ordinary female of T. amplexa, only
four distinct species were known to exist on the i-sland. To these
Mr. Andrews has added five others, one of which, however, was
evidently blown across from Java, to the species of which island
those of Christmas Island show some affinity, although less than to
those of North Australia.

The following is a list of the species : —

Family NYMPHALID^.

ErPLCEIN.^.

1. Limnas petilia.

Tapilio petilia, Stoll, Suppl. Crainer's Tap. Exot., pi. xxviii, fig. 3 (1787-91).

Three males and four females were obtained near Rocky Point
in September and November.

Hitherto this species has only been known as purely Australian ;
its occurrence on Christmas Island, therefore, is the more
remarkable. If Z. petilia reached this island from Australia
there seems no reason why it should not have passed northwards
to Java; it would therefore appear more probable that it has
travelled in a south-easterly direction to Australia, but that it
should have crossed such a vast tract of sea is indeed extra-
ordinary ; nevertheless, the forms of JIi/2)olimnas nerina occurring
in Australia and Java are almost identical.

Lrpidopfera. 61

2. Vadebra macleari.

Vadehra macleari, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1887, p. 522, fig. 1.

Flyiuj^ Fish Cove ; August to JN'ovemher, 1897; March, 1898.

One nearly perfect female was obtained, which (in tlie character
of its primaries) shows rather more resemblance to the female of
P. sepidchralis of Java than do the males ; seventeen males were
secured.

SATYRIN^.

3. Melanitis ismene, var. determinata.

Melanitis determinata, Butler, Proc. Eut. Soc, 18S5, p. vi.

One female of the wet-season phase (not dated).

This species has an enormous range, and may have reached the
island from Java ; it is the Indo-Malayan insect, and does not show
the characteristics of M. leda (which occurs in no part of India,
Burma, Ceylon, or Malaysia).

NYMPHALm^.
4. Charaxes andrewsi, sp.n. (PI. IX, Fig. 8.)

More nearly related to C. ■pyrrlms from Amboina than to any
other species of the genus, but altogether a far more smoky-
coloured insect on the upper surface ; all the Avhite markings on
the primaries of C. 'pxjrrhm arc here represented by more or less
buff-coloured spots ; the internal patch, bounded above by the
second median branch, diffused, and more or less heavily irrorated
with black scales ; the secondaries are much darker than in
C. pyrrhus, the central whitish band more sharply defined, and
almost always abruptly abbreviated, so that it rarely descends
below the second subcostal branch ; the greyish-lavender markings
of C. pyrrhus entirely wanting ; the black outer border extended
inwards, so as to cover nearly half the wing-surface ; a submarginal
ochreous band, broken by grey - greenish streaks, bordering the
extremities of the nervures.

The pattern and colouring of the under-surface is much more
like that of C. jupiter (from Duke of York Island, the Solomon
Islands, and New Guinea) ; it differs, however, in the slenderness
of all the black markings, the much smaller patch across the end of
the discoidal cell of the primaries, and the much reduced, or wholly
obliterated, patch below the cell ; on the secondaries, the red
patches are brighter and somewhat broader ; the white submarginal
spots are bordered externally with bluish-lavender, and the
interrupted ochreous band is brighter and better defined ; expanse
of wings, (J 87-92mm., $ 106-112mm.

"62 Christmas Island.

West of Flying Fish Cove in August and September ; at and
near Rocky Point, ^STovembcr and December, 1897; Flying Fish
Cove, April, 1898.

One perfect female and a dozen more or less broken examples
(of both sexes) Tvere collected. As usual with the species of this
genus, C. andreivsi has an extremely rapid flight and is difficult
to catch.

5. Junonia villida.

Papilio viUida, Fabricius, Mnnt. Ins., ii, p. 35 (1787) ; Donovan, Ins. New
Holl., pi. XXV, fig. 3 (1805).

Five specimens, not dated.

This is the typical Australian form of the species, differing from
that occurring on the islands of the South Pacific in the narrower
and less brilliantly red - tinted fulvous markings. Dr. Horsfield
obtained the same form in Java.

6. Hypolimnas misippus.

PapUio misippus, Linureufi, Mus. liiid. Ulr., p. 264 (1764).

9 Flying Fish Cove, March, 1898.

The single example obtained is much rubbed and shattered ; it
was the only specimen seen, and appeared immediately aftei*
north-easterly gales, so that there can be little doubt that it Avas
blown over fi'om Java.

7. Hypolimnas nerina, var. listeri.

EifpoUmnas listeri, Butler, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 542.

Typical H. linteyi is the prevalent form in Christmas Island,
but it proves to vary more than the eight examples obtained by
Mr. Lister led me to believe, though certainly far less than the
race occurring at Suva (Yiti Lcvu). In the wet season it is repre-
sented by a form the male of which is like H. nerina on both
surfaces, but the female differs iu having the tawny patch on
the primaries small, as in H. iphigenia; a second form agrees
exactly with JI. ipldgenia on both surfaces ; a third form nearly
approaches M. proserpina , but has much smaller tawny patches
on the female, and the white belt on the under-surface of the
secondaries represented in both sexes by a whitish haze ; this
variety occurs in both large and small phases. Then follows
typical a. listeri, and finally a form near H. alcmene, but with
only a spot of tawny on the primaries and none on the secondaries.
It will be necessary to consider these varieties separately.

Var. 1 (wet phase). Three very much shattered examples, not
dated, but probably collected in February or March, 1898.

Var. 2 = H. iphigenia, 9 24th December ; $ Flying Fish Cove,
•29th December, 1897.

Lej)idoptera. 63

Yar. 3, near IT. proserpina, 9 November; (J) 9 9 Flying Fish
Cove, December, 1897.

Var. 4, similar, but much smaller, five males and two females,
not dated.

Var. 5, //. lister i. West of Flying Fish Cove, August ; IN'orth-
East Point, 23rd December; the remaining specimens were probably
all taken at Flying Fish Cove, and are dated October, November,
iind December, 1897.

Var. 6, near H. alcmene. (J, 9 Flying Fish Cove, in December.
Unfortunately, most of the specimens of this species are so much
broken as to be hardly fit for the cabinet.

8. Nacaduba aluta.

■Cupido aluta, Druce, T.Z.S., 1873, p. 349, pi. xxxii, tig. 8.

Flying Fish Cove, 20th October, 28th, 29th, and 30th December,
1897; March, 1898; north coast, March, 1898.

A good series of this species was obtained ; it varies considerably
in size.

9. Terias amplexa.

$ Terias amplexa, Butler, P.Z.S., 1887, p. 523, tig. 5.

$ Terias patruelis, Butler (uot Moore), P.Z.S., 1888, p. 545.

(J Flving Fish Cove, August ; 9 September ; ^ $ November ;
SS^ 99 24th, 25th, 28th,\and 29th December, 1897; $ north
coast, December, 1897 ; 9 February; $ l^ocky Point, March, 1898.

There is no distinctive seasonal characteristic in this species ; all
the males show a wet type of coloration, and the females a dry
one. It was the dry characteristic of the latter sex which led me
to suppose it might be a variety of T. patruelis. There can be
little doubt now that T. amplexa is an endemic form, and the only
Terias in the island.

LEPIDOPTERA PHAL^N^.

By Sir George F. Hampsoit, Bart.

The number of species of Moths taken (exclusive of Pterophoridae
and Tineidoe) was 65, among which are all the five species taken
by Mr. Lister, and described in the P.Z.S. for 1888, pp. 542-546,
by Mr. Butler.

The most interesting point in working out the fauna and flora
of an oceanic island is the distribution of its species. I have
therefore given the full distribution of each species as far as they

64 Cf/ridmas Island.

are known to me. The distribution of Christmas Island Moths
seems to show very cleariy that it has no connection with the-
Malayan siih-regiou, but is very intimately related to the Ceylonese
sub-region, with a less strong relationship to the Australasian fauna
found in Queensland, Kew Guinea, and the Pacific groups. In the
collection hardly any of the numerous species confined to the Malayan
sub-region occur ; and Avhere there are closely allied species in the
Ceylonese and Malayan faiinas, it is the species of the former region
that occur in Christmas Island, not of the latter, and this holds with
regard to large conspicuous species Avhose distribution is well known,
and not only small and obscure species which might be supposed to-
have been overlooked in the Malayan sub-region.

Family SYNTOMID^.

1. Euchromia horsfieldi, Moore : P.Z.S., 1859, p 200, pi. Ix, fig. 13.

4 (J, o 9 ' January, February.
Distrib. — Borneo, Java, Bali, Sumbawa.

Family ARCTIAD.E.

NOLIX^.

2. Nola distributa.Wlk.: Journ. Liun. Soc.,Zool.,vi,p. 113(1862)..

East coast, 1 9-

Distrib. — Madagascar, China, India, Burma, Borneo, Bali.

AECTIAX.E.

3. Deiopeia pulchella, Linn.: Syst. Xat., 10th cd.,p. 534 (1758).

6 J) ^ 9 5 October. All of the pale form Candida, Butl.
Distrib. — Almost universal in Old World.

4. Argina cribraria, Clerck: Icones Ins., ii, pi. liv, fig. 4 (1759).

1 9- Both wings extremely pale.

Distrib. — Madagascar, Mauritius, China, Malayan sub-region to
New Hebrides.

Family AGAEISTIDiE.

5. Mimeusemia econia, n.sp. (PI. IX, Fig. 7.)

Head yellowish white ; palpi with the second and third joints
banded with black ; a short black streak above the frontal
prominence ; antenna) and patches above and behind eyes black ;
thorax black, with white stripes on dorsum and patagia ; pectus-

Lopidoptera. 65

and legs orange yellow, tarsi banded with black ; abdomen orange
yellow, with dorsal fuscous bands. Fore wing chocolate red, with
sub-basal yellowish-white spot ; an oblicjue triangular antemedial
spot from subcostal nervure to subniedian fold ; a small medial s])ot
below costa, and a large spot from above median nervure to sub-
median fold ; a spot beyond the cell from below costa to below
vein 3 ; the costal area black, with silvery-blue spot near base ;
a silvery -blue streak on basal half of vein 1 ; antemedial spots in
and below cell, with a streak of scales above them on costa ; the
discocellulars silvery blue ; the postmedial line silvery blue, oblique
from costa to vein 4, then recurved to below end of cell; the area
from just beyond it strongly irro rated with whitish scales ; cilia
white near apex and tornus. Hind wing black, with basal white
patch extending on inner area to middle, its outer edge slightly
angled at subcostal and median nervures ; an elliptical spot beyond
the cell ; cilia white near apex and towards tornus.

3 ^, 1 9 ; Flying Fish Cove, October. Exp. ^ 40, 9 42 mm.
Allied to Perakana, Uoths.

Family NOCTUID^.

CARADRININJE.
6. Dipterygia vagivitta, Wlk. : Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., vi, p. 185.

2 9 ; February, March.
Distrib. — Sikhim, Borneo.

7. Amyna selenampha, Guen. : Noct., i, p. 406.

5 J ; March.

Distrib. — J^^atal, Madagascar, China, India, Ceylon, Andamans,
Philippines, Borneo, Java.

8. Amyna octo, Guen. : Noct.. i, p. 233.

5 (5', 4 9; December-February. Of these six belong to the
form axis, with the white discoidal spot on fore wing.

There are also 1 (J, 1 9' '^^ ^ "^^^ *^^^^ form, fore wing with
some orange on the white discoidal spot, and a prominent white
spot on costa close to apex ; this is also found in Pulo Laut and
Fergusson Island, New Guinea.

Distrih. — Throughout the Tropical Zone.

9. Prodenia littoralis, Boisd. : Faun. Ent. Madag. Lep., p. 91,
pi. xiii, fig. 8.

8 (?, 4 9 ; September-March.

Distrib. — Mediterranean sub-region, and throughout the Tropical
and sub-Tropical Zones of the Old World.

66 Christmas Island.

10. Leocyma tibialis, Fabr. : Syst. Ent., p. 578.
Distrth. — India, Formosa, New Caledonia, Tonga, Tabiti.

NOCTUIN^.

11. Armactia columbina, Wlk., xxxiii, 808.

6 (J , 6 9; December-March.
Dii> tr ib . — Queensland.

12. Brana calopasa, Wlk., xiii, 1100.

1 "^ <? ' ^ 9 > September-January. Found on several occasions
in dense masses measuring about 2 X 1 ft. x 6 in., or in long narrow
masses on trees or rocks ; probably due to a single female attracting
a large number of males.

Diitrib. — Ceylon, New Guinea.

13. Ophiusa honesta, Hiibn. : Samml. Exot. Scbmett., ii, p. 4,
pi. 203, figs. 1, 2.

14 (^, 8 9 ; February-March.

Distrib. — India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans, Philippines.

14. Ophiusa coronata, Fabr. : Syst. Ent., p. 596.

2 (5', 7 9; September.

Didrib. — India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamaus, Java, Queensland.

15. Ophiusa serva, Fabr. : Syst. Ent., p. 593.

5 (^, 18 9; December-March.

Distrib. — India, Ceylon, Burma, Borneo, Java, Celebes, Queens-
land, New Hebrides.

16. Bocula limhata, Butl. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 545. (PI. IX, Fig. 1.)

2 (^ ) 8 9; December - March. The genus Uudragana was
described by Mr. Butler from the single female collected by
Mr. Lister, which had remained unique in the collection. It will
form a section of the genus Bocula, (iuen. : antennas of male with
long bristles and cilia ; patagia short, ending in tufts of hair ;
abdomen with large lateral, oval tufts ; hind wing with slight
costal fold and subcostal fringe of very long scales on upi)er side.

Lepidoptera. 67

17. Acantholipes similis, Moore : Lep. Atk., p. 174, pi. vi, fig. 5.

1 9- Small, like specimens from Borneo.
Bistrih. — India, Borneo.

18. Thermesia rubricans, Boisd. ; Faun. Ent. Madag. Lep., p. 106,

pi. xvi, fig. 1.

Bis/rib. — Africa, Madagascar, throughout the Oriental region to
tlie Pacific groups.

19. OpMderes salaminia, Fabr. : Eat. Syst., iii, 2, p. 17.

19- . .

Distrth. — Madagascar, Formosa, throughout the Oriental region
to Queensland and Fiji.

20. Ophideres ancilla, Cram. : Pap. Exot., ii, pi. 149, F.

^ S ' ^ ^ '■> August- February.
Bistrih. — India, Ceylon, Burma.

21. OpMderes fuUonica, Linn.: Syst. IS'at., i, 2, p. 812.

6 (?j ^ 9 5 September, October.

Bistrih.^Lhlca,, and throughout the Oriental region to New-
Guinea and Queensland.

22. OpMderes materna, Linn. : Syst. JSTat., i, 2, p. 840.

7 c? ) 5 9 ; September.

Bistrib. — Tropical Africa, India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans,
Java, North Australia.

23. CosmopMla erosa, Hiibn. : Zutr. Samml. Exot. Schnutt., ii, 19,

figs. 287, 288.

1 (J , 2 9; March. The male belongs to the form with
pectinated antennfe.

Bistrib. — United States, "West Indies, Africa, Madagascar,
Mauritius, throughout the Oriental region to Queensland and Fiji.

24. Cosmophila vitiensis, Bntl. : Trans. Ent. Soc, 1886, p. 408.

(PI. IX, Fig. 12.)

4 (J, 5 9 ; March. The antennae of males have short branches
on outer side, and are fasciculate on the inner; the postmedian line.

68 Christmas Is/and.

of fore wing has its excurved portions rounded or straight, not
angled; the usual colour variations occur.
Distrib. — !New Hebrides, Fiji, Tahiti.

25. Eutelia delatrix, Guen. : Noct., ii, p. 304.

Dtsinb. — India, Ceylon, Burma, Singapore, Java, Queensland.

26. Stictoptera describens, ^Ik., xiii, 1139,

1 9 ; December.

Distrib. — South India, Ceylon, Singapore.

27. Hydrillodes vexillifera, sp.n. (PI. IX, Fig. 6.)

(J. Palpi recurved over head, the first joint angled with scales
in front; the second largely tufted with hair at the extremity, the
third bent downwards and tufted with hair ; fore tibise and femora
with large tufts of hair ; fore wing with slight costal fold on
under-side fringed with large scales ; hind wing with the basal area
on under-side clothed with fulvous androconia.

Fuscous brown ; the tufts on fore legs and at extremity of
abdomen tinged with ochreous. Fore wing with faint traces of an
antemedial line ; a black point at middle of cell ; the postmedial
line arising from a white point on costa, then indistinct, waved,
and incurved from vein 3 to submedian fold ; the subterminal line
indistinct, curved and angled inwards in submedian fold ; hind
wing with discoidal lunule. Under-side of hind wing paler, with
distinct discoidal spot and waved postmedial line ; the fulvous
scales in male extending on inner area to near tornus.

1 C?> 4 9 ; December-March. I^xp. 26 mm.; also fi'om the
Louisiades, St. Aignan (Meek).

28. Maliattha signifera, Wlk., xii, 793.

12 J. 18 9 ; August-March.

Distrib. — .Japan, China, India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans,
Penang, Queensland.

29. Erastria griseomixta, sp.n. (PI. IX, Fig. 5.)

9. Head and thorax grey, slightly mixed with brown scales;
abdomen fuscous brown. Fore wing grey, irrorated with brown
scales ; an indistinct sub-basal line oblique from costa to median
nervure, where it is angled, obsolete below submedian fold ; the
antemedial line indistinct, slightly waved, oblique from costa to
median nervure, then nearly erect ; a slight rufous point at lower
angle of cell ; the postmedial line indistinct, bent outwards below

Lepidoptera. 69

costa, where there is an obscure brownish spot on it, then minutely
dentate and slightly detined by white scales, the area between it
and the slightly waveil subterminal line browner. Hind wing dark
brown, paler towards base ; cilia greyish.
1 $ ; February. Exp. 22 mm.

30. Tarache olivacea, Hmpsn. : 111. Het. B.M., viii, p. 63,
pi. H2, fig. 9.

1 (J ; February.

Distn'b. — Shanghai, Naga Hills, Nilgiris ; a closely allied species
in Abyssinia.

31. Earias chromataria, "Wlk., xxvii, 204.

I 5. Fore wing with the dark terminal band very broad ; hind
wing tinged with fuscous.

Distn'b. — Africa, Japan, India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans,
Suia, Java.

Family LYMANTRIAD^.

32. Porthesia pulverea, sp.n. (PI. IX, Fig. 9.)

(J. "White; head and thorax strongly or slightly tinged with
yellow brown ; antennae with the branches brownish ; abdomen
with the anal tuft orange. Fore wing strongly or slightly irro rated
with large yellow-brown scales ; more or less prominent brown
medial and postmedial lines excurved from costa to median
nervure. Hind wing white, the termen and cilia, often tinged
with brown.

9- The anal tuft pale yellow or brownish ; fore wing much
less irrorated with brown, the lines hardly traceable, or quite
obsolete.

•JO (J, 8 9 ; December-March. Allied to P. irrorafa, Moore,
from Java.

33. Orgyia postica, "\Ylk., iv, 803,

1 (^ ; Janxiary.

Distrih. — Formosa, India, Ceylon, Biu'ma, Borneo, Java, New
Guinea, Queensland.

Family SPHINGID^.

CHiEROCAMPIN^.

34. Cligerocampa erotus. Cram. : Pap. Exot., ii, pi. 104 b.

10 (5", 4 9 ; July-Januaiy.

Diatrih. — Andamans, Queensland, Solomons, Tonga.

Christmas Island.

35. Chserocampa vigil, Guer. : Deless. Voy., ii, p. 80, pi. xxiii,

fig. 1.

13 (J, 7 9 ; August-January.

Dtstrib. — India, Ceylon, Andamans, Philippines, Java, Queens-
land, New Hebrides.

36. Theretra lucasi, VTik., viii, 141.

1 9 ; December.

Distrib. — Oriental region to North Australia.

SPHINGINiE.
37. Pseudosphinx discistriga, Wlk., viii, 209.

4 9 ; December, January.

Distrih. — Japan, China, India, Ceylon, Andamans, Borneo, Java,
Queensland.

MACROGLOSSIN^.
38. Cephonodes hylas, Linn. : Mant. Ins., p. 539.

9 (J, 6 9 j September-March.

Distrib. — West and South Africa, Oriental region to Australia,
and Gilbert Islands.

All the specimens belong to the form confinis, Boisd., previously
recorded from South Africa only.

Pamily GEOMETRID^.

BOARMIANiE.
39. Hyperythra lutea. Cram. : Pap. Exot., iv, p. 157, pi. 370 c, d.

2 J , 2 9 ; January.

A small form of the species, with the male extremely dark,
similar to a specimen from Claremont Island, North Australia.
Distrib. — Oriental region to North Australia.

40. Boarmia acaciaria, Boisd.: Faun. Ent. Madag. Lep., 116,
pi. xvi, fig. 4.

4 (?) 1 9 ' October-February. Showing the usual large amount
of variation, but all belonging to the dark form cornaria, Guen.

Lepidoptera. 71

Disfrib. — West and Soutli Africa, Madagascar, Oriental region to
Australia and North Caledonia.

41. Boarmia scotozonea, sp.n. (PI. IX, Figs. 4, 15.)

(J. Pale olive-brown, irrorated with black scales; palpi at sides
and frons black ; forelegs streaked with black ; abdomen dorsally
Butfased with black from second to subterminal segment. Fore
wing with obscure, slightly curved, antemedial series of points and
indistinct oblique medial line ; a postmedial series of points, with
dark spots on it between veins 6 and 4, with a diffused blackisli
patch beyond it extending nearly to termen ; a pale subterminal
line dentate towards costa ; some black points on termen. Hind
wing with obscure antemedial line ; a more prominent, minutely
dentate, medial line followed by a rust-red line ; an ill-defined,
pale, subterminal line, somewhat dentate towards costa, and with
rust-red line on its inner side, the area beyond it pale from vein 4
to tornus ; two terminal black lunules towards apex and one
towards tornus. Under-side, with the terminal area of both wings,
black, with subterminal series of pale spots becoming a line towards
inner margin of hind wing. Antennae ciliated ; fore wing with
small fovea.

9- The area beyond the postmedial line of fore wing and medial
line of hind wing suffused with black, except the costal area of
fore wing.

24 (J, 3 9; September-March. The only close ally of this
species is B. cessarta, \\\k., from India and Ceylon.

LARENTIAN^.

42. Sauris Mrudinata, Guen. : Phal., ii, p. 362.

1 (ij, 3 9 ; December-March.

Distrih. — South Africa, India, Ceylon, Burma, Sumatra, Java,
Queensland, Fiji.

GEOMETRIN^.

43. Thalassodes veraria, Guen. : Phal., i, p. 360.

One 9 ill l^ad condition, which is bright yellow-green instead of
blue-green, and may belong to a closely allied species.
Distrib. — India, Ceylon, Java.

ACIDALIAN^.
44. Craspedia optivata, Wlk., xxiii, 780.

5 (5 . 16 9; December-March. The females agree very well with
the Australian form, but the males have the discoidal spots and
terminal points larger.

72 Christmas Island.

Disfrib. — North Australia, Queensland, New South "Wales,
Tasmania.

45. Craspedia, sp.

One 9 i^ too bad condition to identify, apparently allied to
C. eulomata, Snell.

Family TJEANIAD^.

EPIPLEMINiE.

46. Epiplema inhians, Warr. : A.M.N.H. (6), xvii, 214.
(PI. IX, Fig. 2.)

6 (J , 3 9; December-March. Agrees exactly with specimens
from Sikhim and the Khasis, from which it has been previously
recorded only ; one female is browner, with a black medial band to
both wings.

Family PYRALID^.

GALLERIAN^.

47. Doloessa castanella, Hmpsn. : Moths Ind., iv, p. 4.

1 $ ; February.
Distrib. — Ceylon.

48. Corcyra cephalonica, Stt. : Ann., 1866, p. 147.

1 (5*, 4 9 ; March.

Distrib. — Europe, West Indies, Ceylon. Probably introduced.

PHYCITINyE.
49. Homoeosoma nimbella, Zell. : Isis, 1839, p. 178.

1 S-

Distrib. — Uuited States of America, Europe, Syria, Cape Colony.

60. Ephestia scotella, sp.n. (PI. IX, Fig. 13.)

9- Dark purplish -brown slightly suffused with grey. Fore
wing without trace of antemedial line or discoidal points ; a very
indistinct pale subtermiual line excurved from below costa to
vein 2 ; a terminal series of indistinct black points. Hind wing
fuscous ; veins 3 and 5 stalked.

2 9$ December, January. £xp. 16 mm.

Lepidoptera. 73

51. HeterograpMs singhalella, Rag.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1888,

p. 283.

1 9 ; January. In bad condition, which may belong to a closely
allied species.

Distrib. — Ceylon.

52. Euzophera cinerosella, Zell. : Stctt. Ent. Zeit., 1867, p. 380.

2 9 ! January.

Distrib. — Europe. Probably introduced.

53. Epicrocis cegnusalis, Wlk., xix, 905.

3 9 ; January-March.

Distrib. — Madagascar, China, India, Ceylon and Burma, Sumatra,
Australia.

ENDOTRICHIN^.

64. Endotricha listeri, Butl. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 546.
(PL IX, Eig. 3.)
28 Si 81 9; August-March.

PYRALINiE.

65. Herculia nannodes, Butl.: 111. Het. B.M., iii, p. 71,
pi. Iviii, fig. 5.

1 S, 10 9; December-February.
Distrib. — Japan, China, Borneo.

PYR AUSTINS.
56. Zinckenia nigerrimalis, sp.n. (PI. IX, Fig. 10.)

Antenna3 of male, with the tuft of scales from basal joint very
large, convolute, and enclosing the base of the shaft, which is
greatly thickened by scales on inner side after the excision. Deep
dull black ; palpi with the second joint banded with white ; pectus
and legs partly white ; abdomen with slight dorsal segmental lines
on upper sides and broad bands on ventral surface. Fore wing with
medial white spots in cell, below the cell and on inner margin ;
a trifid spot beyond the cell above vein 5, and two spots nearer the
termen between veins 3 and 5 ; cilia white above middle and
tornus. Hind wing with oblique, slightly curved, white medial
band not reaching costa or inner margin ; cilia white below
apex, and tipped with white near middle.

4 (J, 8 9 ; December-March.

74 Christmas Island.

57. Zinckenia fascialis, Cram. : Pap. Exot., iv, pi. 398 c.

4 (J, 7 $ ; August.

J)islrib. — ISTeotropical, Nearctic, South Palaearctic, Etliiopian,
Oriental, and Australian regions.

58. Dichocrocis surusalis, "Wlk., xviii, 695.

Diatnb. — Japan, Ceylon, Sumatra, Borneo, Bali, Celebes.

59. Sylepta lunalis, Guen. : Delt & Pyr., p. 352.

19-

Distftb. — Formosa, India, Ceylon, Burma, Borneo, Celebes,
Sumbawa, Venezuela.

60. Dichocrocis auritincta, Butl. : Trans. Ent. Soc, 1886, p. 431.

(PI. IX, Pig. 14.)

Distrib. — Bali, Tenimber, Australia.

61. Glyphodes (Phacellura) holophaealis, sp.n. (PI. IX, Fig. 11.)

Fuscous; palpi below, pectus and ventral surface of abdomen
white ; the anal tuft fulvous, with black tips ; wings fuscous
brown, with a purplish tinge ; an oblique opalescent shade on
medial area of both wings.

7 (J, 8 9 ; September-March. The only near allies of this
species are Neotropical.

62. Glyphodes indica, Saund. : Trans. Ent. Soc, 1851, p. 163.

Didrib. — Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australian regions.

63. Glyphodes suralis, Led. : Wien Ent. Mov., 1863, p. 405,
pi. siv, fig. 7.

3 J, 6 9 ; August-March.

Bistrib. — jS^icobars, Amboina, Kew Guinea, Solomons, and Pacific
groups.

64. Hellula undalis, Fabr. : Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 226.

1 9- . . .

Distnb. — United States of America, Mediterranean sub-region,

Ethiopian and Oriental regions.

Lepidoptera. 75

MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.

By the Et. Hon. Lord AYalsinqham, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.,
Trustee Brit. Mus.

PYRALIDINA.
Family OXYCHIROTID^, Meyr.

1. Oxychirota paradoxa, Meyr.

Oxyehirota paradoxa, Meyr. : Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, 438-9.'

ZTrtJ.— ISr.S. Wales : Sydney, June.'

Christmas Island ; Jan.-Mar., 1898; seven specimens. (C. "W".
Andrews.)

I find a specimen in my collection, apparently belonging to this
genus, collected at Paradeniya in Ceylon by Dr. Cj. H. K. Thwaites,
which is quite distinct from Meyrick's species.

Family PTEROPHORID^.

2. Cosmoclostis quadriquadra, Wlsm., sp.n.

Antennae white. Palpi scarcely projecting beyond the head ;
white. Head pale rust-brown above, face white. Thorax yellowish
white anteriorly, rust-brown posteriorly ; under-side shining white,
tinged with yellowish at the sides. Fore wings cleft to beyond
middle ; yellowish white, the costa and dorsum narrowly pale rust-
brown ; a few rust-brown scales crossing the wing at one-fourth
are succeeded by a rust-brown patch at the base of the fissure,
wider on the tomal than on the apical lobe ; before the middle of
the apical lobe is another transverse oblique rust-brown patch,
joined along the dorsum of the lobe to an aute-apical patch of the
same colour which overflows the dorsal but not the costal cilia ; on
the tomal lobe there is also a broad straight transverse rust-brown
patch beyond its middle, colouring the cilia above and below it, the
cilia (except where so coloured) are whitish. Exp. al. 11-13 mm.
Hind wings and cilia bz'onzy grey, the cilia of the dorsal lobe paler.
Abdomen rich rust-brown, with four quadrate whitish patches
above — one basal, one ante-median, one post-median, and one on
the anal segment ; under-side shining white, tinged with yellowish

76 Christmas Island.

at the sides. Hind legs white, smeared above on the tibiae and
banded on the tarsi with pale rust-brown ; spurs white, tinged with
rust-brown before their extremities, the scales at the base of the
spurs not conspicuously raised, rust-brown mixed with white.

Co-types (3), Mus. Br.

Bah. — Christmas Island; Dec, 1897 — Jan., 1898; fourteen
specimens. (C. W. Andrews.)

The specimens are in poor condition, but show that the species
is distinct from C. aglaodesma, Meyr., not only from its smaller size
but from the different arrangement of the abdominal spots and the
tint of the hind wings, besides minor differences in the arrange-
ment of the markings. It is obviously an insular form allied to
the New South Wales species, which, however, also occurs in the
Solomon Islands.

TINEINA.
Family HYPONOMEUTID^.

3. Brenthia elacMsta, Wlsm., ep.n.

Antennae annulate with bronzy fuscous and whitish towards the
base, becoming blackish above on their outer half. Palpi porrect ;
white, annulate, with bronzy fuscous — two annulations on each
joint. Head and thorax bronzy brownish. Fore wings cinereous,
profusely speckled with bronzy brownish, forming transverse sinuate
strigulae across the outer half ; a short, bronzy brown, basal patch,
wider on the costa than on the dorsum, this is outwardly bounded
by a band of the pale ground-colour, beyond which the wing is
again shaded with bronzy brownish ; a minute patch of fuscous
speckling at the outer end of the cell, with a white spot on the
costa above it, this is succeeded by a blue and lilac metallic spot ;
the apex and tennen are broadly ornamented with velvet-black,
alternating on its inner margin with golden brown and speckled on
its outer margin with lustrous shining metallic iridescent spots —
the first two slightly below the apex, silvery white set in black,
the others more or less coalescing in a narrow band about the
middle of the termen, Avith some scattered metallic scales again
below them ; cilia shining, greenish grey on their basal half, pale
bronzy brownish externally. Exp. al. 6 mm. Hind wings bronzy
brownish grey, with an oblique transverse white band from the
costa to below the middle at one-third from the base, with some
shining metallic lilac spots towards the apex and termen ; cilia
brownish grey, streaked with white through their middle below
the apex. Abdomen bronzy brownish. Legs white, spotted with
bronzy brownish above on the tibiae and tarsi.
Co-types (2), Mus. Br.

Lepidoptera. 77

Hah. — Christmas Island ; Jan. -Mar., 1898 ; six specimens.
(C. W. Andrews.)

Smaller than any previonsly described species of this genus,
greatly resembling B. pavonacella, Clem., and the larger quadri-
Jlorella, Z., from North and South America respectively.

4. Simaethis ornaticornis, Wlsm., sp.n.

Antennae with the basal joint enlarged, obtuse ; brownish
ochreous, the stem white, conspicuously annulated with black.
Palpi whitish, barred with brownish ochreous on the outer sides.
Head bi'owuish ochreous, mixed with pale cinereous. Thorax
brownish oclireous, becoming dark brownish grey posteriorly.
Fore wings with the costa much arched, widening outward from
the base, apex rounded, ternien obliquely convex ; olivaceous
brownish, with two narrow transverse bands of pale cinereous
speckling between base and middle, the outer one terminating in
a whitish costal spot, beyond which is another reduplicated whitish
costal spot, the space between them dark brownish fuscous,
another small white spot lies in the costal cilia immediately above
the apex ; some blackish patches around the outer end of the cell
are succeeded by some paler transverse strigulse and accompanied
by brownish cinereous scaling, the ante-apical and ante-terminal
portion of the wing being irregularly clouded with fuscous, the
termen olivaceous brown, with a dark brown line along the base
of the bronzy greyish cilia. Hxp. al. 1 1 mm. Hind wings dark
bronzy brownish, with some faint pale curved streaks running
through them before the margin ; under-side with two speckled
pale cinereous bands. Abdomen bronzy brownish. Legs fuscous,
tarsi with three white bands.

Co-types (2), Mus. Br.

Hab. — Christmas Island ; Feb. -Mar., 1898 ; ten specimens.
(C. W. Andrews.)

This species resembles in shape, colouring, and markings the
typical forms of Simaethis, and is apparently nearer to the European
oxyacanthella, L., than to any other well-known species.

5. Phycodes adjectella, Wkr.

mgilgia adjeetella, Wlk. : Cat. Lp. Ins. B.M., XXVIII, 512 (1863). »
Fhyeodei adjectella, Wlsm. : Tr. Ent. Soc. Load., 1891, 80.''

Hah. — Sierra Leone. ^ East Africa : Tangani, Kolumbi Creek,
Aug.*

Christmas Island; Dec, 1897 — Jan., 1898; two specimens.
(C. W. Andrews.)

Apparently a small form {exp. al. 11mm.) of Walker's African
species.

Christmas Island.

6. Tortricomorpha chlorolepis, "Wlsm., sp.n.

Antennae dark brown. Palpi dark brown externally, brownish
cinereous on their inner sides ; terminal joint short, not rising above
the level of the head. Head greyish brown. Thorax dark brown,
sprinkled with greenish and pale ciiiei'eous scales. Fore wings dark
brown, profusely sprinkled with pale yellowish green scales, the
greenish scaling is somewhat thicker on the basal half, on
a transverse band passing the end of the cell, and about the
apical and terminal portion of the wing, leaving a brown band less
thickly scaled across the middle ; cilia brownish grey, a narrow
brownish ochreous marginal line preceding them. £xp. al. $ 28,
O 23 mm. Hind wings gz-eyish brown, the outer two-thirds of the
cilia whitish cinereous. Abdomen greyish brown. Legs greyish
brown, the end of the hind tibiee and the last four tarsal joints
brownish ochreous.

Type.—S 9 Mus. Br.

Hah. — Christmas Island ; Feb., 1898; three specimens. (C. W.
Andrews.)

FamHy TORTKICID^.

lEPA GOGE, Hb. = DICHELIA, Gn. = HASTULA, Mill.']

7. Epagoge halysideta, "Wlsm., sp.n.

Antennae greyish, cinereous. Palpi triangular ; pale brownish
ochreous. Thorax greenish olivaceous, with two scarlet longi-
tudinal streaks. Fore wings dull olive-green to two-thirds from
the base; on the green portion are three lines of scarlet streaks —
the first, from the base below the costa, broken beyond its middle,
the basal half tending to join the outer half of a similarly broken
median streak ; the third, also from the base, is broken into three
spots below the middle and outer half of the fold ; three small
scarlet spots and a transverse elongate one precede the darkened
outer third of the wing, which, after a narrow margin of metallic
pinkish ochreous, becomes rich yellowish brown, with obscure
greyish fuscous semi-metallic shading and reticulations ; along the
costa, commencing near the base, is a series of minute pale ochreous
spots, gradually increasing and becoming oblique geminated streaks,
continuing to the apex ; tliese, beyond the middle, are joined in
pairs at their lower extremities, giving the appearance of links of
a chain ; cilia pale ochreous, with fuscous streaklets running
through them. £xp. al. 9 mm. Hind wings dark greyish.
Abdomen bronzy grey ; anal tuft ochreous. Legs pale ochreous.

Lepidoptera. 79

Type. — (J Mus. Br.

Ilab. — Christmas Island ; Jan., 1898; unique. (C.W.Andrews.)

A single specimen, adding to the somewhat curious tropical

distribution of this conspicuous form, allied species occurring on

the "West coast of Africa, Malaysia, Queensland, and extending

northwards to Shanghai.

C^NOGNOSIS, Wlsm., gen. nov.

{icaivo^ = ' new ' ; <yuwat9 = ' knowledge.')

Type : Ccenot/fiosis mcisa, Wlsm,

Antennoe (9) simple. Palpi porrect, median joint clothed with
loose hair-scales beneath; terminal joint nearly half the length of
the median, slightly drooping, smooth. Head rather rough above.
Thorax smooth. Fore wings narrow at the base, slightly widening
outward, costa moderately straight, apex obtusely falcate, termea
deeply sinuate, not oblique, tornus rounded: neuration, 12 veins —
2 from scarcely beyond middle of cell ; 3 fi'om before angle of cell,
much recurved, approximating to 4 on termen ; 4 and 5 separate,
4 recurved, 5 to sub-apical sinus ; 6 to lower extremity of the
falcate apex; 7 to above apex, 8 and 9 out of 7 ; 10 nearer to 7
than to 11 ; II from outer third of cell. Hind wings as broad as
the fore wings, scarcely sinuate below the rounded apex : neuration,
8 veins — 3 and 4 connate; 5 parallel to 4 ; 6 and 7 stalked.
Abdomen normal. Legs smooth ; a slight projecting tuft of scales
at the end of the hind tibiae.

Apparently allied to the IS^ew Zealand genus Epalxiphora, Meyr.,
which is also represented in New South Wales.

8. Csenognosis incisa, Wlsm., sp.n.

Antennte pale brownish. Palpi white, a brownish streak on the
outer side of the median joint reaching to half its length, terminal
joint tinged with brownish. Head dark rust-brown. Thorax
white, with a brownish tinge. Fore wings sericeous white, costa
narrowly tinged with rust-brown, through which run short oblique
white streaklets commencing before the middle and continuing
nearly to the apex ; apex obtusely caudate, rich ferruginous,
a silvery streak running through the lower half of the
ferruginous patch, joined at its base by a similar slender streak
from the costa and at its apex by another curving around the base
of the apical cilia ; this patch is preceded by a dark fuscous
quadrate spot a little beyond the upper angle of the cell with
smaller patches of fuscous scales on either side of it ; along the
middle of the termen are three or four patches of similar fuscous
scales between the veins, and a few, less noticeable, are distributed

80 Christmas Island.

along the dorsum below the fold; cilia at the apex feiTuginous,
below it white tipped with fuscous, around the tornus plain white.
Exp. al. 17 mm. Hind wings pale yellowish brown with a roseate
gloss ; cilia pale brownish, tipped with dirty whitish towards their
apex. Abdomen pale yellowish brown. Legs pale yellowish
brown, the terminal four joints of the hind tarsi darker brownish
above, with whitish spot at the joints.

Type.—^ Mus. Br.

Hah. — Christmas Island; March, 1898; unique. (C. W.
Andrews.)

Family TINEID^.

9. Dendroneura punctata, "Wlsm., sp.n.

Antennae olivaceous ochreous. Palpi divergent ; whitish
ochreous beneath, streaked with fuscous along their upper side.
Head pale olivaceous grey ; face flattened, slightly paler. Thorax
and fore wings shining pale olivaceous grey, with a greenish iri-
descent gloss ; a small fuscous spot lies a little below the costa at
three-fourths from the base, and is preceded by a similar small spot
on the dorsum ; cilia pale olivaceous greyish. Exp. al. 11-12 mm.
Hind wings widened near the base, becoming rapidly attenuate
beyond the middle to the acute apex ; tawny olivaceous greyish,
cilia scarcely paler. Abdomen pale cinereous. Legs with the
usual flattened femora characteristic of this genus ; hind tibiaj very
hairy above ; pale cinereous.

Co-types (2), Mus. Br.

Hah. — Christmas Island; Dec, 1897; Jan.-Feb., 1898; ten
specimens. (C. W. Andrews.)

The species of this genus are said to be attached to sugar-cane
and the banana. One has been recorded from the West Indies ;
others occur in Hawaiia and the Society and Marquesas Islands.

JIijme)wptcva.

81

Order 2.— HYMENOPTERA.

By AV. F. KiKBY, F.L.S., F.E.S., etc.

(PLATE XIV, Figs. 5-9.)

I HATE been able to identify cloven species of Hijmenoptera, obtained
by ^[r. Andrews on Christmas Island, all but two of which are, as
far as yet known, peculiar to the island. Of these, I have described
six as new, one of which I have made the type of a new genus.
There are also sinfjie specimens of three species of Ichneumonidae,
which it is not desirable to describe until more specimens are
obtained. I have added the descriptions of new species, and any
notes of importance from my former paper on the Uymenoptera
collected by Mr. Lister (P.Z.S., 1888, pp. 551, 552).

LIST OF SPECIES.

TEREBRANTIA.

ENTOMOPHAGA.

Proctotrtpid^.
Dkyinin,^ (?).
Mcmtiharia, g.n.
anoniala, sp.n.

ichnetjm0nid.«.
Ophionin^.
Ojjhion, Fabr.
Jlavocephalus, sp.n.

ACTJLEATA.

HETEEOGTNA.

FORMTCID^.
PONERIN^.

Zobopelta, Mayr.
diminuta, Smith.

FORMICIN^.

Camponotus, Mayr.
melichloros, Kirb.

FOSSOEES.

Crabronid.^.
Larrin^.

Notogoiiia, Costa.
alecfo, Smith (?).

DIPLOPTEEA.

EuMENiD.a:.

Och/nerus, Latr.
polyphemMS, Kirb,

Yespid^.

Polistes, Latr.
balder, Kirb.

ANTHOPHILA.
ApiDiE.

Andrenin^.
Halictus, Latr.
andreicsi, sp.n.
hinghami, sp.n.

Megachilin^.
MegachiJe, Latr.
rotundipenms, sp.n.

nivescens.

sp.n.

82 Christmas hland.

MANTIBARIA, Kirby, gen. nov.

Head very large, oval, as broad as the thorax, and broader than
long; ocelli arranged in an equilateral triangle, antennae inserted
elose together between the eyes, and set with short hairs, scape
slightly curved, about four times as long as broad, second joint
rather longer than broad, slightly narrowed at the base and
truncated at the extremity ; flagollum nine-jointed, the joints
transverse, closely appressed, a little broader than long, except
at the extremities, the last as long as the preceding three, and
ending in a fine point ; pronotum nearly square, a little rounded
in front ; scutellum forming an obtuse-angled triangle, truncated
behind, and with a slight central carina ; abdomen moderately
broad, with six dorsal segments visible, of about equal length ;
legs short, stout, clothed with short hairs, but destitute of spines ;
tarsi five -jointed, the first joint rather longer than broad, the
second, third, and fourth transverse, the fifth as long as all the
rest put together, greatly swollen, and followed by large claws,
which are, however, more or less damaged in all the specimens
before me, and hence cannot be further described, lludimentary
wings visible under the microscope.

Afiinities uncertain ; I am inclined to refer the species to the
Dryinince, but without feeling at all sure that this is its real
position.

1, Mantibaria anomala, sp.n. (PL XIV, Figs. 5, ba.)

Long, corp 2-5 mm.

Black above, very finely punctured ; antennte, legs, face, and
sometimes a ring round the eyes, testaceous or rufo-testaceous; tip
of abdomen and sometimes the incisions more or less reddish.

Five specimens from Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897. Parasitic
on Mantis, etc.

2. Ophion flavocephalus, sp.n.

Long. Corp. 14 mm. ; exp. al. 22 mm.

Male and Female. — Testaceous, head yellow, except the antennae
and mouth-parts, which are testaceous, and the very large ocelli,
which are black. Thorax, in the male, with three longitudinal
brown stripes. Abdomen : first segment with its apical third
rather suddenly enlarged ; second segment fusiform, thickest
beyond the middle, but before the extremity ; the abdomen is
thickly clothed with short hair, especially towards the extremity,
which is brownish, darkest in the male. Wings iridescent
hyaline, witli piceous uervures ; costa of fore wings blackish as

IJijinenopfpra. 83

far as the stigma, and, indudinp: the latter, yellow beyond.
Stiij^ma slig-htly indented at its base hy the cnhito-discoidal cell,
below which point are two testaceous specks, enclosed by a curved
Avater-line; the outer extremity of the cubito-discoidal cell is
unusually broad, about two-thirds as broad as its lower extremity ;
costa of hind wings edged with a blackish line.

Described from one pair, taken near Flying Fish Cove.

3. Lobopelta diminuta. (PI. XIV, Fig. 6, 9.)

rnnera diminuta. Smith: Cat. Ilym. B.M., yi, p. 89, n. 23 (1860).

Xine workers ; north part of island, March, 1898. One
female (?) withoxit locality ; described below.

A common East Indian species, previously recorded from
Christmas Island, as well as from Calcutta, Borneo, etc.

!Mr. Lister's collection contained four workers from a nest found
near the summit of the island, on October 4, 1887.

Lobopelta diminuta, 9 (?). (PI. XIV, Fig. 7.)

Long corp. 6 mm.; exp. al. 12 mm.

Dull black, clothed with short grey hairs, especially conspicuous
on the abdomen. Antennte dull reddish, clothed with a very tine
pile, ilouth-parts. tegulae, and the last two segments and under-
surface of the abdomen, and a narrow border to the segments ; the
trochanters, base and tip of femora, and the tibioB and tarsi rufous ;
the hind tibise brown in the middle. Front coxce much thickened,
front tibiae cultrate, with a very large oblique terminal spine.
I'etiole large, erect, sloping in front, and truncated behind. Wings
fuseo hyaline, with fuscous nervures ; stigma blackish; neuration
nearly that of Pouera.

4. Camponotus melichloros.

Camponotits melichloros, Kirb. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 551.

"Long. Corp. 7-8 mm.

' ' Worker. Structure nearly that of C. Ii//ni2)erdits, Latr. Thoracic
sutiires fairly well defined ; node of petiole forming a rounded
])late. Smooth and shining, sparingly clothed with erect white
hairs ; thorax honey -yellow ; head and tarsi reddish ; flagellura
paler; abdomen black, with pale sutures; eyes and extreme tips of
mandibles black, the latter sexdentate.

"The following label was attached to the bottle : 'Two forms
from same nest in rotten wood^ Flying Fish Cove, October 2 '

84 Cluistmas Inland.

[1887]. The specimens differ little, except that some are rather
smaller and paler than others, and with conspicuously smaller head."
A large series of the various forms of this species from Flying
Fish Cove, August-October, 1897, and February, 1898 ; from
north coast, December, 1897; and from north part of island,
January, 1898. The workers vary from 3-9 mm. in length.
The females are 10-1 1mm. long and 22-25 mm. in expanse.
They are of a rather darker chestnut- red tlian the workers, and
the abdomen is black, clothed with short grey hairs. The wings
are yellowish hyaline, with yellowish nervures. The males are
7 mm. long and 14 mm. in expanse ; the upper part of the head
is black, the antennge and front of the head and face reddish. The
thorax is reddish, with brown or black markings, and the abdomen
is black, with the sutures light reddish. The legs are reddish, with
black femora. Workers found in a rotten stump.

5. Notogonia alecto (?).

? Larrada alecto, Smith: Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., ii, p. 103, n. 6 (1858).

Long. Corp., J 7, 9 10 mm-; exp. al., (5" 11, 9 17 mm.

Black, head and thorax thickly and finely punctured, clothed
with a very fine silvery pile, especially on the face, scutellum, and
abdomen ; middle and liind tarsi more or less reddish in the female,
and hind tibise edged within with silvery pile ; scutellum oval,
much longer than broad, thickly, coarsely, and very irregularly
rugose-punctate, wings brownish hyaline, with brown nervures.

jSTine specimens, from Flying Fish Cove, August-October, 1897 ;
east coast, September, 1897; north coast, 1898.

Apparently identical with a specimen marked " Larrada alecto,
Smith," from Celebes; but as we have no authentic specimens of
that species from Singapore, the original locality, I am not certain
that the Christmas Island insect is the true alecto.

6. Odynerus polyphemus.

Odynerus pohjpliemus, Kirb. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 551.

"Long. Corp. 10mm. ; exp. al. 17mm.

"Black, thickly and closely punctured; head with a yellow
spot between the antennae ; the orbits opposite the antennae very
narrowly edged with yellow ; a yellow streak on each side of the
base of the clypeus, just below the antennte, and a yellow streak
behind each eye, above the middle, Prothorax edged in front
with a broad yellow stripe, tapering and interrupted in the middle,
and cut squarely off on each side. Tegulac pitchy, with a very

Hymenoptera. 85

small yellow dot in the middle, a triangular yellow spot above, and
another, sub-rotund, on the mesopleura. Scutellum with a broad
longitudinal yellow stripe on each side ; post-scutellum yellow,
metathorax with a broad curved yellow stripe on each side.
Abdomen with the first segment yellow above, except in front,
a black line, interrupted behind, on the median line above ; second
segment yellow above, except at the base, and on a wide conical
space which extends to three-quarters of its length ; on the hinder
edge of the segment the yellow colour is continued on the lower
surface, but does not form a complete ring, being widely inter-
rupted in the middle ; the third sugment bordered behind on the
upper surface. Wings dirty hyaline, smoky along the costa, and
in the radial cell.

" Allied to 0. confluentHS, Smith, from Sumatra, but differing
much in colour from any described species."

Thirteen specimens, from Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897; west
coast, October, 1897; north part of island, December, 1897, and
January, 1898; central part of island, February, 1898.

7. Polistes balder.

PoUstes balder, Erb. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 552.

"Exp. al. 28mm.; long. corp. 13mm.

" Ochreous - yellow, with linear black markings. Head with
a black line just above the antennte, the ends of which run
upwards on each side, and slightly diverge ; 'below the antennae
the clypeal suture is black, and this curve is sometimes connected
with the upper one by a black line on each side within the
antennae ; a black line crosses the head just behind the ocelli, over
which extends a continuous black spot ; the tips of the mandibles
are also black, as well as the basal parts of the head and prothorax.
Thorax with all the sutures more or less black, sometimes not
continuously ; the central black line is frequently incomplete
behind. Pectus and pleura black, the latter marked with four
or five large and small yellow spots. Scutellum, post-scutellum,
and metathorax yellow ; the sutures rather broadly black ; groove
of the metathorax black. Legs almost entirely yellow, or reddish
yellow ; the trochanters and the extreme tips of the coxoe and
base of the femora black. Abdomen inclining to reddish yellow,
but with no distinct markings, except a black spot above at the
base of the first segment, and the suture between the first and
second segment, which is generally black. Wings smoky hyaline,
with brown nervures ; costal nervure and costal region yellowish.

"Allied, to P. hehrmis, Fabr., but smaller and differently
coloured. The first segment of the abdomen, too, appears to be
a little longer and more gradually widened.

86 CInistmas Island.

" Two nests accompanied these wasps. They are round, and
the smaller one is cousidorably raised in the middle. The upper
surface is grey ; the outer portion is inky black towards the base,
and whitish on the sides above.

"One of the wasps was taken on October 1, at Flying Fish
Cove ; a nest, with eggs, larvae, and cocoons, was found on tlie
under-side of a branch at the same place on October 2; and
auother nest, with wasps flying round it, on October 5."

Six specimens, from Flyiug Fish Cove, August, 1897 ; and
norlh part of island, December, 1897, and January. 1898.

Makes small hanging nests on trees and bushes, and stings
severely.

8. Halictus andrewsi, sp.n. (PI. XIY, Fig. 8.)

Long. Corp. 6 mm; exp. al. 10 mm.

Female. — Face forming a long oval between the eyes, clothed
with bronzy-green pile, back of head bronzy green, rarely purplisli
black, cheeks clothed with long jirey hair ; antenna3 rufo-testaceous.
with the scape and following joint black ; mesonotum and scutellum
bronzy green, the borders of the former sometimes purplish black ;
post-scutellum broad, depressed, more strongly punctured than the
rest of the thorax, and of a darker bronzy green ; it is bordered
behind and on the sides with long whitish hairs. Abdomen
shining bronzy-gi'een, very finely punctured, with the sutures
narrowly testaceous. Under-surface mo-tly bronzy green, but paler
than above ; legs testaceous, frequently more or less bronzed,
especially on the femora; wings iridescent by aline, with brown
nervures ; centre of stigma yellow.

Probably allied to S. huccinns and vicinus, Yachal.

Eleven specimens, those with localities marked " JSTorth part of
island," January, 1898.

9. Halictus binghami, sp.n. (PI. XIY, Fig. 9.)

? Halictus proieua, Bingham: Faun. Brit. lud., Hym. i, p. 428, n. 737 (1897) ;
»ec Yachal.

Long. Corp. 5 "5 mm. ; exp. al. 10-11 mm.

Female. — Head and thorax black, sometimes with a very faint,
greenish tint, very finely punctured, an impressed vertical line
from between the bases of the antennae to half the distance from
thence to the anterior ocellus ; lower part of the face clothed with
grey piibescence ; tongue testaceous ; metanotum longitudinally
striated, and bordered with grey pubescence. Abrlomen more
shining black, the segments not constricted, basal segment
polished, smooth, rufous, the segments narrowly bordered behind

Ilijmenoptcra. 87

with testaceous, and fringed with yellowish. - grey pubescence.
Legs dark reddish-brown, sometimes with a darker line above, and
clothed with long yellowish- grey pubescence. Wings iridescent
hyaline, with yellowish-brown neuration.

Four specimens, from north part of island, January, 1898.

This insect agrees very well with Lieut. - Col. Bingham's
description of the female from Tenasserim, which he doubtfully
refers to II. proteus, Vachal ; but I cannot regard it as Vachal's
species, wliich is described as having the " metanotum (post-
scutellum) tomento croceato tectum." It is black in the Cbristmas
Island specimens, bordered with grey pubescence. But it is
possible that the male, which Bingham doiibtfully refers to the
same species, wyaj be Vaclial's insect. However, as 1 have no
specimens of tbese Halicti to compare, and as the Christmas
Island species would in any case require to be renamed, 1 have
named it after my friend Lieut. -Col. Bingham, whose book on the
Aculeate Hymenoptcra of India is so useful to all who have
occasion to study foreign Hymenoptera.

10. Megachile rotundipennis, sp.n.

(J long. corp. 9 mm.; exp. al. 17 mm. ^ long. corp. 12 mm.;
exp. al. 21 mm.

Male. — Head transverse, very finely punctured, fully as wide as
thorax ; mandibles and lower part of head black ; mouth-parts
more or less ferruginous in rubbed specimens, but in fresh
specimens the face, like the greater part of the head and thorax,
is clothed with pale fulvous pubescence. Eyes with their inner
orbits obliquely approximating below ; abdomen black, the seg-
ments banded behind with brighter fulvous pubescence, and the
two apical segments densely clothed with the same above. Legs
black, clothed with long grey hair, with a slight fulvous shine :
front tarsi beneath, and at the tips, ferruginous ; middle and hind
tarsi thickly clothed with fulvous pubescence beneath, darkest in
the latter. Wings hyaline, slightly clouded towards the margins;
nervures brown ; wings rather broad, and the fore wings obtusely
rounded at the tips.

Female similar, with the abraded thorax much more coarsely
punctured than the head, and the abdomen clothed with fine
golden-grey pubescence ; the last segment above clothed with
thick fulvous pubescence; the abdomen beneath coarsely punctured,
and clothed, especially towards the extremity, with long, recumbent,
fulvous hair ; the greater part of all the tarsi likewise thickly
clothed with bright fulvous hair.

Described from five males and one female, from Flying Fish
Cove, August and September, 1897, and West Coast, October, 1897.
On the flowers of forest trees (especially Greivia) ; rather scarce.

88 CJiristmaa Idand.

This species resembles M. huddte, Dalla Torre {rufipes, Smith),
more than any other species in the Nat. Hist. Mus. Collection ;
but the latter species is more brightly coloured, and the costal
nervure is fulvous instead of brown.

11. MegacMle nivescens, sp n.

J long. corp. 10, exp. al. 19 mm.; 9 ^"^^S- ^*^^P- ^^' ^^P' *'''•
23 mm.

Much resembles the last species, but the face, except the
ferruginous proboscis, is entirely black, and the head, face, thorax,
and bands on the abdomen above are clothed with dense silvery-
white pubescence. The bands towards the tip of the abdomen are
slightly bordered behind with fulvous in very fresh specimens, and
the terminal segment is clothed above with rich fulvous ; beneath,
the abdomen is banded with silvery white, as above, in the male,
and clothed with long, recumbent, fulvous hair in the female. Tlie
legs are clothed with yellowish- grey hair, the hair on the tarsi
being bright fulvous beneath, and more or less above, at least on
the middle tarsi.

Twelve specimens, mostly worn females, from Flying Fish Cove,
August-October, 1897; west coast, October, 1897; north part of
island, December, 1897, and January, 1898. Very common on
sea-cliffs, frequenting flowers of Pemphis and Scmola.

Order 3.— DIPTERA.

[The Diptora unfortunately have not yet been dotcnnined. The
specimens collected are roughly as follows: — Tipulidcv, 3 or 4 .sj^ecies;
Cidicidce, 2 species ; IJycetophilidcB, 1 species ; Stratiomyidce,
2 species; Asilidce, 4 species; £ombi/lidee, 1 species; iJolichopodidce,
probably 2 species ; Syrpind^, 1 species ; Muscidce, at ieust 7 or 8
species; J/«.Vro^j«?zi¥«, 1 species ; Or^rti/rte, 1 species ; OchfhipJu'lida;,
1 species ; Jlippoboscidce, 2 species. Thei'e are also several other
specimens, and the collection probably includes between thirty
and forty species in all. — C. W. A.]

Coieopteva. 89

Order 4.— COLEOPTERA.

By C. 0. Watkrhopsk, F.E.S., C. J. Gahan, M.A., F.E.S.,
aud G. J. Arrow, F.E.S.

(PLATES X AND XI.)

Family CARABID^.

1. Morio orientalis, Dej.

Common in rotten wood.

In the Museum there are specimens from Java, Peuang, Andaman
and Nicobar Islands.

2. Harpalus, sp.

Two specimens, which at present are undetermined.

3. Trechus(?).
A small species apparently referable to this genus.

Family STAPHYLINID^.

4. Gyrophaena, sp.

This and the following we are at present unable to determine.

5. Philonthus, sp.

6. Lithocharis, sp.

7. Paederus listeri, Gahan, sp.n. (PL X, Fig. 1.)

Niger, articulis duobus primis et diiobus idtirais antennarum
fulvis ; elytris chalybeate - cyaneis, dense fortiterque punctatis,
quam prothorace vix brevioribus ; tarsis fulvo-testaceis, interdum
leviter infuscatis. Long. 8-9 mm.

Head and pro thorax black and glossy. Antennae with the first
two and the last two joints fulvous or testaceous, the intermediate
joints dark brown. Elytra very slightly shorter than the pro-
thorax ; steel blue or sometimes greenish blue in colour ; thickly
and rather strongly punctured. Abdomen pitchy black ; the legs
of the same colour, with the tibiae less dark towards the extremity,

90 Christmas Island.

and the tarsi fulvous or testaceous, sometimes shaded "with dark
brown.

Phosphate Hill, November, 1897 ; North Coast, December, 1897.
This species was obtained also by Mr. Lister in Christmas Island.
Dr Sharp informs me that he has in his collection an allied but
distinct species from Java.

8. Lispinus castaneus, Fauv.

One example only of this species was obtained by Mr. Andrews.
Through Dr. D. Sharp's kindness I have been enabled to compare
it with a typical specimen of L. castan-us, from New Guinea. It
is somewhat smaller in size, and its elytra, instead of being reddish
chestnut, are dark brown in colour.

Family HYDROPHILID^.

9. Dactylosternum abdominalis, Fabr.

Flying Fish Cove, in August and October.

Specimens in the Museum are from Brazil, Fernando Neronha,
Madeira, Canaries, Cape Verdes, St. Helena, liodriguez, Mauritius,
Sierra Leone, Angola, Natal, Ceylon, Penang, Andamans, Sandwich
Islands, etc.

Family HISTERID^.

10. Hololepta malleata, Lewis, sp.n.

Obion go-ovata, subdepressa, nigra, nitida; fronte plana; thorace
impunctato, stria marginali tenui ; elytris striis dorsalibus, 1* brevi,
2* brevissima, appendice brevi curvato, subhumerali hand lata
utrinque abbreviata ; propygidio lateribus anguste punctato ;
pygidio sparse punctato postice laevi ; prosterno lato ; mesosteruo
sinuato utrinque augulariter marginato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

Long, (absque mandibulis) 8-9 mm.

Oblong oval, rather depressed, black, shining ; the head, surface
flat, smooth, and impunctate, mentum in both sexes agrees with
that of a. vidica, Er. ; the thorax is arched at the sides, bisinuous
before the scutellum, very feebly angulate behind the middle of
the lateral edge, marginal stria fine and ceasing at the anterior
angle ; the elytra, lateral fossa rather narrow, not very deep, and
shortened at both ends ; striee, first dorsal short and a little oblique,
second very short, the apical appendage is short and slightly
incurved at the apical tip ; the propygidium is smooth except for
a few lateral punctures before the middle ; the pygidium i^ is
smooth, with a few punctures scattered transversely and irregularly
along its base, 9 punctures similarly placed, but more numerous

Coleojyteva. 91

and less scattered ; the prosteruum is rather broad and dilated at
the base ; the mesostcruum is siuuous anteriorly and distinctly
angulate on either side, and the short marj;inal striae follow the
conrse of the angles ; the anterior tibio3 are 4-dentate.

The species is in many respects similar to II. indica, Er., but in
Erichson's species the pygidium is densely punctured and the
mesosternuin is not so conspicuously annulate laterally.

Mab. — ^Northern part of the island, January, 1898.

11. Platysoma lignarium, Lewis, sp.n.

Oblongum, subparallelum, parura convexum ; fronte concaya,
labis ti'ansversa, stria transversa Integra sed tenuiter impressa ;
pronoto stria laterali baud iuterrupta, valida ; elytris, striis dor-
salibus 1-3 integris, 4-5 et suturali apicalibus ; propygidio
transversim punctato ; pygidio parura dense ocellato - punctato,
margine postice elevato ; prosterno baud striato ; mesosterno,
sinuato, marginato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentalis.

Long. (J 4"5-5 mm.

Oblong, somewhat parallel, little convex, black, shining, legs and
tarsi reddish brown ; the head, forehead concave, labrum trans-
verse, stria complete but hue; the thorax transver-e, rounded off
at the anterior angles only, marginal stria very fine and ceasing
near the eye, lateral stria strong, with the interstice uniform in
width, not narrowing at the base, and distinctly wider than that
of P. bi>ma)iiim, Mars. ; scutellar puncture linear; the elytra, stria),
inner humeral fine, basal, and obli(|ue, outer humeral wanting.
1-3 dorsal strong, parallel, and complete, 4 apical, and not
reaching the middle, 5 shorter, not half the length of the fourth,
and with a wider space between it and the apex ; sutural com-
mences behind the middle of the dorsum, and reaches only to
a point on a line with the anterior part of the fifth ; the pro-
pygidium has ocellate punctures transversely arranged, which leave
a smooth margin along its edges both before and behind; the
pygidium is closely punctured, punctures ocellate, hinder margin
strongly elevated ; the tibite, anterior 4-dentate, intermediate 4-5,
posterior 3-spiuose.

This species belongs to the same group as Platysoma odiomm,
Mars., and in its oblong, rather parallel form, it resembles
P. sufurale. Lew.

Hub. — Found in rotting wood on the coast and in the central
part of the island.

12. Paromalus, sp.

There is a single example in this collection of an apparently
undescribed species ; it has a large and deep round fovea in the
centre of tlie pygidium, and is therefore probably a male.

Mab. — In rotting wood.

92 Christmas Island.

Family NITIDULID^.

13. Prometopia quadrimaculata, Motsch,

This is evidently a widely distributed species, as it was described
by Motschulsky from Ceylon, and there is a specimen in the British
Museum from the Philippine Islands. A long series was collected
by Mr. Andrews, showing that the species varies considerably, and
little importance need therefore be attached to its failure • to
correspond in every respect with the description. Motschulsky
mentions an impressed median line on the thorax, of which I can
find no ti'ace ; and Reitter, in a table of the Oriental species of
tliis genus, characterizes P. quadrimaculata as having the basal spot
of the elytron " peu developpee transversalement," whereas the
development of this spot differs greatly in different specimens,
sometimes extending transversely to the suture and sometimes
upwards to the base of the elytron.

14. Stelidota orientalis, Arrow, sp.n.

Elongato - ovalis, convexa, fusco - niger ; capite prothoraceque
punctato-rugosis, fulvo-setosis, prothoracis lateribus arcuatis, rufo-
liavis, angulis anticis obtiisis, posticis acutis, disco prope basin
leviter bifoveolato ; elytris costatis, costis setosis, interstitiis grosse
seriato-punctatis.punctis setiferis, marginibus maculisque rufo-llavis.

Long. 3 mm.

The colour is a deep brownish-black, with the margins of thorax
and elytra and markings on the latter reddish yellow. The pattern
on each elytron consists of a spot bordering the scutellum, another
beneath near the suture, a wavy fascia beyond this extending
nearly across the elytron, and another between the first and second
spots reaching the external but not the internal margin. There
are two large but not deep impressions near the base of the
prothorax.

The British Museum collection contains a specimen of this species
from Macassar. Another, from ^Ir. Andrew Murray's collection,
bears the unpublished name of Stelidota orientalis, Motsch.

Family TROGOSITID^.

15. Shoguna polita, Arrow, sp.n.

Cylindrica, nitida, castanea ; capite prothoraceque subtiliter parce
punctatis, illo antice ustulato, arcuatim emarginato, oculis promi-
nulisj antennae clava 3-articulata ; prothorace convexo, medio postice

Coleoptera. 93

subsulcato, latei'ibus concavis ; elytris iudistincte seriato-punctaiis,
propu suturam linea iinpressa, apiois subtruncatis.

l.oug'. 5 mm.

This closely resembles tlie typical species S. rnfotestaca, Lewis
(Ann. & ]\Iag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1889, p. 274), but is darker in colour,
Avitli the emarp,ination of the head arcuate and not anguliir. The
head and thorax are sparsely punctured, and the latter furrowed
along its posterior half. The elytra have indistinct rows of
punctures and a single pair of strioe bordering the suture. The
pygidium is furnished with long, erect fulvous setae.

A single specimen was obtained on the north coast of the island.

16. Shoguna striata, Arrow, sp.n.

Cylindrica, subdepressa, nitida, rufo-castanea ; capite prothorace-
que parcissime sat distincte punctatis, capitis fronte arcuatira
emarginato, oculis minutis, antennae clava 2-articulata, articulo
nono vix jn'ecedeutibus majore; prothoracis dorso subplano, medio
postice subsulcato, lateribus concavis; elytris fortiter strigatis,
utrisque ad apicem rotundatis.

Long. 4 mm.

Eather smaller and more depressed than the preceding species ;
the liead and thorax with large scattered punctures, the latter
longitudinally furrowed posteriorly. The eyes are very small,
and the ninth joint of the antennae is hardly larger than those
preceding it. The elytra are deeply striated, and the pygidium is
fringed with yellow hairs.

Only a single specimen was found.

The previously described species of the genus Shognna inhabit
Madagascar, Burma, Japan, and New Britain respectively.
Mr. Lewis mentions species from the New World, which he does
not think can be gencrically separated, but an examination of
these convinces me that they constitute a closely allied but
distinct genus.

ONISCOMORPHA, Arrow, gen. nov.

Caput elongatum, exsertura, emarginatum, oculi integri, ovales
remoti, antennae 11-artieulatae, clava elongata triarticulata ; pro-
thorax transversus, antice non capitis ad marginera attingens,
angulis anticis valde rotundatis, posticis emarginatis ; scutellum
transversum ; elytra parallela, postice parum attenuata, sub-
acuminata.

Allied to Narcisn, and of similar appearance, but the head is
not sunk into the prothorax, and the eyes are entire, and situated
on the sides of the head, the upper and lower divisions being equal,
but without constriction or emargination. The facets are very
large. The antennal club is compact, and twice as long as broad,

94 CJiriatmas Island.

Avith the last joint splia3roidal. The prothorax is deeply emarginated
for the head, hut the hiteral lohes (lo not extend beyond the front
of tlie eyes ; the hind margin is lobod in the middle, and has a
hlunt right-angled tooth on each side fitting into a corresponding
notch in the elytron. The elytra are parallel - sided, slightly
acuminate towards the apex, -with the margins entire, and, together
Tvith the rest of the upper surface of the body, are clothed with
fiat oval scales.

17. Oniscomorpha marmorata, Arrow, sp.n. (PI. X, Fig. 2.)

Oblonga, subdepressa, fusca, squarais albidis supra tecta, ore
antennis pedibusque ferrugineis ; clypeo late emarginato-truncato ;
prothorace elytrorum latitudine, hiteribus valde rotundatis, crenatis,
subtus squamulis albis parce vestito ; elytris costatis, lateribus
parallelis, integris, costis tuberculiferis, interstitiis albo-squamosis,
fusco-marmoratis.

Long. 6 mm.

Family COLYDIID^.

18. XutMa maura, Pascoe : Joum. Ent., ii (1863), p. 128.

A single example from rotting wood. The specimen is, perhaps,
a trifle narrower than the type from Morty, but this is probably
a sexual difference.

19. Bothrideres strigatus, Arrow, sp.n. (PI. X, Fig. 3.)

Angustatus, piceus, subuitidus, capite prothoraceque dense et
profunde strigoso-punctatis, hujus medio linea la3vi, ante medium
impressione baud profunda, post medium spiitio impunctato circulari
fossa profunda postice incluso, striis duabus ad basin connexa ;
marginibus leviter sinuatis, postice valde contractis, angulis
posticis rectis ; elytris disco striatis, partibus exterioribus carinatis,
intervallis ] et 3 paullo punctatis.

Long. 8 mm.

The colour is black, with the antennae and legs a very dark red.
The head and thorax are courscly punctured, and there are a few
scattered punctures on the first and third interstices of each elytron.
The third interstice is also angiilarly elevated, and beyond it the
strife are replaced by three sharp costae. Near the base of the
thorax is a U-shaped impressed line enclosing a smooth area, and
in front of this is a shallow depression.

The species is represented only by a single specimen.

Coleoptcra. 95

Family CTJCUJID^.

20. Psammcecus concinnula, Walker.

There are two specimens of this species, originally described
from Ceylon. Others in the Museum collection are from Java aud
China, and a single example from Sierra Leone.

Family DERMESTIDJ5.

21. Dermestes felinus, Fabr.

This species, like many others of its genus, occurs in all parts of
the world. Several specimens were taken.

D. siihcostatus, Murr., the type of which is now in the British
Museum, belongs to this species.

Family CRTPTOPHAGIDJE.

A single example of a minute species, taken on the east coast
in September, apparently allied to Paramrcosoma, and closely
resembling P. serrata in general form and colour, but with
differently formed tarsi.

Family COCCINELLID^.

22. Epilaclma indica, Muls. : Spec. Col. Trim., p. 776.

Numerous specimens of this widely distributed Asiatic species
were taken, together with their larvae, near Flying Fish Cove.

23. Epilachna nativitatis, Arrow, sp.n. (PI. X, Fig. 6.)

Lata, subdepressa, flava, parce pubescens, oculis magnis, pro-
thoraceque angusto, basi fortiter arcuato, immaculato ; elytrorum
marginibus late explanatis, ad humeros valde rotundatis, delude
fere ad apicem recte angustatis, singulo grosse sex-punctato,
punctis tribus prope suturam, uno ad callum humeralem et duobus
prope margiuera, punctis quatuor basalibus linea recta, quatuor
intermediis equidistantibus linea arcuata ordinatis.

Long. 7"5 mm

This species is of a pale tawny colour, and is not very thickly
clothed with hair. Tiie prothorax is much narrower than in the
preceding species, and is strongly arcuate at the base, so that its
length in the middle is almost equal to half its breadth. The
elytra are broadly margined, and the size and position of the spots

96 Christmas Island.

recall the common European E. chrysomelma rather than any of
the Oriental species. Tlie four basal spots are arranged in
a straight line, and the inner spots of the middle row are scarcely
fartlier removed from the suture than those above and below them.
Three specimens were brought by Mr. Andrews from the north
coast of the island. This species was also found both by Mr. Lister
and the officers of the " Flying Fish."

24. Scymnus, sp.

A single specimen of a small species, probably new.

Family PSEUDOCORYLOPHID^.

25. Aphanocephalus, sp.n.
A single specimen, which it seems inadvisable to describe.

Family EEOTYLID^.

26. Euxestus parki, "Woll. : Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
iii (1858), p. 411.

Of this insect, originally described from Madeira, three examples
were found in the north part of the Island in January. It has
been recorded from Rodriguez Island and Damma Island.

Family LUCANID^.

27. Parsegus listeri, Gahan : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 539.
(PL XI, Figs. 1, 2.)

A good series of examples, including both sexes, of this species
was obtained by Mr. Andrews. Mr. Lister's collection, on which
my previous paper was based, contained only male specimens,
though I was able to describe the female from a single specimen of
this sex previously obtained by the officers of H.M.S. "Flying
Fish."

28. Figulus rossi, Gahan, sp.n.

Niger nitidus ; capite supra paullo concave, sparse minuteque
punctate, utrinque prope oculos tuberculato, clypeo inviso, canthis
oculorum late rotundatis ; mandibulis bidentatis, mento sat profunde
concavo, valde punctate ; pronoto antice in medio leviter tubercu-
lato, disco fovea media punctis 15 ad 20 impressa, versus latera
subtilissime vel hand punctate ; elytris regulariter punctato-striatis,

Coleoptera. 97

piinctis magnis rotundatis in latitudiue iuterstitiis leevibus costatis
fere a3qualibus, iitroqiic elytro prope anguhim apicalem reticulato-
pimctato ; lateribiis prosterni, metasternique, et abdominis processu
intereoxale fortiter punctatis, ceteris abdominis fere imj)unctatis.

Long, (mandib. exclusis) 9-11-5 ; lat. 3-4 mm.

Head sparsely and very feebly punctured, sligbtly concave in the
tlie middle above, and having on each side an obtuse tubercle,
which is separated from the eye by a short longitudinal ridge ;
anterior margin straight in the middle, and very slightly projecting
forwards in a short obtusely rounded process at each side ; ocular
canthi regularly rounded both in front and at the sides, slightly
oblique behind ; mandibles each -svith two teeth on the inner side,
those of the right mandible being placed, one just in front of the
middle, the other near the base, those of the left, which are shorter,
between the middle and the apex. Prothorax very minutely or
not at all punctured above, except in the median fovea (which is
impressed with from about 15 to 20 strong punctures) and also at
the anterior margin close to the lateral angles, where there are
a few irregular rows of moderate-sized punctures. Elytra strongly
punctate-striate, the punctures being large, broadly elliptical, or
nearly circular in outline, and almost equal in width to the smooth
subcostate intervals between the rows ; near the apical angle each
elytron is somewhat reticulately punctured. Sides of the pro-
sternum and metasternum, and the intercoxal process of the
abdomen strongly punctured ; sides of the first segment with a few
large punctures, and the rest of the abdomen with some minute
sparsely scattered punctures. Anterior tibiae with four or five, the
middle and hind tibiae with two or three teeth on the outer border.

Pive specimens collected in the north jjart of the island.

In general form and structure this species approaches F. sulcicoUis,
Hope, from which it is chiefly to be distinguished by its smaller
size, less punctured prothorax, and the relatively much larger size
of the punctures of the elytra.

Family PASSALID^E.

29. Leptaulax, sp.

Mr. Andrews obtained a number of specimens of this genus at
Flying Fish Cove in October. They closely resemble L. timonensis,
but will probably prove to be one of the many allied species recently
described by Herr Kuwert.

Family APHODIID^.

30. Rhyssemus inscitus, Wlk.

One example, taken in the north part of the island, which does
not seem to be specifically distinct from Walker's type from Ceylon.

98 Christmas Island.

31, Trichyorhyssemus (gen. nov,) hirsutus, C. cle P., sp.n.

A specimen sent to M. L. Clonet des Pesruches was kindly
examined by him and returned with this name, which will be
published in his forthcoming monograph.

CETOXIID^.
32. Protsetia andrewsi, Gahan, sp.n. (PL X, Fig. 5.)

Nigra, nitida, interdum viride vel purpureo tincta, supra sparse
setosa, thorace subtus pedibusque sparse sat longeque villosis ;
clypeo transverse, margine antico late rotundato (fere truncate) et
fortiter elevato : capite pronotoque sat dense fortiterque punctatis,
longitudinaliter in medio obtuse le^dterque carinatis ; elytris dense
punctatis, squamis luteis sparse guttatis, depressionibus posticis
baud vel obsolete striatis, marginibus suturalibus postice elevatis
et ad angulos apicales paullo productis.

Long. 12-15, lat. 6-5-8-5 mm.

Colour black, but in some specimens tinged with metallic green
or purple. Head strongly and rather thickly punctured, clypeus
transverse, broadly rounded or almost truncate in front, with the
margin strongly raised. Pronotum with an obtuse and very feebly
raised carina along the middle ; this carina, a median space at the
base in front of the scutellum, and one or two smaller areas towards
the sides, smooth, the rest of the surface strongly and rather thickly
punctured. Elytra somewhat strongly punctured, the punctures
being less thickly placed in the neighbourhood of the scutellum
than over the rest of the surface ; the broad depression on each
side of the sutural carina on the posterior half of the elytra is
rather thickly punctured and usually destitute of striae (in one or
two specimens among those examined traces of strice in the form of
one or two broken lines are to be seen). Antennae varying in colour
from light mahogany -brown to dark chestnut-brown ; the inner
lamella of club almost as long as the whole of the proximal part
of the antenna. Legs and under-side of the body with a long
sparse pubescence ; metastemum with an impressed line along
the middle.

This species seems to come nearest to P. acuminata, Fab., from
which, however, it is very distinct. It differs not only in colour
and sculpture, but in being more pubescent above and below and in
having the anterior margin of the clypeus more strongly raised,
the apices of the elytra less produced at the sutural angles, the
metastemum impressed with a median line, and the hair-fringe of
the intennediate and hind tibiis much longer and more sparse.

Coleoptera. 99

Family BUPRESTID^.

33. Chrysodema simplex, Waterli. : P.Z.S,, 1881, p. 520.

Mr. Andrews met "svith this species iu abundance at Flying Fish
€ove in October.

34. Chrysobothris andrewsi, Waterli., sp.n. (PL X, Fig. 8.)

Obscure brunneo-cuprea, parum nitida, creberrime sat fortiter
punctata ; elytris maculis sex margiuibusque aureo-viridibus.

Long. 10 mm.

Head iu front green, circularly impressed, closely and rather
coarsely punctured ; the forehead more finely and very closely
punctured. Thorax transverse, rather strongly punctured, the
punctures on the disk vridely separated from each other, becoming
gradually closer together, till they are crowded at the sides, the
intervals on each side of the disk forming transverse shining rugae.
The sides are nearly parallel posteriorly, strongly sinuate in front
of the middle, so that there is a well-marked rectangular projection
before the anterior angle. Elytra gently convex, without costae,
brownish coppery, with a slight purple tint in some lights, rather
strongly, evenly, and very thickly punctm-ed, the punctures green.
The base and margins are tinted with golden green ; and each
elytron has a transverse, oval, golden-green impression on the disk,
before the middle, and two contiguous impressions behind the
middle, the inner one oblique. The margins are denticulate from
behind the middle. The anterior femora are much thickened in
the middle, and furnished with a rather small acute tooth. The
under-side of the body is green, tinted with coppery, especially
on the abdomen, the terminal segment of which has a well-marked
median carina, and is deeply emarginate at the apex.

This species is quite isolated. I know of no species at all
resembling it either in colour or markings. The thorax has not
the posterior angles turned in, as is generally the case, and the
angular projection at the sides is very marked.

Family EUCI^EMID^.
35. Fornax, sp. (?).

A single example, apparently referable to this genus, taken at
Flying Fish Cove in October.

100 Christmas Island.

Family ELATERID^.

36. Tetrigus murrayi, Waterh., sp.n.

Elongatus, parallelus, brunneus, f ulvo - pubesceus. Thorace
crebernme piinctato ; elytris striatis, striis sat fortiter punctatis,
interstitiis crebre i)unctatis.

Long. 22mm. (J.

The thorax has the punctuation very close, and considerably
stronger than in T. parri/i or flahellatus, and the pubescence is
rather coarser. The elytra are striated, the punctures in the strite
are much stronger than in T. flahellatus about the same as in
T. lew {si, but closer together ; the dorsal stria) are nearly as-
strongly marked as the lateral ones. The interstices are closely
and more strongly punctured than in T. Jlalellatus, and there is
a slight tendency of the punctures to be asperate. The apex of
each elytron is angular, the angle nearly a right angle, not at the
suture (as in T. farryi) but between the second and third stria).
The presternum is rather closely and very strongly punctured, but
there is a smooth median line posteriorly. The apex of the abdomen
is arcuately rounded, not emarginate.

37. Anchastus discoidalis, Waterh., sp.n.

Sordide testaceus ; capitis vertice, thoracis disco, elytrisque
(basi excepto) fuscis.

Long. 6-6 "5 mm.

This insect has much the appearance of Bolophis marginatus, but
it is rather more elongate, the thorax is rather longer and more
narrowed in front, and the elytra are a little narrower and more
acuminate. The clypeal carina is very sharp and prominent. The
antennee have the third joint distinctly longer than the second,
a little shorter that the fourth. The thorax is shining, moderately
strongly punctured, the punctures distinctly separated on the disk,
close together at the sides ; the posterior angles arc prolonged and
very acute, the inner carina is fine, and not very sharply defined,
so that it is only visible in certain positions. The base is
testaceous, the sides and anterior angles light brownish-testaceous,
the disk dark brown, with a trace of a lighter median line.
The elytra are strongly striated, the strioe closely and strongly
punctured, the interstices slightly convex, rather closely, finely,
but distinctly asperate-punctate ; the dorsal surface is dark brown,
the extreme base testaceous, the sides light brown, the prosternum
is very dark brown, shining ; the under flanks of the pronotum
testaceous, with a broad dark-brown stripe. The rest of the under-
side is rather dark, the segments bordered with lighter colour.

Two examples in rotting wood. A single specimen was also
taken by Mr. J. J. Lister.

Coleoptera. 101

This species is very like A. infamaius, Cdz., from Ceylon, but is
larger, the thorax is much less closely and more strongly punctured,
and the brown on the elytra is much more extended.

38. Megapenthes andrewsi, Waterh., sp.n. (PI. X, Fig. 7.)

Piceo-flavus, parum nitidus ; capitis vertice thoraceque inf uscatis,
clytris fortiter striatis, f usco variegatis, striis confei'tim sat fortiter
punctatis, interstitiis pariun convexis, crebre asperato-punctatis.

Long. 14-17 mm.

This species is one of those that resemble Agrotis in general
form, and must be placed near M. agrotiis, Cdz.

Head convex, very closely and rather coarsely punctured ; dark
fuscous, the anterior margin obscure yellow, this colour ascending
a little on each side. Thorax a little longer than broad, convex,
rather straight at the sides, very slightly narrowed before the
posterior angles, which are very slightly diverging, acute, with the
inner carina so near to the outer one that it is scarcely distinguish-
able viewed from above. The punctuation is densely and moderately
fine. There is an impressed line at the posterior part of the disk.
The fully-coloured specimen has the thorax entirely dark fuscous,
except the posterior angles. Scutellum fuscous. Elytra deeply
striated, the striae strongly and very closely punctured ; the inter-
stices moderately closely and rather strongly asperate-punctate,
giving the surface an uneven appearance. The colour is sordid
yellow, with a spot on the shoulder, and the suture fuscous,
the fuscous colour dilating behind the middle. The under-side
fuscous, except the margins of the segments and the prosternum.

Varieties. — ( 1 ) Elytra with the dark colour extended at the base,
and the dilated portion behind the middle joined to the humeral spot
on the seventh interstice. (2) Thorax with the margins and
a median line light brown. (3) Almost entirely pitchy yellow,
with a spot on the forehead, two discoidal spots on the thorax,
the shoulders and suture of the elytra rather darker.

Taken in September and October, December and Januaiy, at
Flying Fish Cove.

39. Melanoxanthus dolosus, Cdz.

Candeze, Elaterides Jfouv. : Mem. Ac. Sci. Bruxelles, xvii, 1865.

Two specimens which seem to be referable to the species from
Ceylon, found on the north coast in December, 1897, and March,
1898.

40. Melanoxantlius litura, Cdz. (?).

Candeze, Elat. Nouv. : Mem. Ac. Sci. Bruxelles, xvii (1865),
p. 34.

102 Christmas Island.

Three examples. One taken by Mr. Lister. Two by Mr. Andrew*
in the central part of the island in February, and near Flying Fish
Cove.

The specimens vary in colour, two having the thorax black, with
the hind angles only yellow ; the third has the whole of the sides
yellow. The extent of the yellow markings on the elytra alsa
varies considerably. Of the numerous allied described species, this
seems to be nearest to M. litiira, Cdz.,from Ceylon, but it may be
distinct. The material at disposal is not sufficient to determine the
question.

Family MELYRID^.
41. Laius tibialis, Gahan, sp.n. (PI. X, Fig. 4.)

Cyaneus aut viridi-cyaneus, ore et antennarum articulis duobus
primis fiavo-testaceis.

(J. Articulo 1° antennarum curvato et compresso, secundo crasso
parum oblongo, baud excavato; tibiis anticis intus ad basim rufo-
callosis.

Long. 5, lat. 2 mm.

Dark blue or greenish blue, with the first two joints of the
antennte, the epistome, labium, and maxilla) (last joints of palpi
excepted) yellowish testaceous. In the male the first two joints
of the antennoB are enlarged; the first joint is curved, and is
compressed from side to side, so that it appears narrow looked at
from above, but is as broad as the second when seen from the
front ; the second joint is thick, somewhat oblong in form, and
is not compressed nor excavated. Each of the anterior tibioB of
the male has a small reddish callosity close to the base on the
anterior (inner) side, with a small pit placed just below the cal-
losity. In some of the allied species there is a deep oblique groove
occupying the same position.

Family PTINIDJil.
42. Lasioderma testacea, Duft.

A single example of this species, which is found almost
everywhere.

NEOPTINUS, Gahan, gen. nov.

(9 ?) Antennae inserted on the front, nine- jointed, with the
ninth joint as long as the two preceding joints taken together.
Pro thorax with distinct lateral margins. Middle coxoe moderately
distant from one another j hind coxse widely separated, the intercoxal

Coleoptem. 103

process of the abdomen being broad, and obtusely rounded in front.
First three abdominal sternites more or less fused together, the
sutures between them being apparent only towards the sides ;
fourth steiTiitc very narrow, with its hiud margin, like that of the
third, arcuate behind. Tarsi five-jointed, of equal width throughout
their whole length, ciliated on each side below, even on the claw-
joint.

This genus seems best placed in the group Ptinides of the family
Ptinida), although it does not agree in some important particulars
with Lacordaire's definition of that group.

43. Neoptinus parvus, Gahan, sp.n. (PI. X, Fig. 10.)

Nigro-piceus, supra sub-crecte setosis, pedibus et antennarum
apice testaceis ; antennis basin prothoracis paullo superantibus,
articulis 2° ad 8"'^^ inter se subae(iualibus, articulo 9° duobus
precedentibus unitis sequilongo, paullo crassiore ; prothorace trans-
verso, lateribus marginatis, postice cum basi rotundatis ; elytris
late ovatis, humeris nullis ; striato-punctatis, breviter sub-erecte
setosis.

Long. 1"5, lat. 1mm.

Pitchy black, with the legs and the last joint of the antennae
testaceous. Eyes small ; antennae inserted upon the front at a
short distance in advance of the eyes, nine- jointed, with the first
joint thick, and nearly twice as long as the second, joints second to
eighth sub-equal in length, the ninth thicker than the seventh or
eighth and a little longer than these two united. Pronotum trans-
verse, convex above, deflexed towards the sides, basal margin
rounded, and forming with the lateral margins a continuous curve ;
so that, looked at from above, the pronotum has somewhat the
form of a segment of a circle, the anterior margin being, however,
not straight, but slightly bowed forwards in the middle ; the
surface sparsely setose. Elytra broadly oval, without shoulders,
convex above, and the surface of each marked with eight rows of
rather large and closely approximated punctures, each of which is
slightly transverse in direction, and carries a greyish-white seta
springing from its anterior margin ; on the defl.exed (and slightly
inflexed) side of each elytron there are two or three less regular
rows of punctures. Prosternum much shorter than the pronotum ;
narrow in the middle, and scarcely separating the anterior coxae
from one another ; metasternum short, its sides, as well as the
sides of the abdomen, thickly impressed with large shallow
punctures ; these punctures extend also on to the middle of the
intermediate sternites, but are absent from the intercoxal process
and from the fifth stemite ; the latter is narrow, and is rounded at
the apex.

Taken on the east coast of the island, September, 1897.

104 Christmas Island.

44. Paranobium posticum, Gahan, gen. et sp. n.
(PI. X, Fig. 9.)

(9) Fuscum, pube fulvo-grisea sat dense vestitum ; antennis
11-articiilatis, fortiter serratis, articulis 4° ad 10^™ inter se sub-
cequalibus, 11° quam 10° paullo longiore ; prothorace dense
punctulato, ad latera sub-obliquiter gibboso sed non marginato,
disco postice valde gibboso, fere in cristam elevato ; elytris dense
sat fortiterqne punctatis, f usco - brunneis, iitroque elytro lineis
quatuor pallidioribus, paullo elevatis, instructo.

Long. 7 ".5, lat. 3 mm.

Head and protborax dark brown, -with a ratber dense tawny-grey
pubescence. Antennae reddish brown, about half as long again as
the head and protborax together, 11 -jointed, with the joints from
the third to the tenth sub-equal in length, the third feebly angular
a little before its apex, the fourth to tenth each produced antero-
distally into a sharply angular process, eleventh a little longer than
the tenth. Protborax with an oblique projection, passing forwards
from the basal margin, on each side ; the disk raised in the middle,
so as to form a blunt crest or tubercle behind ; surface closely
punctulate, but with the punctures more or less concealed by the
pubescence. Elytra nearly half as broad again as the pi'othorax,
closely and somewhat strongly punctured, reddish brown in colour,
and clothed with a fulvous - grey pubescence, which is somewhat
paler along four slightly raised lines running from the base to the
posterior declivous part of each elytron, these lines being connected
together behind by means of one or two oblique branches. First
joint of each of the tarsi as long as the three succeeding joints
taken together, slightly narrowed towards the base ; the second
joint a little longer than either the third or fourth.

One example, taken near Flying Fish Cove, December, 1897.

As this species does not fit well into any of the described genera
of Anobiides, I have given to it the generic name of Paranohium.
Two very closely allied species are represented in the British
Museum collection, one by a single unnamed specimen from Natal,
the other by a specimen from Siam. In the Natal specimen, which
probably is a male, the antennae are longer than in the specimen
described above, and the joints from the fourth to the tenth are
furnished with longer processes.

45. Aspidiphorus orbiculatus, Gyll.

Examples of this species have been obtained with a fungus —
Stemonitis splendens, Eost., collected by Mr. Andrews in Christmas
Island. This species is found in England, though rarely, and also
on the Continent. An example from Java in the British Museum
collection, in which the protborax and elytra are of a reddish -brown.

Colcoptera. 105

colour, appears to be an immature specimen of the same species,
Avhicli hitherto has not been recorded from any locality outside of
Europe.

Family BOSTEICHID^.

46. Dinoderus minutus, Fabr.

Of this species, which occurs throughout the Malay Archipelago
iind in many other parts of the world, three specimens Avere found.

Family CIOID^.
47. Minthea rugicoUis, Walker.

Ditoma rugicolUt, "W.ilker : Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ii (18.58), p. 206 (Ceylon).
Minthta timilata, Pascoe : Journ. Ent., ii (1863), p. 141 (Saylee).

A single example of this species, taken on the north coast in
October.

Family TENEBRIONID^.
48. Opatrum dubium, Arrow, sp.n.

Breve, latum, rufo-fuscum, undique breviter erecte setosum ;
■capite granulato-punctato, clypeo triangulariter emarginato, a fronte
sulca obsoleta separate ; prothorace elytrorum latitudinis, lateribus
I'egulariter arcuatis, minutissime ciliatis, antice j^aullo contracto,
disco utrinque oblique sulcato ; elytris brevibus, convexis, punctato-
striatis, interstitiis convexis, granulatis ; antennis brevibus,
articulis 9° et 10° transversis, 8° et 11° globosis; tarsis rufo-piceis.

Long. 9-11 mm.

This species, which was found in considerable numbers, exhibits
a wide range of variation. Small specimens are narrow, with the
thorax hardly margined, and the foveae on each side of its disk
obsolete. The colour varies from a deep reddish- chocolate in fresh
specimens to a dull black, the whole upper surface, with the legs,
being clothed with short, nearly erect bristles. The clypeus is very
deeply emarginate, and meets the anteocular lobes in a deep notch
on the sides of the head. The prothorax is strongly curved, and
more or less flattened at the lateral margins, and has a slightly
oblique longitudinal groove on each side of the middle. There are
eight striae on each elytron, and the interstices are studded with
somewhat regularly arranged tubercles, each of which gives rise to
a stout hair.

10'6 Christmas Island.

49. Bradymerus seminitidus, Arro-^r, sp.n.

Elongatus, fuscus, opacus, palpis, antennis basi tarsisque rufis ;
capite, cum prothorace punctato rugoso, clypeo crebrius pimctato,
truncato, antennis clava nigra 6-articiilata ; prothoracis medio
fortiter sulcato, lateribus integris leviter arcuatis, basi quam
humeros minus lato, antice vix contracto, angulis omnibus acutis,
elytris pallidioribus, nitidis, punctato-striatis, interstitiis carinatis ;
corpore subtus dense punctato.

Long. 7-9 mm.

Allied to B. clathratus, Scbauf., and semiasperatxis, Fairm., but
differing from all closely related species by tbe almost metallic gloss
of tbe elytra.

Tbis species was found in large numbers all over tbe island^
altbougb it did not occur in eitber of the two previous collections.

50. Alpliitobius piceiis, Oliv. : Ent., iii, No. 58, p. 17.

A single specimen was obtained of this species, which is of
world-wide distribution.

51. Palorus depressus, Fab.: Ent. Syst., i, 2, p. 501.

This insect is also very generally distributed. Two specimens-
were found.

52. Toxicum antilope, Arrow, sp.n.

Parvum, angustum, $ capite cornubus 4 retro-curvatis armato,
posterioribus fere parallelis sed paullo bisinuatis apice divergentibus
antice crinitis, antennae clava 4-articulata, articulis vix transversis; ;;
prothorace subtiliter punctato, ^ valde transverso, 9 subquadrato ;
elytris striato-punctatis ; pedibus fuscis.

Long. 12 mm.

Allied to T. quadricorne, Eab., but rather smaller, and readily
distinguishable from this and all other species hitherto described by
the curvature of the posterior horns, which converge from the base,,
and slightly diverge towards the tip.

Several specimens of both sexes were collected.

53. Nyctobates carbonaria, Arrow, sp.n.

Parva, nigra, nitida ; capite subtiliter inter oculos minus dense
punctato, sutura clypeali distincta, semicirculari ; prothorace parvo
transverso, crebre punctato, margine anteriore quam posteriorem
angustiore, angulis anticis valde rotundatis, posticis acutis, disca

Coleoptera. 107

leviter sulcato ; elytris sulcatis, Bulcis grosse interstitiis subtilissime-
punctatis ; pedibus sat brevibus, 9 tibiis anterioribus quam inter-
medias nou longioribus.

Long. 18 mm.

The thorax is small, with the median groove lightly impressed,
and the anterior angles rounded. The anterior tibiae show no trace
of the usual elongation.

A single female specimen -was brought by Mr. Andrews. The
British Museum contains a second specimen, also a female, captured
by Mr. Lister in 1888.

54. Amarygmus funebris, Arrow, sp.n.

Elongato-ovalis, indigaceo-nigcr, antcnnis tarsisque ferrugineis ;
capite prothoraceqiie obscure purpureo vel viridi, clypeo crebre
punctate, sutura clypeali distincta, anguste ab oculis separata,
anteunis brevibus paullo ultra humeros attingentibus ; prothorace
brevi, subtiliter punctate ; elytris striatis, striis minutissime
punctatis.

Long. 9 mm.

This species apparently resembles A. inornatus, Macl. The colour
is black, tinged with a deep purplish or greenish hue, especially
upon the head, thorax, and anterior part of the elytra. Some
specimens present a slightly sericeous bloom upon the upper
surface. Underneath it is a shining black, with the abdominal
segments striated longitudinally.

JN^ine specimens from various parts of the island.

Family (EDEMERID^.

55. Sessinia andrewsi, Arrow, sp.n.

Flavo-testacea vel fusco-testacea, sericea, immaculata, distincte
punctata ; prothorace elongate flavo, margine basali vix reflexo ;
elytris flavis vel fusco-testaceis, margine laterali pallidiore, margine
suturali elevate et costis duabus disco tertiaque ab callo humerali
incipiente prope marginem lateralem.

Long. 8-12 mm.

The colour of the elytra and under-side varies from a pale
testaceous to a smoky brown, that of the prothorax being fairly
constant. The average size of the males is larger than that of the
females, and the antenna) are shorter, with the rudimentary 12th
joint very apparent.

This species was also obtained by Mr. Lister. It is stated by
Mr. Andrews, who found it exceedingly abundant, to exude an
oily liquid, which is considered by residents to have most injurious-
properties, and which no doubt serves as a protection from insecti-
vorous animals.

108 Christmas Island.

The following species was obtained by Mr. Lister, and is
represented only by a single female : —

56. Sessinia listeri, Arrow, sp.n.

Flavo-testacea, nitida, sericea, sat grosse punctata ; palpis
maxillaribus gracilibus latere apicali articuli ultimi latere interiori
subequali, ut lato quani longi, parum dense punctate, margine
basali valde reflcxo ; elytris nitidis, distincte punctatis, ecostatis,
parce sericeis.

Long. 13 mm.

This species closely resembles the typical species S. livida, Fab.,
but the silky covering is less fine and dense, and the punctuation
•coarser. The prothorax is shorter, and the terminal joint of the
maxillary palpus, which in S. livida is almost cylindrical, is
distinctly triangular.

Family CURCULIONID^.
Sub-Family OTIORRHYif^CHIN^.

RHYNCHOLOBUS, Gahan, gen. nov.

Apterous ; corbels of posterior tibiae open ; claws of tarsi connate
iit the base. Rostrum rather broad, strongly dilated at the apex
in the male, so as to have a very distinct lateral process on each
side just below, and in front of, the insertion of the antennae ;
gradually and slightly dilated towards the apex in the female, and
without distinct lateral processes ; marked off from the head by
a slight transverse impression ; scrobes deep, extending to the eyes
and almost as wide as them behind, narrowed in front. Scape of
the antennae reaching to, or a little beyond, the anterior margin
of the prothorax ; funiculus of seven joints, the second joint
longer than the first and almost or quite equal to the third and
fourth united; club short, ovate, three-jointed. Prothorax broadest
in front of the middle, slightly narrowed towards the base, more
strongly towards the apex. Elytra somewhat oval in shape ;
broader and less convex above in the male ; very little or not at all
broader than the prothorax at the base. Second sternite of the
abdomen almost as long as the post-coxal part of the first, and
marked off from it by a straight suture ; much longer than the
third sternite, but not quite equal to the third and fourth taken
together. Femora stout, thick in the middle ; the hinder pair
flattened, or sometimes even slightly concave, on the posterior
(or inner) face ; hind tibiae obliquely truncate at the extremity.

Coleopicra. 109

57. Rhyncholobus rossi, Gahan, sp.u. (PL XI, Figs. 7, 8.)

Niger, squamis viridibus (interduiu coerulesccntibus) dense
vestitus ; prothoracc supra granulis, uigris, nitidis, setigeris
instructo ; elytris punctato-striatis, intcrstitiis nigro-granulatis,
granulis setigeris ; sutura interdum fere omnino nigra ; articulo
3° funiculi quam 4° vix longiore ; tibiis posticis ad apicem sat late
truncatis.

$. Rostro ad apicem late sat abrupteque dilatato (vel lobato) ;
elytris supra minus convexis ; inter discum latcraque anguste
convcxis ; femoribus crassioribus, tibiis intus denticulatis.

9. llostro versus apicem gradatim leviterque dilatato; elytris
supra valde convexis.

Long. 7-12, lat. 3-6 mm.

Black ; closely covered with scales, which are mostly of a bright
green colour (sometimes bluish) mixed with a few of a golden or
coppery tint. On the sides of the thorax and elytra, as well as on
the legs and under-side of the body, the scales are often of a paler
and more silvery colour. The sette or hairs, which are present on
nearly all parts of the body, are somewhat longer and denser on the
legs and the posterior part of the elytra ; those on the prothorax
and elytra mostly arise from punctures situated each at the summit
or on the hinder face of a little black granule. Head and rostrum
together about equal in length to the pronotum. llostrum flattened
above, with a feeble carina along the middle, ending in front at
the apex of a triangular space, of which the base, forming part of
the anterior margin of the rostrirm, has a small angular notch
in the middle. Prothorax almost equal in length to its greatest
width, which lies a little in front of the middle ; distinctly narrower
at the apex than at the base ; disk with scattered and very slightly
raised, shining - black setigerous granules. Exposed part of the
scutellum triangular and very small. Elytra punctate-striate ; the
interstices in no wise costiform, furnished with feebly raised, shining-
black setigerous granules ; the punctures along the strice rather
deep and oblong, but those at the sides much smaller and less
conspicuous. (In a few examples, not otherwise distinct, the
punctui'es on the disk are narrower and less conspicuous, and
the setigerous granules a little more raised.)

Scape of the antennae only just reaching to the anterior margin
of the prothorax ; second joint of the funiculus equal in length to
the third and fourth united, the third joint very little longer than
broad, and scarcely longer than the fourth joint. Posterior (or
inner) face of hind femora flat and smooth ; hind tibite rather
broadly truncated at the end. In the male there is a row of small
teeth along the lower margin of all the tibiii! ; in the female these
teeth are obsolete or wanting.

110 Christmas Island.

58. Rhyncholobus discoidalis, Watcrh.

Fiezonotm diseoidalis, Waterli. : P.Z.S., 1887, p. 521, fig. 3.

This species, to which a female example obtained by Mr. Andrews
may possibly belong, was described from a single male specimen
from Christmas Island. It differs from the preceding species in
having a somewhat broader prothorax, which is more densely and
sharply granulate above, and marked with a broad black band
along the middle ; the elytra also are somewhat more granulate,
and the punctures along the strife less distinct ; the third joint of
the funiculus is distinctly longer than the fourth. The female
specimen referred to differs from the male type in having a line
of o-reen scales along the middle of the pronotum, dividing the
longitudinal black band into two ; as well as by those characters
which, in the generic description, I have indicated as being sexual.

59. Rhyncholobus vittatus, Gahan, sp.n. (PI. XI, Fig. 6.)

J . Viridi-squamosus ; vitta lata longitudinal! prothoracis, vitta
suturali et vitta utrinque medio disco elytrorum, nigris ; prothorace
quam longiore sat distincte latiore ; antice posticeque sat fortiter
angustato, basi quam apice paullo latiore ; elytris punctate -striatis,
interstitiis disco elevatis, seriatim regulariterque granulatis ; scapo
antennarum apicem prothoracis paullo superante, articulis 3° 4° que
funiculi unitis quam articulo 2° distincte longioribus ; rostro ad
apicem lobato.

Long. 9, lat. 4 mm.

"With a broad black band along the middle of the pronotum ;
with a sutural vitta and a broad band along the middle of each
elytron, also black; the rest of the upper surface covered with
green scales. Antennre a little longer and more slender than in
the other species of the genus ; third and fourth joints of the
funiculus each much longer than broad, and taken together
distinctly longer than the second joint. Prothorax somewhat
hexagonal in form, being obtusely angular on each side just in
front of the middle, with the sides converging strongly both before
and behind; a little broader across the base than at the apex;
upper side distinctly and rather densely granulate, especially along
the black band. Elytra slightly convex above; punctate-striate,
with the interstices between the striae on the disk sub-costate and
carrying each a single row of granules ; those between the strise
on the sides being flattened, and less strongly and less regularly
granulate. Inner margins of the tibiae obsoletely denticulate.
Posterior (or inside) face of the hind femora flat and smooth,
shining black. Truncated end of hind tibiae moderately broad.

Coleoptera. Ill

One male example of this very distinct species -was taken near
Flying Fish Cove. The female sex is still unknown.

60. Rhyncholobus andrewsi, Gahan, sp.n.

(J. Piceus, viridi - sqnamosus (interdnm coeruleo - squamosus) ;
prothorace quam longiore evidenter latiore, sat dense nigro-
grannlato ; supra in medio minus dense squamoso ; elytris
punctato-striatis, intcrstitiis convexis, sat dense irregulariterque
granulatis ; disco paullo convexo, lateribus abrupte deflexis ; facie
postica femorum posticorum planata vol leviter concava, sat fortiter
transversim rugosa ; tibiis omnibus subtus denticulatis.

Long. 9-11, lat. 4-5 mm.

9- Piceo-fuscus (interdum brunneus) ; prothorace supra versus
latera lutco-viridi-squamoso ; elytris punctato-sulcatis, intcrstitiis
subcostiformibus, disco sat fortiter convexo, versus latera et apicem
luteo-viiidi-squamoso.

Long. 8-10, lat. 4-5 mm.

Male. — Pitchy-black, covered with bright green or with bluish
scales, which are more thinly placed or entirely wanting along the
middle of the pronotum. Pro thorax distinctly broader than long,
its greatest width being in front of the middle, where the sides also
are most rounded. Disk of the elytra only slightly convex, and
the sides abruptly deflexed, so as to form with the disk a rather
acute angle ; the interstices between the punctured striae are slightly
convex, and rather thickly and irregularly gi-anulate. Posterior
(or inner) face of the hind tibite flattened, or perhaps slightly
concave, and distinctly wrinkled in a transverse direction. Lower
margin of all the tibine denticulate.

Female. — Dark brown, varying to reddish brown, in colour. The
scales are almost entirely confined to the sides of the pronotum and
to the lateral and apical parts of the disk of the elj'tra, and are,
moreover, of a yellowish- or greenish - grey colour. Pronotum
relatively shorter than in the male. Elytra strongly enough
convex above, punctate-striate, with the interstices raised, convex,
and somewhat costiform. Posterior flattened face of hind femora
feebly wrinkled towards the margins, but not in the middle. Tibiae
very faintly denticulate along the lower margin.

Although the sexes here described are so remarkably different in
many characters, there can be little or no doubt that they belong
to the same species. Mr. Andrews collected a fair series of each
sex on the same day and at the same place on the island — viz.,
North-East Point, December 23, 1897.

Mr, J. Faust, who has kindly examined some specimens sent
to him, points out that while this new genus has a general
resemblance to Elytrogonus, Guer., it agrees in the connate claws
of the tarsi with Lacordaire's group Oosomides, and might be placed
near Emhrithes^ Sch., and Dicasticus, Paso.

112 Christmas Island.

61. Acicnemis andrewsi, Gahan, sp.n.

Minor, angustior, nigro - picea, ochraceo - brunneo - squamosa et
sparse albo-setosa. supra albido fuscoque variegata ; rostro arcuato,
piceo, quam femoribus anticis vix longiore, basi confertim punctato ;
antennis ferrugineis, ad medium rostri insertis, articulo 2° quam 1"
sesqui-longiore, clava fusiforme, sub-solida ; prothorace confertim
punctato, antice constricto, supra sparse irregulariterque nigro-
granulato, disco medio squamis brunnascentibus, lateribus squamis
albidis vestito ; elytris quam protborace latioribus, punctato-striatis,
interstitiis antice remote nigro - granulatis, ocbraceo - brunneo -
squamosis, fascia parva transversa ad medium albida, fasciis duabus
obliquis nigris litcram V formantibus paullo pone banc fasciam ;
maculis parvis nigris et albidis inter banc fasciam et basin, dispersis ;
tibiis omnibus annulo lato fusco supra medium notatis.

Long. 3-5-5-5, lat. 1 '5-2 mm.

Densely covered witb scales, wliicb are mostly of an ocbreous-
brown colour, but mixed witb otbers forming small bands and
spots of a vs^bitisb and dark-brown colour ; tbe most distinct of
tbese being a sbort sinuately transverse white band at tbe middle
of tbe elytra, and a V-sbaped fuscous band placed a little posterior
to it. Eostrum scarcely longer than tbe anterior femora, dark
brown, closely punctured, and more or less squamous at tbe base.
Antenna? inserted at tbe middle of tbe rostrum, reddish brown,
second joint of the funiculus very little more than half the length
of the third, club fusiform, with two articular sutures faintly
visible ; protborax constricted at the apex, very closely punctured
and densely squamose, ochreous-brown on the middle of the disk,
dirty- white, with brownish patches on the sides ; with sparsely
scattered black granules on the disk. Elytra punctate-striate,
interstices with rather widely separated black granules. Proximal
half of each tibia almost entirely dark brown in colour, distal half
whitish ; femora covered with luteous scales, sparsely mixed with
short flattened white sette like those present also on the protborax
and elytra.

62. Camptorhinus crinipes, Gahan, sp.n.

Squamis ocbraceo - brunneis et griseis dense vestitus, capite
rostrique basi confertim punctulatis ; prothorace confertim sat
fortiterque punctato, antice in medio leviter carinato ; dense
squamoso, squamis ad latera et in medio disco (praesertim prope
basin) pallidioribus ; elytris seriatim fortiterque punctatis, inter-
stitiis alternis magis elevatis et breviter setosis ; pedibus elongatis,
femoribus anticis intermediisque subtus dente parva, femoribus
posticis dente validiore, armatis ; tibiis omnibus intus longe
fulvo-pilosis, articulis duobus primis tarsorum quoque pilis fulvis
longis fimbriatis.

Coleoptera. 113

Long. 9*5, lat. 2*2 mm.

This species is somewhat stouter than C. doria, Paso., to which
it has a pretty close resemblance in coloiir and sculpture. The
scales with which it is covered are, however, darker in colour, being
mostly of an ochreous-brown tint, with grey patches on the sides of
the prothorax, on the middle of the disk close to the base, along the
median third of the elytral siiture, and behind the middle of each
elytron. The species differs further from C. dorice in having longer
and straighter posterior tibia;, the inner face of which is furnished
along the distal half with long tawny-brown hairs, similar to but
less dense than those which are present also along nearly the whole
length of the inner (or lower) face of the anterior and middle tibise ;
the first two joints of the anterior and middle tarsi are thickly,
those of the posterior tarsi sparsely, fringed on each side with
similar long hairs.

One male example, taken on the north coast; March, 1898.

63. Mecopus bispinosus, Web., var.

This is a variable species, and widely distributed throughout the
Eastern Archipelago.

64. Trochorhopalus strangulatus, Gyll.

Sphenophorus strangiilatttf, Gyll. : in Schoen. Gen. Curculion., iv, p. 963.

The examples from Christmas Island, while agreeing in most
respects with others which I have seen, are somewhat narrower
in form, and may possibly be distinct. Mr. J. Faust, who has been
good enough to examine some specimens I sent to him, considers
them to belong to this species, which is a widely distributed one,
having been recorded from Siam, Malacca, the Philippines, Java,
Borneo, and other islands of the Malay Archipelago as far as New
Guinea.

65. Rhabdocnemis fausti, Gahan, sp.n.

R. oiscw'o (Boisd.) sat similis sed prothorace angustiore, elytris
plus oblongis, densius tomentosis et fortius punctatis.

Long. 12-13, lat. 42-45 mm.

Rostrum not very strongly curved, tuberculate underneath in
the male, unarmed in the female. Prothorax almost one-half
longer than broad, scarcely narrowed towards the base, the sides
converging from the middle up to the tubulate apex; disk naked
along the middle, but marked with sericeous grey punctures.
Elytra covered with a dense silky tomentum ; punctate-striate, the
punctures being large and distinct, and wider than the striae along
which they are placed.

114 Christmas Island.

This species has a somewhat close resemblance to R. ohscttnts,
BoiscL, but is relatively longer and narrower ; the elytra are more
oblong and more densely tomentose, and the punctures along the
striae are very much larger and more distinct.

Family COSSONID^.

66. Cossonus variipennis, Gahan, sp.n.

!Niger, nitidus, elytris medio plus minusve testaccis, lateribus
sutura et apice nigris ; prothorace antice constricto et transversim
sulcato, lateribus punctatis a basi versus apicem curvatim paullo
convergentibus, disco Isevi, utrinque medio seriebus duobus irregu-
laribus punctorum impresso ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis
paullo convexis.

Long. 4-4-25, lat. 1-1-25 mm.

Black and glossy, with the elytra testaceous to a greater or less
extent along the middle of each, the sides, suture, and apex being
black. Head impressed in the middle between the eyes with a
small round pit, from which a shallow groove extends forwards
along the rostrum as far as to a point in a line with the insertion
of the antennae. Prothorax constricted, and marked with a deep
transverse groove a little behind the apex ; its sides punctured, and
converging slightly from the base up to the anterior constriction ;
the disk smooth, with two irregular rows of well-marked punctures
along each side of the middle from the base to the anterior groove ;
the space on each side between these rows of punctures and the
side of the prothorax is sparsely and very minutely punctate, the
narrow space along the middle between the rows of punctures being
wholly impunctate. Elytra punctate-striate, five equidistant rows
of punctures being visible from above on each elytron, while four
closely approximated rows, in addition to a short marginal row
along the anterior third, are present on each side ; the interspaces
between the rows of the punctures on the disk are slightly convex.
The colour of the elytra is variable ; in some specimens the middle
of the disk of each elytron from the base up to the posterior fourth
or fifth is testaceous ; in others there is but a narrow testaceous
strip extending a short distance from the base ; while in one
example the elytra are wholly black.

This species resembles C. suturalts, Boh., but is flatter on the
disk of the prothorax and elytra, and much less strongly punctured
on the sides of the prothorax and on the middle of the breast and
abdomen.

67. PhlcEophagosoma dubium, Gahan, sp.n.

Sub-fusiforme, nigro-piceum aut fuscum ; rostro longiusculo,
sub-parallelo, antice vix latiore, minute punctulato : oculis
prominentibus ; antennis ante medium rostri insertis ; prothorace

Coleoptera. 115

sub-ovato, quam latitiuliue maxima (paullo ante basin) vix longiore,
prope apicem nee constricto nee sulcato, disco (linea media brevi
excepta) dense sat fortiterque piinctato; scutcllo sat conspicuo,
sub-seinicirculure, nitido ; elytris quam pronoto duplo longioribus
et paullulo latioribus, fortiter punctato - striatis, interstitiis
minutissime iiniseriatim punctulatis.

Long. 4, lat. r35mm.

nostrum and front of head finely punctured ; the rostrum longer
than the head, slightly curved, with its sides sub-parallel or very
slightly and scarcely perceptibly diverging anteriorly ; with the
tintennaj inserted a little in front of the middle of its length.
Eyes strongly convex and prominent, but not large. Prothorax
scarcely longer than its greatest width, which is about midway
between the base and the middle ; sides curved, slightly constricted
at the base, converging gradually towards the apex, where there is
neither a constriction nor transverse groove ; disk slightly convex,
thickly and rather strongly punctured, except on a short linear
space along the middle. Scutellum distinct, smooth and glossy,
somewhat semicircular in form. Elytra about twice as long as the
pronotum, and a little wider than the latter at its widest part,
strongly punctate-striate, with the intervals between the rows
slightly convex, and marked each with a single series of rather
distant and very minute punctures. Intercoxal part of the
presternum about half as broad as one of the anterior coxse ; that
of the mesosternum equal in width to one of the middle coxse.
Third joint of the tarsi broader than the other joints.

In its relatively short form this species resembles the true
Rhyncoli rather than the species placed by Wollaston in
Phloeophagosoma ; but it differs essentially from the former by its
broader sternal processes, its more conspicuous scutellum, and less
convex prothorax.

68. Pachyops (?) incertus, Gahan, sp.n.

Augustus, parallelus, convexiusculus, cylindricus, piceo-niger,
nitidus ; capite rostroque sat dense minute punctulatis, prothorace
conico-cylindrico, dense punctulato ; elytris sat fortiter punctato-
striatis, interstitiis paullulo convexis, uniseriatim minutissime
punctulatis ; coxis anticis sat late distantibus ; scapo clavoque
antennarum piceo-rufescentibus, clavo anguste ovato, hand com-
presso.

Long. 4, lat. 1 mm.

This species resembles Pachyops cylindricus^ Woll., in general
form, but is smaller, and differs in the following points of structure :
The space between the anterior coxce is as wide as one of the coxae ;
the club of the antennae is narrowly ovate, and not compressed ;
the elytra are less strongly punctured than in cylindricus, Woll.,
and the intervals between the rows of punctures are wider, very

116 C/in'stmas Inland.

slightly convex, and not in the least costiform, with the exception,
however, of the interval between the two outermost rows of
punctures on the posterior half of the side of each elytron, this
interval being narrow and somewhat carinifonn ; the antennae are
inserted a little behind the middle of rostrum, and nearer to the
eyes than in F. cylindricus. In Pachyops cylindricus the space
between the anterior coxce is scarcely half the width of one of
the coxae ; and the club of the antennas is compressed, and is
broadly oval or almost rounded in outline.

The differences between the two species are therefore pretty
considerable, and such as might perhaps be regarded as of generic
importance. But unless a new genus be formed for its reception,
the present species cannot be better placed than in the genus
Pachyops.

69. Dryophthorus assimilis, Gahan, sp.u.

L. lymexyloni similis sed minor, elytris brevioribus, utrinque ad
apicem minus fortiter carinatis.

Long, (rostro excl.) 3, lat. 1 mm.

Kesembling the European I), lymexylon, Fab,, in colour and
sculpture, but smaller in size, with the elytra relatively shorter,
being rather less than, instead of more than, twice as long as the
prothorax, and with the sub-apical carina, which is continuous
with the sixth interstice of each elytron, much less prominent.

It also presents a somewhat close resemblance to B. modestus,
Sharp, a species from the Sandwich Islands, but differs by its
proportionately narrower prothorax, and the narrower and more
acutely raised intervals between the rows of punctures on the
elytra.

Family SCOLYTID^.
70. Platypus solidus, Walk.

Flatypm tolidus, Walker: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), ii, p. 286 (1858).

Specimens found in " rotting wood." They agree well with the
type from Ceylon,

71. Xyleborus perforans, Woll.

Tomieus perforam, "\^"oll. : Cat. Col. Mad., p. 96 (1857).

Bostrichus testacciis, Walker: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), iii, p. 260 (1859).

Xyleborus perforans, Blandf. : Kew Bull, 67, 68, 1892, p. 157 ; Eeport on the

Destruction of Beer Casks in India bv the attacks of a Boring

Beetle, 1893.

Found in " rotting wood."

Coleoptera. 117

72. Xyleboriis parvulus, Eichlioff: Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1868, p. 152;
Mem. de la Soc. Roy. de Liege (2), yiii, p. 392 (1878).

Found in "rotting wood."

This species was described from specimens from Siam and Ceylon.
It probably is widely distributed throughout the Oi'iental region.
There are in the British Museum collection examples from China
and iS'ew Guinea which agree with those found in Christmas
Island.

Family BRENTHID^E.
73. Orychodes andrewsi, Gahan, sp.n.

(^. Rostro supra basi sulcato ; capite postice bituberculato,
utrinque vix pone oculum dentate, dente sat recte transversa, ultra
oculum paullo projiciente ; prothorace rufo-castaneo, polito, quam
latitudine maximo fere duplo longiore, apice quam basi latiore,
ad basin transversim bisulcato, et ante sulcos linea mediana leviter
impresso ; elytris quam pronoto quarta parte longioribus, rufo-
brunneis, lineis ilavis interruptis, ornatis, longitudinaliter striatis,
striis intermediis versus medium plus minusve obsoletis.

9- Capite breviore, postice baud tuberculato, rostro simplice,
nee dentate nee ad apicem dilatato ; prothorace quam latiore
<limidio parte longiore.

Long, (rostro incl.) 13-21 mm.

(5'. Rostrum grooved above at the base ; anterior part with two
rows of teeth; head with two backwardly projecting and slightly
diverging tubercles behind, and at each of the post-ocular angles
Avith a rather sharp tooth which projects outwards to a level with
or even a little beyond the outermost portion of the eye. Antennae,
when turned forwards, reaching beyond the apex of the rostrum by
less than half their length. AVhen they are pressed close to the
rostrum it will be seen that the sixth joint does not extend beyond
the apex of the rostrum. Prothorax about three-quarters of the
length of the elytra, and nearly twice as long as its own greatest
breadth ; it is a little broader across the apex than at the base ; at
the base it is constricted and marked with two transverse grooves,
from the anterior of which a faintly impressed median line
extends as far as the middle. Elytra reddish-brown, marked with
interrupted yellow lines, these lines, which do not offer so strong
a contrast with the general colour of the elytra as in allied species,
being arranged as follows : — One on the second interstice, which is
yellow at the base and on the posterior declivity ; one on the third
interstice, which is yellow at the base and in front of and behind
the middle, as well as on the posterior declivity ; fourth interstice
similar to the third, but with the yellow parts shorter and less
■distinct ; fifth yellow at base, behind the middle, and near the

118 Chnntmas Island.

apex ; nintli interstice yellow from the base almost up to the apex j
the anterior part of this interstice is common to it with the tenth,
and the latter is yellow for a short distance back from the point of
junction with the ninth.

9 . Head obsoletely or not at all tuberculate behind ; prothorax
scarcely longer by one-half than its greatest breadth, and rather
less than two-thirds of the length of the elytra. Differs also from
the male in the shape of the head, the unarmed anterior tibice, etc.

Dr. Angelo Senna, who has a considerable acquaintance with tlie
beetles of this family, has very kindly examined some specimens
of this species, and has told me that they are quite new to him,
and the species distinct from any other described. I have to
thank him also for pointing out some of the most important
characters detailed above. The new species must be placed in the
group of 0. sernrostris, Fab.

Family A^THRIBID^.

74. Xenocerus nativitatis, Gahan, sp.n.

X. flagellato affinis sed differt capite supra inter oculos, pygidio,
et utriusque clytri interstitio nono fulvescentibus, elytris magis
fortiter punctatis, antennis omnino nigris.

Long. 13, lat. 4 mm.

This species comes nearest to X. flagellatus, Fiihr., and X. en-
ffanensis, Jordan, from both of Avhich it differs in having the upper
part of the head between the eyes, the pygidium, and the ninth
interstice of each elytron of a tawny colour ; the two lateral vittte
on the pronotum also have a tendency to be of the same tawny
colour; the elytra are a little more strongly punctured, and the
white markings somewhat different. The latter consist of (1) a
narrow sutural band reaching from the base to the middle, behind
which it joins two short diverging bands placed one on each elytron
between the suture and the third row of punctures; (2) a basal
spot just within the shoulder, and continued behind as a narrow
vitta, which runs slightly inwards to end in the fourth interspace
a short distance before the middle ; (3) a spot on the seventh
interspace and a narrow spot on the tenth at about one-third of the
length of each elytron from the apex; and (4) a spot close to
the apex.

Xenocerus flagellatus^ Fiihr., to which X. enganensts, Jord., is
very closely allied, is, according to Dr. Jordan, very widely
distributed in the Indo- Australian Archipelago.

75. Litocerus jordani, Gahan, sp.n.

Z. plagiato (Jordan) affinis sed differt : prothorace breviore, vitta
mediana pronoti in medio angustata, area luteo-ochraceo-tomentosa
elytrorum minus extensa, sed striis elytrorum etiam luteis.

Coleoptera. 119

Black. Head with a dull ocliraceous tomcntum, which extends
between the eyes on to the vertex as far as in a line with the
posterior border of the eyes ; behind this, the head is dark brown.
Prothorax dark brown, with a broad median vitta, three small spots
on each side between this vitta and the lateral margin, and a larger
spot on each side just within the lateral margin, luteous, the part
of the median vitta which lies between the transverse sulcus and
carina is narrower than either the part in front of the groove or
the part between the carina and the base. Elytra dark brown,
with the strife and a large common plaga, reaching from the base
to a little beyond the middle, luteous ; the plaga is broad at the
base, constricted as it approaches the middle of the elytra, and
again widened out just behind the middle. Under-side and femora
with a greyish tomcntum ; tibia) and tarsi dark brown, with the
base of the first joint, a spot at the base of the second, and the
whole of the third joint of each tarsus, as well as a ring above
the middle of each tibia, fulvo-testaceous.

One female specimen, taken in April, 1898.

I am indebted to Dr. Jordan for his kindness in pointing out the
chief diiferences between this species and L. plagiatus, Jordan,
which, among those described, is the species most nearly allied to
it. L. plagiatus was described from North Luzon, Philippine
Islands.

76. Apatenia apicalis, Gahan, sp.n.

(J . Capite fulvo-pubescente, in vertice fusco-plagiato ; rostro
quam spatio interoculare plus duplo latiore ; prothorace supra pnbe
luteo-grisea obtecto, macula ante scutellum fulva, disco medio
utrinque leviter tuberculato ct antice fusco-notato, angulo inter
carinam ante-basalem et carinam lateralem acuto, retrorsum leviter
producto ; elytris griseo-f umosis, ad apicem fulvo-albido-plagiatis,
utroque elytro tuberculis 9 vel 10 instructo ; corpore subtus griseo,
pedibus testaceis, femoribus tibiisque medio fuscis ; segmento primo
abdominis tubercidis duobus prope medium instructo.

Long. 8, lat. 3imm.

Head clothed with a somewhat sparse tawny pubescence, which
is interrupted on the vertex by two dark-brown plaga? or vittae ;
eyes somewhat approximate in front, the space between them being
rather less than half the width of the rostrum. Prothorax with
a luteous-grey pubescence; with a distinct pale tawny spot in front
of the scutellum ; the disk with a small, feebly raised tubercle
on each side of the middle, and two fuscous spots between the
middle and the anterior border ; ante-basal carina forming with the
lateral carina of each side a rather acute angle, which is slightly
produced backwards. Elytra with a dingy grey pubescence,
but with a pale fulvous patch on the declivous apical portion,
similar in colour to the pygidium ; each with about nine or ten
unequal-sized tubercles, the three largest of which are placed —

120 Chnstmas Island.

one a little behind the middle of the base, the second behind the
middle of the disk, and the third at the beginning of the posterior
declivity. Under-side with a greyish pubescence ; legs reddish
testaceous, with the thickened part of the femora and the lower
half of the tibice more or less fuscous. First abdominal segment
of the male with a tubercle on each side of the middle.
One male example, taken April, 1898.

77. Arseocerus, sp.
This is one of the forms closely allied to Arceocerus coffees, Fab.

Family PRIONID^.

78. Prinobius coxalis, Gahan, sp.n. (PI. XI, Fig. 3.)

Brunneo-testacea, elytris plus minusve fulvescentibus, coriaceis,
basi prope suturam sub-asperatis, utrisque lineis quatuor paullo
elevatis, instructis.

(J. Prothorace transverse, supra subtusque confertissime punc-
tulato, disco antice plagis duabus triangularibus, sub - nitidis,
impresso ; lateribus breviter dentatis postice subparallelis, antice
rotundatim paullo convergentibus ; antennis apicem elytrorum
paullo superantibus, articulo 3" quam 1° plus duplo longiori, et
articulis 4°, 5°, 6° que conjunctis fere cequali ; articulis 3° 4° que
subtus breviter spinosis, articulis 1° ad 4"'" supra fortiter sat dense
punctatis, articulis 5° ad 9"™ sparsius punctatis, 10° 11° et apice
noni longitudinaliter striatis et opacis ; mesosterno, metasternique
lateribus et coxis posterioribus nudis, confertissime punctulatis et
opacis ; plaga triangulari mediana metasterni nitida sparse punc-
tulata et hirsuta, fortiter depressa.

5- Antennis quam corpore multo brevioribus ; prothoracis
lateribus a basi antice convergentibus, sat fortiter dentatis vel
spinosis ; disco medio sparse, versus latera dense et rugose, punctate.

Long. 35-50, lat. 10-14 mm.

The females of this species offer no very prominent characters
by which they may be distinguished from those of several other
species of the genus. The third joint of the antennae is relatively
long, being nearly equal in length to the three following joints
taken together, and is also comparatively slender, as it is not so
distinctly thicker than the fourth joint as it is in nearly all the
other species.

The male is readily distinguished by the following characters: —
Prothorax transverse, fiirnished at the sides with very short teeth,
and very closely punctured and opaque over almost the whole
surface excepting two small triangular sub-nitid and impressed
areas placed between the middle and anterior part of the disk.
Hind coxse, as well as the presternum, mesosternum, and sides of

Coleoplera. 121

the metasternum, very closely punctured, opaque, and destitute of
pubescence, iledian triangular area of the metasternum deeply
depressed and very sharply marked off from the closely punctured
lateral areas. Antenna? reaching a little beyond the apex of the
elytron, with the third joint almost equal in length to the three
following joints taken together, and distinctly thicker than any of
those joints. Anterior tibia? nearly straight, scarcely curved
towards the apex; first joint of anterior tarsi not quite so long as
the two succeeding joints taken together.

JPrinobius ceramensis, Lansb. (I^otes Leyden Mus., vol. vi, p. 148),
seems to have many characters in common with the present species,
but as the author in his description states that the antennae are
shorter than the body, and has not called attention to the relative
proportions of the joints, nor has pointed to any unusual character
in the hind coxse, it is safe to assume that the species is quite
distinct.

Zooblax elateroides, Thoms., from the Andaman Islands, also has
certain affinities with the present species.

Family CERAMBYCIDiE.

79. Ceresium quadrimaculatum, Gahan, sp.n.

Mgrum, antennis pedibusque (clavis femorum nigris, preetcrmissis)
ferrugineis ; pronoto fortiter subrugoso-punctato, maculis quatuor
f ulvis ornato ; elytris sat sparse punctatis et albo-setosis.

Long. 11-13, lat. 3-4 mm.

Black, with the antennae, tibiae, tarsi, and the bases of the
femora reddish brown. Head coarsely punctured ; antennae more
than half as long again as the body, with the third joint a little
longer than the first or fourth, but distinctly shorter than the fifth ;
fifth and following joints as far as the tenth sub-equal in length to
one another, the eleventh longer than the tenth. Trothorax nearly
one-third longer than broad, strongly and thickly punctured, and
somewhat rugose, especially towards the sides ; with a faint patch
of fulvous pubescence on each side, and with four distinct fulvous
spots above, two of which are near the anterior, two near the
posterior, margin. Elytra black, glossy, not very closely punctured,
with the punctures diminishing in size towards the apex, and each
bearing a short, decumbent yellowish-white seta.

Taken in the central part of the island, and also near Flying
Fish Cove.

In colour tliis species resembles C. nigrum, Gah., though
differing in having the thickened portion of the femora black,
and in having foiu" distinct tawny spots on the pronotum. It is,
however, easily to be distinguished by structural differences. In
C. nigrum the pronotum is as broad as it is long, and is scarcely
punctured towards the sides ; the femora, especially those of the

122 Christmas Island.

anterior and middle pairs, are mucli stouter than in the present
species ; and the antenna) are only a little longer than the body,
with the eleventh joint distinctly shorter than the tenth.

80. Ceresium nigrum, Gahan.
P.Z.S., 1888, p. 540.

81. Examnes affinis, Gahan, sp.n.

Brunneo-testaceus, setis albo-fulvescentibus sat dense obtectus ;
abdomine piceo-nigro ; scutello, capitis fi'onte verticeque et pro-
thoracis maculis quatuor fulvo - pubescentibus, prothorace quam
longiorc paullo latiorc, fortiter sub-rugosoque punctate ; elytris
sat dense punctatis, piinctis setigeris et versus apicem gradatini
decrescentibus ; antennis {$) quam corporc duplo longioribus,
(9) qi-^^i^ corpore baud sesqui-longioribus.

Long. 9-20, lat. 2'5-5-omm.

Several examples of this species were captured, exhibiting almost
every gradation in size within the limits of the measurements given
above.

The species is closely allied to Examnes pJiilippensis, IS'ewm.,
from which it diifcrs chiefly in having the prothorax broader, more
rounded at the sides, and marked above with four distinct tawny-
coloured pubescent spots, placed two on each side, one near the
base, the other close to the apex.

In the Munich Catalogue, JExamnes pkilip])ensis, Newm., is
placed as a synonym of Ceresium simplex, Gyll. It is, however,
quite distinct from that species, and appears to me to be identical
Avith Exmimes longicornis, Pasc, a species which, in its turn, is not
to be distinguished from Examnes idoneus, Pasc.

Family LAMIID^.
82. Monohammus nativitatis, Gahan.
P.Z.S., 1888, p. 540.

83. Olenecamptus basalis, Gahan, sp.n.

0. liloho (Fab.) affinis, sed difPert, capite supra usque ad occiput
sparse fusco-punctato, elytris basi albo-cinereo -pubescentibus delude
luteo-pubescentibus, utrisque macula oblonga irrcgulari nivea infi-a
humerum, et macula jDarva nivea limbo piceo glabro circumcincta,.
iiltra medium, ornatis, apicibus paullo nigrescentibus.

Long. 19, lat. 4-5 mm.

Allied to 0. bilobus, Fab. (a widely distributed species, ranging
from China to North Australia), but differing from it by the following

Coleoptera. 12S

characters : — Head speckled above with a number of small glabrous
brown spots, each of which surrounds a puncture. Pubescence of
elytra ashy white in colour at base, yellowish grey over the rest of
their surface ; each elytron with two snow-white spots — one under
the shoulder, similar to that in bi/obus, the other, which is very
small, and siirrounded with a naked brownish-testaceous border,
being placed on the disk beyond the middle. The two snow-white
spots, which in 0. bilobus are present on the disk near the base,
are in the new species wanting, their place being taken by two
glabrous spots, not very regular in outline, and therefore, possibly,.
due to accidental rubbing.

One male specimen, taken in the north part of the island.

84. Pterolophia perplexa, (iahan. (PI. XI, Fig. 5.)

Praonetha perplcxa, Galiau : P.Z.S., 1888, p. o41.

85. Prosoplus banksi. Fab.

Two specimens of this species were taken at Flying Fish Cove.
I have already recorded the species from Christmas Island under
the name of Micracantha.

86. Apomecyna nigritarsis, Gahan, sp.n.

Pube fulvcscente sat dense obtccta ; tarsis et antennarum
articulis septcm ultimis nigris ; prothorace immaculato ; elytris^
albo-maculatis, maculis in seriebus obliquis tribus vel quatuor
ordinatis, spatiis inter series macularum plus minusvo fusco-variis ;
apicibus elytrorum fortiter obliquis et paullo emarginatis.

Long. 8-9*5, lat. 2-25-2-5mm.

Covered with a dense yellowish-tawny pubescence. Head and
prothorax without spots, and rather thickly punctured ; antenna^
with the last seven joints and the apex of the fourth joint black ;
these seven joints together not longer than the third and fourth
taken together. Elytra with white spots arranged in three or four
oblique rows on each side, the first row consisting of two or three
spots, the second of four, the third of three, and the fourth, which
is sometimes wanting, made up of two or three distinct spots ;
between the third and fourth rows is a single white spot placed
near the lateral margin ; the interspaces on the elytra between the
rows of spots are rather strongly punctured, and more or less
mottled with dark brown ; the apices of the elytra are strongly
oblique and slightly emarginate. Tarsi and extreme tip of the
tibiae black, with a faint grey pubescence ; the rest of the legs
covered like the under-side of the body with a yellowish-tawny
pubescence.

124 Christmas Island.

87. ^gocidnus exiguus, Galian, sp.n. (PI. XI, Fig, 4.)

Parvus, capite testaceo vel fusco pube grisea teniiiter vestito ;
prothorace griseo - ptibesccnte, fusco - maciilato, latcralitcr paullo
pone medium spiua brevi autice obliqua armato ; clytris sat fortiter
punctatis, rufo - brunneis, pube grisea, plagis f uscis intcrrupta,
vestitis ; antennis testaceis, quam corpore sesqui-longioribus, articulo
4° quam 3° vel 5° distincte longiori, articulo 3^ quam 1^ vix
longiori, articulis 6° et sequentibus gradatim brevioribus.

Long. 3 0-4, lat. l'25-l-5 mm.

Head dark brown or reddish brown in colour, covered with a
thin greyish pubescence. Antenna; about half as long again as the
body, with the fourth joint, which is the longest, distinctly longer
than the third or fifth, and the third joint scarcely longer than the
first. Prothorax armed a little beliind the middle of each side with
a short spine, the posterior face of which stands out almost at right
angles, while the anterior face is oblique and continuous with
the side of the prothorax in front of it. Elytra rather strongly
punctured, with the punctures for the most part irregularly placed,
but towards the sides of the disk, having a tendency to be arranged
in longitudinal rows ; reddish brown in colour, with a covering of
grey pubescence, which is interrupted by a number of dark-brown
patches. (In one of two specimens there is a large and conspicuous
dark-brown patch placed toAvards the side on the middle of each
elytron). Legs pale testaceous, with the thickened part of the
femora more or less infuscate.

Two examples taken on the north coast of the island ; one in
March, the other in December.

This species resembles ^gocidnus ignarus, Pasc, in colour, but
it is smaller in size, and dilfers from it also in the shape of the
lateral spine of its prothorax, and in the relative proportions of the
first, third, and fifth joints of the antennre.

Family EUMOLPID^.

88. Rhyparida rossi, Gahan, sp.n.

Tcstacea, elytris antennis pedibus et abdomine pallidioribus ;
•capite ' subtilissime granuloso et opaco, sparse minutissime punc-
tulato ; prothorace transverse, lateraliter rotundato, angulis anticis
posticisque minute dentato, disco siib - opaco sparse minuteque
punctulato ; elytris nitidis fortiter seriatimque punctatis ; antennis
articulo 3° quam 2° fere triple longiore, articulo 4° quam 3° paullo
breviore, ceteris gradatim decrescentibus.

Long. 7, lat. 3-5 mm.

lleddish testaceous in colour, with the elytra, legs, antennae,
and abdomen somewhat paler or more fulvous. Head very minutely

Coleoptera. 125

grunulai* and opaque, sparsely and very finely punctulate ; clypeus
somewhat in the form of a triangle, with curvilinear sides and
a slightly sinuate base ; vertex impressed between the eyes witli
three lines, one short median, and one on each side passing outwards
fi'om the apex of the clypeus, and then curved round the inner and
posterior border of the eye. Thorax rounded at the sides, and
broadest across the middle ; upper surface dull, finely, and rather
sparsely punctured. Elytra glossy, distinctly punctured, Avith the
punctures arranged in definite rows which, counted across the
middle, are to the number of eleven on each elytron ; the first or
sutural row becomes double at the base, the sixth, seventh, and
tenth stop short at the shoulder, and the eighth and ninth a little
further back, the eleventh or marginal row, before reaching the
base, sends off a short inner branch as far as to the shoulder;
posteriorly the eleventh row also becomes double, its outer branch
joining the first or sutural row at the apex, its inner branch joining
the second row, the tenth row and the third being similarly united
behind ; the punctures of the remaining rows are somewhat closely
crowded and confused behind ; the interstice between the short
eighth and ninth rows is raised and sub-costate. Femora unarmed.

89. Rhyparida modesta, Gahan, sp.n.

Fusca, violaceo-tincta, corpore subtus fere nigro, antennis pedi-
busque testaceis ; capite dense sat fortiter punctato ; prothorace
transverso, latei'aliter ante medium, rotundato, deinde versus apicem
basimque angustato, angulis anticis posticisque leviter dentatis;
elytris sat fortiter seriatimque punctatis ; antennis articulo 1° quani
2° duplo longiorc.

Long. 8-9, lat. 4*5 mm.

Colour varying from brownish testaceous to a darker brown,
with a more or less distinct ■violaceous tint and metallic lustre ; the
under-side, except at the apex of the abdomen and the sides of the
prothorax, almost quite black; the legs and antennce testaceoxis.
Head distinctly and rather thickly punctured, especially on the
clypeus ; the latter with curvilinear sides, from each of which an
impressed line passes to the inner and posterior border of the eye, its
basal margin very slightly sinuate in the middle. Prothorax nearly
twice as broad as long ; rounded at the sides ; broadest a little in
front of the middle, and thence narrowed towards the base and
apex; distinctly and rather thickly punctured above. Elytra
rather strongly punctured, the punctures being arranged in regular
rows on the disk and close to the lateral margins, more irregularly
on the intervening space at each side ; interstices between the rows
of punctures very minutely and sparsely pimctulate. Antennae
reaching to a little beyond the base of the elytra ; second joint less
than half the length of the first or third ; fourth joint a little
longer than the third; fifth and following joints sub-equal to one

126 Christmas Island.

another in length, -witli the last three or four somewhat thicker
than those preceding them. Femora unarmed.

This species and the preceding one differ from nearly all the
Australian species of Rhyj^nrida in having the second joint of
the antennae less than half as long as the third. In this respect
they resemble certain Indo-Malayan species, and agree with those
•of the ffenus Limlinia, Lefcv.

90. Demotina lateralis, Gahan, sp.n.

Parva, tcstacca, setis decumbentibus fulvis sat dense vestita ;
■capite supra linea media glabra a clypeo ad occiput extensa,
clypeo glabro transverso sub-semilunare ; prothorace transverso,
lateribus rotundatis, margine omnino deleta ; elytris crebre sat
fortiter punctatis, disco paullo convexo, lateribus valde deflexis,
costa utrinque inter discum latusque ; antennis basin elytrorum
vix siiperantibus, articulis 1°, 2° que crassis, subovalibus, 3°
angusto, cylindrico, quani 2° baud longiore, articulis 7° ad 11"™
paullo dilatatis.

Long. 2"5 mm.

Colour testaceous, with the middle of thoracic disk and spots
on the elytra dark brown ; the whole rather thickly covered with
decumbent tawny setae. Prothorax broader than long, slightly
rounded at the sides, which are wholly without a sharp carinate
margin. Elytra thickly and rather strongly punctured, abruptly
deflexed at the sides ; the latter being vertical and marked off each
from the disk by a slightly projecting costa or line.

In the abruptly deflexed and vertical sides of the elytra this
species differs from all others belonging to the genus Demotina.

In general appearance it most resembles D. howringi, Paly,
a species occurring in Hongkong, Formosa, and Chusan ; and it is,
perhaps, more nearly allied to this than to any other described
species. The genus Demotina has a distribution ranging from
■China and Japan to New Guinea.

91. Scelodonta nitidula, Paly, var. ?

One example, taken on Phosphate Hill; November, 1897.

This example may possibly represent a distinct species ; it differs
from nitidula in having the elytra of a uniform dark coppery-
brown colour, slightly tinged with metallic green ; smoother on
the middle of the disk ; and furnished with shorter setae.
S. nitidula, Paly, occurs in Pomeo, Sumatra, Java, Malacca, and
in North and South India. In every example I have seen there
are two or more spots of a purplish or steel-blue colour on each
elytron ; but these spots are sometimes very small and faint.

Hemiptera. 127

Family HALTICID.E.

92. Psylliodes tenuepunctata, Gahan, sp.n.

Nigro-coenilea, nitida, antcnnis pedibiisque (femoribus posticis
cxceptis) tcstaceis ; pronoto subtilissime irrej^ularitcrque piinctu-
lato ; olytris seriatim subtilissime punctulatis ; articulo secundo
antennarum primo a^qiiilongo, quam tcrtio paullo lougioro.

Long. 3 mm.

Dark blue and very glossy, Avith the antennae and the legs
(posterior femora excepted) testaceous. Prothorax and elytra very
finely punctured, with the punctures on the elytra arranged in
regular rows, the interspaces between the rows being quite
impunctate, or with the punctures so minute as not to be visible
under a strong lens. Antennoe with the first, second, and fourth
joints sub-equal in length, each being a little longer than the
third, with the joints from the fifth to the tenth becoming
gradually and slightly thicker.

This species is distinguished from all other species of the genus
known to me by the much finer punctuation of its prothorax and
elytra. In the relative proportion of the basal joints of the
antenna? it agrees with P. gracilis, Boh., hahji, Jac, and other
Oriental species.

Order 5.— HEMIPTERA.

By W. F. KiRBY, F.L.S., F.E.S.

(PLATE XV.)

Ix the following Report, I have only included the more easily
determined species taken by Mr. Andrews, postponing any notice
■of the remainder until the Museum collection of the families to
which they belong has been rearranged. There are about twice
jis many species represented as are here noticed.

Family CYDIs^ID^.
1. ^thus nitens, sp.n. (PI. XV, Fig. 1.)

Long. Corp. 4 mm. ; lat. 3 mm.

Black, very shining, antennte rufo-testaceous ; pronotum and base
of scutellum not punctured ; the rest of the scutellum (which
is rather long, and narrowed towards the extremity) with large
punctures ; tegmina with the punctures arranged in regular rows,

128 Christmas Island.

converging in front ; membrane brownish hyaline. Legs with
a slightly ferniginoua shade.

Three specimens (one immature), North Coast, December, 1897,
and April, 1898. On plants.

Family PENTATOMID^.
2. Pentatoma grossepunctatum, sp.n. (PI. XV, Fig. 2.)

Long. corp. 7-10 mm. ; lat. thor. 5 mm.

Head with the central lobe about as long as the greateut width
of the head, and traversed by a double row of punctures ; the
lateral lobes slightly waved before the eyes, but curving inwards,
and more thickly punctured than the central lobe ; front and back
of head obtusely convex. General colour of the upper surface
reddish brown, with numerous large black punctures on the head,
thorax, scutelhim, and tegmina ; they are largest and most
numerous on the thorax, where they run in irregular transverse
curves. Thoracic lobes obtusely prominent, and more or less
blackish ; corium black, with the costal border broadly testaceous ;
membrane brownish hyaline ; extremity of scutellum rather broad
and rounded, nearly smooth, and testaceous ; abdomen and under-
surface testaceous ; rostrum (which extends a little beyond the
base of the hind femora), tarsi, and tip of the antennae brown.

Five specimens, from Flying Fish Cove (no date), and North
Coast, December, 1897. Not common, but came to lamp in evening.

Not closely allied to any other species in the Museum.

Family LYG^ID^.
3. Lygseus subrufescens. (PI. XV, Fig. 3.)

Lygmxis tubrufescem, Kirb. ; P.Z.S., 1888, p. 553.

"Long, coi'p. 11-1 3 mm.

"Pitchy brown above; the head, pronotum, and base of the
tegmina bordered with dull red ; the ocelli, and the space between
each eye, brighter red ; antennae and legs pitchy brown above and
below ; head and body dull red beneath (in the female the abdomen
is shaded with brown on the sides, and towards the extremity, and
the legs are of a redder brown beneath than above). Proboscis
pitchy, extending to the middle of the third segment of the
abdomen.

" Allied to L. lonffmscnlus, "Wlk , from Celebes."

Flying Fish Cove (Lister).

Two specimens, Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897, and West
Coast, October 15th, 1897. Also ten immature specimens, one
from East Coast, September 28th, 1897 ; the others marked
"April, 1898,"

Hemiptera. 129

Family BRACHYRHYNCHID^.

4. Brachyrhynchus lignicolus, spn. (PI. XV, Fig. 4.)

Long. Corp. 6 mm.; lat. 2*5 mm.

Dull red, the upper part of the head, the middle of the pronotum,
the scutellum, the corium, and the membrane black ; the clavus
testaceous ; and the segments of the connexicum often with large
dusky markings. Head square, obliquely sloping outwards, with
a projecting point laterally behind the eyes, and another projecting
on each side in front of the antennae, between which it is tri-
angularly narrowed as far as the broad frontal process, which
extends beyond this point for about one-third of the total length
of the head; it is slightly denticulated at the sides, and slightly
bifid at the extremity. Antennoe Avith the four joints all of nearly
equal length. Pronotum slightly contracted in front, where it is
rounded, and slightly concave in the middle, with slight denticula-
tions on the sides in front ; on each side of the median line of the
front half is a black, irregularly-shaped space. The greater part
of the insect is moderately coarsely punctured ; the spaces between |
the veins of the membrane look like large depressed pits. Femora J
thickened and, as well as the tibiae, very finely denticulated. Under- ;

surface varied with black and red. \

A large number of specimens found under bark in rotting wood. I

Nearest allied to some specimens of B. rubrescens, "Walker (which |
probably includes more than one species), but with the markings '
more clearly defined. i

Family HALOBATID^. |

5. Halobates princeps. •

Salobatei princeps, Buchanan White : Eep. Pelagic Hemipt. (Challenger Rep., ■

xix), p. 44, pi. i. fig. 3 (1883).

Three specimens. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.
The type, now in the British Museum (Natural History), was
brought from the Celebes Sea.

6. Ealobates proavus.

Salobaies proavus, Buchanan "White: Rep. Pelagic Hemipt. (Challenger Rep.,
xix), p. 54, pi. ii, fig. 1 (1883).

Two specimens. Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.
Originally described from Gilolo.

130 *, Christmas Island.

Order 6.— HOMOPTERA.
By W. r. KiEBT, F.L.S., F.E.S., etc.

(PLATE XV.)

Of this Order eleven species are enumerated in the following list,
all of which, so far as is known, are peculiar to the island. Of
these, seven are now described as new, one being considered to
represent a new genus, the other four having been described by
me in 1888 from Mr. Lister's collection; of these the descriptions'
are here reprinted. It is curious that six species out of the eleven
belong to a single family, the Ricaniidse.

I

CiCADin^. '' Delphacid.^.

^/ JPcecilopsaltria, Stal. ^ jBidts, Walk.

calypso, Kirb. o aristella, sp.n.

/ -r^^^^^^^* OAphkophorid^.

V ^Ricania, Germ. 0Clovia, Stal.

rSfl^^^f^^^^^^^^^ ^P-^- eximia, sp.n.
y' \Paurostauria, g.n.

•1 « -^ delicata, sjy.n. j/0 IssiDiE.

I ^ ^ Varcia, Stal. /t) ^sus, Fabr.

v^ o Jlavicostalis, Kirb. ^^ andrewsi, sp.n.

'^ ^ Nogodina, Stal.

^" 0 ajffinis, Kirb. £^a^idje,

VT O hyalina, Kirb. ijdiocerus, Lewis.

J V suhviridis, sp.n. Opunctatus, sp.n.

Family CICADID^.

1 1. Poecilopsaltria calypso.

t - Oxyplenra calypso, kirb. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 553.

, Foecilopsaltria calypso, Dist. : Mon. Oriental Cicadidae, p. 6, tab. x, figs. Za, b
^ (1889).

'■'■Male. — Black, with testaceous markings. Head black; front
of vertex with a wide testaceous stripe on each side, extending
from the inside of the eye to the striated portion of the face.
Longitudinal sulcation broad, rather deep black, surmounted by
a trapezifonn ochreous spot ; the transverse striations, except the
upper ones, are marked with ochreous, ending in a continuous
ochreous stripe, not striated, on each side of the extremity of the
longitudinal sulcation. Sides of face clothed with thick yellowish-
grey hair ; labrum with a longitudinal testaceous stripe, expanded
above and below, proboscis testaceous, black towards the extremity,

Homoptera. 131

and reaching as far as the hinder trochanters ; antenna) black.
Pronotiim testacoons, entirely so behind ; a dumb-bell shaped black
mark in front of this, extending to the front edge, and the central
sutures blackish ; sides not greatly expanded, with irregular black
markings, and dotted with grey hair ; mesonotum black, ^vith two
short, thick, tawnj- stripes on each side, not reaching the front
edge, and a spear-headed, tawny mark, filled with black in the
middle, directed forwards ; scutellum with the hinder half and
lateral ridges testaceous. Abdomen black, sutures narrowlj' edged
with testaceous, especially on the sides ; segment 7 with two ir
testaceous dots iu the middle, and a larger spot on each side. j

Sternum mostly black, clothed with greyish hair; legs testaceous ; q_ "*
coxoD, four front femora, and tarsi streaked with black above ; Q ^
opercula testaceous, extending nearly to the end of the first t \
segment of the abdomen. Abdomen beneath testaceous ; basal ^ ^
segment entirely black, the following segments triangidarly
blackish on each side at the base, the last two lateral lobes spotted
with black. TeguliE and wings hj-aline, with brown nervures ;
costal nervurps and inner niarginal nervure testaceous.

"Allied to^O. hufo and-C). polita^ Walk., but differentlj'' marked.

"An extremely hairy pupa, marked 'Dug up, earth, October 8,'
accompanied the specimen, besides an empty pupa - skin, both
probably belonging to the same species."

Three males, one from the west coast, October, 1897, and another
from Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897. Also three pupae, one
darker than the others, found in April, 1898.

Besides these, there is a female specimen from the east coast,
October, 1897. It diflFers little from the male, except in the paler
colour of the lisht markings.

^■o.

'Family RICANIID^.

^ 2. Ricania flavifroutalis, sp.n. (PI. XV, Fig. 5.)

Long, coi-p. 3-25 mm. ; exp. al. 11-13 mm.

Head brown above ; pronotum blackish on the back ; abdomen
blackish in the middle, otherwise rufo-testaceous ; face and under-
surface dull yellow, clypeus slightly broader than long, nearly
square, but with the lower angles slightly rounded off ; a slight
vertical carina. Tegmina brown, costa with a white or yellowish-
white basal stripe, sometimes extending to two-fifths of the length
of the tegmen. Beyond this the costa is marked with pale spots
as far as a large white band on the costa at about two-thirds of
its length ; this band is sub interrupted below, and then turns
obliquely outwards. This lower part extends for about half the
length of the upper, and is much narrower, and rather pointed
at the end. Within this is a broad white band, outwardly con-
cave on its upper portion, and extending to the inner margin.

132 Christmas Island.

The basal portion of the cerium is much mottled with white.
The lower part of the hind margin is dotted with Avhite, and the
marginal portion of the tegmen is marked off on the inside in one
specimen by a row of hardly indicated white dots. "Wings
hyaline, with broad pale-brown borders. The fringes of both
the tegmina and wings consist of very short, straight, isolated
bristles, only visible under the microscope. Before the tip of the
tegmina is a slightly oval black spot, rather large for the size of
the insect.

Two specimens, North Coast, January, 1898.

The white markings and well-marked subapical black dots will
easily distinguish this interesting little species.

^ PAUROSTAURIA, Kirby, gen. nov.

Front quadrangular, broader than long, slightly expanded below,
and with a central carina. Vertex transverse, about three times
as broad as long, and gradually concave behind. Pronotum curved,
transverse, mesonotum oval, tricarinate, rather long. Tegmina
hyaline, very broad at the extremity, the costa slightly arched,
much longer than the inner margin, which is a little shorter than
the hind margin. Apex much rounded, and hind margin curving
obliquely to the hinder angle, which is obtusely rounded ; inner
margin convex. Costal cell with oblique transverse nervules ;
subcostal cell free ; basal cell oval, broader than long. Three
longitudinal nervures running from the basal cell, the upper one
forked close to its base, and the branches again forking at about
half their length, and ultimately throwing off long forks to the hind
margin. The middle nervure forks a little further from the base,
and once or twice more before or near the middle of its length ;
the lower nervure forks only once, at about half its length. An
obsolete nervure curves round inwards from the costa at three-
fourths of its length to the base of the first fork of the lower
branch of the middle longitudinal nervure. Before the apex of
the tegmen is a large black stigma, and the marginal area, which
is rather broad, is marked off by a row of pale nervules between
the nervures. The clavus throws off a vein of about half the rest
of its length near the base, which curves to the inner margin ;
between and beyond are several transverse nervules. Wings
hyaline, much shorter than the tegmina, the three upper
longitudinal nervures variously forked, and connected by two
oblique tratnsverse nervures. Hind tibiae bispinose.

AXlicdxo'^Ricanoptera, Melichar ; but it does not appear to be
congeneric with the species of that genus before me. Inter alia,
the subapical spot seems to be always absent in Ricanoptera. The
name Paurostauria has been suggested by the paucity of cross-
nervures in this insect.

Homoptera. 133

d

3. Paurostauria delicata, sp.n. (PL XV, Fig. 6.)

Long. Corp. 3mm. ; exp. tegm. 10 mm.; lat. tegm. 3 mm.

Male. — Testaceous (probably green when living, as the abdomen
is still green in one of the specimens) ; eyes and vertex brown.
Tegmina hyaline, Avith most of the nervures yellow, except in the
dark portions, ^ilarginal area brown, broadest at the apex. An
oval, snbapical black spot, below which a hyaline curved stx'ipe
runs down to the inner margin ; the brown band within this is
bisected by the light cross-nervules marking off the marginal area.
Costa with a black line, commencing at about half the length of
the costal cell, and curving round the end of the subcostal cell ;
it also throws off an expanding pear-shaped black spot, running
downwards to half the width of the tegmen, beside the marginal
markings. Between these black markings, the costa, and the sub- f
apical spot, the Aving is brown, with hyaline markings. The |
subcostal nervure is broadly black above, narrowly edged with I
yellow below, and the upper longitudinal nervure is marked with \
a large black spot in the middle. The curved dividing-line in the ;
middle of the tegmen is edged outside with black, and a series of "
irregular black markings is continued to the inner margin. I*^earer *
the base are two or three more small black spots, and the greater \
part of the lower vein of the clavus is broadly black. '

Described from three specimens, without special locality. f

^ '^ 4. Varcia flavicostalis. (PI. XV, Fig. 7.) |

'-' liicania flavicostalis, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 554. :

Varcia flavicostalis, Melicliar : Ann. Nat. Hofmuseums, xiii, p. 319 (1899). J

" Exp. al. 20 mm. ; long. corp. 7 mm. f

'■'■Male. — Head j'cllow, with four keels; vertex depressed,
brown, except at the sides and on the median line ; front quadri-
carinate, the angles of the outer carinas very prominent, the middle
ones hardly projecting on the frontal edge ; all the carinae black,
and with a short dark line on the clypeus between them, the
middle ones rather wide apart, and meeting in a point at the f
extremity of the clypeus. Thorax and abdomen blackish brown ¥
above, the thorax tricarinate, varied with ferruginous on the sides '
and along the outer edges of the two outer carinae ; abdomen with \
the second segment greenish, and the base of the three following
segments ferniginous. TJndersurface of the body and legs ^
yellowish ; the four front tibiae brownish above ; abdominal >
segments edged behind with a green line ; the last two segments
reddish brown. Wings hyaline ; fore wings with the costal space
yellow as far as the black stigma, beyond which is a hyaline space ;
hind margin broadly purplish brown, intersected by a curved line

I

134 Christmas Island.

ncarlj- parallel to the hind margin ; within the middle of this runs^
a narrow vitreons stri2)c covering the outer half of seven cells ; one
or two very irregular scries of transverse cells beyond the middle
of the wing, not even uniform on both sides ; inner marginal region
tinged with yellow, but less strongly than the costa ; costal cross-
nervures not forked, but most of the apical ncrviircs beyond the
stigma and on the hind margin are forked. Hind wings hyaline,
brown along the hind margin, the first six or seven marginal
nervures from the tip furcate or bifurcate.

"The ncuration of this and the two following species somewhat
resembles that ofrK. panorpcefonnis, Guer. ^o dates of capture
are attached to any of the specimens."

Two specimens : Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897, and East
Coast, October, 1897. "

V ^ 5. Nogodina aflinis. (PI. XY, Fig. 8.)

OJiicama affinis, Kirb. : T.Z.S., 1888, p. 554.
Nogodina affinis, Melichar : Ann. Nat. Hofniuseums, xiii, p. 309 (1899).

" Exp. al. 22 mm. ; long. corp. 9 mm.
; '■'■Male. — Very similar to the last species, but darker above, the

J brown bands on the clypeus beyond the inner carina darker ;
I undersurface of body yellow, with irregular black markings

4 beneath the wings, and a large spot on the pectus between the

* two first pairs of legs ; abdomen not banded with green above,
: but with a row of yellow spots on the sides. AVings hyaline, not
; tinged with yellow on the costa or inner margin, but with a j-ellow

spot on the costa (likewise edged with black witliin) before the
black stigma ; below the stigma are some small brown blotches

5 along the line of the inner row of transverse cells ; there are also
' two small brown spots nearer the base on the lower half of the
' wing ; hind margin brown for about one -sixth of the width of

the wing, and marked with two irregular hyaline spaces, eacli
covering several cells ; close to the hind margin runs an interrupted
row of small hyaline dots. Hind wings hyaline, edged with
brown, except towards the anal angle. Neuration nearly as in
the last species, but the outer row of transverse cells less

♦ numerous."

j ^ <^ 6. Nogodina hyalina. (PI. XV, Fig. 9.)

^ <^ Eicania hyalina, Kirb.: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 655; Melichar, Ann. Nat. Hof-
museums, xiii, p. 337 (1899).

" Exp. al. 15 mm. ; long, coi'p. 5 mm.

'■'■Male. — Head yellowish; the carina? black, the clj'peus marked
with brown lines between them ; the middle carina? not projecting
on the vertex, which is deeply and triangidarly depressed in the

Homoptera. 135

middle ; thorax reddish above, the middle carinoe yellow ; abdomen
brown above, the sides marked with yellow, and the segments
bordered with green behind. TJndersui'face of the body yellow, the
femora, the extremities of the live fii'st segments of the abdomen,
and a large spot at each side at its extremity green ; the base of
the five first/abdominal segmesnts rich cream-colonr.
'■'■ Al\\cixxo^. pellucida sM.if'Ii. panorpaformis, Gu6r."
Twenty-eight specimens, all those specially labelled taken in
January, 1898, on the North Coast. An abundant and very
variable species, both in colour and neuration ; but without
exhibiting well-marked diiferences which appear to be of specific
or even varietal importance. Some of the specimens are of a pale
testaceous yellow, others are of a darker yellowish brown, with
the abdomen more or less green, with a black dorsal band, and
black sutures. The number of nervures in the costal cell before
the stigma varies from 8 to 11 ; the stigma covers about five
cross-nervures, and is generally but slightly browned, but in the
darker specimens (which are usually those with most cross-
nervules in the basal cell and elsewhere) it is blackish. The
subcostal space is always (?) empty ; but the two following
longitudinal spaces are sometimes free, almost as far as the first
fork of the second longitudinal nervure, which is usually preceded
by a cross-nervure in each space ; or there may be one, two, or
three cross-nervules in each of these spaces, preceding the fork.
Sometimes the marginal third of the tegmen is mapped out into
three fairly regular areas ; but sometimes the neuration of this
portion is much more irregular. The shape, too, of the various cells
difi"ers considerably.

^0 7. Nogodina subviridis, sp.n. (PI. XY, Figs. 10, 11.)

Long. coi^). 7 mm. ; exp. al. 20 mm.

Female. — Testaceous ; abdomen, except at tip, green, with black
sutures, expanding in front, and connected ; front long, with
black lateral and central carinae, the latter crossing, and between
their upper part is a brown line. Sutures of pronotum more or
less black. Tegmina yellowish hyaline, with yellowish-brown
nervures; costal area with 11 or 12 cross-nervures before the
stigma, which is very large, extending between six or seven cross-
nervures, those towards its base being more or less yellow. Sub-
costal area free. The three upper longitudinal nervures rising
together from the upper angle of the basal cell ; the second forking
at three-fifths of its length, the third at one-fourth. The fourth
is widely separated from the others at its base. It is parallel
with and closely approximating to the upper vein of the clavus,
and it throws off a branch upwards at two-fifths of its length.
The middle vein of the clavus unites with the lower one at haK its
length ; lower branch of the clavus broadly brown, and united

136 Christmas Island.

witli the upper by from four to six cross-nervules. Wings hyaline,
■with brown nervures. (Fig. 10.)

Variety (?). Female. — Differs in the body being mostly black,
except the front, the sides of the thorax, and the base of the
abdomen, which are testaceous. The black central carinae are
merely indicated in brown, below the point where they cross ;
the stigma on the tegmina is almost wholly black, and there are
one or two cross-nervures in the subcostal area. I can hardly
consider these differences S2)ecific, having only single specimens to
compare. (Fig. II.)

The type is from the East Coas^, and the variety from the North
Coast, Jtjjiuary, 1898. v^

Allied to iV. plena, Wlk., and^. qfflnis, Kirb.

^ Family DELPHACID^.

^ 8. Bidis aristella, sp.n. (PI. XV, Figs. 12, 13.)

Long. corp. 4 mm.; exp. al. 12 mm.

Testaceous, the two joints of the antennae long, cylindrical, of
equal length, and set with very short brown bristles; the second
joint slightly thicker than the first, subannulated, and with two
long brown bands, not extending to either extremity ; it is followed
by a bulb bearing a very fine bristle, longer than the two joints
together. Vertex and front quadricarinate, the carinae brown, and
the centre of the front and the narrowest space between the central
carinae, on the vertex, brown. Beyond this point, the central
carinae unite with the outer ones, and run backwards parallel to the
eyes, the space between which is very deeply concave behind ; there
is also a brown spot between the carinae, where they diverge.

Pronotum with thi'ee black carinae, one central, the others
starting from it in front, curving round each eye. Mesonotum
with five longitudinal black earinae, the two outer ones slightly
diverging, and followed by a brown line on the sides of the
pronotum. Both the pronotum and mesonotum have very prominent
lateral angles, before which is a brown line. Abdomen testaceous,
with red central and terminal carinae, the latter preceded by broad
brown bands ; the two terminal segments are blackish, bordered
behind with testaceous. Ovipositor of the female blackish, up-
curved ; above it is a long, broad, blackish process, set with rather
long bristles, and bifid at the extremity. Tegmina yellowish
hyaline, the nervures and fringes set with short bristles, and
alternately brown and yellow for rather long spaces. There is
a large brown spot in the middle of the clavus, and in the female
the space between this and the base is also brown. There is also
a brown curved nervure marking the apical area, and the space
between this and the apex is much clouded with brown, especially
in the female ; and nearer the base the dark portions of the

Hoinoptera. 137

nervures are more or less clouded with brown. Wings hyaline,
mostly with brown nervures. Legs testaceous, end of tibiae, and
the tarsi mostly brown.

Four specimens: East Coast, September, 1897, and Flying Fish
Cove, 1898.^ ^

Allied io^B. jy/c^«/a and B. j^nnotifrotis, Wlk., but with the
nervures running to the costa yellow and unspotted ; in the other
species they are brown, and terminate in brown spots on the costa.

Stal notes'^B idis, Wlk., as ='^Ugijops, Guer. ; but as some of
the characters disagree, I retain Walker's name for the present.

0 Family APHROPHORID^.

^ 9. Clovia eximia, sp.n. (PI. XV, Fig. 14.)

Exp. al. 14 mm. ; long. corp. 5 mm.

Head and thorax black, dull above, shining beneath, upper part
of front with seven transverse testaceous bands, the uppermost
widely interrupted, and those below the second more or less
irregular and indented in the middle ; below them is a trace of
an eighth ; proboscis and a triangular spot just above its base
also testaceous. Vertex and thorax hardly separated, front
yellow, narrowly edged with black from eye to eye, and with
a short waved transverse black stripe in the middle. Behind this
is another, longer, curving from eye to eye in fi'ont, and there is
again a broader black band between the eyes, followed by two
yellow ones. The thorax may be described as black, with three
broad transverse yellow lines, and the scutellum is marked with
three yellow lines, converging behind, and joined by a yellow curve
in front. Sides of metathorax and extremity of the rufous-brown
abdomen varied with testaceous. Tegmina rufous brown, with
testaceous yellow markings, those towards the extremity tinged,
with golden. An oblique long oval spot at one- third of the
length of the costa, a short slightly curved spot on the costa at
two-thirds of its length, and three pale stripes on the lower part
of the hind margin. The outer portion of these is brown, but
does not touch the hind margin, and the two lower ones contain
A longitudinal brown dash on the outer part. There is a bifid
yellow stripe, traversing the clavus parallel with the inner margin,
from the base ; the outer branch is narrow ; the inner one is
broader, and curves up to meet a corresponding spot on the inner
margin of the corium. Legs testaceous, longitudinally striped
with brown, the hind legs darkest.

Eleven specimens : from East Coast, September 28, and October,
1897 ; and I^orth Coast, January, 1898.

liTot closely allied to any other species at present in the
British Museum (Natural History) ; but appears to approach
*^C. lemtiiscatiis, Stal, described from Java.

138 Christmas Island.

/

^ Family ISSIDJE.
C> 10. Issus (?) andrewsi, sp.n. (PI. XY, Fig. 15.)

Long. Corp. cum tegm. 6 mm. ; long. tegm. 5 mm. ; lat. tegm.
2"5 mm.

Testaceous, front black, tricarinate in the middle, the lateral
carinje meeting above in an acute angle ; the sides are dotted with
testaceous, and the summit of the angle is of the same colour.
There are also outer carinas, raised at the summit within the eyes ;
vertex and loAver mouth-parts testaceous. Legs testaceous, the
femora and tibice more or less black in the middle. Tegmina
coriaceous, greenish grey, a little mottled with brown or reddish
brown, especially on the clavus and along the borders, wings
brownish hyaline.

One specimen, without special locality. Allied to some unnamed
Indian species in the collection of the Museum.

o

Family JASSID^.
11. Idiocerus (?) punctatus, sp.n. (PI. XV, Fig. 16.)

Long. corp. cum tegm. 5 mm. ; long. tegm. 3"5 mm.

Almost uniform testaceous, darkest on the thorax, which is
sculptured with transverse striae. The front of the thorax is some-
times speckled with brown, and the hinder part and base of the
scutellum are marked with four rather indistinct brownish bands.
Ocelli in the middle of the front, about twice as far apart as each
is distant from the margin of the eye. Tegmina with longitudinal
rows of brown setiferous punctures, and with a brown spot on the
inner margin towards the end of the vein of the clavus. Hind
tibiee long, whitish, strongly ciliated.

Five specimens: from East Coast, August, 1897; Flying Fish
Cove, October, 1897 ; frad jSTorth Coast, January, 1898.

Somewhat VGnexablQ^jBythoscoptis testaceus, Wlk., from Sarawak^
but much smaller, paler, and with the ocelli much further from the
eyes. It is still nearer'^, unicolor, Wlk., from Makian (Celebes);
but the latter species has a brown spot at the end of the tegmina,
and the front is less rounded above.

Order 7.— MALLOPHAGA.

By W. F. KiEBT, F.L.S., F.E.S., etc.

A SINGLE specimen (East Coast, September, 1897), probably from
some marine bird, but closely resembling, except in its much
greater size, Nirmus atte7iuatus, Nitsch, as figured by Giebel
(^Insecta Epizoa, Tab. vi, fig. 1). The latter species is found on
the corncrake.

Neuropfera. 139'

Order 8.— NEUROPTERA.
By TV. F. KiHBY, F.L.S., F.E.S., etc.

(PLATE XIV.)

In this Order, Mr. Andrews collected a Termes, two Ant-lions,
and three wide-ranging species of Dragon- flies. One of the
latter is the ubiquitous Pantala JIavescens, which inhabits almost
all the warmer parts of the world, from Egypt to Natal, from
Kamtchatka to Ceylon and Australia and Tahiti, and from
Georgia to Brazil; it is even said to have been once taken many
years ago in the English Fens. It is almost certainly a migratory
species, and Mr. Andrews informs me that enormous swarms of
dragou-fliea appear suddenly in Christmas Island from Java when
the wind is in the north and north-east, and disappear again in
a few days.

ODONATA.

Family LIBELLTJLID^.

Sub-Family LIBELLTJLIN^.

1. Pantala flavescens.

Zibelliila Jiavescciis, Fabricins : Eut. Sjst., Suppl., p. 285 (1798).

Nineteen specimens : from Flying Fish Cove, September 2 to
October 20, 1897 ; West Coast, October, 1897, and March 28, 1898.

2. Trithemis trivialis.

Zibellula trivialis, Ramb. : Ins. Nevr., p. 115 (1842).
Four specimens. North Coast, on sea-cliffs.

Family ^SCHNID^.

Sub-Family ^SOHNIN^.

3. Anax guttatus.

^tehna guttata, Burmeister : Handb. Ent., ii, p. 840, n. 14 (1839).

Flying Fish Cove.

One male specimen only. Rare ; only two or three specimens
seen. Called 'Kajah' by the natives.

140 Christmas Island.

PLANIPENNIA.

Family MYRMELEONID^.

4. Formicaleo morpheus, sp.n. (PI. XIV, Fig. 3.)

Exp. al. 55-60 mm. ; long. corp. 25-29 mm.

Male and Female. — Dark brown, varied with testaceous ; antennae
ringed with black and testaceous, much thickened before the tip
in the male ; face testaceous, the tips of the mandibles, a narrow
transverse band below the antennce, and a broad band above
black, the latter indented in the middle beneath. Above this
is a testaceous stripe, followed by a black one, and then by
two lateral ones, curving backwards in the middle ; the vertex
is black, with two short longitudinal testaceous lines, with
a testaceous spot between in front, and three large testaceous
spots behind, followed, on the occiput, by two lateral testaceous
spots and a central line. Thorax black, pro- and mesothorax
with a testaceous middle line, and a broader longitudinal stripe
on each side ; metathorax with a Y-shaped testaceous mark on the
sutures, and the base and extremity of the front lobe also marked
with testaceous. Abdomen black, with about two longitudinal
spots on the back of each segment, and two oval ones on the
sides of several segments at least. Legs testaceous, front femora
thickened, striped longitudinally with black ; front tibiae with
two black rings, hinder ones with indications of the same; joints
of the tarsi ringed with black ; all the legs set with very long,
fine bristles. Wings rather long, moderately pointed, most of
the nervures varied alternately with fuscous and yellowish;
pterostigma yellowish ; wings towards the extremity with about
four irregular rows of blackish stippling, most distinct on the
fore wings, and the innermost row largest.

Four specimens : Flying Fish Cove (900 feet), August and
November, 1897; East Coast, September 2, 1897; near water, in
forest.

Allied to Myrmeleon mso»i7iis, "VVlk., from an unknown locality,
but differently marked. The specimens are not in first-rate con-
dition, but it is hoped that the description will be sufficient for
identification,

5. Myrmeleon iridescens, sp.n. (PI. XIV, Fig. 4.)

Long. corp. 25 mm. ; exp. al. 59 mm.

Female black, head with the lower mouth-parts testaceous, a
short testaceous line below the base of each antenna, two
testaceous dots on the middle of the vertex, and the upper and
hinder orbits very narrowly testaceous. Thorax narrowly bordered
in front, at the sides, and behind with testaceous ; base of the

Orthoptera. 141

•wings with testaceous callosities above and beneath. Legs
testaceous, with dark rings towards the end of the femora, and
obsoletely on the tibiae ; tarsi mostly black. Wings very iridescent
hyaline, without markings ; neuration black, except the subcostal
nervures and those of the pseudostigmatal space of the fore wings,
which are yellowish.

Described from a single specimen, without special locality.

This species much resembles M. lethifer, Wlk., from Natal, but
has somewhat narrower wings.

ISOPTERA.

Family TERMITID^.

6. Termes, Linn.

Many specimens of a species allied to T. sarawakensis, Haviland.
Abundant everywhere. Nests formed of a dark-brown papier-
mache, on stumps, or plastered against trunks of trees.

Order 9.— ORTHOPTERA.

By ^Y. F. KiRBT, F.L.S., F.E.S., etc.

(PLATES XII -XIV.)

The principal feature of the collection of Orthoptera is in the
comparatively large number of Forficulidoe obtained. This, how-
ever, is probably more apparent than real, for although in a few
countries, such as England and, still more, the United States, the
family is very poorly represented, there are probably a very large
number of existing species, which only require to be collected, for,
as a rule, they are passed over entirely by collectors.

As regards the other Orthoptera, it is remarkable how many
important groups appear to be represented in Christmas Island
only by a single conspicuous species, generally peculiar to the
island, as far as is at present known. Most of the species in the
following list which have been previously described from other
countries, are wide-ranging species of Blattidse. Want of sufficient
material renders it somewhat doubtful whether other specimens
provisionally referred to known species may not ultimately prove
to be distinct.

142

Christmas Island.

Twenty- three species, obtained by Mr. Andrews, are enumerated
in the following list, of which seven are described as new. Of the
remaining species, at least seven appear to be peculiar to the island.
I have reprinted the descriptions of these from my previous paper.

ORTHOPTERA.

FoEFICULID^.

Lalidura, Leach.

nigricornis^ Kirb.
Platylahia, Dohrn.

dhnidiata, Dohrn.
Anisolabis, Fieb.

stali, Dohrn.
Labia, Leach.

Murrayi, sp.n.

incerta, sp.n.

indistincta, sp.n,

subarmata, sp.n.
Anechura, Scudd.

sp.

Blattid^.

Teimiopteryx, Brunn.

fulva, Brunn.
Phyllodromia, Serv.

supellectilium, Serv,
Periplanata, Burm.

americana, L.
Leucophcea, Brunn.

surinamensis, L.
Panesthia, Serv.

javanica, Serv.

Mantid^.

Mierodula, Burm.
dispar, sp.n.

PHASMIDiE.

Clitumnus, Stal.
stilpnoides, Kirb.

Gryllid^.

Edadoderm, Guer.
Jlavipalpis, sp.n.

Gryllacrid^.

Gryllacris, Serv.
rufovaria, Kirb.

Con OC EPH ALID^ .

Pseiidorhynchus, Serv.
lessonii, Serv.

LlSTROCELID^.

Phisis, Stal.
listen, Kirb.

Phaneropterid^.
Psyra, Stal.
pomona, sp.n.

LOCUSTID^.

Oxya, Serv.

orientalis, Kirb.
Cyrtacanthacris, Walk.

disparilis, Kirb.
Epacromia, Fisch.

rufostriata, Kirb.

Family FOBFICULID^.

1. Labidura nigricornis, Kirb. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 546.
(PL XII, Fig. 2 S, Fig. 3 9.)

"Long. Corp. 18-20 mm.

"Black, head smooth, not much raised, broad behind, and narrowed
and enlarged in front ; lower mouth-parts sometimes testaceous ;
antennae seventeen-]' ointed, sometimes inclined to pitchy beneath,
but with none of the joints white or yellow ; pronotum smooth in

Orthoptera. 143

front and very finely reticulate behind, nearly quadrate, the hinder
edge rounded ; a central groove on the front half, on each side of
which is a slight elevation ; teginina nearly smooth, broader than
the thorax, and H times as long as broad ; projecting portion of
the wings rather narrow, sparingly punctate, about one-third as
long as the tegmina, and very slightly tipped with pale testaceous ;
femora slightly thickened; tarsi, and sometimes the extreme tips
of the tibiiB, ferruginous ; abdomen thickly and finely punctured,
the hinder margins of the segments appearing as if milled. TJnder-
surface more inclining to pitchy. Forceps nearly as long as the
abdomen, moderately broad, more or less punctured, and incurved
at the extremity ; in the male with a tooth at the base, and
another, preceded by two or three small denticulations, at two-
thirds of the length.

"Several specimens obtained October 3rd, 1887 (Lister). This
species appears to be the common earwig of the island. It has
considerable external resemblance to Chelisoches morio, Fabr., from
which the structure of its legs and the unicolorous antennae will
at once distinguish it."

Three males, one from Xorth Coast, December, 1897, and one
female, April, 1898 (Andrews).

2. Platylabia dimidiata (1).

Platylahia dimidiata, Dohrn : Stett. ent. Zeit., xxviii, p. 348 (1867).

A single damaged specimen, agreeing approximately with the
description of P. dimidiata ; but in the absence of specimens of the
latter from Luzon (from whence the types were received), it is
impossible to be sure of the identification.

3. Anisolabis stall.

Foreinella stall, Dohrn: Stett. ent. Zeit., ixv, p. 286 (1864).

Three specimens (from " Xorth Coast, Dec, 1897"), apparently
belonging to this Javanese species.

4. Labia murrayi, sp.n. (PL XII, Fig. 6, S; ^1- ^m, I'ig- 5, $.)

Long. Corp. cum forcip. 9 mm. ; segm. ult. cum forcip. 3 mm. ;
long. tegm. \h mm.

Male. — Rufo - testaceous, very shining, head convex, shining
black, face testaceous, antennae testaceous, rather darker above
than below, antennae pubescent, thirteen- jointed (?), second joint
narrower than the scape, and short, the rest cylindrical, abdomen
finely punctured, terminal segment smooth, but coarsely punctui'ed
towards the base of the forceps ; legs pale testaceous, femora

144 Christmas Island.

darker, forceps separated at the base by a space about equalling
tbeir breadth, gradually tapering, and curved inwards to the tips,
which are crossed, and not very aciite ; a large tooth on the inner
edge at about one-quarter of their length, followed by two or more
smaller ones ; tegmina short, obliquely truncated (no wings), and
one or two of the following segments of the abdomen marked
with blackish at the sides ; pygidium short, broad, transversely
oblong; pliciferous tubercles obsolete.

Described from two males. An hermapbrodite specimen is paler,
and has the tegmen on the left side longer than the other, and
subacute, and the right branch of the forceps is considerably shorter
and slenderer than the other ; waved, unarmed, and more acute at
the extremity.

The last specimen is from North Coast, March, 1898 ; the others
are without special locality.

5. Labia incerta, sp.n. (PI. XII, Fig. 5.)

Female. — Resembles the last species, but the head, pronotum, and
tegmina are purplish brown. Abdomen fiilvous, with purplish-
brown markings at the base and sides. Forceps rather slender,
waved, with the tips pointed and approximating ; the inner edge
finely serrated.

A single specimen.

6. Labia indistincta, sp.n. (PI. XII, Fig. 4.)

Male. — Rufo-castaneous, antennte thirteen-jointed, head above,
hinder part of pronotum, and tegmina vai-ied with brownish ;
tegmina rather narrow, subtruncated ; abdomen beneath them,
with a transverse blackish band, but the rest of its upper surface
uniformly reddish. Forceps nearly straight, incurved at the tips,
and set with long, fine, grey hairs ; the inner edge with a cultrate
projection at the base, about twice as broad as the short transverse
pygidium, which is rounded ofit towards the extremity ; beneath
this is a quadrangular projection.

A single specimen obtained.

Much resembles the two last species. In all these small Lahice
the pliciferous tubercles on the abdomen are almost, if not quite,
obsolete.

7. Labia (?) subarmata, sp.n. (PI. XII, Fig. 7.)

Long. corp. cum forcip. circa 5 mm.

Male. — Dark chestnut-brown, thickly and very finely punctured
on the tegmina and abdomen, and covered with a veiy close pile.
Head black above, nearly quadrate, but with the hinder angles
obtusely rounded off. Antennoe eight- jointed (?), pilose, rufo-
testaceous, the scape oblong, at least three times as long as broad,

Oiihoptem. 145

second joint small, the others oval, much longei' than broad. Head
below the antenna) pale testaceous. Pronotum narrower than the
head, longer than broad, subquadrate, with the hinder angles
slightly rounded oif, and the front angles very obtuse, sides slightly
bordered with pale testaceous. Tegmina and exposed part of wings
long, subacute, thickly dotted with grey pile, as is also the abdomen.
Terminal segment red ; forceps red, about half as long again as the
terminal segment, unarmed, widely apart, and slightly thickened
at the base, regularly incurved, and crossing at the extremity.
Pygidium short, obtusely angulated. Legs testaceous, paler at the
joints. Ko plicifcrous folds visible on abdomen. TJnder-surface
brownish testaceous, abdomen and forceps reddish.

Female. — Similar to the male, but with the pronotum and
abdomen of a lighter brown, head reddish. Legs testaceous,
brownish towards the base of the femora. Forceps approximate,
stout, subcontiguous, triquetral, with the inner ridges very strongly
marked ; tips incurved. Antenna) ten-jointed. Under-surface of
body more uniformly rcdtlish in the male.

The apparent absence of plicifcrous folds makes me doubt
whether this species is a true Labia. It much resembles some
American species, such as L. rotundata and L. brunnea, Scudder.

8. Anechura, sp.

An immature female, probably belonging to an undescribed
species. " ISforth Coast, March, 1898."

Family BLATTID^.
9. Temnopteryx fulva (?).

Tem)iopteryx fulva, Brunner: Syst. Bktt., p. 85 (1865).

One specimen, considei'ably smaller than the Javanese type
described by Brunner, but possibly belonging to the same species.

10. Phyllodromia supellectilium (?).

Blalta snpeUectUinm, Serv. : Ins. Orth., p. 114 (1839).
Phyllodromia tnpcllectilium, Bruun. : Syst. Blatt., p. 98 (1865).

One specimen, north part of island, January, 1898, belonging to
this or to an allied species.

11. Feriplaneta americaua.

a. : Syst. Xat., 10th ed.,
Bruun. : Syst. Blatt., p.

One specimen only, December, 1897.

Blatta amerieana, Linn. : Syst. Xat., 10th ed., i, p. 424, n. 4 (1768).
Feriplaneta amerieana, Bruun. : Syst. Blatt., p. 232, Tab. v, fig. 24 (1866).

146 Christmas Island.

12. Leucophoea surinamensis.

Blatla surinamensis, Linu. : Syst. Nat., lOtli ed., i, p. 424, n. 3 (1758).
Panchlora [Leucophcea) surinamensis, Brunn. : Syst. Blatt., p. 278, Tab. Tii,
tig. 32 (1865).

Flying Fish. Cove, August, 1897.

A single specimen of this cosmopolitan species ■was found in
rottine: wood.

13. Panesthia javanica.

Panesthia javanica, Serv. : Ann. Sci. Nat., xxii, p. 38 (1832); Brunn., Sj'st.
Blatt, p. 393, Tab. viii, fig. 58 (1865) ; Kirb., ]\Z.S., 1888,
p. 547.

These insects abound under rotten wood, and in large holes in
it, which they seem to make. In various stages of development.
West End, Christmas Island, October 1, 4, 5, 1887 (Lister).

Ten specimens in various stages. Flying Fish Cove, August,
1897 ; also December, 1897. They appropriate the burrows of
wood-boring beetles. (Andrews.)

Family MANTID^.
14. Hierodula dispar, sp.n.

Dimensions.

p.

?

Long, corp

Long, partis anticae pronoti
Long, partis posticaj pronoti
Long, pronoti toti

55-65 mm.
6 ,,
14 „

20 ,,

63-74 mm

7-9 „

13-16 ,,

20-27 ,,

Long, tegminarum

45-55 ,,

60-66 „

Lat. pronoti

7 „

9-11 „

Male. — Body probably green when living ; afterwards yellowish
or brown; pronotxim often with some brown or purplish, markings.
Pronotum broadest in front, and serrated at the sides. Front coxce
beneath, with a dcntated ridge at the base, generally rising in two
large, flat, triangular projections (sometimes three larger projections)
followed by a few smaller ones, irregular in number and position.
Front tibiae with four strong teeth on the outer edge, and many on
the inner, mostly tipped with black ; front tarsi black on the inside.
Wings and tegmina vitreous, with green nervures, which are very
numerous towards the apex ; costal area of tegmina green (or
yellow, as well as the nervures, in faded (?) specimens) ; stigma
large, oval, yellowish white.

Female. — Green, or purplish grey (rarely olive yellow) ; tegmina
nearly opaque, mottled with purplish grey, and in the costal area
with yellowish ; front coxae and femora beneath white ; tibiae
mostly yellowish. Coxse with two large, flat, rouud plates on the

Ortlioptera. 1-17

inside at the base, ending in triangular dentated points; beyond
and above these are numerons small teeth. Femora with four
white spines on the outer edge, ringed, tipped, and lined with
black; a row of alternately large and small black spines, streaked
with white inside, on the inner carina, and four large median
oblique basal spines, black, standing in black rings, and white only
on the inside. Tibial spines tipped with black ; tarsi streaked
with black on the inside. Propectus with two In-oad black bands;
mesopectus with one. (In the males, the colours beneath are not
suiRciently well preserved to be described.)

A very distinct species, but most nearly related to H. patellifera,
Serv.

Described from four males (two labelled "Flying Fish Cove,
Aug., 1897," and another, " AVest Coast, Oct., 1897"), and six
females (three from Flying Fish Cove or neighbourhood),
September 20 to October 20, 1897. There is also a pupa and an
■empty pupa-skin from the same locality.

Family PHASMID^.
15. Clitumnus stilpnoides. (PI. XI r. Fig. 1.)

CUtiimnus stilpnoides, Kirb. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 547.

"Long. corp. 100mm.

'^ Male. — Uniform brown; head and pronotum somewhat more
grey; antcnnre about two -thirds as long as the mesonotum ;
pronotum hardly longer than the head ; mesonotum one-fourth
longer than the metanotum ; two small horns between the eyes ;
legs long, slender, unarmed, clothed with very fine oblique
bristles ; outer anal appendages longer and less incurved than in
C. stiljmus.

" Taken October, 1887 (Lister). Also two immature specimens,
apparently belonging to the same species. Closely allied to
C. stilpuus, Westwood."

Four specimens: from Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897; and
East Coast, November, 1897. (Andrews.)

There are two other Phasmidte in Mr. Andrews' collection,
apparently belonging to the allied genus JEnton'a, Stal, but hardly
in sufficiently good condition to describe, though probably new.

Family GRYLLID^.
16. Ectadoderus flavipalpis, sp.n. (PI. XIII, Fig. 3 ^J, Fig. 4 9.)

^. Long. Corp. 6-8 mm. ; long. pron. 2^-3 mm. ; long, elytr.
2-21 mni.

9- Long. Corp. 8-9 mm. ; cum ovip. 15 mm.; long. pron.
2i mm.

148 C/iristmas Island.

Male.- -TcsteLceons or rufo-testaceous, in tlie darkest specimens
inclining to reddish on the head, pronotum, and the raised border
of the tegmina ; mouth Hackish, palpi and femora yoUo-sv, abdomen
black above and below ; knees, tibioe, and tarsi more or less varied
"vvith blackish.

Female. — Apterous, the abdomen more or less testaceous above.

Four specimens, East Coast, August and September, 1897, and
Flying Fish Cove ; also four specimens from Mr. Lister's collection.

Nearest allied to £. xanthopterus, Guer.

Family GllYLLACKID^.
17. Gryllacris rufovaria. (PL XIY, Fig. 1.)

GryllaerisrHfovaria, Khb. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 548.

" Long. Corp. 32 mm. ; ovipositoris 9 12 mm. ; exp. al. 65 mm. ;
long, antennarum circa 110 mm.

"Yellowish brown; the head, especially the face, red; the vertex,
the neighbourhood of the eyes and of the antenna?, the space
between the latter, the lower mouth -parts, and the palpi more or
less varied with yellowish, prothorax and sides of abdomen beneath
varied with red ; spines of the hind legs tipped with black ; tegmina
yelloAvish, with yellowish veins. Wings ample, pale grey; the
longitudinal nervures yellowish brown ; the cross-nervures blackish,
bordered with dusky on each side, except the two or three outer
rows, the outermost of all being varied with yellowish.

"Moderately stout, smooth and shining; face with a few shallow
punctures ; head and thorax of equal breadth ; antenna), legs, and
anal appendages (except ovipositor) sparingly clothed with fine,
short Avoolly hairs ; hind femora with from nine to eleven short
spines, hardly arranged in pairs, on each side ; hind tibite with six
irregular pairs, without counting the apical ones. In the male the
last segment of the abdomen terminates in two short, stout,
conical projections; the upper anal appendages are long, tapering,
divergent in the middle, and slightly incurved at the tips ; the
lower appendages are only half the length of the upper ones, and
are simply divergent. In the female the upper appendages are
stouter at the base and more incurved at the tips than in the male,
but are of nearly equal length.

"Belongs to the same group as Gryllacris tessellata, Drury, but
readily distinguished by the total absence of black markings on the
head and thorax, and by the colour of the tegmina and wings. It
is probably more closely allied to G. variabilis, Brunner (Yerh.
Zool, hot. Ges. "VYien., xxxviii, p. 353, fig. 40) than to any other
described species.

"Appears to be a common species in Christmas Island, as one
male and four females were obtained." (Lister.)

Orthoptera, 149

Taken on leaves on a tall tree-top, October 9th (Lister) ; Forest,
East Coast, September, 1897.

Three specimens, a male and two females. (Andrews.)
Also two larval forms, from Flying Fish Cove, Axigust, 1897.
They are in spirit, and the present colours are as follows : — The
larger specimen has the head and thorax light rufo - testaceous
above, with the lower mouth-parts, and three spots between the
eyes, whitish ; of these, the middle spot is rather long, and is
deeply concave above, ending in a point on each side ; the lateral
spots are nearly round, and each contains two black dots. The
short wing-cases are black, and the back of the abdomen dark
reddish-brown ; the under-surface of the body and legs are white,
the coxa? and trochanters being marked with pale reddish ; the
knees (except for a white spot on the hind tibiiio just in the joint)
and the spines are black ; the four front tibije and their spines are
reddish brown. The smaller specimen differs in being black above,
except the three spots and the labrum and labium, which are
white. In both specimens the middle of the abdomen is banded
with black beneath.

Family CONOCEPHALID^.
18. Pseudorhynchus lessonii.

Fseudorhiinchus lessonii, Serv. : Ins. Orth., p. 511 (1839).
Coiioccphalus alieniis, Wlk. : Cat. Derm. Salt., ii, p. 324, n. 14 (1869).

Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897.

Three male specimens. Originally described from Java.

Family LISTllOCELID^.
19. Phisis listeri. (PL XIII, Fig. 6.)

Fhitis listeri, Kirb. : T.Z.S., 1888, p. 547.

"Long. Corp. 15mm.

'■^ 2Iale. — Pale green; head and pronotum darker, with two
conspicuous yellow lines, slightly convergent, running from the
back of the eyes to the base of the pronotum ; suture of the
tegmina yellowish, and the antennce, legs, and under-surface of
body likewise inclining to yellow; four front femora and tibiae
armed with long slender spines ; hind femora considerably
thickened before the middle ; hind femora and tibiae with very
numerous short spines.

" Three specimens, two immature (Lister). The adult specimen
above described shows only three spines on the intermediate
femora, but one of the others has four, showing that this is not
a constant character. One of the immature specimens bears

150 Christinan Island.

a label : ' Christmas Island, October 3. Colour grass-green.' The
colour is now much mixed with yellow.

" Allied to P.^ectinata, Guer., but considerably smaller than any
of our specimens of that species."

One specimen, East Coast, September, 1897. (Andrews.)

Family PHANEROPTERID^.

20. Psyra pomona, sp.n.

Long. corp. (absque ovip.) 26 mm. ; cum ovip. 35 mm. ; exp.
tegm. 93 mm. ; lat. tegm. 11 mm.

Female. — Body testaceous, more or less tinged with green (doubt-
less greener when alive) ; head whitish, almost ivory-white under the
eyes and on the labrum ; last joint of palpi green ; antennce green,
becoming brown towards the extremity ; scape testaceous. Thorax
with the hinder third dark green, edged behind by a lighter carina,
and in front, in the middle, somewhat blackish. Ovipositor green,
about twice as long as the thorax, upcurved, and reddish brown
on the upper and lower edges, towards the extremity, which are
crenulatcd. Legs pubescent, with slender green spines, tipped
with blackish. Tegraina unicolorous, bright apple -green ; wings
greenish hyaline, with green nervures, and tipped with green.

Two females came to lamp at night ; Flying Fish Cove.

Allied to P. ensis, De Haan, but the antennae are not banded,
the tegmina are not spotted, and there are no dark markings on the
legs, except that there is a darker green spot at the base of the
front tibife. It is evident that Brunner's descriptions of the species
of this genus are taken from more or less discoloured specimens.

Family LOCUSTID^.

21. Oxya orientalis.
(PI. XIII, Fig. 1, dark form ; PI. XIY, Fig. 2, typical form.)

Frimnia{?) orientalis, Kirb. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 549.

" (J Exp. al. 44 mm. ; long. corp. 26 mm.

"Grass-green; antennae about twice as long as the head and
pronotum, yellowish (faded?), the tips brownish; tips of mandibles
and palpi dark green ; vertex with four dusky lines approximating
in front ; the inner ones much nearer together than the space
between these and the others, the transverse grooves on the pro-
notum black, the first shorter than the others, and ending in a dusky
spot on each side, behind which is another dusky spot (between
the second and third grooves) ; the second groove is angulated
forwards at its extremities, ending in blackish spots ; before the
first groove runs a transverse reddish line, only distinct on thQ

Ort/ioptera. 151

sides. Abdomen blackish above, green ou the sides and beneath ;
a hu'ge dark-green spot beneath, towards the extremity of the
eighth segment. Tegmina gi'eeu, with many of the longitudinal
nervures yellowish ; the intermediate spaces inclining to hyaline
beyond the middle. Wings smoky hyaline, with brown nervures;
costal nervure yellow, and the nervures at the base and along the
inner margin grass-green. Spines short, tipped with black, as
well as the claws."

" Flew into light in tent (October 9th)." (Lister.)
Seven specimens: from Flying Fish Cove, October, 1897, and
February, 1898 ; and East Coast, January, 1897. Common on
herbage, especially near coast. The same remark applies to the
two following species. (Andrews.)

These specimens apparently represent a duller form of the species
than the type. Mr. Andrews informs me that they were brownish
green Avhen alive; they are now testaceous brown, with only the
tips of the spines of the hind tibite black. The two females are
larger and darker than the male?;, expanding 55-60 mm. They
have some obscure brown markings on the back of tlie thorax, and
the middle of the tegmina is longitudinally varied with light brown
and yellowish for the basal third, and with light brown and pale
testaceous beyond. The alidomen is black at the base for two-
thirds of its length, and the hind femora are marked with two
large brown patches, interiiipted by the strife on the outside, one
near the middle, and the other towards the extremity.

22. Cyrtacaiithacris disparilis.

Cyrtacanthacrit disparilis, Ku-b. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 549.
C.fusilinea, Kirb. {nee Wlk.), I.e., 1888.

"Exp. al. ^ 90 mm., 9 H5mm. ; long. corp. ^ 54 mm., 9 80 mm.

'■^ Male — Head and body yellow, inclining to reddish above;
antennae with the first two joints yellow, the remainder black
above, beneath pitchy or yellowish ; tegmina longer than the
abdomen, yellow ; the longitudinal veins darker ; towards the tip
the membrane becomes nearly hyaline, and many of the nervures
are brown. Wings smoky hyaline, the nervures towards the base
and costa yellow, the remainder brown ; the nervures immediately
at the base incline to reddish. Legs yellow, darker above ; tarsi
inclining to reddish, the joints sometimes marked with green;
claws black at the tips ; hind femora with three carinas above,
Tvith short and distant serrations ; these and the lower lateral
carina are irregularly marked with black ; the intermediate space
above is slightly reddish, more so at two points than in others,
which gives the appearance of two interrupted lines. Sutures of
the knee-joint black. Hind tibiae with a green spot at the base
above, otherwise dull green ; the under-surface yellow. Spines
yellow, tipped with black ; hind tarsi yellowish or reddish.

152 Chridmas Island.

^'■Female. — Reddish brown, inclining to black on the npper part
of the head and thorax ; antennae black (including the two basal
joints), and pitchy towards the extremity ; face reddish. The
frontal concavity is black on the sides, but is filled up with
yellow, which forms the front of a broad yellow stripe which
runs to the extremity of the prothorax, of which the borders,
and especially the lower hinder angles, are more or less yellow;
the borders of this streak above, the facial carinse, and a stripe
under each eye are darker than the suiTouuding parts. Four
front legs dirty green, varied with yellow ; the arolia reddish ;
middle femora with a double row of yellow spots on the outside.
Hind femora brown above and reddish beneath, with two blackish
transverse bands above ; the space between the lateral carinfe with
oblique or oval whitish or pale-yellow marks, and a continuous
yellow stripe on the under-surface. Hind tibias black above, with
a yellow spot at the base, and brownish yellow beneath ; spines
yellow, tipped with black. Hind tarsi reddish, with a black carina
above ; tegmiua brown, the interspaces more hyaline towards the
tips. Wings as in the male.

"Allied to C. melanocerus, Serv. (iiigricorne, Burm.), from Java
and Malacca.

" I should not have ventured to place these insects together but
for a memorandum which accompanied them, stating that they
were found in coitii by Lieutenant Richardson near the shore of
Christmas Island on October 1, 1887. Another specimen of the
male was met with on October 2 at Flying Fish Cove."

Besides the above specimens contained in Mr. Lister's collection,
I am now inclined to refer the insect which I formerly regarded as
possibly C. fusilinea, Wlk., to C. disparilis.

Four specimens, one marked Flying Fish Cove, August, 1897,
and another, December, 1897, were in Mr. Andrews' collection, as
well as two dark female specimens, with the pale band on the
pronotum entirely absent. They may represent a variety of this
species, but do not appear to be specifically distinct.

23. Epacromia rufostriata. (PI. XIII, Fig. 2.)

Epaeromia rufostriata, Kirb. : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 550.

" Exp. al. $ 43 mm., 9 40 mm. ; long. corp. $ 20 mm., ^ 22 mm.

'^ Male. — Testaceous, speckled with reddish and black; a small
black spot beneath each eye ; a black stripe (bordered above by
a pale line, and suffused below) runs behind each eye to the
extremity of the pronotum ; it is intersected at the third groove
of the prnnotum by the pale line which runs below instead of
above the hinder part of the black stripe, which is conical and
more sharply defined than the rest ; hind femora on the inside
black for half their length, followed by a long black spot ; the
inside sutures of the knees are also black, hind tibise beneath black

Arachnida, etc. lo3

at the base and for the last throe-quarters of their length ; spines
whitish, tipped with hhick. Tegmina testaceous, sub-hyaline beyond
the middle, with reddish nervures ; the basal half of the principal
nervure black ; wings clear hyaline, with pale nervures ; several of
the longitudinal nervures before the middle of the wing black for
at least part of their length.

" Female similar to the male, but much redder, and hardly
speckled ; edges of the frontal concavity blackish, and from this
run two slightly diverging blackish Hues between the eyes and
as far as the occiput. Markings of the head and pronotum nearly
as in the male; sides of pronotum varied with yellowish. Hind
femora red (very bright red beneath), and marked as in the male ;
hind tibite black at the base on the inside and beneath ; the basal
third otherwise yellow, the middle third black, and the apical
third red. Spines white, tipped with black ; extreme tip of hind
tibioc, including the base of the terminal spines, and hind tarsi,
yellow. Tegmina and wings nearly as in the male, but the
tegminti, and especially most of the longitudinal nervures, darker ;
many of the cross norvules, a short stripe before the middle above
the i^rincipal nervure, and most of the nervures on the inner
marginal region, are red.

"In both sexes the costa is moderately arched at one-fourth of
its length.

"I^ot very closely related to any species previously represented
in the British Museum." Captured October 1st. (Lister.)

One taken at Flying Fish Cove, October, 1897. (Andrews.)

OHILOPODA, DIPLOPODA, AND ARACHNIDA.

Bj' R. I. PococK.

(PLATE XVI.)

INTRODUCTOKY REMARKS.

Up to the present time our knowledge of the Arachnid and
Myriopod fauna of Christmas Island rested upon two collections.
The first was made in Januaiy, 1887, by the officers of H.M.
siu-vej-ing vessel "Flying Fish" ; the second in the autumn of the
same year by Mr. J. J. Lister, when acting as naturalist on board
H.M. surveying vessel "Egeria." The reports upon these
collections, published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society
for 1887, p. 520, and 1888, pp. 556-561, contain references to one

154 Christmas Island.

species of Scorpion, three species of Spiders, three of Centipedes^
and two of Millipedes.

With the exception of the two species of Cryptops obtained by
Mr. Lister, Mr. Andi'ews, during his stay on the island, rediscovered
all the species that had been collected by his predecessors, and,
in addition, supplemented the list by procuring one fresh species of
Millipede, three species of Pseiidoscorpions, one of which appears
to be undescribed, and adult and identifiable representatives of six
species of Spiders, as well as several other examples of this order
unfortunately too immature tor determination.

Quite sufficient material, however, has been procured to show
that the fauna of the island bears unmistakable signs of derivation
from that of the area of the Oriental region, represented especially
by Burma and Java, lying to the north.

There is no evidence that any of the species have been intro-
duced artificially. Indeed, the absence of such forms as the
Spider Heteropoda venatoria, the Scorpion Isometrus eiiropceus
{= macidatus, De Geer.), and the Centij)ede Scolopendra morsicans,
which accompany man in all his wanderings and establish them-
selves wherever the conditions of existence are favourable, seems
to indicate that the species or their ancestors now found in the
island crossed the sea that separates it fi-om Malaysia by purely
natural means — the Scorpions and the Myriopods and possibly some
of the Spiders in connection, in all probability, with floating tree
trunks or other vegetation ; the majority of the Spiders, especially
the web- spinning, bush-living species, on their so-called gossamer
webs in the early days of their existence ; and the Pseudoscorpions
by clinging to the legs of flies or bees, or lurking beneath the
elytra of beetles.

Class CHILOPODA.

Family CEYPTOPID^.

1. Cryptops hortensis, Leach.

One specimen apparently identical with the typically Palaearctic
species C. hortensis, collected by Mr. J. J. Lister. Mr. Andrews
did not find this species.

2. Cryptops inermipes, Poc.

Pocock: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 556, fig. 1 ; Ann. Mus. Geneva (2), x, p. 422, 1891.

This species was based upon specimens obtained in Christmas
Island by Mr. J. J. Lister. It has subsequently been found by
Sig. L. Tea upon Mount Mooleyit, in Tenasserim.

Mr. Andi'ews did not rediscover this species.

Arachnida, etc. 155

Family GEOPHILIDJE.
3. Mecistocephalus castaneiceps, Ilaase.

Abh. Museum, Diesdeu : Chilopoden, p. 102, pi. vi, fig. 109.

Specimens taken by both Mr. Lister and Mr. Andrews.
Originally recorded from Pulo Edam, otf tlie north coast of Java ;
also occurring in Table Island, Andamans {E. )l\ Oates), and in
Eotuma (*S. Gardiner).

Class DIPLOPODA.

rumily STEOjS^GYLOSOMIDiE.

1. Orthomorpha coarctata (Sauss.).

Taradcsmns coarctatus, Sauss. : Mem. Soc. Phys. Geueve, 1860, p. 298.
FaradcsiiiHs vicariits, Karsch: Auz. f. Naturi,'., 1S81, p. 08, pi. iii, fig. 8.
mtroiiffi/losuma poei/i, Eollmaii : Eiit. Amer., iii, p. 81.

Not previously recorded from Christmas Island.
Universally distributed, and of common occurrence in conserva-
tories in various parts of Eui'ope.

Family CYLINDRODESMID^.
CYLmDRODESMUS, Poc.

Ci/lliidrodesmus, T'ocock : P.Z.S., 1888, p. 553; Aim. Mng. Nat. Hist. (7),

1898, i, p. 328.
Ilaplosoma, Verhoeff : Zool. Anz., 1894, xvii, p. 8 [nom prvocc).
Haplodesmus, Cook: Aun. N. York Acad., ix, p. 4.

2. Cylindrodesmus hirsutus, Poc.

P.Z.S., 1888, p. 558, fig. 2 ; Aun. Mag. Xat. Hist. (7), 1898, i, p. 329.

Taken by Mr. Lister and by Mr. x^Jidrews in various parts of the
island.

The specimens of this Millipede collected by Mr. Lister were
the only representatives of the genus known at that time,
"^^ithin "the last eix years, however, two fresh species have been
discovered. One of these was met with in Amboina, and was
named Ilaplosoma strulelU hj Yerhoeff ; the other, described by
myself as Cylindrodesmus riliostis, was obtained by Mr. Stanley
Gardiner in the island of Piotuma. The specific features of the
three are tabulated in my above cited paper in the "Annals" for
last year.

156 Christmas Island.

Family CAMBALIDJE.
3. lulomorpha exocoeti (Poc.)-

Spirostrcptus [Xodopyge) exocceti, Pocouk : P.Z.vS., 18S8, p. 560.

Many specimens taken in and above Flying Fish Cove by
Mr. Lister and Mr. Andi'ews.

The anterior legs in the ^ of this species are five- jointed, not
four jointed, as in the species described by Porat.

Class ARACHNIDA.

Order SCORPIONES.

Family ISCHNrPID.E.

1. Hormurus australasise (Fabr.).

Scorpio australasim. Fabr. : Syst. Ent., p. 309.

Collected by Captain Maclear and Mr. Andi'ews. "Always
found under the bark of fallen tree tninks."

Abundantly distiibuted from Burma and Siam to the Polynesian
Islands.

Order PSEUDOSCORPIONES.

Family CHELIFERID^.
2. Trachychernes claviger (Thor.).

Chelifcr clavigcr, Thorell : Ann. Mus. Genova, 1889, xxvii, p. o91, pi. v,
figs. 5«, b.

A single example of this or of a closely allied species taken
under the bark of a decaying tree above Flying Fish Cove.
C. claviger was originally recorded fi'om Phamo in Bunna.

3. Chelifer javanus, Thorell.

Ann. Mus. Genova, 1882, xviii, p. 37, pi. v, figs. 20-22.

A single specimen, apparently identical with C.javamis, Thorell,
taken on the north coast of the island.

4. Chelifer murrayi, sp.n. (PI. XYI, Figs. 1, la.)

Colour tolerably uniform chestnut-brown, withlijialcr legs.

Carapace entirely covered with fine granulation ; sides of its
posterior portion nearly straight and parallel, of its anterior portion
somewhat abruptly converging in front ; cephalic or anterior portion
subglobose posteriorly, defined by a deei^ transverse sulcus, the
external edges of which curve forwards above the lateral margin ;
ocelliform spots large and distinct, a row of six simple bristles along

Arachnida, etc. 157

the anterior border between tlicm. Tergal plates finely and closely
covered with squamiform granules, each half transversely oblong-
and about four times as wide as long, a row of setiferous tubercles
along the posteiior margin, and two close together, one on each
side of the middle line, and a few smaller scattered about ; the
whole abdomen narrow, nearly parallel-sided, posteriorly rounded.
Sterna at most coriaceous; coxa) and maxilla? smooth.

Chelcc w^th humerus and bracliium finely granidar, sparsely
setose ; humerus subcylindrical, about tliree times as long as wide ;
bracluum elliptical, elongate, also about three times as long as wide,
scarcely longer and only a little thicker than the humerus ; hand
smooth, much wider than brachium, an elongate oval, nearly twice
as long as broad, and about as long on the brachium ; considerably
longer than the movable digit. Process on tip of movable digit of
mandible straight and cylindrical at base, curved slightly outwards
towards the apex, wliere it ends in three short finger-like processes
and a short thumb - like projection, the whole structure much
resembling a four-fingered human hand.

Total length of body, 3 mm.

Our knowledge of the Oriental species of this group is still in its
infancy, and the species here described will very likely be redis-
covered in Burma, Sumatra, or Java, but it apparently differs from
all the Indo- Malayan species described by Thorell (Ann. Mus.
Genova, xxvii, pp. 591-606). For example, C. lirmanicus has no
trace of eyes and is quite smooth. C. orites, also from Burma, is
allied to C. javanus in being smooth and in haWng the carapace
entire. C. sumatrivi us has a different flagellum ; and, lastly, both
C. hansenii and C. hisulcus from Burma have the eyes very distinct,
and not mere pale integumental patches, hisulcus in addition being
smooth. C. hansenii^ on the contrary, except so far as the eyes are
concerned, is certainlj- nearly allied to C. murrai/i, but differs also
in the structure of the seta3 and of the mandibular flagellum (see
Thorell's figures, op. cit., pi. v, fig. 8).

The three species of Chclifcridoo obtained in Christmas Island
may be determined as follows : —

a. Carapace without eyes, but with two very strong transverse

grooves ; integument of dorsal surface coarsely granular,
the bristles short and thickly clavate ; coxag of posterior
legs enlarged ; abdomen very broad . . claviger, Thor.

b. Carapace with a pair of pale ocelliform patches, and at most

one transverse groove ; integument smooth, or at most
very finely granular ; bristles simple ; coxae of fourth
leg not enlarged ; abdomen narrow.
a}. Integument shining, smooth ; carapace without trans-
verse sulcus ; chelae much stouter . javanus, Thov.
i'. Integument finely and closely granular; carapace with
a strong transverse groove defining the cephalic area;
chelae much thinner murrayi, sp.n.

lo8 C/in'sftnas Island.

Order ARANEiE.
Family DYSDERID^.

5. Ariadna natalis, sp.n.

Colour. — Caraj^acc castaneous, becoming gradually blacker in the
cephalic region ; mandibles black ; legs and palpi clear reddish-
yellow, with the protarsi and tarsi of the first and second legs
and the tibia and tarsus of the palpi blackish ; abdomen a pale
greyish- olive tint throtighout.

Carapace slightly longer than patella and tibia of first leg,
smooth, sparsely hairy ; eyes of posterior line straight when viewed
from above, slightly procui-ved fi'om the front.

Legs. — Femur of first anned apically with six spines, three of
which are longer and serially arranged on the inner (aiiterior) side ;
tibia anned below with seven to eight anterior and nine or ten
posterior spines, mostly long, but a few quite short ; protarsi
armed with eight pairs of strong spines, some long, some short ;
tibia of third with two median inferior, protarsus with two median
and two apical inferior spines. Patella) of legs unarmed ; fourth
leg unarmed.

Measurement (in millimetres). — Total length, 8'5; length of cara-
pace 4, of first and second leg about 8, of third 6, of fourth 7'5.

"Above Flying Fish Cove; on the ground under decaying tree
trunks. In holes in limestone blocks, top of cliff, iS^.E. Point,
about 600 feet."

Recognizable from its nearest geographical allies, the Sumatran
A. sneUemanii, Van Hasselt ("Midden Sumatra, etc., Araneae,"
1882, p. 37; see also Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genova (2), 1889-90,
viii, p. 388), and from the Buiinese A. monticola, Thorell (Ann.
Mus. Genova (2), 1 897, xvii, p. 190), in the following particulars : —

a. Carapace and abdomen black, tibia of legs of first pair

aimed with only 7-9 spines, six of which are arranged
in three inferior pairs.
a^. Protarsus of first with seven pairs, of second with five

pairs of spines sncUemanii, V. H.

¥. Protarsus of first armed beneath with only four spines,
arranged 1, 1, 2, of second with five, arranged 2, 1, 2
beneath and 1 in front .... monttcola, Thor.

b. Carapace ferruginous, with blackish head ; abdomen olive

grey, with silky lustre ; tibia of first leg armed beneath
"ndth from fourteen to seventeen spines, biserially arranged ;
protarsi of first and second with eight paii's of inferior
spines natalis, sp.n.

Arachnida, etc. 15')

Family SCYTODID^.
6. Scytodes (Dictis) venusta, Thor.

Dietis ventisfa, Thorell : Aun. Mus. Geneva (2), 1889-90, viii, p. 301.

Several specimens apparently identical witli B. venusta, Thorell,
•whicli has hitherto been recorded only from Sumatra.

Family PHOLCID^.
7. Smeringopus elongatus (Vinson).

Fholcus clongatm, Vinson : Aran, des iles . . . Reunion, Maurice, et

" Madagascar, 1863, p. 135, jil. iii, fig-. 5.
Pholcus distmctus, 0. V. Canibr. : Jouru. Linn. Soc, 1869, x, p. 380, pi. xi,
figs. 28-30.

" Flying Fish Cove. In houses."

Widely distributed in the tropics of both hemispheres.

Family AEGIOPID^.
8. Argiope reinwardti (Dol.). (PL XVI, Fig. 2.)

Epeira trifasciata, Doleschall : Nat. Tijdschrift Xederland. Indie. 1857, xiii
(ser. Ill, vol. iii), p. 416. Verli. Nat. Vereen. Nederland. Indie,
1858-9, V, pi. i, fig. 3 {noiiK preocc).

Epeira reinwardti, id.: loc. cit., p. 31, pi. xv, fig. o.

Argiope doleschallii, Thorell : Remarks on Syn., 1873, p. 520 ; Ann. Mus.
Geneva, 1878, xiii, p. 38.

" Common eveiywhero ; geometrical vreb in forest. "Web
furnished with narrow vertical white band of thick silk, crossing
centre. Spider rests in form of an X-"

Ranges from Java to Amboina.

In the typical Javan form of this species, as figured by
Doleschall, the two anterior abdominal stripes are separated by
a wider dark space than is observable in any of the Christmas Island
specimens. Unfortunately we have scarcely any material from Java
wherewith to test the constancy of this character in the typical
form. I3ut since in the Christmas Island form the two yellow stripes
are sometimes in contact in the middle line, sometimes separated
by a naiTow space, it is justifiable to assume that Javan specimens
will be found to vary in a similar way.

A figure of the species is published on PI. XVI, as being
the most beautiful and one of the most plentiful spiders on the
island.

160 Christmas Island.

9. Cyrtophora unicolor (DoL). (PL XYI, Fig. 3.)

Epeira unicolor, Doleschall : Xat. Tijdsclirift Xederland. Indie, 1857. xiii
(ser. in, vol. iii), p. 149 ; Verh. Nat. Vereen. Xederland. Indie,
1858-9, V, pi. ii, fig. i. Thorell : Ann. Mus. Geneva, 1878,
xiii, p. o2.

Abundant on the island.

Ranges from Ceylon to Aniboina.

A full figure of this species is also published on PI. XYI, as
forming a striking feature of the spider fauna of the island.

"Geometrical snare suiTounded by mass of irregularly arranged
threads ; sometimes a number of spiders found together in large
compound vreb. Spiders always found in curled - up dead leaf
towards outer part of snare."

10. Nephila nigritarsis, L. Koch.

Die Aracliniden Anstraliens, i, p. lo2, pi. xii, figs. 4, 4rt.

Subsp. insulicola, nov.
= X. nigritarsin, L. Koch: Pocock, P.Z.S., 1888, p. 560.

Eecognizable from the typical form which occurs in Queensland,
at least in having the anterior portion of the sterniim entirely black
instead of being furnished with a broad yellow border.

Abundant in the island. Many specimens were taken by
Mr. Andi-ews and previously by Mr. J. J. Lister. "Makes
geometrical webs of yellow silk in the forest among trees and
bushes, sometimes at considerable heights from the ground."

11. Cyclosa mulmeinensis (Thorell).

J?peirii mulmeinensis, Thor. : Ann. Mus. Genova, 1887, xiv, p. 221.

Epeira {Ci/closa) mulmeinensis, id. : Desci-iptive Cat. Spiders of Burma, 1896,

p. 192.
Cyclosa mulmeinensis, Simon : Hist. Xat. Araiguees, 1894, i, pt. 3, p. 784.

" East coast. Geometrical web on face of limestone cliffs."
The Christmas Island specimens of this species seem to be
identical with those obtained by Mr. Gates at Tharrawaddy in
Burma, except that the abdominal tubercles are not apparent. The
prominence of the tubercle is probably dependent upon the degree
of distension of the abdomen, as is the case in Carostris and some
other tuberculate spiders. "When the spider is full fed and the
abdominal integument at its utmost stretch, the tubercles become
reduced or vanish altogether ; when the spider is killed in a fasting

Arachnida, etc. 161

state, tlie tubercles project more or less above the general level of
the skin. A cluster of the cocoons of this species, strung together
in the manner characteristic of the species of Ci/closa, was also
procured by Mr. Andrews.

According to Simon this species occurs in India, Arabia, and
South Africa, as well as in ATalaysia.

Family SPARASSID^.
12. Heteropoda listeri, sp.n. (PL XVI, Figs. 4, 4a-d.)

Heteropodu venutoria (Liun.), Pocock: P.Z.S., 1888, p. 561 (not veuatoria, Linn.).

Colour. — Carapace castaneous, with pale posterior transverse
band ; thickly clothed with liairs of almost a mustard-yellow hue
at the sides, more rusty red above ; mandibles black or ferruginous,
the upper half thicklj' clothed with long yellow bristles ; legs
ferruginous, distally infuscate, clothed with yellowish -grey hairs,
jialer on the femora than on the tibiae ; sternum and coxte deep
reddish-black ; upper side of abdomen covered with yellowish or
reddish hairs in front, with darker hairs intermixed with blackish
patches behind ; lower surface darker in the middle than at the
sides, the sides yellow, the median area greyish black or pale
gi'ey, with a pair of narrow darker lines.

Carapace a little longer than broad, low, longitudinally hori-
zontal above, the ocular region lightly depressed ; ej'es of jDosterior
line slightly reciu'ved, their anterior edges nearlj^ level, the
median a little more than a diameter apart ; eyes of anterior line
nearly straight, their upper edges in a straight line, the laterals
onlj- about one-fourth larger than the medians, the laterals only
about half their diameter above the edge of the clypeus ; carapace
about as long as tibia of lirst leg, slightly longer than that of
fourth, the width just about equal to tibia of third.

Zeffs 2, 1, 4, 3 ; the second overlapping first by more than the
length of its tarsus, third just surpassing middle of pi'otarsus of
second, fourth sui-passing third by about half the length of its
tarsus.

Vulva (as in Fig. 4a).

(J closely resembling 9 except in length of legs ; carapace
about equal to half the length of the patella and tibia of first ;
third leg not reaching midtUe of protarsus of second.

Palpus (as in Figs. 4J, c, d).

Measurements (in millimetres). — 9 Total length, 19; length of
carapace 8';), width 8, length of first leg 34, of second 38, of third
31, of fourth 32, of palpus 11. $ Total length, 16-5; length of
carapace 8-5, of first leg 44, of second 52, of third 39, of fourth
38, of palpus 11.

162 Christmas Inland.

" Common on the island. Found under loose bark ; also in tent
at night and in roof of outbuildings, etc."

A single mutilated female example of this species was brought
by Mr. J. J. Lister from Christmas Island in 1888, and wrongly
identified by me as H. venatoria, L. An examination of -svell-
preserved material, consisting of both young and adults of both
sexes, proves the species to be quite distinct from venatoria. It
differs from all the known species of Heteropoda, in having the
upper half of the mandibles thickly clothed with long hairs, with
the apical half naked, exactly as occurs in the genus Panaretus.
In this particular it constitutes an intermediate link between
Panaretus and Heteropoda, both of which are represented by
several species in the Malaysian area. From the known species
of Panaretus, U. listeri differs in having the posterior portion of
the carapace as high and not higher than the anterior.

In addition to the large specimens of this species described above
and figured, Mr. Andrews procured a number of small examples
of Heteropoda, containing both adults and young, which at first
sight appear to belong to a distinct species. But since the vulva
and palpi are practically identical in structure with those of the
larger examples, I conclude that the smaller examples are merely
dwarfed representatives of the same species as the larger.

In addition to the spiders above recorded Mr. Andrews brought
back —

1. A single sub-adult female trapdoor spider belonging to the

family Barychelida) and possibly referable to the genus
Encyocrypta. The arrangement of the eyes is less specialized
than in that genus, the anterior laterals being further apart.
But this primitiveness in the eyes in the Christmas Island
specimen is probably to be attiibutcd to immaturity.

2. Several sub-adult specimens of what is probably a new species

of Xysticus.
8. Immature specimens of a species of Araneiis — perhaps
A. nauticus, L. K.

4. A single adult female referable to the genus Litliyphantes.

5. A few immature specimens of a species of Oxyopes.

6. Several small Attidae of various kinds, which I refrain from

determining.

Land Crustacea. 163

LAND CRUSTACEA.

By C. W. Andrews, B.Sc, F.G.S.

The land Crustacea arc a very important factor in the fauna of
the ishind. They seem to act as the chief scaveng;ers, destroying
both animal and vegetable refuse, "while the little red crab
{Gecarcinus ?af/ostoinus) to some extent takes the place of earth-
worms, in loosening the surface soil and incorporating with it the
decaying vegetable matter.

I am indebted to Professor Jeffrey Bell and Mr. 11. I. Pocock
for tlie determination of the species noticed below.

Family GECARCINID^E.
1. Gecarcinus lagostomus, M -Edw.

Gecarcinus higostomn, M.-Edw., Hist. nat. Crust., vol. ii (1837), p. 27.
HylccocarciuHs natalis, Pocock, P.Z.S., p. 561, 1888.

In his account of the Crustacea of Christmas Island collected
by Mr. J. J. Lister, Mr. E.. I. Pocock described as new a small
crab, to which he gave the name Hylceocarcinns natalis. At the
same time he pointed out that the genera Sylccocarcinus of
Wood-Mason and Linmocarcinus of De Man are probably identical,
and suggested that the differences between them depend on age.

In the present collection a number of large bright-red crabs,
here referred to Gecarcinus lagostonms, are undoubtedly the adult
of HyJceocarcinus natalis.

This is the commonest of the land-crabs inhabiting the island,
and is found in great numbers everywhere, even on the higher
hills and the more central portion of the plateau. In many places
the soil is honeycombed by its burrows, into which it rapidly
retreats when alarmed. These crabs seem to feed mainly on dead
leaves, which they carry in one claw, held high over the back,
and drag down into the burrows. From their enormous numbers
they must play a great i^art in the destruction of decaying vegetable
matter and its incorporation into the soil.

Once a year, during the rainy season, they descend to the sea
to deposit their eggs, and during this migration hundreds may be
seen on every path down steep slopes, and many descend the
cliff-face itself. They remain on the beach for a week or two,
and deposit their eggs among stones in shallow water inside the
reef. Afterwards they gradually make their way back to their
accustomed homes. In the year of my visit this migration occurred
in January.

164 Christmas Island.

2. Cardisoma carnifex (Ilerbst).

Cancer carnifex, Herbst, Naturgesdi. dcr Krabheu unci Krebsc, vol. ii (1794),
p. 163, pi. xli, fig. 1.

This species is now rcconled from tlie island for the first time,
the reason why it -n'as not seen by previous collectors being that
it occurs only in the neighbourhood of .small fresh-water streams
which up to the time of my visit had not been explored. In this
island, at any rate, this species must be regarded as a fresh-water
form, and, in fact, when a specimen was seen it might be taken as
an indication that fresh water was not far off. It lives in deep holes
in the mud at the sides and bottom of the brooks, and is especially
common near the stream about two miles north of Steep Point.
(See map.)

Its colour when living is a uniform light slate- grey. This form
seems to differ slightly both in colour and in the proportions of its
carapace from specimens in the Museum Collection from Tahiti,,
which have been referred to the same species.

Family OCYPODID^.
3. Ocypoda ceratophthalma (Pallas).

Cancer ceratophthalma, Pallas, Spicilegia Zoologica, 1772, p. 83, pi. v, tigs. 7, 8.

This crab is rather common on the shore platform at Flying Fish
Cove, where it lives under the blocks of stone, which are strewn
at the foot of the cliff.

Family C(ENOBITI])..E.

4. Birgus latro (Linn.).
Cancer lahv, Linu., Syst. Nat., 12tb ed., 1766, p. 1049.

This species is found in abundance all over the island, even in
the densest parts of the forest on the central plateau. If in any
spot none are visible it is only necessary to stand still for a short
time before several may be seen approaching rapidly from various
directions. As they come near they advance more slowly and with
caution, the antenna; continually moving up and down alternately
on opposite sides. On the least alarm they scuttle backwards in
a succession of ungainly jerks, caused by tlie thrusts of the long-
front walking-legs, and as soon as possible they push the unprotected
hinder part of their body into any hole or crevice in tree or rock
that they can reach.

In defending themselves they seem to rely chiefly on the first
pair of walking-legs, which arc long and terminate in sharp points ;
these the crab raises over its back and then strikes downward with.

Land Cradacea. 165

"botli sides at ouce. The chelic are extremely powerful, and are
used -with great effect when an opi^ortunity occurs.

These crabs eat fruits, the pith of the sago-i)alm and the
screw-pines, dead rats and other carrion, and any of their fellows
that may have been injured. They frequently ascend trees to
u great height in search of food, and occasionally dozens may be
seen round a sago-palm of which the fi'uit is ripening, some
ascending and descending the trunk, others eating the fallen fruit.

After dark, as a rule, these crabs cease to wander about, and
I found that many of them, particularly the smaller ones, climb
a short distance up tree trunks or into low bushes, probably to
escape being disturbed by the rats. In moonlight and in the light
of the camp-tire they may keep moving all the night.

They are excellent scavengers, and have a curious habit of often
dragging their food long distances before attempting to eat it.
I have seen a crab laboriously pulling a bird's wing up the first
inland cliff, half-a-mile or more from the camp whence it had
stolen it.

1 never saw one of these crabs voluntarily enter the sea, and
they do not appear to migrate to it for the purpose of laying
their eggs. At the beginning of the year numerous females
carrying large masses of eggs were seen at long distances from
the coast and on the highest ground ; and about the same time
young crabs not more than an inch or two long, but otherwise
like the adults, were fairly common. Mr. Andrew Clunies-Ross
told me that he believes the eggs are hatched out while the females
are buried in holes in the ground. During the wet season both
sexes seem to bury themselves tempoi'arily while casting their shell.

5. Ccsnobita clypeata (Herbst).

Cancer chjpcatH-s, Herbst, Nat. Krabbenimd Krebse, ii, 1796, p. 22, pi. xxiii,fig. 2.

This large hermit crab is found in considerable numbers ; it
is commonest on the lower terraces near the sea, though not
unfrequently met with in the higher parts of the island. It
usually inhabits large Trochus shells, and the occurrence of these
on the hills far from the sea was difiicult to account for until
this circumstance was noticed. These crabs, like Bi'rgus, are good
climbers ; they ascend steep rock faces and get into small trees
and bushes in search of food : when disturbed, they let themselves
fall at whatever height they may be.

There are several other species of hermit crabs living on the
beaches, but since these belong rather to the marine fauna they
need not be noticed here.

A small fresh-water Crustacean, apparently an Amphipod, was
collected from the mud of a small stream on the East Coast ;
unfortunately these specimens have been lost.

16G

CIiriHtmas Inland.

VERMES.^

ox THE EARTHWORMS FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

By Daniel Rosa, D. Sc,
Assistant in the Royal Zoological Museum, Turin.

1. Pontodrilus ephippiger, D. Rosa (1898), (Figs. 1, 2.)
D. Eosa: Ann. Mag. Xat. Hist. [7], vol. ii (1898), p. 281, pi. ix, figs. 4, 5.

Fonfodrilits ephippiger, D. Rosa (1898).

Fig. 1. Prostate.
,, 2. Spermatheca.

Hab. — Christmas Island (near small stream on east coast).

The length of our specimens ranges from 43 to 47 mm., with
a diameter of 3 mm. ; the numher of segments varies from 85 to
100 ; the colour (in spirit) is an intense yellow.

The prostomium is short, only slightly dovetailed in the peri-
stomium, which is longer than the second segment.

The setye are distant : behind the clitellum the ventral interval
aa is twice that between setas ah ; the lateral intervals between
setse ah, he, cd are about equal, though slightly increasing from
below upwards ; the dorsal middle space dd is about three times as
wide as cd. These distances vary slightly in front of the clitellum ;
for instance, at the height of the spermathecae the setfe he are
slightly wider apart than setae ah or ed, so that the setae are here
paired, though, of course, not very close together.

The clitellum extends over segments 13-17= 5; it may be
termed saddle-shaped, ceasing near the outer ventral seta (h) : this
clitellum is well developed dorsally, where its rings are completely
fused together, while on the ventral area the setae as well as the
intersegmental furrows are tolerably visible.

There is a deep transverse fossa on segment 1 8 ; the transverse

^ Reprinted, by permission, from Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [7], vol. ii (1898),.
p. 281, pi. ix, figs. 4-7.

Vermes. 1 67

margins of this fossa show a slight inward convexity, but are
not specially swollen, whereas the longitudinal margins, which
overhang the fossa, are in fact the ventral end of a pair of large
glandular swellings which are also visible from the dorsal side,
where they gradually disappear near the outermost setoe {d). The
whole has much the appearance figured by Akira Jizuka for
P. matsushimensis. The male openings are difficult to see, lying
in the fovea at the base of the overhanging walls, approximately
in a Hue with the outer ventral seta (b).

A deep slit-like sucker, with pale, somewhat raised margins, lies
ventrally on the intersegmental furrow between segments 19 and
20, reaching laterally the line of the innermost ventral setoe.

The oviducal openings are two minute pores on the anterior part
of segment 14, almost in a line (though a little ventrad) with the
innermost ventral setaj {a).

The spcrmathecal pores are on small projecting tubercles between
segments 7-8 and 8-9, on a line with the outer ventral set® {h).

There are no dorsal pores. The nephridio-pores lie at the level
of the outer ventral seta?, but I could not determine which segment
bears the first of them.

Septa 5-6 to 8-9 inclusive are thin; the following, 9-10, 10-11,
1 1-12, and also, but to a less degree, 12-13, are thickened.

A gizzard is not recognizable, but septum 6-7 is more deeply
infundibulate than its neighbours, and we may connect this with
the earlier existence of a gizzard in the 6th segment. There
are no calcif erous glands ; the intestine begins behind the 1 8th
segment, perhaps in 16 or 17.

The laearts occupy segments 11, 12, 13, the last being the
largest.

The two pairs of large spermatheca) belong to segments 8 and 9 ;
each spermatheca consists of a pyriform pouch not distinctly
marked off from its duct, and of a narrow tubular diverticula
which is longer than the main pouch.

The broad grape-like ovaries are readily seen in segment 13, as
well as the testes in segments 10 and 11, all these gonads being
attached to the anterior septum on each side of the neui'ochord.
In front of the gonads, that is, on the anterior face of septa 10-11,
11-12, and 13-14, the funnels of both pairs of vasa deferentia and
of the oviduct are plainly visible.

The small sperm sacs in segments 11 and 12 have a botryoidal
appearance.

The prostates occupy segments 16, 17, and 18, and recall very
nearly those of P. insularis (Rosa). Their glandular portion has
the appearance of a large sausage - like body, formed by the
apposition of the several parts of a slightly - coiled lesser duct.
The muscidar duct which arises from the front end of the glandular
tube is moderately bent, with the convexity inwards, and gradually
increases in diameter as it proceeds backwards, reaching at last the
external openings on the 18th segment.

1G8

Chn-stinas Inland.

I could not see exactly where the vas deferens joins the prostate,
but I have little doubt that the connection between both structures
will be found to be the same as that which has been described by
Akira Jizuka for P. matmshimensu.

Our species seems to be closely allied to P. visularis (Rosa),
which I first described from specimens obtained in the Aru
Islands,^ and which has been more recently found also at Ceylon
(Michaelsen).* Still, a marked difference between the two species
exists, as in the sperm athecte of P. insnJaris both Micbaelsen and
I failed to find any diverticulum. Our specimens were not fully
mature, but on the hypothesis of an identity between these two
species it seems highly improbable that even in a series of sections
no traces could be found of an organ which in the adult reaches so
great a development. Moreover, in the descriptions of P. visularis
no mention is made of a ventral sucker.

Another allied species is undoubtedly P. matsushimenHis, for
a clear description of wrhich we are indebted to Akira Jizuka.^
However, this Japanese Pontodrilus seems to be really different
from our species.

First, it is a larger species than ours, as its length ranges from
90 to 110 mm., with a diameter of 3-3*5 mm. ; while our specimens,
with a diameter, too, of 3 mm., have only a length of 43-47 mm.
Besides, it may be noted that the clitellum of P. matsushimensis is
described as being well developed all round the body (and the same
is shown by the figures), whilst in our species the clitellum is
distinctly saddle-shaped. Finally, the appearance of the prostate
is (so far as one can judge from the figures) somewhat different.

2. Perichgeta brevis, D. llosa (1898). (Figs. 3, 4.)
D. Rosa: Ann. Map:. Nat. Hist. [7], vol. ii (1898), p. 283, pi. ix, figs. 6, 7.

3 U

Ferichceta hrevis, D. Eosa (1898).

Fig. 3. Sperm-sacs {vs.), sperm-reservoirs {cs.), and diverticulum (cs.dir.).
,, 4. Spermatheca.

^ Ann. d. naturh. Hofmuseum, Wien, Bd. \i, 1895.

* Mitth. aus. d. naturhistor. Museum, xiv (Hamburg, 1897).

^ Annotationes Zoologicse Japoneuses, vol. ii, pars 1 (Tokyo, 1898).

Vermes. 169

Hab. — Christmas Islaud (uear small stream on east coast).

A very small species, measuring only 1 5-20 mm. in length by
;a diameter of 2-2-5 mm. ; it consists of about 70-80 segments ; the
-colour (in spirit) is a deep yellow.

The seta3 on segment 25 are approximately 50.

The clitellum occupies somites 14, 15, 16.

The male pores are on high conical and almost lateral porophores,
■\vhich are partially visible from behind. The boundaries of these
porophores are laterally indistinct; in front and behind they are
marked by the intersegmental furrows 17-18 and 18-19, which
■are here deflected. Fourteen seta3 are visible between the male
pores.

The oviducal pore is single ami lies in a whitish spot on the
14th segment.

There are three pairs of spermatliecal pores between somites 5-6,
6-7, and 7-8, close to the lateral line.

I have not been able to determine the position of the first dorsal
poi'e. There are no copnlatory papillae.

Xone of the septa are noticeably thick and none are wanting.

The gizzard is between conical and tun-shaped; it is as long as
two somites, but is nevertheless comprised between septa 7-8 and
8-9 ; this last septum is pushed backwards and comes nearly in
•contact with septum 9-10.

The last heart lies in segment 13.

The spermathecte lie in segments 6, 7, 8 ; each consists of
a nearly globular sac with a short narrow duct, which is connected
at the inner side with a narrow tubular diverticulum ; this diverti-
culum is straight, not enlarged at the end, and extends a little over
the middle of the large sac.

The sperm - sacs in segments 1 1 and 1 2 are each connected
with a minute sperm-reservoir; the sperm -reservoirs of the 10th
segment are laterally produced into a large lobe, which looks
exactly like another pair of spenn-sacs, but it should be mentioned
that the true sperm-sacs lying in segment 10 prove to be connected
with the sperm-reservoirs of the 11th, and not with those of the
1 0th segment.

The prostates extend through six segments ; they are very
irregular in shape and consist of many lobules, which are only
loosely connected ; the ejaculatory duct is of moderate length,
-sigmoid, and does not open into a muscular bulb.

This species somewhat recalls P. acrophyla, Rosa, ^ from
Sumatra.

' Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. xvi, 1896.

170 Christmas Island.

3. Perichaeta posthuma, Vaill.

Vamant: Ann. Sci. Nat., 1868, p. 228.

The distribution of this species, according to Beddard, is Celebes,
Philippines. India, Bahamas.

4. Megascolex armatus (Bedd.).

Beddard: Ann. Ma^:. Nat. Hist, [o], vol.
*, Eosa : Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. vii {2a),

Sab. — Calcutta, Burmah, Labuan (Borneo), Seychelles, Nias.

PeriehcEta armata, Beddard: Ann. Ma^:. Nat. Hist, [o], vol. xii (1883), p. 216.
Megascolex armatus, Eosa: Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. vii [la), 1889, p. 139.

171

BOTANY.

DICOTYLEDONS.

POLYPETAL^.

By Edmund G. Baker, F.L.S., of the Botanical Department.

(PLATE XVII.)

MENISPERMACE^.
1. Tiliacora racemosa, Colebr., forma.
Distrib. — India, Ceylon, Java.

CAPP ABIDED.

2. Pedicellaria pentaphylla, Schrank {Gynandropsis penta-

phylla, DC).

Settlement Xo. 84.

Distrib. — Widely spread in tropics.

PITTOSPORE^.
3. Pittosporum nativitatis, sp.nov. (Plate XVII.)

Arbor humilis. Bamuli divaricati cortice griseo. Folia apices
ramulorum versus subverticillatim disposita ; lamina oblonga vel
oblongo-lanceolata utrinque glabra in petiolum attenuata apice
acuta penninervia subcoriacea modice petiolata margine Integra
vel subintegra. Inflorescentia pro gencre aliquantulum insignis ;
flores ad apices ramulorum subdense capitati-congesti ; pedicellis
teretibus brevibus. Sepala lanceolata acuminata petalis breviora.
Petala oblanceolata libera. Ovarium subsessile ; stylus brevis, sub-
crassus petalis brevior, stigmate termiuali coronatus. Capsulas
subglobosfe coriacese bivalves.

ITab. — Christmas Island Plateau, East Coast. Xo. 150. In
flower and fruit ; March, 1897.

172 Christinas Island.

Small tree. Branclilets divaricate. Leaves generally sub-
verticillate near the ends of the branches ; lamina oblong or
oblong - lanceolate, subcoriaceous, penninervcd, lateral nerves
arching, sub - prominent below, glabrous, margin entire or sub-
entire, lamina .'3-4 ins. long, often about an inch -wide at the
bi'oadest part, petiole dz ^ in. long. The flowers are in compact,
many-flowered heads terminating branches; pedicels short terete;
bracts narrow. Sepals acuminate about two-thirds the length of
the petals. Petals free, oblong or oblanceolate, ± 3 lines long,
± ^ line broad, somewhat hooded at the apex, three-nerved.
Stamens five, sliorter than the petals; filaments 1 line long or a
little longer ; anthers ± h liii^^ long. Ovary hairy below, gradually
tapering to a rather stout style which is less than 1 line long,
stigma terminal capitate. Capsule bivalved or sub-trivalved,
valves coriaceous ; fruiting peduncles about 3 lines long. Seeds
reddish-brown, hardly 1 line long.

Noticeable on account of the congested character of the
inflorescence.

GTJTTIFER^.
4. Ochrocarpus ovalifolius, T. And.

East Coast.

Native name : Nyamplon besar.

Distrih. — Malaya, Fiji.

5. Calophyllum inophyllum, Linn.

No. 46.

Native name : Nyamplon.

Distrih. — Widely spread in tropics.

MALVACE^.

6. Malvastrum tricuspidatum, A. Gray.

Also in the herbarium from Cocos-Keeling Island. H. 0. Forbes,
1879. No. 135.

Distrib. — Widely spread in tropics.

7. Abutilon auritum, Sweet.

Kocky Point. No. 8a.

Distrib. — Widely spread in tropics.

Dicotyledons. 173^

8. Abutilon listeri, Baker fil.

Rocky Point. Flowers July and Angust. Previously collectetl
by Mr. J. J. Lister. No. 8, No. 9.
Distrib. — Endemic.

9. Hibiscus vitifolius, Linn.

Shore terrace, North-P^ast Point. No. 156.
Distrib. — Widely spread in tropics.

10. Hibiscus tiliaceus, Linn.

Nos. 49, 61, 122, 142.
Native name : AVaroo.
Distrib. — A common seacoast tree in most tropical countries.

11. Hibiscus (Abelmoschus), sp.

Valley on west coast. Very rare. No. 58.

This may be IT. vriesianus, Hassk., in Hoev. and De Vrieso
Tijdschr. (1838-39), p. 263, a plant which I only know from the
description.

STERCULIACE^.

12. Kleinhovia hospita, Linn.

No. 57.

Native name : Laban.

Distrib. — Tropical Asia.

TILIACE^.

13. Berria ammonilla, Roxb., forma.

No. 6. North coast. Nos. 72, 153. Most valuable timber tree
on island. Has been called " Teak " in previous reports. The type
is figured in Roxburgh's " Plants of the Coast of Coromandel," iii,
t. 264 (1819). i:s2}cra cordifolia, Willd., in Ges. Naturf. Freunde
Neue Schr., iii (1801), p. 449, is probably an earlier name for
the above.

Native name : Boognor.

Distrib. (type). — Tropical Asia (var. rotundifolia , Bentham),
Cumberland Islands.

174 Christmas Island.

14. Grewia laevigata, Vahl.

No. 106.

jS'ative name : Kayu Wangle.

Bistrib. — Tropical Africa, India, Malaya.

15. Grewia, sp.

Near G. ohlongifolia, Blume, but fruit is required. No. 72a.

RUTACE^.

16. Acronychia andrewsi, sp. nov.

Arbuscula cortice griseo. Folia trifoliolata ; foliola oblonga vel
oblanceolata sessiKa vel vix petiolulata pctiolo longiora e basi
acuta apice obtusa vel subemarginata pcnninervia cbartacea glabra
pellucido - punctata subtus pallidiora costulis patentibus ante
marginem unitis tenuibus ; petiolus communis canaliculatus.
Paniculoe axillares sub lente puba5 adspersoe ; bracteolse circa basin
pedicellorum breves ovatce. Pedunculi quam petioli breviores.
Calyx brevis lobis ovatis. Petala sub antbesi rcflexa lanceolata
apice apiculata. Filamenta basi ciliolata, antberis dorsifixis ovatis
brevibus. Ovarium 4 - loculare giobosum, stylo basin versus
albo-pubescente.

Hah. — Christmas Island. Small tree, common, especially on the
shore terrace. Native name : Kayu djerouk.

Small tree with grey cortex. Branchlets towards extremities
pubescent. Leaves trifoliolate ; leaflets oblong or oblanceolate,
chartaceous, apex obtuse, base cuncate, lateral leaflets slightly
smaller than central leaflets (reaching 2 ins. long), central leaflets
2i-2f ins. long, but probably longer when older ; common petiole
rather over an inch, petiolules scarcely any. The flowers are borne
below the leaves in short axillary panicles (shorter than the
common petioles) ; pedicels pubescent. Buds oblong - cylindrical.
Calyx lobes short. Petals lanceolate ± 1"5 lines long. Filaments
ciliolate near the base. Ovary 4-locular, style pubescent, stigma
capitate.

Allied to A. trifoUolata., Miq., A. minahassce, Miq., and
A. hahnaheirce, Miq.

MELIACE^.

17. Melia azedarach, Linn. ?

In fruit. No. 151.

Native name : Wyndet.

Species uncertain in absence of flowers.

Bicofyledons. 1 75

18. Dysoxylum amooroides, Miquel.

Tree reaching 150-200 feet. No. 36.
Native name : Pegou utan,
Distrib. — Java, Xew Guinea.

CELA.STEINE^.

19. Celastrus paniculatus, "Willd.

Small tree. Shore cliff, Rocky Point. No. 26, No. 75.
Distrib. — India, Malay Archipelago, Philippine Is.

RHAMNACE^.

20. Colubrina pedunculata, sp. nov.

Arbor humilis. Hamuli teretes Iteves apices versus pubescentes.
Folia mcmbranacea ovata vel ovato-lanceolata acuminata vel sub-
acuminata mucronata basi lato-cuncata vel rotundata penninervia
adultiora superne glabra subtus prassertim in costa venisquc
strigoso-pubescentia modice petiolata margine Integra vel sub-
undulata. Flores in pedunculo longiusculo axillari piloso pedicel-
lati. Calyx externe pilis inspersus ; lacinioe ovatte intus carinatae.
Petala 5 disci carnosi pentagoni planiusculi ovario adhajrentis
margini inserta, oblonga concava quam sepala breviora. Stylus
^rectus trifidus; lobis obtusis intus stigmatosis. Capsula baud visa.

Sab. — Christmas Island, north coast, only occurring near settle-
ment. In flower February, 1898.

Easily distinguished from C. asiatica, Brongn., and C. javanica,
Miq., by having a much longer peduncle.

Small tree. Leaves alternate membranaceous, ovate-acuminate
or subacuminate, margin entire or somewhat undulate, when fully
matured glabrous above and strigose pubescent below, especially
on the veins. Lamina 3-4 ins. long, \h-2 ins. broad ; petiole
generally about \ in. long.

Flowers in axillary cymes. Peduncles much longer than in
C. asiatica., Brongn.. being from H-H in., strigosely hairy, as are
also the pedicels. Calyx pubescent externally, lobes ovate, acute,
with internal keel. Petals shorter than the sepals, nearly 1 line
long, rather remote from each other, concave. Stamens about same
length as petals. Style erect, stigmas 3. Ovary immersed in the
disk semi -inferior. Fruit not seen.

The genus Marcorella, Necker, Elem., ii, p. 122 (1790), has been
placed by Mr. Jackson in the Index Kewensis as synonymous with
Colubrina. It is considerably earlier, but I have seen no authentic
material of this.

176 ClirinhnaH I-iland.

AMPEL1DEJ5.

21. Cissus repens, Lam.

Phosphate Hill.

Distrih. — Tropical Asia, Queensland.

22. Cissus pedata, Lam.

Nos. 59, 127.

Distrib. — India, Ceylon, Cochin China, Siam. Java.

23. Leea sambucina, "VYilld.

jS'ative name : Chelenka.

JHatrih. — India, China, Philippines, North Australia.

Leea horrida, Tevsm., is recorded by Mr. H. X. Kidley.

SAPINDACE^.

24. Allophylus cobbe, Bhime, forma glaber, Hiern.

1^0. 119.

Distrib. (type). — India, Indian Archipelago, North Australia, etc.

LEGUMINOS.E.

25. Erythrina indica, Lam., forma.

Tree on north coast, common in places (one measured 1 8 feet in
circumference) ; bark smooth, light grey. No. 62.

Native name : Dad up.

This plant approaches so closely in structure to SJ. indica, Lam.,
that I think it must be considered a form of that species. The
calyx of LJ. indica is minutely five-toothed at the very tip, while
the Christmas Island plant has three, or sometimes five, bluntish
callosities. The standard is about 2 ins. long; the wings and keel
are subequal, and ± 1 in. long.

Distrib. (type). — Sea-shores of Soi;th-East Asia, from Sunderbuns
to Malay Archipelago and Polynesia.

26. Strongylodon ruber, Yogel.

Common near sea. No. 101.
Distrib. — Ceylon, Polynesia.

27. Galactia tenuiflora, AY. & A.

Pocky Point. No. 4.

Distrib. — India, Siam, Malaya, Australia, aud East Tropical
Africa.

Licotyledons. 177

28. Canavalia ensiformis, DC.

Shore. No. 132.

Distrih. — "Widely spread in tropics.

29. Phaseolus lunatus, Linn.

No. 93.

Distrib. — An American species now widely spread in Old World.

30. Cajanus indicus, Spr.

No. 100.

Distrib. — Cultivated widely in tropics.

31. Pongamia glabra, Vent.

Forest tree, heard wood. No. 31.
Native name : Kayu kwat.

Distrib. — On all coasts from Mascarene Islands to Malaya, North
Australia, "West Polynesia.

32. Inocarpus edulis, Forst.

Tall forest tree, common everywhere. No. 28.
Native name : Gatet.
Distrib. — Malaya, Polynesia.

33. Guilandina bonducella, Linn.
Distrib. — Widely spread in tropics.

34. Cassia siamea, Lam.

Small tree, flowering in January, near coast. Probably intro-
duced. No. 103.

Distrib. — India, Indo-China, Malay Archipelago.

35. Entada scandens, Benth.

East coast.

Distrib. — Widely distributed in the tropics.

COMBRETACE^.

36. Termiualia catappa, Linn.

Large tree. No. 23.

Native name : Katapan.

Distrib. — Widely spread in tropics.

178 Christmas Island.

37. Combretum acuminatum, Eoxb.

East coast; August. Climber. Xo. 41.
Distrih. — India, Malaya to Philippines.

38. Gyrocarpus asiaticus, Willd.

Flowering specimens. Also fruit specimens. Common near sea.
Seedlings soon occur in great numbers when clearings are made.
No. 140.

Native name : Buah ba-siap.

Probably synonymous with G. americanus, Jacq., Select. Amer.,
p. 282, t. 178 (1763). Comes into leaf January, flowering about
April. As soon as fruit is ripe leaves fall, and tree is bare from
June to December.

Distrih. — Widely spread in tropics.

39. Cluisqualis indica, Linn.

Distrib. — India, Malaya, China, Philippine Islands, Tropical
Africa.

MYRTACE^.

40. Eugenia, sp.

Large forest tree. Flowers March, April. No. 1 62.
Native name : Gowok.

This plant requires comparison with some of the Miquelian types
contained in the Dutch Herbaria.

41. Barringtonia racemosa. Plume.

Nos. 13, 27, 38. Also spirit specimens.
Native name : Jamboe passagi.
One of largest and commonest forest trees.
Distrib.— M-alaja, Polynesia.

LYTHRACE^.

42. Pemphis acidula, Eorst.

Forming clumps on sea cliffs. Nos. 65, 116. Also in herbarium
from Cocos-Keeling Island. H. 0. Forbes.
Native name : Kayu burung.
Distrib. — Tropical coasts of the Old World.

Dicotyledons. 179

CUCTTRBITACEiE.

43. Momordica charantia, Linn.

Nos. 47, 95, 80.

Distrib. — India, Malaya, China, Tropical Africa.

44. Melothria mucronata, Cogn.

Nos. 2, 59, 67, 70.

Distrib. — India, Malaya, Philippine Islands.

45. Melothria, sp.
Trailing on rocks, cast coast. No. 113.

AEALIACE^.

46. Heptapleurum ellipticum. Seem. (?).

Climbing on trees. Common. No. 15.

The above species was recorded by Mr. Ridley for Christmas
Island. Our specimens are in flower only, and fruit is required
for confirmation of this.

GAMOPETAL.E.
By Edmxtnd G. Bakek, F.L.S., of the Botanical Department.

EUBIACEiE.

47. Randia densiflora, Benth., laxior, var. nov.

CymiE quam typi eae laxiorcs, sed pedunculis pedicellisque
longioribus. Flores majores. Calyx externe glaber dentibus
brevibus. CoroUae tubus ± 2 lin. longus, ut in specimine typico
interne hii'sutus ; lobis 4-4 '5 lin. longis, antherce ± 4 lin. longge.

Mab. — Common everywhere. No. 5.

Native name : Coppee utan.

In the type the corolla tube is scarcely above 1 line long and the
lobes 2-5-3 lines. The anthers are about 2 lines long.

Distrib. (type). — India, Hongkong, Malay Archipelago, North
Australia.

180 Christmas Island.

48. Guettarda speciosa, Linn.

Large forest tree ; common. East coast. Sweet- scented flower.
No. 40.

l^atiye name : Melati.

Distrih. — Tropical shores of Old and New World.

49. Morinda citrifolia, Linn.

Small tree in Flying Fish Cove. No. 78.

Native name : Mungkoodoo.

Seems somewhat different from usual form of this plant, leaves
being narrower and flowers occasionally four-merous, but agrees
with a specimen so named in Herb. Banks, from Endeavour River,
New South Wales.

Bidrih. (type). — India, Malay Archipelago, Australia, Pacific
Islands.

50. Saprosma nativitatis, sp. nov.

Frutex. Ramuli adultiores glabriusculi, juniores rufo-pubescentes.
Stipulas interpetiolares opposista) membranacete bicuspidatte de-
ciduse. Folia disticha e basi acuta oblonga vel oblongo-lanceolata
vel oblanceolata apice subacuta, breviter petiolata mombranacea
subtus palHdiora supra glabra, subtus costulis utrinque 11-13 valde
patentibus ante marginem arcuatis et unitis cum costa prima breviter
rufo-hirsutis. Flores axillares sessiles. Calycis lobi ovati quam
corollas tubus ± dimidio breviores, persistentes. Corolla infundi-
bularis fauce \allosa lobis 4 oblongis vel oblongo-ovatis. Stamina
fauci corollse inserta ; filamentis pro gcnere aliquantulum longis.
Ovarium 2-loculare ; stylus filiformis ramis 2 recurvatis. Semina
plano-convexa.

Sah. — Christmas Island. Above Cove. No. 79.

Small shrub with dark cortex, the younger branchlets covered
with dark rufescent pubescence, the older branches glabrous or
sub-glabrous. Leaves oblong, or oblong lanceolate, or oblanceolate,
lamina often about li in. long and 5-7 lines broad at the widest
part, petiole short (li-2|- lines long), penninerved, lateral nerves
11-13 arching and uniting before the margin, which is entire.

Flowers axillary, sessile, tetramerous. Calyx lobes reaching about
half the length of the corolla tube. Corolla infundibuliform, lobes
oblong or oblong ovate, tube about 1 line long. Anthers borne on
filaments which are longer than is usual in this genus. Ovary
two-celled ; fruiting calyx persistent.

COMPOSITE.

51. Ageratum conyzoides, Cass.
Common on shore cliff. No. 48.
Distrib. — All hot countries.

Dicoti/kdons. 181

52. Blumea spectabilis, DC.

Common on open spaces where trees have fallen. East coast.
No. 44.

I)istrib. — India, Ceylon.

53. Wedelia biflora, DC.

Above East Coast Waterfall, near sea. No. 56.
Distrib. — Tropical shores of Eastern Asia.

54. Synedrella nodiflora, Ga^rtn.

Common on shore cliff, near Flying Fish Cove. No. 52.
Distrib. — India, Andaman Islands, Tropical America.

GOODENOVIEJE.
55. Scsevola koenigii, Vahl.

On sea cliffs; common near Flying Fish Cove. No. 17.

Native name : Kembang sabla.

Distrib. — Tropical East Asia, Australia, Polynesia.

MYESINE^.

56. Ardisia complanata, Wall.

New South-East Road Plateau. Shrub 6-8 feet. No. 1.

*' Small tree." No. 14.

Distrib. — Penang, Malay Peninsula, Java.

SAPOTACE^.
57. Sideroxylon sundaicum, Burck., ex descript.

Tall tree ; common everywhere. Fruit eatable. Nos. 29 and 73.
Native name : Saoh.
Distrib. — Sunda Islands.

OLEACEiE.

58. Jasminum sambac, Alton.

Flowers rather larger than usual.
Distrib. — India, Java, Moluccas.

1-82 Christinas Island.

APOCYNACEJE.

59. Cerbera odoUam, Gsertn., forma.

Small tree, Rocky Point. iS'o. 104.

This plant, as figured by Rheede in the Hort. Mai., i, p. 71,
t. 39, has long lanceolate or oblanceolate leaves. In the Christmaa
Island plant the leaves are broader and shorter.

Distnh. (type). — India, Malay Archipelago, China, Australia,
Pacific Islands.

60. Ochrosia ackeringae, Miquel, angustifolia, var. nov.

Folia quam ea typi longiora et angiistiora. Drupae 2 basi
connatae divaricatae conicse H poll, longse.

Porest tree. Timber used for building. No. 35.
j!^ative name : Gundra roussa.
Distrib. — Banka Islands.

ASCLEPIADACE^.

61. Hoya aldrichii, Hemsley.

Everywhere on trees and rocks ; flowers jS^ovember-Januaiy.
No. 105. Mr. W. B. Hemsley briefly diagnoses this species in
Joum. Linn. Soc, xxv, p. 355. For an amplified description see
Mr. ^Y. P. Hiem in Journ. Bot., 1898, p. 417.

Native name : Kembang ji-wa.

Distrib. — Endemic.

BORAGINE^.

62. Tournefortia argentea, Linn. fil.
Common on sea clifi's. No, 137.
Diatrih. — Ceylon, Australia, Malaya, Mauritius.

63. Cordia subcordata, Lam.

Near sea only. Yery hard wood. No. 45.
Native name : Grongan.

Distrib. — South-East Asia to Australia and Sandvrich Islands,
Tropical Africa.

64. Ehretia buxifolia, Roxb.

Small shrub, common on the higher parts of the island, where it
forms the worst of the undergrowth. The leaves are rather larger
than usual. No, 68.

Distrib. — Deccan Peninsula, Malaya to Formosa and Philippines,

Dicotyledons. 183

CONVOLYULACE^.

65. Ipomoea pes-caprae, Rotli.

This common plant of tropical sea-shores was recorded by
Mr. Ridley from the island, but is not in the present collection.

66. Ipomoea (Calonyction) grandiflora, Lamk., forma.

Climbing on trees, north coast. Flowering in April.

This plant approaches very closely to /. lung {flora, R. Br., the
type of which is in the British Museum (Natural History)
Herbarium. The leaves and sepals are similar, but the peduncles
are longer. Robert Brown's plant came from the Gulf of
Cai-pentaria, and Mr. C. B. Clarke, in Fl. Brit. India, iv, p. 198,
unites it with /. grandiflora, Lamk.

Distrib. (of /. grandiflora, Lamk,). — "Widely spread in tropics.

67. Ipomoea peltata, Choisy.

Creeper forming dense masses over low trees, middle of island.
Distrib. — Malaya, Madagascar, Fiji.

68. Ipomoea digitata, Linn.
Distrib. — "Widely spread in tropical countries.

69. Convolvulus parviflorus, Vahl.

Trailing herb, White Beach at Settlement No. 33.
Distrib. — Widely spread in tropics of Old World.

SOLANACE^.

70. Solanum biflorum, Loureiro.

Middle of island.

Native name : Lombok utan.

Distrib. — Singapore, Malaya, East Ava.

71. Solanum ferox, Linn.

Top of first inland cliff. No. 74.

On road above Flying Fish Cove. No. 97.

Phosphate Hill Road. No. 99.

Native name : Terong glatet.

Distrib. — India, Java.

72. Physalis minima, Linn.

Phosphate Hill. No. 160.

Distrib. — Tropical Asia, Africa, Australia.

184 Christmas Island.

73. Datura alba, Nees.

On all coasts. K'o. 117.

This species in the Flora of British India is considered a variety
oVD. fastuosa, Linn.
JDistrib. — India.

ACANTHACE^.

74. Ruellia prostrata, Lamk., var. dejecta, C. B. Clarke.

Dipter acanthus dejectus, Nees.

Common in Flying Fish Cove. No. 96.
Distrib. — East Africa, India, Ceylon.

75. Asystasia coromandeliana, ITees, forma.

Top of inland cliff, Steep Point. In flower April 5th, 1898.
No. 154.

Leaves much larger than type, reaching S^^ins. long at base,
gradually narrowing to petiole.

JDistrib. (type). — India, Malaya, Africa, Arabia.

76. Dicliptera made aril, Hemsley.

Common on shore platform. Nos. 20 and 22.
Distrib. — Endemic.

VEEBENACE^.

77. Stachytarpheta indica, Yahl.

Settlement, Flying Fish Cove. No. 29.
Distrib. — Tropical Asia and America.

78. Callicarpa longifolia, Lamk.

Small tree. East coast, shore cliff, and near Flying Fish Cove.
No. 39.

Native name : Chendana.

Distrib. — India, West Malaya to North Australia.

79. Tectona grandis, Linn. fil.

This tree is recorded by Mr, Hemsley for the island, but it is
not in present collection. The so-called Teak of the island is
Derria.

[I believe that this record is due to a mistake, and that Tectona
grandis does not occur in the island. — C. W. A.]

Dicotyledons. 185

80. Premna lucidula, Miq.

Small tree. First inland cliff. No. 103.
Native name : Kayu durie.
Distrih. — Java.

LABIATE.

81. Anisomeles ovata, R. Br.

Common on shore platform. No. 18.
Common on shore cliff. No. 34.
Distn'b. — India, Malaya, China.

82. Leucas javanica, Benth., forma.

Shore above the Cove ; common. No, 3.
Shore cliff, in clearings. No. 124.

The calyx is smaller and teeth shorter than in Horsfield's Java
specimens of this plant.

Some forms of Z. mollissima, Benth., seem closely allied to above.
Distrih. (type). — Java, Philippine Islands.

APETAL^.

By A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc, F.L.S.,

Of the Botanical Department.

NYCTAGINE^.

83. Boerhaavia diffusa, L., var. pubescens, Choisy.

Shore cliff, near Flying Fish Cove. No. 51. Common near
the sea; November. No. 101. On shore cliff; January, 1898.
No. 123.

Distrih. — Tropics generally,

84. Pisonia grandis, R. Br.

Large tree near sea ; August to September. No. 19.

Native name : Ampol.

Distrih. — North Australia, Polynesia.

85. P. excelsa, Bl.

A tree, common everywhere, especially in middle of plateau.
No. 96. Flying Fish Cove; April, 1898. No. 159.
Native name : Jamboe.
Distrih. — Malay Islands.

186 Christmas Island.

AMARANTACE^.

86. Deeringia celosioides, E. £r.

Everywliere near cliffs. Flowering in August. Flowers red.
No. 22. East coast; first inland cliff. No. 114.
Distrih. — India, Malaya, Australia.

87. Celosia argentea, L.

Elying Fish Cove; introduced. No. 21. Flying Fish Cove j
common; December. No. 77.
Native name : Buntoot kuching.
Distrii. — Tropical Asia and Africa.

88. Achyranthes aspera, L.

Rocky point, store cliffs ; common. Three to four feet high.
No. 11.

Distrih. — Tropics.

PIPERACE^.

89. Peperomia Isevifolia, Miq.

Centre of island ; on fallen trees; February, 1898. No. 145.
Distrih. — Java.

80. P. rossi, Rendle, sp. nov.

Herba parva, carnosula, repens, glabra, foliis oppositis, breviter
petiolatis, ellipticis, obtusis, obscure triplinerviis, frequentissime
et minute atro-punctulatis ; spicis terminalibus, crassis, densifloris,
folia duplo excedentibus ; bracteolis rotundatis, peltatis ; ovario
obtrudente, rotunde-obovoideo, stigmate parvo, punctiformi, sub
apice lateraliter inserto ; fructu brunneo, valde exserto, subgloboso,
apiculato, pericarpio punctato.

Shoots 3 to 4 ins. long by about \\ line greatest thickness;
leaves f to li ins. long by 4 to 7 lines broad, on petioles 2 to 3 lines
long. Spikes reaching barely 2 ins. long by 1 line thick ; peduncles
less than iin. Bracteoles about \ line in diameter, punctulate
like the leaves. Fruit f line long, pericarp scarcely fleshy, covered
with numerous small roundish warts.

The measurements in the above description are taken from a
moistened specimen ; the plants shrink considerably on drying.

Near the Polynesian P. insularum, Miq., but distinguished hy
its fleshy habit and elliptical leaves.

Dicotyledons. 187

LAUKINEiE.

91. Cryptocarya nativitatis, Rendle, sp. nov.

Arbor ramulis fcrrugine - tomentellis, foliis breviter petiolatiSj
coriaceis, ovatis vel oblongo - ovatis, interdum lanceolatis vel
oblongo - lanceolatis, apice acuminatis, uuinerviis, supra glaucis,
impresso-costatis, et manifeste reticulatis, subtus glabris cum venis
prominentibus et dense prominulo-reticulatis ; paniculis floribundis,
rhacbi ferrugiue, ramulis et floribus subfulve-tomentellis, floribus
subsessilibus, sesquilineis.

Leaves 4 to 6 ins. long by H to 2f ins. broad, with 4 to 6
upwardly curving main lateral veins ; ultimate meshes of reticu-
lation small, but well marked ; petioles J to ^ in. long. Terminal
panicles spreading, reaching 3 ins. long by 3^ ins. broad, branches
2 ins. longer less. Perianth - segments oblong -spathulate, blunt,
1 to H line long; fertile stamens 9, anthers bilocular, the 3 inner
extrorse, with a pair of shortly -stalked roundly cordate anther-like
glands scarcely f line long, the 3 staminodes (fourth staminal
whorl) subsessile, triangular-ovate, acute, base cordate, apex hairy,
•J line long. Fruit shortly ellipsoidal, about f in. long.

Approaches the North Australian B. Cimninghamii, Meissn., but
is distinguished by its larger flowers and ovate leaves.

Phosphate Hill; April 25, 1898. No. 158.

Native name : Jamboo boolut.

92. Hernandia peltata, Meissn.

Large tree ; common. No. 146,

Native name : Commendor.

Distrib. — India, Malaya, Polynesia.

Probably the Hernandia ovigera, L., of Hemsley's list.

EUPH0RBIACE.3E.

93. Euphorbia hypericifolia, L.

Common on the shore and cliff. Nos. 10, 60.
Distrib. — Tropics.

94. E. pilulifera, L.

Shore cliff and terrace, Plying Pish Cove ; common. No. 54.
Coffee garden ; common. No. 51.
Distrib. — Tropics and subtropics.

95. Phyllantlius niruri, L.
Distrib. — Tropics.

188 Christmas Island.

96. Jatropha curcas, L.

Bistrih. — Tropics generally.

97. Croton caudatus, Geisel.

Shore terrace, near North-East Point ; December, 1897. No. 107.
A single specimen, containing unopened male flowers.
Distrib. — India, Malaya.

98. Claoxylon rubescens, Miq.

Rocky Point; December, 1897. No. 112. North coast,
February; plateau, March, 1898. Small tree, first inland cliff.
No. 53.

Native names : Chundana, Kayu onjay.

Distrib. — Malay Islands to Polynesia.

99. Acalypha wightiana, Muell. Arg.

North-East Point ; April, 1898. No. 157.
Distrib. — India, Java.

100. Cleidion javanicum, Bl.

Small tree, east coast, first inland cliff; August, 1897. No. 37.
Distrib. — India, Malaya.

101. Macaranga tanarius, Muell. Arg.

Tall tree ; common everywhere. No. 64. Flying Fish Cove ;
February, 1898.

Native name : Kayu merah.
Distrib. — Malayan islands.

TJRTICACE^.

102. Celtis cinnamomea, Lindl.

Large tree, common everywhere. In fruit, February, 1898.
Stinking wood. No. 63.

Native name : Kayu boussouk.
Distrib. — India, Malaya.

103. Sponia amboinensis, Decaisn.

Small tree. Coffee Garden; October, 1897. No. 32.
Distrib. — Tropical Asia, Australia, Polynesia.

Dicotyledons. 189

104. Ficus retusa, L.

Common every where ; January, 1898. No. 120.

Native name : "VVaringin.

Listrih. — India, Malaya to Australia.

105. F. saxophila, BL, vel afF.
Listrih. — Java, Timor.

106. Cudrania javanensis, Trecul.

Thorny creeper. Plateau near south-east road; August, 1897.
No. 11.

Bistrih. — Old World tropics.

107. Fleurya ruderalis, Gaud.

No. 134.

Native name : Pulus.

Biatrib. — Malay Archipelago, Polynesia.

108. Laportea crenulata, Gaud.

No. 133.

Native name : Pulus.
Distrib. — India, Malaya.

109. L. murrayana, Eendle, sp. nov.

Arbor dioica (?), ramulis crassis, giabris, foliis petiolatis, paulo supra
basin rotundatam peltatis, late ovatis, acutis, glabratis, venis subtus
sparse stimuloso - pilosis exceptis, marginibus leviter undulatis,
siccis atro - viridibus et membranaceis ; inflorescentibus f oamineis
axillaribus petioles suboequantibus, pedunculis compressis vix alatis,
cum ramis ramulisque sparse stimuloso -retrorso-hispidis, floribus
capitatis ; perianthii segmentis 4 insequalibus, plus minus ovatis
vel ellipticis, acuminatis, dorso puberulis ; achsenio discoideo,
glabro, cum stigmate subulate terminate.

Leaves 3-i- to 7iins. long by 2i-to 4^ ins. broad, petioles 2 to 3 ins.
attached about i in. above the base of the leaf, lateral veins about
six each side, subprominent below, curving and anastomosing
below the margin, united by regular scalariform secondary veins ;
reticulations minute, obvious ; cystoliths numerous, evident ;
stipules bluntly ovate, sparsely hispidulous. Inflorescence to 2f ins.
long, lateral branches IJ in. and less; branchlets subterete; florets
sessile. Perianth-segments brown, ^ line or less ; stigmas long,
ferruginously hairy; achenes f line in diameter. Male flowers
absent.

190 Chridmas Island.

Apparently near the Javanese L. laxijlora, "Wedd. (from the
description in DC. Prodr., xvi, i, 81), which, however, has leaves
puhescent beneath, and the female inflorescence larger than the
petioles.

Flying Fish Cove. A tree ; leaves stinging severely. February,
1898. Ko. 147.

Native name : Jelaton.

110. Procris pedunculata, Wedd.

A shruh trailing over rocks. First inland cliff. No. 76. Near
Flying Fish Cove, No. 91.

JDistrib, — Malay Islands, Polynesia, Mascarene Islands.

111. Boehnieria platyphylla, Don.

Small tree, common everywhere. Stinging leaves ; wood very
soft; in flower all the year. Nos. 18, 60.
Native name : Pulus scrobbo.
Distrib. — India, Malaya, to China and Japan ; Polynesia.

MONOCOTYLEDONS.

By A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc, F.L.S.,

Of the Botanical Department.

(PLATE XVIII.

ORCHIDE^.

1. Dendrobium crumenatum, Sw.

Common everywhere on trees. No 110.
Distrib. — Malaya.

2. D. macrsei, Lindl.

The flowers ai^e smaller than usual in the species, but I do not
think the Christmas Island plant is specifically distinct.
Distrib. — India, Java.

3. Phreatia listeri, Eolfe.
Distrib. — Endemic.

4. P. congesta, Eolfe.

Distrib. — Endemic, A small orchid not found in the present
•collection.

MonocotijJedo7is. 191

5. Saccolabium archytas, Ridl.

Boritis, sp.n. (?), Rolfe in Hemsley's list.

February, 1898. On trees everywhere. No. 144.

This is obviously the plant of which fruiting specimens only
were collected, tentatively referred by Mr. Rolfe to Doritis in
Mr. Hemsley's list.

Bistrib. — Endemic.

6. Sarcochilus carinatifolius, Ridl.

On trees everywhere. No. 143.

Flowering and fruiting specimens. Fruit just before dehiscence
n little over 2 ins. long, tapei'ing regularly from Iv line diameter at
the apex ; lobes of dehisced capsule 3^ ins. long.

Bistrib. — Endemic.

7. Corymbis veratrifolia, Reichenb. fil.

February, 1898. Common on higher parts of tbe island.
Bistrib. — India, Malaya.

AMARYLLIDACE^.

8. Crinum asiaticum, L.

On cM, North-East Point; March, 1898. No. 142.
Bistrib. — Tropical Asia to Japan and North Australia.

PALMiE.

9. Arenga listeri, Becc.

Bidymosperma, sp. of Hemsley's list.

Common everywhere ; flowering at all times. No. 109. Some-
times attains a height of 70 feet and a diameter of 13 inches.
Native name : Areng.
Bistrib. — Endemic.

PANDANACE^.

10. Pandanus, sp.

Male spikes and leaves only. Apparently allied to the common
Indo-Malayan P. odoratissinms, Linn. fil.

Mr. Andrews states that there is another species of Pandanus of
■which he was unable to procure flowers. It forms trees 40 feet high.

192 Christmas Island.

AROIDE^.

11. Eemusatift vivipara, Schott.

Phosphate Hill Road. No. 115. January, 1898.
Listrib. — India, Malaya.

CYPERACE^.

12. Fimbristylis cymosa, R. Br.

Distnb. — Malaya, Australia, Polynesia. Not found in the
present collection.

GRAMINE^.
13. IschaBmum foliosum, yar. leiophyllum, Hack.

Plying Pish Cove. Common everywhere round coast. No. 23.

Distrib. — Endemic.

This is the /. murinum, Porst., of Hemsley's list; and is probably
only a form of the common tropical Asiatic /. ciliare, Retz.

/. muticum, L., cited in Mr, Ridley's list, is perhaps a mistake
for /. murinum, Porst.

14. Dig-itaria sanguinalis. Scop.

Common on shore cliffs. No. 25 (in part).
Distrib. — Universal.

15. Panicum (Effusae) andrewsi, Rendle, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII.)

Planta minor culmis tenuibus, basi repentibus tum ascendentibus,
usque paniculam foliatis ; foliis lanceolatis, acutis vel acuminatis,
basi oblique cordatis, sparse pilosis ; panicula effusa, glabra,
ramis solitariis, tenuibus, inferioribus ascendentibus, superioribus
patentibus, ramulis filif ormibus ; spiculis longe - pedicellatis,
ellipsoideis, parvis, glabris, gluma i* quam gl. iii* duplo minore,
ovata, uninervia, vel obsolete S-nei'via ; gl. ii^ obovata, obtusa,
5-nervia ; gl. iii* vix gl. ii*''^ excedente, late elliptica, obtusa,
5-nervia, paleam sterilem includente ; gl. fertili coriacea, levi,
convexa, elliptica, 5 - nervia, marginibus paleam subcequalem
amplectante.

Shoots 6-8 ins. high, internodes short, 6-8 lines long by barely
\ line or less in diameter, puberulous ; sheaths subequal, striate,
with pilose margins ; ligule very narrow, membranous ; blades
1-2 ins. long, 5-7 lines broad, papery, generally seven-nerved;

Gi/mnospennfi. 193

margins pilose below, becoming glabrous above. Panicle not fully
developed, 3 ins. long by 1 ' broad ; in Timor specimens 8 ins. long
by 4 ins. broad. 8pikelets f line long ; barren glumes membranous,
green, gl. i less tban ^ line long ; gl. ii barely f line long, very
bluntly apiculate, lateral nerves as in gl. iii submarginal ; gl. iii
t line, with an empty pale a little more tban balf its length ;
fertile gl. barely f line ; grain unripe.

Resembles P. arhorescens, L. (P. ovalifolium^ Poir.), in habit, but
diifers in the much smaller lowest glume, and the shape and size of
gls. ii and iii.

Hah. — Christmas Island, 1897. Also collected in Timor by
Wallace and Curtis (in Herb. Kew).

16. Oplismenus compositus, Beauv.

Coffee Garden, Flying Fish Cove, and everywhere. Nos. 7, 128.
No. 128 is viviparous.

Distrih — Tropics generally.

17. Eleusine indica, L.

Common on shore cliffs. No. 25 (in part).
Distrib. — Old World tropics.

18. Eragrostis plumosa, Link.

Nos. 26, 138.

Distrib. — Tropical Asia and Africa.

GYMNOSPEEMS.

By A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc, F.L.S.,
Of the Botanical Department.

CYCADE^.
Cycas circinalis, L., var. javana, Miq.

Flying Fish Cove, beach.

Grows all round the island; most plentiful on upper terrace
(350 feet) at west end of south coast.
Native name : Penawa jambi.
Distrib. — Java, Sumatra, Borneo.

194 Christmas Island.

FERNS.

By A. Gepp, M.A., F.L.S., of the Botanical Department.

FILICIN^.

1. Trichomanes parvulum, Poiret.

On trees, plateau; Februaiy, 1898.

Distrib. — East Asia, Malay Archipelago, Oceania, Madagascar.

2. Davallia solida, Swartz.
Common in forest, on trees; November, 1897. No. 82.
Distrib. — Malay Peninsula, Java, Polynesia.

3. Davallia dissecta, J. Sm.

Common on cliffs. No. 81.
Distrib. — Java.

4. Davallia speluncae, Baker.

One frond.

Distrib. — Tropics and sub-tropics.

5. Asplenium nidus, L.

May, 1898.

Distrib. — Tropics and sub-tropics of the Old World.

6. Asplenium falcatum, Lam.

Common on trees ; October, 1897. Nos. 83, 112.
Distrib. — Polynesia, Australasia, Malay Archipelago, India,
Africa.

7. Asplenium centrifugale. Baker: in Jo urn. Linn. Soc, xxv,
p. 360 (1890).

Distrib. — Christmas Island (J. J. Lister).

8. Nephrodium syrmaticum, Baker.

Common in forest. No. 87.
Distrib. — India, Malay Archipelago.

9. Nephrodium dissectum, Desv.

Common in forest. No. 88.

Distrib. — India, Malay Archipelago, Oceania, Madagascar.

Ferns. 195

10. Nephrodium intermedium, Baker.

Distrih. — India, Malay Archipelago, Japan, Christmas Island
(J. J. Lister).

11. Nephrodium truncatum, Presl.

Panchoran; January, 1898. No. 121.
Bistrib. — India, Malaccas, Australia, Polynesia.

12. Nephrodium polymorphum, Baker.

North- West Point ; not common. No. 94.
Bidrih. — India, Malay Archipelago,

13. Aspidium membranaceum. Hook.

Plateau, common; No. 12. On trees every where ; No. 1.31.
Bistrib. — Ceylon, Java, Philippines, West China, Formosa.

14. Nephrolepis exaltata, Schott.

North coast; December, 1897. No. 130.
Bistrib. — Tropics.

15. Nephrolepis acuta, Presl.

Common in forest everywhere. No. 85.
Bistrib. — Tropics.

16. Nephrolepis ramosa, Moore.

Climbing on trees and shrubs, common. No. 92.
Bistrib.— Ti-o-pics of the Old ^Yor\i\.

17. Polypodium adnascens, Sw.

Bistrib. — India and China to Fiji ; East and West tropical Africa.

18. Polypodium irioides, Lam.

Common everywhere on trees and rocks. No. 108.
Bistrib. — India and China to Fiji and New South Wales; East
and West tropical Africa.

19. Vittaria elongata, Sw.

Si)ie Joe. No. 163.

Bistrib.— India to Hawaii and New South Wales; East and
West tropical Africa.

196 Christmas Island.

20. Acrostichum flagelliferum, Wall.

Eare; middle of island; No. 90. Phosi^hate Hill; January,
1898; No. 126.

jDiatrih. — Himalayas to Java and the Philippines.

21. Acrostichum listeri, Baker : in Journ. Linn. Soc, xxv,
p. 361 (1890).

Common on his/her parts of plateau; No. 19. Phosphate Hill;
January, 1898; No. 125. Sine loc; No. 129.
Distrib. — Christmas Island.

LYCOPODIACEJE.

22. Lyeopodium phlegmaria, L.

Middle of island ; February, 1897.
i)i«^rt5.— Tropics of the Old World.

MOSSES.
By A. Gepp, M.A., F.L.S., of the Botanical Department.

1. Leucobryum chlorophyllosum, C. Muell. : Syn. Muse, ii,
p. 535 (1851).

Distrib. — Sumbawa, Celebes.

2. Octoblepharum albidum, Hedw.: Muse, frond., iii, p. 15 (1792).
Distrib. — Tropical Zone.

3. Thyridium fasciculatum, Mitt. : in Journ. Linn. Soc, x,
p. 189 (1869).

Distrib. — India, Malay Archipelago, Oceania, Chile, Mauritius.

4. Trachymitrium revolutum, Hampe : in Nuov. Giorn. bot. Ital.,
iv, p. 280 (1872).

Distrib. — Java, Borneo.

5. Neckera lepiniana, Mont. : in Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. iir, x,
p. 107 (1848).

Distrib. — ^lalay Archipelago, Oceania, Mauritius.

Lichens. 197

6. Thuidium plumulosum, Doz. et Molk. : Bry. Jav., ii,
p. 118, tab. 223 (1865).

Bistrih. — Ceylon, Malay Archipelago, Oceania.

7. Hypnum montagnei, Lac. : Bry. Jav., ii, p. 181 , tab, 279 (1867).
Distrih. — Java.

HEPATIC.

Ptychanthus squarrosus, Mont.
Distrib. — Malay Arcbipelago.

LICHENS.

By Veenon H. Blackmax, M.A., F.L.S.,

Of tbe Botanical Department.

1. Parmelia tinctorum, Despr.
Distrih. — "Wide. Asia, Africa, Australia, New Caledonia.

2. Parmelia appendiculata, Fee ?

Yery poor specimen.
Distrib. — E. Africa.

3. Physcia picta, Nyl.

Distrib. — Yery wide. Asia, Africa, America, Oceania (Java,
Australia).

4. Pyxine sorediata, Er.

Distrib. — Africa, S. America, Japan, Taliiti.

5. Pannaria rubiginosa, Del. ?
Poor specimen.
Distrib. — Yery wide. Europe, Japan, Africa, America, Australia.

198 CitridmaK Island.

6. Lecanora varia, Ach.
Bistrih. — Europe, Siberia, Algeria, Mexico, Xew Caledonia.

7. Ramalina fraxinea, Acli.
JDistrih. — Europe, N. and S. America.

8. Lecidea lutea, Schaer. ?

Distrib. — Europe, Africa, Japan, S. America, Labuan, Sandwich.
Islands, New Zealand.

9. Leptogium phyllocarpum, ISTyl. ?
Dktrih. — Asia, Africa, S. America, Oceania (Java, Philippines,
etc.).

FUNGI.

By Vernon H. Blackman, M.A., F.L.S.,

Of the Botanical Department.

BASIDIOMYCETES.

1. Schizophyllum commune, Er.

Distrib. — Cosmopolitan.

2. Polyporus confluens, Er. ?
Distrib. — Europe, jS". America, Australia.

3. Fomes lucidus, Er.
Distrib. — Of almost universal occurrence.

4. Fomes australis, Fr.

Distrib. — Europe, Borneo, Venezuela, Ceylon, Australia.

5. Polystictus flabelliformis, Kl.

Distrib. — S. America, Cuba, India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula,
Borneo.

6. Polystictus xanthopus, Er.

Distrib. — In tropics generally.

Fungi. 199

7. Polystictus luteo-olivaceus, B. & Br.
Disfrib. — Australia (Brisbane).

8 Polystictus sanguineus, Mcy.

Bistrih. — In tropics generally. India, America, Africa, New
Zealand, Borneo, Tasmania, Philippines, Java, Pacific Islands.

9. Hexagonia polygramma, Mont.

Bistrib. — Central America, Mexico, Cuba, India, Borneo, Ceylon,
Australia.

10. Daedalea tenuis, Berk.

Bistrib. — Philippines, Australia (Adelaide).

11. Favolus boucheanus, Klotzsch.

Bistrib. — Europe, N. America, Australia.

12. Laschia csespitosa. Berk.

Bistrib. — Australia (Clarence Eiver).

13. Hirneola polytricha, Mont.
Bistrib. — Mexico, Cuba, India, Ceylon, New Zealand, Java.

14. Hirneola auricula-judae, Berk.

Bistrib. — Europe, N. America, Mexico, Cuba, Tasmania, Borneo.

15. Guepinia sparassoides, Kalchbr.
Bistrib. — S. Africa (Kaffraria).

GASTEEOMYCETES.
16. Cyathus montagnei, Tul.
Bistrib. — Cuba, Brazil, Uruguay, Ceylon, Australia.

17. Geaster andrewsi, Blackm , n sp.

Exoperidium in statu humido subcameum, in statu sicco
coriaceum, multifidum, laciniis (circa 7) acutis, basi Integra,
extus pallidum, siccitate aspero et veniis instructum, intus leve,

200 Christmas Island.

cinereum. Endoperidium globoso-depressum, sessile, papyraceum,
cinercum ; peristomio subconico, minute dentato, in centre areolae
circularis striatae pallidioris posito ; columella persistente, e floccis
3-3*5 yu latis, fuscis ; sporis globosis, echinulatis, 3*5-4-5 fi diam.,
fuligineis.

Exoperidium 20 - 40 mm. latum (expansum), endoperidium
7-12 mm. latum.

This species is characterized chiefly by the nature of the peri-
stomium, but the external veining of the exoperidium and the
size of the spores also distinguish it from most of the Geasters.

ASCOMYCETES.

18. Trichoscypha tricholoma, Mont.
Distrih. — Rio de Janeiro, Guiana, Ceylon, Yera Cruz, S. Domingo.

HYPHOMYCETES.

19. Stilbum javanicum, Henn.
Distrih. — Java.

MTCETOZOA.
By Aethttb Lister, F.R.S.

1. Stemonitis splendens, Rost., var. «, genuina.

Plying Fish Cove and Phosphate Hill.

Distrih. — Europe, America, Australia, Pacific Islands, Java.

2. Arcjrria flava, Pers.

Distrih. — Europe, N. America, Java.

3. Lycogala miniattim, Pers.
Distrih. — Europe, N. and S. America, Guiana, Java.

201

PAL>EONTOLOGY

AND

GEOLOGY.

FOSSIL MOLLUSCA FROM THE REEF-LIMESTONES
OF CHRISTMAS ISLAIs^D.

By R. Bttllen Newton, F.G.S.

The reef-limestones of Christmas Island have been referred to in
general terms by the few writers who have visited the region, but
we are indebted to Mr. C. "W. Andrews, through collections made
in 1897-98, for our first knowledge of the palaeontology of this
formation.

Among the specimens brought home from these deposits were
a small number of shells, which, although of rather bad preserva-
tion, and many of thorn not specifically determinable, are more
or less important as a contribution to the Quaternary history of
this area.

The identifications that have been possible appear to prove
conclusively the modern character of these rocks, the species being
inhabitants of the surrounding seas at the present day.

MOLLUSCA : GASTEROPODA.

Genus TECTUS, De Montfort, 1810.
Conchyliologie Systematique, 1810, vol. ii, p. 186.

Type. — Tedus pagodalis, De Montfort = Trochus mauritianus,
Gmelin.

Synonyms. — Fy rami's, Schumacher, 1817; Pyramidea, Swainson,
1840.

202 Christmas Island.

Tectus pyramis, Bom.

G. W. Knorr: Vergniigen Sammlung Muscheln, 1757, vol. i, pi. xii, fig. 4.

Troehus pyramis, Born : Testacea Musei Ca3sarei Yindobonensis, 1780, p. 333 ;

Chemnitz, Conchylien - Cabinet, 1781, vol. v, pi. 160, figs.

1510-1512, p. 19.
Troehus obeliscHs, Gmelin : Systema Nature, 1790, 13th ed., vol. i, pt. 6, p. 3579.

Tectus obeliscus, G. W. Tryon : Manual of Conchology, 1889, vol. xi, p. 19,

pi. ii, figs. 13, 14.

Description. — Bom's original diagnosis of this Trochiform shell
expresses very clearly the salient characters of the species. It is
as follows : ^^ Testa conica, acuminata, anfractihus imbricatis, seriatim
granulosis, columella torta, imperforata "

Remarks. — An undoubted specimen of this species has been
obtained from the limestone reefs of Christmas Island. It is a tall,
conical form, with about twelve or more somewhat flattened whorls,
the upper ones being tuberculate or undulating at the suture.
The surface of the whorls is ornamented with a regular series of
spiral granulations, which on the last whorl are an'anged in eight
or nine rows ; the periphery is obtusely acute. The base of the
shell is flat, wide, and sculptured with concentric lii'ations, which
become obsolete near the outer margin. The shell possesses a
shallow, subtriangular aperture and a short twisted columella. No
intemal characters of the mouth are visible, being hidden by matrix.

Dimensions. — Length 80, diameter 80 mm.

Tryon's illustration (fig. 14, see Synonymy) gives an excellent
idea of the specimen from Christmas Island.

Distribution. — Indian and Pacific Oceans ; Samoan, Viti, and
Philippine Islands, New Caledonia ; North Australia, etc. ;
Singapore. (Tryon.)

Locality. — Flying Fish Cove ; found in the lowest raised reef.

Number on specimen : 609.

Examples : 1 .

Tectus ?

Remarhs. — A fragmentary cast, probably of this genus, occurs
embedded in a pink-coloured limestone associated with remains of
corals, etc. It is not specifically determinable.

Locality. — Top of first inland cliff, about 300 feet above sea-level.

Number on specimen : 951.

Examples : 1 .

Genus TUTUFA, Jousseaume, 1881.

Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1881, vol. vi, pp. 172, 175.

Type. — Murex lampas, Linnteus.

Synonyms. — Lampas, Schumacher, 1817, nee Meuschen, 1787
(Brachiopod), nee De Montfort, 1808 (Foraminifer).

Fossil Mollusca. 203

Tutufa granifera, Lamarck.

Ra Delia granif era \ Lamarck : Hist. Nat. Auim. sans Vert., 1822, vol. vii,

It. semigramsa ) p. 153.

Lampas granifera \ G. W. Tryon : Manual of Concliology, 1881, vol. iii, p. 41,

L. smiigranosa j pi. xxii, figs. 36-37.

Description. — This species is represented by a single cast
embedded in a cream-coloured limestone. A thin test is sparingly
preserved in places, and the typical high spire is well exposed.
The characteristic granulations encircling the whorls are also
displayed, each row being separated by a nearly obsolete line of
granules. The shell has swollen whorls, and terminates with
a short recurved canal. On each side of the specimen is a definite
rounded or funiculate varix, which agrees with recent forms in
not being regularly continuous.

Dimensions. — Length 35, diameter 20 mm.

Remarks. — Since the present specimen occurs associated with
coral structures and other organisms, it is interesting to state that
according to Tryon this genus is found at less depth than Ranella
and invariably frequents coral reefs and rocks.

Distrihution. — Red Sea, Natal, Paumotus, Philippines, north-east
coast of Australia. (Tryon.)

Locality. — Top of first inland cliif, about 300 feet above sea-level.

JVmnber on specimen : 951.

Example : 1 (specimen associated with pectinoid and other
bivalve shells of doubtful determination).

Cyprsea, sp.

Description. — This is a small cast in a cream-coloured compact
limestone, of cylindrical shape above but with a depressed base,
exhibiting a sub -central, narrow, and longitudinal aperture;
the lip bears a regular dentition along its entire length ; a short
canal is present at each end ; the spiral volutions are well exposed
through a small fracture at the base.

Dimensions. — Length 25, width (max.) 15 mm.

Remarks. — From a comparison with recent forms this specimen
appears to be allied to C. carneola of Linnceus, a species living in
the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

Locality. — Flying Fish Cove ; about 500 feet above sea-level and
above rocks of undoubted Miocene age.

Numler on specimen : 841.

Examples : 1 .

Turbo ?

Remarks. — Cast of a Gastcropod shell probably referable to Turho,
showing the two last whorls. The absence of sculpture and other

204 Christmas Island.

characters renders this specimen of no account for determination
purposes. Found in a cream-coloured limestone containing corals
and other structures. The front or apertural part of the specimen
is embedded in matrix.

Locality. — Top of first inland cliff, about 300 feet above sea-level.

Numher on specimen : 951a.

Examples : 1 .

INDETEPtM^ABLE SPECIMEIS^S.

First. — A fragment of white limestone weatheiing a slaty colour,
with remains of a Gasteropod cast, probably of Trochoidal aflBxiities,
but not identifiable.

Locality. — iN'orth coast, about 50 feet above the sea-level.

Number on specimen : 1043.

Examples : 1 .

Secondly. — A mass of light-coloured limestone contains several
small forms of Gasteropod shells whose structures, having mostly
dissolved away, leaving mere casts or impressions, are not capable
of accurate determination. Among some of the shells represented
in the block appear to be Nassa and a number of Cerithium-Yike
forms with a granular ornamentation, probably belonging to the
genus Bittimn, etc.

Locality. — Top of first inland cliff, about 300 feet above sea-level.

Number on specimen : 951.

Examples : One block ; composed entirely of small Gasteropoda.

MOLLTJSCA : LAMELLIBR ANCHIATA.

Genus VENUS, Linna3us, 1758.
Systema Naturse, 1758, 10th ed., p. 684.
Type. — Venus verrucosa^ Linnaeus.

Venus verrucosa, Linnaeus.

Venut verrucosa, Linriffius: Systema Natiirse, 1758, 10th ed., p. 685 ; Philippi,
Enum. Moll. SicilisD, 1836, vol. i, p. 43 ; Romer (E.), Kritische
Untersuch. Venm, 1857, p. 26 ; Eischer (P.), in Tchihatcheii's
" Asia Mineure," 1866-69, volume on * Paleontologie,' p. 365.

Description. — Shell sub-cordate and thick ; sculpture exhibiting
nearly equidistant concentric ridges, with a series of intermediate
fine and closely-set striations ; the ridges are tubercled or verrucose
at the sides ; a ribbed structure radiating from the beaks lies
immediately below the outer coating with the concentric ridges.

Foasil Mollitsca. 205

and where the concentric striations cross these a cancellated
condition is sot up ; margins crcnulatc ; ligaraontal furrow
excavated, oblique ; characters of lunule obscured by matrix ; no
dentition seen.

liemarks. — The specimen referred to this species shows extremely
well the chief characters of the shell. Both valves are in contact,
but not quite in situ : the left illustrates structural ornamentation ;
the right, represented by a cast, shows a posterior oblique ridge
and adductor scar, but no sinus or pallial line are decipherable,
probably on account of youth, as the specimen is small and
apparently a young example. It is in a cream-coloured limestone.

Dimensions. — Height 28, length 31, diameter 25 mm.

Distribution. — Species of wide distribution occurring in the Post-
Pliocene beds of the Clyde Basin, etc. ; in the Sicilian strata ;
and recent examples in the Mediterranean ; Canary Islands ;
America ; Indian Ocean (E. Romer) ; etc., etc.

Locality. — Top of first inland cliff, about 300 feet above sea-level.

Number on specimen : 1032.

JExamples : 1 .

Venus, sp.

A small block of cream-coloured limestone contains casts of
a right and left valve of this genus. The position of the muscle
marks and sinus, the characters of the posterior oblique area, and
the convexity of the valves, appear to show a relationship to Venus
puerpera of Linna?us, resembling, in fact, a figure called V. puerpera,
var., in Chenu's "Manuel Conchyliologie," 1862, vol. ii, p. 82,
fig. 352, although the absence of dental and sculptural characters
renders the specimen of doubtful specific value.

Dimensions. — Height 55, length 65, depth of each valve 18 mm.

Locality. — Top of first inland cliff, about 300 feet above sea-level.

Number on specimen : 1032.

Examples : Two valves on one slab.

IXDETEllMINABLE SPECIMENS.

A small mass of a rather coarse-grained yellowish -white limestone,
weathering a drab colour, largely composed of Lamellibranch shells,
which occur as casts ha^dng little or no characters sufficient for
identification. Some of the shells have a trigonal or nuculoid
appearance.

Locality. — West end of island, about 725 feet above sea-level.

Number on specimen : 360.

Jixam2>les : 1 .

206 C/n-i-sfmas l^/aiid.

THE FOSSIL CORALS OF CHRISTMAS ISLa:^D.
By Dr. J. W. Geegory, F.G.S., F.Z.S.

(PLATE XIX.)

The collection of fossil Corals made in Christmas Island by
Mr. C. W. Andi'ews includes a little over seventy specimens,
which were carefully collected, the exact stratigraphical position
of each being recorded. The fauna is of interest, as I understand
fi'om Mr. Andrews that no fossils were obtained by previous
visitors to Christmas Island, and that the only other fossils which
he obtained were foraminifera and a few imperfect molluscan shells.
Hence the detennination of the geological age of the various lime-
stones that build up the island must be dependent to a considerable
extent on the evidence of the corals.

Many of the specimens, however, have been so altered, often
by phosphatization, that they are specifically indeterminable ; and
the number of corals collected from the oldest limestones in
Christmas Island is small, and the specimens fragmentaiy. But
the most serious difficulty in the study of this fauna is that it
comes from the borderland between the provinces of the
neontologist and palteontologist. The identification of late
Cainozoic fossil corals is always a difficult task. For the
description of the recent specimens is based on the external fonn
and superficial characters ; whereas the description of the fossil
corals refers to the essential structure of the corallites, as shown
by transverse sections. Hence, consideration of the relations of
the living and the latest extinct species of corals involves a
comparison of incomparable terms.

A further difficulty in the case of the Christmas Island
collections is introduced by the fact that the corals are mainly
Astreans. And the Astreans in the Zoological Department are
not j'et arranged, so that I have not always been able to compare
the fossil corals with specimens of the species to which they are
referred.

The fauna includes representatives of nineteen determinable
species, of which eight are new.

As regards the general character of the fauna, it is typically
Indo-Pacific, all the previously known species coming fi'om that
region.

The corals are all reef-building species, and probably none of
them grew at a greater depth than six or eight fathoms. The
list of species and their distribution are given in the appended
table. The horizons of the fossils have been divided into four

FomI Cornh.

207

1^
o

)— I

H
P

H

(—1
P

I— I

w

H

P

P^
I— I
O

CZ2

O

^1^

5 «

h-iO

OS sg

P^

OS

o

cU

«2

C3

•:.^ <u

p-(

P-l

Ph

o

o

o

o

TS

a

13

a

h- 1

f^

ct.

X

X

P5

s^a e-fl a B-

H

C/2

5H i,:;

SH

s ^

;.2 «

►? s

§ « S

^ ^^a^cio

■"So

af^ ^

208 Chrhtmas Island.

groups, in accordance with Mr. Andi-ews' account ' of the structure
of the island. The groups are the limestones of —

1. The sea cliffs. 3. The central plateau.

2. The inland cliffs. 4. The central nucleus.

The intei'pretation of the evidence of the fossil corals as to the
ages and relations of the Christmas Island limestones is difficult,
as so little is yet known of the coral fauna of Malaysia between
early Miocene and recent times. Many Miocene corals from Java
have been described by Duncan, von Eeuss, and Martin ; and tlie
existing Malaysian coral fauna is fairly well known. But from
the intciwening period no corals have pre\dously been described.
Nevertheless, the evidence of Mr. Andrews' collection is tolerably
clear.

The limestones of the sea cliff contain corals many of which
are of the same species as those now growing on the fringing reef
of Christmas Island ; so that the date of those limestones is no
doubt Pleistocene. At the other end of the series are the
limestones of the central nucleus : they have yielded three
determinable species, of which two are new, and the third
{Orhicella herklotsi) is found in the older Miocene of Java; of
the other two species one belongs to a genus elsewhere known
only in the Miocene, and the other is a coral of an ancient aspect,
though its genus was founded on a living species from the Red
Sea. The limestones of the central nucleus are therefore probably
Miocene in age. But the evidence of the corals is insufficient
for positive opinion, or for the suggestion of a more precise date.
As opportunities for further geological collecting in Christmas
Island will probably arise, it may be worth while directing
attention to the desirability of obtaining more specimens of corals
from the central limestones.

On the central plateau reefs of recent limestone are said to
occur ; this age is assigned to the rocks on the evidence of the
foraminifera. But there are no corals of recent species in the
collection fi'om the central plateau. The evidence of the corals
renders it probable that outcrops of the central limestones occur
on the floor of the plateau.

The majority of the specimens were obtained fi'om the limestones
of the inland cliffs. Most of the species from this zone are still
living, and four of them also occur in the rocks of the sea cliffs.
But others are of older aspect, and the occurrence of a weathered
specimen of Orhicella herklotsi and Anisocoenia favoidea shows that
the Miocene limestones are exposed in some parts of the inland
cliffs. Whether the rest of the cliffs, containing the species

^ C. W. Andrews, "A Description of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean)":
Geogr. Journ., 1899, vol. xiii, pp. 20-24.

Fossil Corals. 209

Mtissa aff. echinata, Coeloria andrewsi, Montipora aff. dancB, etc.,
should be regarded as Pleistocene or Pliocene, the evidence is
insufficient to show. It is only certain that these limestones are
intermediate in age between the late Pleistocene of the sea cliffs
and the Miocene of the central nucleus.

Family POCILLOPORID^.
Pocillopora, aff. brevicornis, Lamarck, 1816.

Pocillopora is represented among the Christmas Island corals by
several fi'agments included in a limestone from the foot of the
first inland cliff on the !N'orth Coast (]S"o. 867). One specimen
is a cylindrical branch 45 mm. high and 8 mm. in diameter.
Another is a low, massive, almost hemispherical branch.

Mr. Bernard has provisionally identified two recent Pocillopora
from Christmas Island as P. favosa and P. brevicornis ; the fossil
specimens would agree with either in the characters of the
coraUites. A large number of recent species of this genus have
been proposed by neontologists on variations in the shape of the
branches. Ortmann, ^ however, has suggested that the recent
species are mere individual variations. In describing a collection
of thirty -three specimens he states that they form a complete
transitional series, and fill ixp the gaps between the pre\dously
described species. Ortmann, therefore, did not give a specific
name to any of the specimens.

Recently Mr. J. S. Grardiner^ has also questioned whether "all
these so-called species should not rather be described as varieties
of one species," though he retains the conventional method of
treatment of the group.

The most convenient name for the Christmas Island fossil
specimens would be P. brevicornis, Lam.

Pocillopora, sp. indet.

No. 989. From second inland cliff, over Flying Fish Cove ;

alt. 500-600 feet.
JSTo. 947. Broad reef on middle of the island : alt. 500-600 feet.
No. 925. High cliff over south end of Flying Fish Cove ;

alt. 400 feet.
These three specimens are so altered that they are specifically
indeterminable.

1 Ortmann, Syst. und Yerbr. Steiukor. : Zool. Jahrb., vol. iii, Syst. 1888,
pp. 162-165.

- J. S. Gardiner, " Pocilloporidae Irom S."W. Pacific": Proc. Zool. Soc,
1897 (1898), p. 942.

210 Christmas Island.

Group ASTR^ID^.

Mussa, aff. ecMnata (Edwards & Haime), 1849.

Lohophyllia echinata, Edwards & Haime, 1849. Mem. Astr., pt. ii : Ann. Sci.

nat., Zool., ser. iii, vol. xi, p. 253.
Mussa ,, Edwards & Haime, 1857. Hist. nat. Cor., vol, ii,

p. 337.

This species is represented in the collection by a fragment
(No. 203) 70 mm. high, 65 mm. long, and with the calices 28 mm.
wide. The specimen includes two confluent calices, and the walls
of the corallum are parallel in horizontal sections. As the upper
part of the septa is not shown, its absolute specific detennination
is impossible. But so far as the evidence goes, the specimen
agrees with those collected by the "Challenger" in the Malay
Archipelago, and detennined by Quelch as M. echinata. The only
doubtful point is, that in the transverse sections the septa do not
appear to be alternately thick and thin ; but this aiTangement
is probably masked by the secondary calcification of the specimen
during fossilization.

The Christmas Island specimen was collected from the first
inland cliff at the Zigzag, at the altitude of 90 feet.

Leptoria phrygia (Ell. & Sol.), 1786.

Madrepora phrygia, Ellis & Solander, 1786. Hist. Zoopli., p. 162, pi. xlviii,

fig. 2.
non leptoria ,, Edwards & Haime, 1849. Mem. Astr., pt. iii: Ann. Sci.
nat., Zool., ser. in, vol. xi, p. 292.
,, tenuis {non Dana), Edwards & Haime, 1849. Ibid., p. 292.

The name of this species has been the subject of much confusion,
owing to an apparent inconsistency between Dana's figures and
description of this species and Z. temiis (Dana). Milne Edwards
and Haime apparently based their diagnoses on Dana's figures, and
thus inverted the main characters of the two species ; for they
describe X. tenuis as having broader gyri and less crowded septa than
Z. phrygia, and also as having stoiiter walls and columella. But
Dana does not state the magnification of his enlarged figures, and
it therefore appears wiser to base the distinctions between the two
species on his diagnoses. He therein states that the gyri of
L. phrygia are 2-2^ lines broad, while those of M. temiis are
1^^ lines broad. Moreover, in Z. phrygia there are from 10 to 12
septa to the half-inch, whereas in Z. temiis there are about 20 septa
to the half-inch. Edwards & Haime, however, define Z. phrygia
as having the gj-ri 3 mm. broad, against 4 mm. in Z. tenuis, and
15 primary septa per centimetre, against 8 in Z. tenuis.

Fossil Corah.

211

Oi-tmann^ appears, therefore, to be perfectly justified in con-
cluding that Edwards & Haimc reversed the names of these two
species.

The Christmas Island collection includes three specimens of this
species, which have the following dimensions : —

No. 53. Xo. 306.

"Width of calicinal series 3 mm. ... 3-4 mm.

Jfumber of primary septa per cm. 9 ... 7

No. 100.

3-4 mm.

7-9

They arc therefore referable to the Z. tenuis of Edwards & Haime
{non Dana) and the Z. phrygia of Ellis & Solander, with whose
figure they agree.

A slide 'cut from specimen No. 306 affects the generic diagnosis
of Leptoria. As generally defined, the walls of adjacent corallites
are said to unite directly; but, as shown on Fig. 1, the adjacent

Fig. 1.

series are, in places, united by costae and exotheca, and not by
the walls. This fact led me,' on first examination of the slide,
to feel some doubt whether the coral were a Leptoria. But it
appears only necessary to modify the generic diagnosis to this slight
extent; for the same mode of union of the series of corallites
occurs in L. tenuis (Dana). Thus Dana's description of that
species refers to the corallum as very cellular ; and his figure of
a transverse section (Dana, op. cit., pi. xii, fig. 7(?) shows the
compound nature of the walls.

Mr, Bernard's manuscript list of the recent corals collected by
Mr. Andi-ews at Christmas Island shows that Z. phrygia still
lives on the neighbouring reefs.

^ Ortmanu : op. cit., p. 172.

212 Christmas Island.

The distribution of the fossil specimens on Christmas Island
is as follows : —

No. 53. From top of sea cliff on the east coast.

No. 306. First inland cliff above West AVhite Beach ; alt.

260 feet.
No. 100. From a limestone breccia on the first inland cliff at

the height of 250 feet.

Cceloria andrewsi, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Corallum, form unknown, but massive ; the species
is represented by a slab 80 mm. high, 55 mm. wide, and 20 mm.
thick. Corallites in verj' short series and mostly isolated. The
longest series is 7 mm. long, and includes three calicinal centres.
The single, circumscribed corals occur in regular rows. Walls
thick. Columella .of stout trabeculse, and for the genus fau'ly well
developed. Septa stout ; one cycle, in young corallites ; two
incomplete cycles in matiu-e corallites.

Distribution. — Eepresented in the collection by one specimen
(No. 175), from the first inland cliff on the north coast ; approximate
altitude 90 feet.

Figure. — PI. XIX, Fig. 1. Part of a transverse section, X 2 dia.

Affinities. — The nearest ally of this species is the Mceandrina
delicatula, Ortm.,^ from Samoa, in which the valleys are from
5 to 12mm. in length; the septa occur in three cycles, and the
columella is represented only by a trace. Owing to the shortness
of the calicinal series the species belongs to the section of Cceloria,
for which Edwards & Haime once founded the genus Astroria.
This species is also allied to Astroria esperi, Ed. & H.,^ which,
however, has three incomplete cycles of septa, and calicinal valleys
3 centimetres long.

Mseandrina equisepta, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Corallum massive. Calicinal series 5 mm. wide and
fairly long (many of them being 3 cm. long) ; while there are
many independent calices. Many of the calicinal series are
straight, and others are bent into V- shape. Septa subequal, and
about thirteen in number in 1 cm. ; small secondaiy septa occur at
intervals. Columella usually a little under 1 mm. in width, but
varying from "5 to 1 '5 mm.

Figure. — PI. XIX, Fig. 2. Part of a transverse section, X 2 dia.

' Ortmana: op. cit., p. 171, pi. vi, fig. 6.

' Edwards & Haime, Mem. Astr., pt. ii : Aun. Sci. nat., Zool., ser. iii,
vol. xi (1849), p. 298.

Possil Corah. 213

2)?s/;v'i?<^joM.— Christmas Island. Fossil from the raised reefs
of the sea cliff at Rocky Point. Also recent from fringing reef
of Flying Fish Cove.

Affinities. — The main character of this species is the snbequal
size of its septa, which are alternately large and small in most
species.

A recent specimen from Christmas Island has been provisionally
named by Mr. Bernard C, aff. sinensis, -svith -^hich it agrees in
some characters. But according to Edwards & Haime's diagnosis
of C. sinensis the "valleys are extremely short; one sees few of
them which are more than 2 cm. in length, and a great number
of calicos are independent {se circonscrivent).'''' The septa, moreover,
arc alternately large and small. C. sinensis is, indeed, placed
by its founders in their genus Astroria, whereas the present
species seems to me to be necessarily excluded fi'om that section
of Cocloria.

Another ally of M. equisepta is C. arabica, Klz.* (C forshaeli,
Ed. & H.), which tliffcrs, among other characters, by the unequal
size of the septa. C. hottai, Ed. & H.,- in this respect agrees with
the Christmas Island species, but it has the columella " tout-a-fait
rudiment aire."

Another coral with which this species has points of resemblance
is the M(eandrina heterogyra of Ed. & H. ; ^ but that species is
described as having subequal septa of 2-3 cycles, a well developed
columella, and 12-14 septa per cm. The locality of the type is
unknown, and Qucleh^ maintains that it is a West Indian coral,
and the name is a synonym of M. strigosa, Dana, i.e. Mceandrina
filograna (Esper),

lleference to this Mceandrina raises the question of the retention
of Mceandrina and Coeloria. The latter genxis was founded by
Milne Edwards & Haime^ in 1848 for one species pre^dously
known as Mceandrina dcedalea, which must therefore be taken as
the tjqie. Coeloria was separated fi'om Mceandrina simply as in
the former the columella is parietal and rucUmentaiy, and in the
latter is essential and spongy. In 1857 Edwards & Haime®
retained the genera on the same grounds : they stated that in
Mceandrina the columella is " bien developpee," whereas Coeloria
belongs to a group with the columella nidimentary or absent.
Since that date those authors who have accepted Codoria have

1 Klunzinger: Korallth. Eotli. Meer., iii, Steiukor., pt. 2 (1879), p. 17,
pi. ii, figs. 1-3 and 8 ; pi. ix, fig. 10.

- Edwards & Haime, Mem. Astr., pt. ii : Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., scr. in,
vol. xi (1849), p. 295.

^ Edwards & Haime, Mem. Astr., pt. ii: Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., ser. in,
vol. xi (1849), p. 281.

* Quelch. Eeef Corals : Rep. Chall. Exped., Zool., vol. xvi, pt. 46, p. 93.

* Edwards & Haime, Classif. deux. trib. Astr. : Compt. Eend., vol. xlvi,
p. 493.

* Edwards & Haime : Hist. nat. Cor., vol. ii, p. 289.

214 Christmas Island.

done so on the character of the columella. But in the type
species of Cceloria the columella is quite well developed (see e.g.
the orig:inal figure of Ellis & Solander, Hist. Zooph., pi. xlvi,
figs. 1, 2); it is in fact better developed than in some species
of Mccandrina.

The distinction based on the columella appears to me insufiicient
for the separation of the two genera. The length of the confluent
calicinal series may, however, pclcl an adequate basis ; for those
corals in which the calicinal series are verj" long may be con-
venicntl}' kept distinct from those in which the calicinal series-
arc short and independent calices predominate. Cceloria, with
C. dccdalea as the type, would include the latter group. The naming^
of the former group is a difficult question. The most convenient
name would be Mmandrina, but that name would have to be
designated as Ed. & H., 1848, non Lamarck, 1801. Eor according
to the original foundation of that genus its type is Mceandrina
pectinata, Lam., which most authors have taken as the type of the
genus Pcctinia.

AVhether the inconvenience of the change in the name
Mmandrina, which observance of the laws of nomenclature would
involve, be too serious for obedience to the law to -be advisable^
I leave zoologists to settle, and so provisionally retain it.

Goniastrsea retiformis (Lamarck), 1816.

Astrcea retiformis, Lamaixk, 1816. Hist. nat. Anim. s. Vert., vol. ii, p. 265.
Goniasfrcea retiformis, Edwards & Haime, 1849. Mem. Astr., pt. iii : Ann.
Sci. nat., Zool., ser. iii, vol. xii, p. 161.

This species is represented at Christmas Island by a recent
specimen determined bj- Mr. Bernard and several fossil specimens.
The latter show the following characters : — The corallites are from
3-4 mm. in dia. ; the walls are from '5 mm. to something under
1 mm. in thickness ; the septa belong to three cycles, of which the
third is incomplete ; the columella is loose and sometimes hollow ;
the pali arc indistinct ; the corallites are elliptical, quadi'angular,
pentagonal, or hexagonal in shape.

The corals agree closely with G. capitata, Stud.,' which, as
Ortmann^^ suggests, is probably a variety of G. retiformis with
thinner walls, somewhat exsert septa, and more open calices. The
recent specimen from Christmas Island resembles the capitata fonn,
the characters of which are not preserved in any of the fossils.

Distribution. — Christmas Island.
Eecent :

Fringing Eeef, Elying Fish Cove.

' Th. Stiider, Beitr. Fauna Steinkor. Singapore : Mitth. Naturf. Gesell.
Bern., 1880 (1881), pp. 40, 41, fig. 8.
^ Ortmann: op. cit., p. 173.

Fossil Corals.

215

Fossil :

No.

1,042. Pinnacles at foot of first inland cliff at the

Zigzag.
No. 969. Pedestal of block of foraminiferal limestone

on top of the sea cliff.
No. — . Sea cliff at liocky Point.

Orbicella herklotsi (Duncan), 1864.

Astraa herklotsi, Duncau, 1864. Coral from Mount Sela: Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc, vol. XX, p. 72, pi. vii, fi<r. 9.
Heliastraa tabulata, Martin, 1880. Tertiarsch. Java, p. 140, pi. xxiv, fig. 21,

pi. x.xvi, fig. 4.

Distrihution. — Orbitoidal Limestone. Miocene at Radjamandala,
near Tjisitu, Java ; and Mount Sela, Java.
Christmas Island.

No. 659. Limestone fi'om south side of chalk-capped

hill ; alt. 700 feet.
No. 954. From talus at foot of high cliff, east of

Phosphate Hill.
No. 947. Broad reef near middle of the island.
?No. 996. An altered specimen fi-om inland cliff,

south coast ; alt. 200 feet.
? No. 626. A specimen in fonn of a cast, from the foot
of the second inland cliff, east coast.
Figure. — Fig. 2. Part of a thin section of specimen. No. 659,
X 7 dia.

Fig. 2.

Orbicella murrayi, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Corallum massive, with very large corallites, and
verj- thick exothecal areas. The calices are from 9 to 10 mm. in
dia., while the calicinal centres are from 15 to 25 mm. apart.

216 Christmas Island.

The septa occur in three complete cycles, and there is one order
of the foui'th. The columella is from 2 to 3 mm. in diameter.

The costse are very long, and can be traced out through the
compact exothecal tissue.

Bistrihution. — Christmas Island.
Fossil :

No. 996. From limestones of the inland clifE, on the
south coast ; alt. 200 feet.
? No. 903. Cast of probably the same species, from the
sea-level on the east coast, above basalt
and volcanic agglomerate.
Figure. — PI. XIX, Fig. 3. Part of transverse section across
No. 996, X 2 dia.

Affinities. — This species is characterized by the large size of the
exothecal areas, which are voider than in any other species of
Orhicella known to me. The better specimen was collected fi'om
the inland cliffs on the south coast, and may indicate an outcrop of
the limestones of the central nucleus at that point.

Orbicella pleiades (Lamarck), 1816.

This well-known East Indian species is represented by several
specimens, viz. : —

No. 122. Top of the sea cliff, east coast.

No. 978. Limestones of the inland cliff; alt. 200 feet. East

coast.
No. 353. On the road, 212 chains south from "West White

Beach ; alt. about 450 feet.
No. 867. Foot of first inland cliff, north coast ; alt. 50-60 feet.
No. 212. Foot of the inland cliff, south end of Flying Fish

Cove ; alt. 50-60 feet.
No. — . Limestones of the sea cliff, Eocky Point.

The specimens have the corallites more closely packed than in
the specimen shown in Ellis & Solander's original figure ; but they
agree in essential points with the species as generally accepted.
The corallites are circular, and from 2 to 3 mm. in dia. ; the septa
in sections are usually twelve in number, but some representatives
of an incomplete third cycle occur.

Orbicella, aff. quadrangularis (Edwards & Haime).

The collection includes a well-preserved fragment of an Orhicella
with large subquadrangular corallites, distinct calicinal edges, well-
marked costse, narrow zones of very coarsely vesicidar exotheca,
and septa which are thick near the walls and become thin near the
columella. In these respects it appears to be a member of this
species, of which I have not seen either figures or specimens.

Fossil Corrtls.

217

The Christmas Island specimens differ from Milne Edwards
and Haime's diag-nosis in three respects, which appear to me to be
■worthy of at least varietal recognition.

Var. columnata,' nov.

The variety differs from the typical form of the species by
having deep open calices ; the columella is very large ; and the
tertiary septa are not united to the secondary septa.

The diameter of the corallites is from 11-13 mm. ; the diameter
of the columella is about 5 mm. ; and there are about 3-^ cycles
of septa.

Disfribtition.

a. Kecent :

Locality of the type unkno^vn.

b. Fossil :

Christmas Island. No. 322. Limestones of the sea-
cliff series, mouth of Sidney's Dale.
Figure. — Fig. 3. Part of a transverse section, x H <iif>.

Fig. 3.

Orbicella prseheliopora, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Corallum massive : external characters unknown.
Corallites of medium size, being from 4-5 mm. in diameter, circular,
and separated by from 1 to 2 mm. Columella very spongj'-, but
large, being from 1-1-5 mm. in dia. Septa irregular; in some
sectors of a corallite there may be representatives of an incomplete
sixth order; whereas in the adjacent sector the septa of the fourth
order are rudimentary and barely recognizable. The primary and

1 Columnatuf, furnislied with a column, in reference to the large columella.

218 Christmas Island.

secondary septa are long and thin, the latter being considerably the
shorter ; both are connected to the columella, though in sections
the connection maj- not be shown in all cases.
Distribution. — Christmas Island.
Fossil :

No. 946. From the limestone pinnacles a little south

of the middle of the island ; alt. 550 feet.

No. 511. A specimen fi'om top of the upper cliff,

middle of the east coast.

Figure. — PI. XIX, Fig. 4. Part of a transverse section of

specimen No. 946, x 2 dia.

Affinities. — Orbicella prceheliopora is a species intermediate in
characters between the Orbicella irregularis (Mart.) from the
Miocene of Java and 0. heliopora (Lam.) from the Australian
seas. It is probably nearer the foiTaer, which differs by having
only four cycles of septa, and by having the corallites crowded
together so that they are in-egular and polygonal in shape. The
two species agree in the irregularitj' of the septal sequence. In
two adjacent sectors in one corallite of the type-specimen of
0. pr(sheliopora the sequence is as follows : —

1 4 3 2 5 3 1
16473525341

According to Martin's diagram of 0. irregularis, the sequence
in three sectors in that species is : —

13 2 3 1

14 3 5 2 3 1
1 3 5 2 5 3 4 1

From 0. heliopora the Christmas Island coral differs by having
a looser columella and less regular septal sequence ; for 0. heliopora
is said to have four complete cycles. The primary, secondary, and
tertiary septa are said, moreover, to be not very different in size
in the living species.

Acanthastrsea patula (Dana).

Orbictlla patula, Dana, 1848. Zoopli. : Expl. Eiped. "Wilkes, vol. viii, p. 209,.

pi. X, fig. 14.
Acanthattraa ? patula, Edwards & Haime, 1857. Hist. nat. Cor., vol. ii, p. 505,

Yar. paucidentata, nov.

The genus Aca7ithastr(ea is represented in the collection by
a small fragment 70 mm. long ; the corallites are fi'om 9 to 12 mm.
in diameter, the majority being 12 mm. The columella is small,
and consists of a few denticles, though sections at first sight
appear to have a long columella owing to the abundance of central

Fossil Corals.

219

endotlieca. The comllites iu internal sections are mostly circular,
tlie majority are of the same size, the walls are thin. The septa
include three complete, well-developed cycles ; between them are
some obscure costcC, corresponding to the septa of a fourth cycle.

The specimen agrees essentially with Dana's 0. patula, except
that the septa appear more distinct from one another than in his
figure (Dana, pi. x, fig. I4e), and the columella contains fewer
denticles. Whitelegge ^ has recently recorded the species from
Funafuti ; but he gives the corallites as from 5-10 mm. in diameter,
and the walls from 2-6 mm. in thickness, with the septa varying
from 12-36. He describes the columella as composed of a series
of compressed denticles, which agrees with Dana's figure, though
the dimensions of the Funafuti coral do not correspond verylwell.

Distribution. — Christmas Island.

Fossil : Pinnacles of the sea-cliff limestone. No. 166.

Figure. — PI. XIX, Fig. 5, Part of a transverse section, x 2 dia.
^0. 166.

Prionastraea magnifica (De Blainville), 1830.

Favastrea magnifica, De Blainville, 1830. Zooph. : Diet. Sci. nat., vol. Ix,
p. 340 ; and 1834, Man. Act., pi. liv, tig. 3.

Asftcoa ,, Dana, 1848. Zooph. : Expl. Exped. Wilkes, vol. viii,

p. 231, pi. xii, fig. 3.

Frionastrcea ,, Edwards & Ilaime, 1850. Mem. Astr., pt. iii : Aan. Sci»

nat., ZooL, ser. ni, vol. xii, p. 129.

Fig. 4. (Xat. size.)

The collection contains one well-preserved specimen (Xo. 322)
of Frionastrcea, with corallites from 5-9 mm. in dia., a columella
2-3 mm. in dia., walls -5 to 1 mm. thick, and three complete and

1 T. Whitelegge, Funafuti, pt. vi : Mem. Austr. Mus., 1898, No. 3, p. 353.

220 Christmas Island.

a fourth incomplete orders of septa. The corallites do not exhibit
any tendency towards a serial arrangement, and the calices are
polygonal.

The species must be compared with two living species, whose
characters areas follows: —

Dia. of

No. of

corallites.

septa.

Columella.

Calices.

austraJemis, Ed. & H.

10 mm.

36-38

rudimentary

oblong; sometimes
in short series.

magnifiea, Blv.

10 ,,

34

well developed

polygonal.

A transverse section of the Christmas Island coral is figured as
Fig. 4, and it appears to bo a tj^pical form of P. magnifica. Two
well-preserved specimens of the same species were collected by
Mr. Andrews from the existing reefs. The fossil was found in the
limestones of the sea cliff, at the mouth of Sidney's Dale.

Von Eeuss ^ has described as P. dtihia an allied species from the
Javan Miocene.

Anisoccenia murrayi, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Corallum massive. Corallites large, about 1 5 mm.
in diameter, and closely united. Septa in five orders : those
belonging to the different orders are of proportional lengths.
The primary and secondaiy septa have internally thickened
paliform lobes ; the primaiy septa, in fact, appear clavate.

Distribution. — Orbitoidal Limestone of the central nucleus of the
island, from fallen blocks from high cliff (400 feet) at south end
of Flying Fish Cove (^"0. 964).

Figure. — PI. XIX, Fig. 7. Part of a transverse section, X 2 dia.

Affinities. — This interesting coral is represented by one specimen
in a compact and apparently structureless limestone. The coral is,
however, well shown in thin sections. Its nearest ally is the
Miocene Anisoccenia crassisepfa, Peuss,- from which it differs by
having the corallites more than twice the size ; von Eeuss gives
their diameter as 7 mm.

Anisoccenia favoides, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Corallum massive, with the corallites small and
elongate ; they vary in width from 2-3 mm. and in length from
3-7 mm. The corallites are closely united by a dense wall.
Septa very short and thick, with well-marked dark lamina. The

1 A. E. von Eeuss, Foss. Kor. Java : Xovara Reise, Geol. Tb., 1867, vol. ii,
' ' ' i, fig. 3.

von Reuss: ibid., p. 16C, pi. i, fig. 2.

p. 167, pi. i, fig. 3
« A. E

FoshU Cora/s. 221

number of septa is about 14-16. Endotlieca scanty, with the
corallites traversed b)' a large axial cavity.

Distribution. — Christmas Island.

No. 919. Reef on top of the high cliff east of Phosphate
Hill ; alt. 600 feet.

Figure. — PI. XIX, Fig. 6. Part of a transverse section, x 2 clia.

Affinities. — This species is of interest as helping to connect
von Reuss's two genera Anisocosnia and Faroidea, which, it seems
to me, should be united, for they agree in all essential characters.
The new species resembles Favoidca jtmghulmi, Ilss.,^ the type
species of Favoidca, by having elongated corallites, which appear
to divide by fission. A transverse section closely resembles
von Eeuss's figure of the corallum of his species. In the
chai-acters of the septa, however, this new species most closely
resembles Anisocosnia ; for the septa arc thick and short, and
they are traversed by the central groove, clearly indicated in
von Reuss's figure (op. cit., pi. i, fig. 2b). The main difference
between this new species and those of von Reuss is, that in both
the latter internal sections show that the corallites are united by
an exothecal layer, whereas in the Christmas Island coral they
unite directly. This difference does not seem to me of much
importance in this case ; it may be explained as due to comparison
between slices at different depths in the corallum.

Group FUXGIDA.

Coscinaraea andrewsi, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Corallum apparently massive. Corallites large,
about 10 mm. in dia. (possibly in short series). Columella well
developed, about 2 mm. in dia. Septa thick, trabeculate throughout.
Three complete cycles, with representatives of the fourth ; the
septa of the third cycle are often unequal, and the sequence in
the sectors is often asymmetrical. 8ynapticulae rare.

Distribution. — Christmas Island. Orbitoidal Limestone of the
central nucleus at Fhing Fish Cove. Xo. 836.

Figures. — PI. XIX, Fig. 8. Part of a transverse section, x 2 cHa.

Affinities. — The species is founded on a small fragment, which,
however, shows the characters of the corallites verj^ distinctly.
The genus is one of much interest, as it is one of the Fungids with
very trabeculate septa. The species differs from the type C. monile,
Forsk., by its larger corallites, which are less elongate and more
regular in fonn. The septal sequence is irregular and somewhat
indefinite.

' Yon Keass : op. cit., p. 168, pi. i, fig. 4.

222 C/u'isfmas Island.

Group PERFORATA.
Family PORITID^.

Porites, aff. lutea, Edwards & Haime.

Forites eonglomerata, var. jaune, Quoy & Gaimard, 1833. Yoy. Astrolabe,

Zoopli., vol. iv, p. 249.
„ ,, Dana, 1848. Zooph. : Expl. Exp. "Wilkes, vol. viii,

p. 561, pi. Iv, fig. 3.
,, lutea, Edwards & Haime, 1860. Hist. nat. Cor., vol. iii, p. 180.

The genus Porites is now undergoing revision by Mr. Bernard,
and until his work is issued, identifications of recent species of the
genus must be regarded as provisional. The Christmas Island
collection includes two fossil Porites^ with twelve well-marked
septa, very thin and indistinct walls, inconspicuous columella, and
the pali not well developed. The diameter of the corallites is
about rSmm. This association of characters renders it probable
that the species is a close hVlj of P. lutea, which was founded
by Edwards & Haime, practically on Dana's P. eonglomerata.
Mr. Stanley Gardner suggests that P. lutea should be regarded
as a variety of P. arenosa.

Distribution. — On Christmas Island.
Fossil : Sea cliff. Rocky Point.

No. 161. Top of the sea clLff, north coast.

No. 165. Lower part of the sea cliff.

No. 997. Southern slope of the island ; alt. 350 feet.

Fig. 5.

Figure. — Fig. 5. Part of a transverse section of specimen from
Rocky Point, X 9 dia.

Fo.ml Corals

223

Porites belli, sp.n.

Diagnosis. — Cornlluni massive. Corallitcs very small, being
about 1-5 mm. in diameter. The walls are thin, but veiy distinct
in sections. The intermediate tissue is very narrow. The septa
are from 12 to 16 in number, and very sinuous and irregular. The
columella is veiy small and indistinct, and so also are the pali.
Distribution. — On Christmas Island.
Fossil :

'No. 132. A much altered specimen from the second

inland clilf . East coast ; alt. 550 feet.
^0. 301. An altered specimen with thickened walls.

Inland cliff ; alt. 250 feet.
No. 306. From inland cliff over West White Beach.

North coast ; alt. 260 feet.
No. 85 "^ Shore plateau at top of sea cliff. North-East

Point ; alt. 40 feet.
No. 980. From 60-80 feet up the first inland cliff.

North coast ; alt. about 120 feet.
No. 6. From a large mass from south side of
Flj'ing Fish Cove.
?No. 905. An altered coral from top of the first inland
cliff. South of the waterfall.

Figure. — Fig. 6 : part of a section of specimen No. 609, X 9 dia.
Fig. 7 : part of another specimen (No. 6), showing the walls
burrowed by a boring alga.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Affinities. — The Christmas Island corals, on which this species
is founded, include several specimens from the limestones of the
sea cliff and the inland cliff. The species has a well-marked but

224 C/iristrnm Island.

thin wall, which extends downward through the coralhim, cutting
it up into well-defined quadrangular or polygonal corallites. This
wall is more definite internally than is the case in P. gaimardi.
The species belongs to the group of which P. arenosa (Esp.) is
a convenient type ; that form differs, however, by its larger
columella and more regular and equal septa ; the corallum is said
to be thin and encrusting in typical form of arenosa, though that
point is probably unimportant.

In one specimen (Xo. 6, figd. Fig. 7) the walls are tunnelled
by some boring alga.

Montipora, aff. danae, Edwards & Haime.

Manopora tuberculosa [non Lam.), Dana, 1848. Zooph. : Expl. Esp. Wilkes,

vol. viii, p. 507, pi. xlvii, fig. 2.
Montipora dance, Edwards & Haime, 1851. Mon. Porit. : Ann. Sci. nat., Zool.,

ser. Ill, vol. xvi, p. 65.

Mr. Andi'ews' collection includes a specimen of a massive
Montipora, with calices -66 mm. in diameter, separated by

Fig. 8.

coenenchyma of about the same width, and with six well-developed
septa, and usually some representatives of the second cycle. In
these characters it agrees with M. dance. Specimens of the genus
do not appear to have been previously met with as fossils.

The specimen (No. 364) was collected in the first inland cliff
on the south from "West White Beach at alt. of 120 feet.

Fossil Corals, 225

FIGURES IX THE TEXT.

Fig. 1. Leptoria phrygia (Ell. & Sol.). Part of transverse section, x 5 dia.
No. 306.

2. Orb'w'Ua hfrkhtsi (Dune). Part of a transverse section, x 7 dia.
No. 659.

3. Orbicella quadrangnlaris (Ed. «.t H.), var. columnata. Part of
a transverse section, x \h dia. No. 322.

4. Prionastrcva )iiag)ii/ica (Blainv.). Part of a transverse section,
X 2 dia. No. 322.

5. Porites, afE. hitea, Ed. & H. Part of a transverse section, x 9 dia.
No. 853.

6. Foritet belli, u.sp. Part of a transverse section, x 9 dia. No. 609.

7. Porites belli, n.sp. Part of a transverse section bored by an alga,
X 9 dia. No. 6.

8. Montipora danm, Ed. & H. Part of a transverse section, x 12 dia.
No. 364.

226 Christmas Island.

ON THE rOKAMIKIFERA OF THE

ORBITOIDAL LIMESTONES AND EEEF ROCKS

OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

By Professor T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., etc., and
Feedeeick Chapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S., etc.

(PLATES XX AND XXI.)

The following has been written in elucidation of the foraminiferal
fauna of the rocks of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean), which
Mr. Andrews has kindly handed to us for description.

In submitting this report we wish to state that we have made
it as comprehensive as possible in the time at our disposal, and
hope at a later date to furnish further details with regard to this
interesting collection.

For the greater part of the work we have of necessity been
dependent upon thin sections for our study and determination of
the organisms ; and this at best is somewhat unsatisfactory. It
is hoped, however, that by a careful examination of the various
slices of rock, showing the organisms in their different phases,
the facts here brought together will in some measure extend the
knowledge of the association and habits of growth of these small,
but most important, rock-builders.

It is now proposed to describe the general microscopic structure
both of the fossil and the recent limestones, in their order of age
as far as possible ; and to give concise accounts of any foraminifera
which appear to be new.

Teetiaey Limestones of Flying Fish Cove.

The most complete section of the older rocks of Christmas
Island is that seen in Flying Fish Cove ; and for this reason
we chiefly confine our remarks to the foraminifera of the rocks
from this locality.

The oldest bed exposed is a yellow limestone (No. 2).^ This
appears to be of much earlier date than the limestones found
higher in the sections. Orhitoides are found in all the limestones
of this section ; but those of No. 2 arc of the type associated
with rocks of Nummulitic (Eocene and Oligocene) age, whilst the
Orbitoidal limestones which follow are probably of Miocene age.

' These numbers are those employed in Mr. Andrews' collection of rocks.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 227

This yellow limestone is composed largely of foraminifera ; and,
besides these, it contains polyzoa and Lithothamnion, both branching
and massive. The oi'ganisms are imbedded in a fine-grained calcitic
rock, which seems to have resulted from the crystallization of
a fairly pure calcareous mud. It shows signs of having been
indurated by the overlying basalt.

The foraminifera recognized in the thin slices of this rock are as
follows : —

Cristellaria italica? (Defrance).

Saracenaria italica, Defrance, 1824, Diet. Sci. Nat., vol. xxxii, p. 177 ;

vol. xlvii (1827), p. 344, Atlas Conch., pi. xiii, iig. 6.
CristcUarla italica (Detr."i, liiadv, 1884, Keport Challenger, vol. ix, p. 544,

pi. Ixviii, fig's. 17, 18, 20-23.

A nearly complete lateral and vertical section occurs in this
slide {Iso. 2).

Cristellaria rotiilata'^ (Lamarck).

Loiticitlitcs rotidata, Lamarck, 1804, Auuales du Museum, vol. v, p. 188, No. 3 ;

Tahl. Encycl. Meth., pi. 466, fig. 5.
Ciisfellaria rotulata (Lamarck), Brady, 1884, Eep. ChalL, vol. ix, p. 547,

pi. ixix, figs. 13a, b.

A vertical section, traversing from aperture to the opposite edge
in the septal plane.

Gloligerina hulloides, d'Orbigny.

G. htUoich's, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., voL vii, p. 277, No. 1 ; Modele,
No. 76 and (young) No. 17 ; Brady, 1884, Eep. Chall., vol. ix,
p. 593, pi. ixxvii, and pi. Ixxix, figs. 3-7.

A specimen somewhat fragmentary, but probably belonging to
the above S2)ecies.

Planorhdina mediterranensis, d'Orbigny.

r. meditcrranensis, d'Orb., 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 280, No. 2, pi. xiv,
figs. 4-6 ; Modele, No. 79 ; Brady, 18S4, Eep. Chall., vol. ix,
p. 656, pi. xcii, figs. 1-3.

Several specimens, with a more or less neatly rounded contour,
like that of the above species, appear in our rock-sections.

TruncatuUna lohatula ("Walker & Jacob).

Xautilus lobatuhta. Walker & Jacob, 1798, Adams' Essays, Kanmacher's ed.,

p. 042, pl. xiv, fig. 36.
TruncatuUna lobatnla, Brady, 1884, Eep. ChalL, vol. ix, p. 600, pl. xcii, fig. 10;

pl. xciii, figs. 1, 4, 5 ; pl. 105, figs. 4, 5.

228 Christmas Island.

This form is here represented, by numerous examples cut in
various directions ; thus a good idea may be gathered of the actual
shape of the test.

The shell-wall is fairly thin and simple, and the test is flat on
the upper, and evenly inflated on the inferior, face. In the
regularity of the chambers this form agrees very closely with
the variety figured by d'Orbigny from the Miocene of Vienna
under the name of Trimcatulina boiceana,^ which form has been
included in the synonymy of T. lohatula by H. B. Brady. The
chances that these sections represent a Pulvimdina are small, on
account of the comparative thinness and simplicity of the outer
walls of the chambers, although the two genera have isomorphous
forms.

Pulvinulina repanda (Fichtcl & Moll). (PI. XX, Fig. 1.)

Nautilus rcpandus, Fichtel & Moll, 1798, Test, micr., p. 35, pi. iii, figs. a~d.
RotaUa repanda (F. & M.), Parker & Joues, 1860, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. Ill, vol. V, p. 175, No. 25.
Piihinula repanda (F. & M.), P. «& J., in Carpenter, 1862, Introd. Foram.,

p. 210.
PIneenttila repanda (F. & M.), Berthelin, 1878, Foram. Bourgneuf et Pornichet,

p. 41, Xo. 68.
Fiilnnulina repanda (F. & M.), Terrigi, 1880, Atti dell' Accad. Pontif.,

ann. xxxiii, p. 206, pi. iii," fig. 61 ; Brady, 1884, Kep. Chall.,

vol. ix, p. 684, pi. civ, figs. 18^?-^.

Several good transverse and vertical sections of a pulvinuline
form, with a thick test, and with characteristically coarse pores,
have been noted in the yellow limestone (jS'o. 2) [see photograph,
Fig. 1]. The average diameter of the test is oV inch. These
examples compare most closely with the above species, which is
xery frequent and large in the coral-sands at the present time. To
aid the comparison, a section of a recent specimen has been made
and examined, and bears out this conclusion.

Rotalia scJiroeteriana, Parker & Jones.

JR. schroeteriana (Parker & Jones MS.), Carpenter, 1862, Introd. Foram.,

p. 213, pi. xiii, figs. 7-9.
R. tuberosa, Karrer, 1867, Sitzungsh. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. iv, p. 349,

pl. i, fig. 4.
M. achroeteriana, Parker & Joues, Brad}-, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 707,

pl. 105, figs. la-c.

Amongst the rotaline sections in specimen No. 2 there are some
strongly developed examples, coarsely porous, sub-orbicular, and
with the surface irregularly relieved with rounded prominences.
These specimens appear to agree most nearly with the above
species. R. sclirocteriana has been described from Miocene deposits,
and is also found living in the Eastern Archipelago.

1 Foram. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 169, pl. ix, figs. 24-26.

Fcraminifeml Limestones. 229

Gypsina glohulus (Ecuss).

Ceviopora glohulnn, Reuss, 1847, Haidinger's Naturw. Abhandl., vol. ii, p. 33,

pi. T, fig. 7.
OrbitoUna Iceiis, Parker & Jones, 1860, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. in, vol. vi,

p. 31, Xo. 7.
Tinoporiis pilari.i, Brady, 1S76, Ann. Soc. Malac. Bfilg., vol. vi, p. 103.
Tinoporiin baculiitus (Moutfort), var. sp/ueroidalis, Oartor, 1877, Ann. Mag. Nat.

Ilist., ser. iv, vol. xix, p. 215, pi. xiii, tigs. 18, 20.
Gypsbia rcsicufdi-is (PHrkor & Jones), var. spJuvnAdalis, Carter, 1877, Ann. Mag.

Nat. Ilist., ser. iv, vol. xx, p. 173.
Gypsina glubuliis (Rouss), Brady, 1884, Hep. ChalL, vol. ix, p. 717, pi. 101, fig. 8.

This "wcll-known species is frequent in coral deposits throughout
the Tcrtiaries and in recent times. Their circular sections are
numerously represented in this limestone. The average diameter
of these specimens is about -r.^- inch.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.

A. Ussonii, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 304, No. 3, pi. xvii,

figs, "l -4.
A. IcssoHii, d'Orbigny : Brady, 1884, Rep. Cliall., vol. ix, p. 740, pi. Ill,

figs. 1-7.

This species is common in the sections now described, and it is
of fairly average size. A. lessonii occurs in many of the Tertiary
strata dating from the Eocene ; and it is common at the present
time in tropical and sub -tropical seas.

Heterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny. (PI. XX, Fig. 1.)

if. depressa, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 305, pi. xvii, figs. 5-7 ;

Modele, No. 99.
H. antillanim, d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 121, pi. vii, figs. 24, 25.
H. helvetica, Kaufmann, 1867, Geol. Beschreib. des Pilatus, p. 153, pi. ix,

figs. 6-10.
H. depressa, d'Orbigny: Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 746, pi. 112,

figs. 14-20.

Numerous examples of the above species appear in the sections
of limestone Xo. 2. They are of moderately large size, averaging
one-sixtb of an inch in width. These specimens also exhibit the
large flange-like portion strongly developed ; and which, when
isolated from the major part of the shell, may easily be mistaken
for one of the thick Cycloclypetnce. The specimens seen in these
T^ections also show the transverse subdi\'ision of the chambers into
chamberlets, thus being distinguished from the closely allied
Operciilina.

Orbitoides {Biscocyclina) dispansa (Sowerby). (PI. XX, Fig. 1.)

Lycophris dispansiis, Sowerby (1837), Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., ser. ii, vol.
(1840), pp. 327 and 718, pi. xxiv, figs. 16 and 16«r, b.

230 Christmas Island.

OrbitaUtcs dlspansa (Sow.), d'Archiac, 1850, Histoire progres Geologie,
"Tableau de la Faune nummulitique," vol. iii, p. 230.

Lycophris dispansm. Sow., Carter, l%b'6, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. ii, vol. xi,
p. 172, pi. vii, figs. 23-29 ; (1853), Journ. Bombay Br. R. Asiatic
Soc, vol. V, pt. 18, p. 136, pi. ii, figs. 23-29 ; 1857, Geol. Papers
Western India, p. 451, pi. xviii, figs. 16, 16«, 16i, and p. 545,
pi. xxiii, figs. 23-29.

Orbitoides dispansa (Sow.), Carter, 1861, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. iii, vol. viii,
p. 447, pi. xvi, fig. 1 ; pi. xvii, fig. 1.

Orbitoides {Discoci/clii/a) dispansa (Sow.), Giimbel, 1868 (1870), Abhandl.
m.-ph. CI. k. bayer. Ak. "NViss., vol. x, p. 701, pi. iii, figs. 40-47.

Orbitoides dispansa (Sow.), Hantken, 1871, A magy. kir. foldt. int. evkonyve,
vol. X, p. 132, pi. ii, figs. lOa, b; and Mitth. Jalirb. k. ungar.
geol. Anstalt, vol. i, p. 138, pi. ii. figs. 10«, b ; Brady, 1875,
Geol. Mag., dec. ii, vol. ii, p. 536, pi. xiv, figs. 2a, b, c;
Hantken, 1875 (1876), A magy. kir. foldt. int. evkiinyve, vol. iv,
p. 72, pi. xi, fig. 3 ; and Mitth. Jahrb. k. ungar. geol. Anstalt,
vol. iv, 1875 (1881), p. 82, pi. xi, fig. 3; Fritsch, 1878,
Pala3ontographica, Suppl. iii, Lief, i, p. 142, pi. xviii, fig. 10;
pi. xix, "fig. 8 ; Brady, 1878, Jahrb. Mijn. Ned. Oost-Indie,
vol. vii, pt. 2, p. 164, pi. ii, figs. 2a-c ; Medlicott & Blanford,
1879, Geol. India, pp. 340 and 459, pi. xv, fig. 8.

Orbitoides {DiscocijcVuui) dispansa (Sow.), Butschli, 1880, in Bronn, Klassen,
etc., Thier-Reichs, p. 215, pi. xii, fig. 16.

Orbitoides dispansa (Sow.), Martin, 1881, Samml. geol. Reichs-Mus. Leiden [1],
vol. i. Heft 2, p. 112, pi. vi, figs. 1-3.

Orbitoides {DiscocijcUna) dispansa (Sow.), Jennings, 1888, Geol. Mag., dec. iii,
vol. V, p. 530, pi. xiv, fig. 6.

Orbitoides dispansa (Sow.), Verbeek, 1891, " Voorloopig Bericht over Nummu-
lieten, Orbitoiden, en Alveolinen van Java," Nat. Tijdschr. v.
Nederl. -Indie, vol. Ii, p. 120, figs. 9a, b ; Verbeek & Fennema,
1896, " Descr. geol. Java et Madoura," vol. i, pi. ix, figs.
148, 149; pi. X, figs. 158-160; vol. ii, p. 1173.

It has been noticed by previous authors, who have described
Orbitoides from the Eastern Archipelago and India, that the older
strata comprising the Eocene and Oligocenc are characterized by
the type of Orhitoides limited by the subgenus Discocyclina, which
has the chambers of the median plane of a rectangular shape ;
whilst the Miocene strata yield Orhitoides of the subgeneric typo
Lepidocyclina, which has the median chambers lozenge-shaped or
subcircular.

The present section (No. 2) shows a few examples of Orhitoides
somewhat fractured on the flanged portion. Some of these frag-
ments of the flange are turned in upon the plane of section, thus
accurately showing the shape of the median chambers, and
conclusively prove the affinity of the present species to the
Discocyclina:, Special attention is drawn to this occurrence, since
the great mass of the Orbitoidal Limestone of Christmas Island
is composed of Lepidocyclince, and are therefore presumably of
Miocene age, whilst these now mentioned are possibly of Upper
Eocene or Oligocene ase.

Foramimferal Limestones. 231

At the actual contact of the basalt with the limestone bed
just described, the rock is composed of comminuted limestone
intermingled with granules of glassy basalt or palagonite (specimen
No. 3). In the limestone fragments of this rock foraminifera,
such as Uetcrostegina, can still be distinguished, but they are much
altered by the action of heat from the basalt.

The rock (No. 522) above the first basalt sheet is a yellowish
limestone, not quite so dark as jN"©. 2, and, as far as can be seen,
is devoid of Orbitoides. The foraminifera are as a whole somewhat
different from that of the preceding limestone (No. 2). Besides
foraminifera, which are here numerous, there are remains of
polyzoa, echinoderm spines, Lithothanmion, and other calcareous
algae. The rock is granular or hemicrystalline, whilst here and
there it shows traces of travertine structure possibly due to the
deposition of carbonate of lime from the flow of warm or heated
currents of water.

The foraminifera ol)served in sections of this limestone (522) are
as follows : —

? Troehammina, sp.

Textularia rtigosa (Reuss).

Plecaniuni ritgosiim, Reuss, 1869, Sitzungsb. k. Ak. "Wiss. Wien, vol. lix, p. 453,
pi. i, figs. 3«, b.

The specimen in our section shows the irregular contour, similar
to that of the above-mentioned species. It is usually found
associated with coral reefs.

Bolivina heyricM, Reuss.
Bolivina pygmcea, Brady. Rare.
? Sphceroidina. Spherical segments.
? Fullenia, si^. Very rare.

Truncatulina lohatula (Walker & Jacob).

As in the former rock- specimen, this species is fairly common in
the sections. A few of the examples are higher in the vertical
line, and therefore more nearly resembling T. refulgens (Montfort).

Pulvinulina repanda (F. & M.).
One or two examples of this species are present also in this rock.
Gypsina globulus (Reuss). Several fine specimens.

282 Christmas Island.

Rotalia schroeteriana (Parker & Jones).

Some very excellent sections, in both transverse and vertical
direction, are seen in this specimen (No. 522).

Rotalia dathrata, Brady. (PL XX, Fig. 2.)
Rotalia clathratn, Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 709, pi. 107, figs. 8, 9.

One of the more striking forms in No. 522 may be referred to
the above species. In section the surface reticulation is represented
by square-ended projections. The shell-wall in this species, as in
the other allied Rotalice, is coarsely tubulated. Longest diameter
of the test -^g inch.

This is not an isolated instance of a recent species occurring for
the first time in the Miocene of Christmas Island, as will be seen
by referring to subsequent pages. It is interesting to note that
this rare form has been found only in the South Pacific, in shallow
or moderately shallow water.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss).

This species is represented in this rock- section by several
specimens. They are rather more irregular in internal structure
than those of the preceding limestone (No. 2), and are altogether
smaller in size.

AmpMstegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.

This is again common in the section before us. It may be
distinguished from Pulvinulina elegans (d'Orb.) by the sigmoid
form of the septa and the alar extension of the chambers on the
inferior surface.

Heterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny.

Frequent, but not so common as in the foregoing limestone
(No. 2).

The last-mentioned limestone (No. 522) is succeeded by a second
sheet of basalt with accompanying beds of tuff. The limestones
which follow are of considerable thickness, and as a rule are
crowded with Orhitoides ; although there are some exceptions
where these are rare.

The genus Orhitoides is represented, in the limestones now about
to be described, by the Lepidocycline subgenus only, and this
seems to indicate that the beds are related to others, in the same

Foraminifeml Limestones. 23^^

geographical area, which have been well investigated for their
niicrozoic fauna and are of Miocene age.^

The first of the Miocene Orbitoidal Limestones is specimen
No. 924, which was taken in contact with the basalt bed above
referred to, and to the south of Flying Fish Cove at Smith Point.
Thin slices of this rock exhi])it layers of travertine, differing from
the previous occurrence in being evenly stratified and not filling
up angular cavities. This was probably formed by deposition from
warm currents flowing over an evenly laid, sandy sea-bottom.
The rock itself is roughly crystalline, with many organic particles
interspersed ; these latter are of an ash-grey colour, with the
(exception of the more gigantic forms as Orhitoides and Carpentena,
which are yellowish brown.

The organisms present in limestone Xo. 924 consist of polyzoa,
■echinoderm spines, foraminifera, and Lithothamnion.

The foraminifera are as follows : —

Sj)ifoloculi}ia, sp.

In the more finely grained material of this rock there arc one
■or two examples of a small Spiroloculina, of the type of Sp.
asperula, Kan-er,- or Sp. nitida, d'Orbigny •' ; but, owing to the
obscuration of the specimens b}- the surrounding material, it is
<lifficult to say whether the test is finely arenaceous or not.

Miltolina trigonula (Lamarck).

MilioUtes trigonula, Lamarck, 1804, Ann. du Mus, vol. v, p. 351, No. 3 ;

1822, Anim. sans Vert., vol. vii, p. 612, No. 3.
MUioUna trigonula, (Lam.), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 164, pi. iii,

figs. 14-16.

Several specimens occur in No. 924. It is a well-known
Tertiary form ; and in recent deposits is at home in depths down
to 100 fathoms.

Miliolina suhrotunda (Montagu).

Vermiculum subrotnndum, Montagu, 1803, Test. Brit., pt. ii, p. o21.
Miliolina suhrotunda (Montagu), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 168, pi. v,
figs. 10, 11.

This species is well seen in the sections and distinguished by
its subcircular contour. It has occurred in other Miocene deposits,
and is frequent as an inhabitant of moderately shallow water

' See Verbeek & Fennema, " Descr. geol. Java et Madoura," Appendix, vol. ii,
1896. Also Newton & Holland, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vii, vol. iii,
pp. 256, 257.

2 Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ivii, 1868, p. 136, pi. i, fig. 10.

3 Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, 1826, p. 298, No. 4.

234 Christmas Island.

around certain coasts ; and it is especially common in some coral-
sand deposits. In this limestone, No. 924, M. suhrotimda is fairly-
common.

Ifiliolina 'io'blonga (Montagu).

Vcrmleuhun oblongum, Montagu, 1803, Test. Brit., p. 522, pi. xiv, fig. 9.
MiUolina oblonga (Montagu), Brady, 1884, Rep. ChalL, vol. ix, p. 160, pi. v,
figs. 4a, b.

A specimen occurs in this limestone, probably referable to the
above species.

? Uvigerina, near brunnensis, Karrer.

Uvigerina brunnensis, Karrer, 1877, Geol. k. F.-J. "Wasserleitung, p. 385,
pi. xvii, fig. 49; Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 577,
pi. Ixxv, figs. 4, 5.

This is a vertical section of a test which closely resembles
a strongly inflated Uvigerina. In outline it may be compared
with the above form, which was recorded by Karrer from Tertiary
strata at Berchtoldsdorf, near A^ienna. Our specimen has a rather
large globose primordial chamber. The test measures -„V inch
(1-04 mm.) in length, which is equal to other recorded specimens.

Glohigerina bulloides, d'Orbigny.
One specimen occurs in our slides of JS'o. 924.

Glohigerina conglobata, Brady. (PI. XX, Fig. 3.)

Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., new sen, vol. xix, p. 72; idem, 1884,,
Rep. ChalL, vol. ix, p. 603, pi. Ixxx, figs. 1-5 ; pi. Ixxxii, fig. 5.

This appears to be the first recorded occurrence of the above-
species in the fossil condition. Two fine specimens were seen in
our sections of Xo. 924.

Planorbulina, sp. near acervalis, Brady.

Growing upon some of the larger organisms, and also upon
fragments of consolidated material in the rock, may be seen many
specimens of an adherent foraminifer, possibly to be referred to th&
above species.^ The chambers are more crowded or compressed
in this form than in the somewhat similar Oyp&ina inhmrens.

Truncatulina lohatula (W. & J.).

A solitary specimen of the above was noticed in our section*
of No. 924.

1 Rep. Chall., vol. ix, 1884, p. 657, pi. xcii, fig. 4.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 235

Carpenteria, sp. near C. lithothamnica, Uhlig.

Carpentcvla lithothamnica, Uhlig, 1886, Jahrb. k. k. geol. lleichsaustalt,
vol. xxxvi, p. 189, pi. V, ligs. 1-3.

A somewhat crushed specimen of Carpenteria occurs in a
section of ^o. 924, In some respects it agrees with Uhlig's
C. lithothamnica, of which he also figures a section (tig. 3, loc. cit.).
Our specimen also bears points of resemblance to C. monticidaris,
Carter.' It is in lateral measurement one-eighth of an inch.

This occurrence of Carpenteria in rocks as old as the Miocene is
interesting ; and, until Uhlig's discovcrj- of them in the Tertiary
beds of the Carpathians, and 8ir John Murray's record of them
from the rocks of Malta,- they appear to have been unknown as
fossils.

Polytrema mtniaceum (Pallas).

Millcpora muiiacea, Pallas, 1766, Elenchus Zooplij-torum, p. 251.

M. miiiiacea (Pallas), Linuc, 1788, Syst. Nat., 13th (Gmeliu's) ed., vol. i, pt. 6,

p. 3784, No. 6.
Pohjtrema inviiaceiim (Liune), Brad)', 1884, Eep. ChalL, vol. ix, p. 721, pi. 100,

tigs. 0-9 ; pi. 101, lig. 1.

In our section of No. 924 there are several conical foraminiferal
organisms, and tapering branchlets which strongly resemble the
sections of P. miniaceum seen in recent reef-rocks, and notably
those from the Funafuti atoll. The specimens here under notice
have a basis of rounded cellules, to which arc added superficial
layers of chamberlets, elongated in the upward direction of growth.
There are apparently no reliable records of this genus from fossil
deposits.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.

This species is here very rare.

Heterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny.
This form is also very rare in this limestone.

Orhitoides {Lepidocyclina) neodispansa, sp. nov. (PI. XX, Pig. 3.)

Test discoidal, thicker in the centre and surrounded by a peri-
pheral flange. The curve from the centre to the edge makes
a more sudden sweep than it does in 0. papyracea and its Miocene
analogue 0. verheeki. The surface of the test studded with bosses
of solid shell material, which are the salient bases of cones inserted

' Anu. Mag. Nat. Hist., ssr. iv, vol. xix, 1877, pi. xiii, figs. 9-12.
' Scott. Geogr. Mag., 1890, p. 27 (sep. copy), aud pi. i.

236 Christmas Island.

between the regular flattened and cjlindrical chamberlets of the
outer scries in Orhitokhs. The medium series of chamberlets are
somewhat elliptical and alternate with one another. Average
breadth ^ inch (5 mm.); thickness -^g inch (1-56 mm.). Very
common in Xo. 924.

It is most probable that the form figured by Verbeek and
Fennema (torn, cit., p. 1178, pi. xi, fig. 168) as Lepidocydina,
species d, is comparable with those we have just described. The
ilimensions of the former are stated to be 2imm., which is about
half the size of our specimens.

The limestone next in succession is from the middle of Flying
Fish Cove at 480 feet, and its reference number is 571.

It is a hard white limestone with dark spots, and it weathers
with a pitted surface and becomes splintery. The rock is partially
crystallized, but the organisms, especially the foraminifera, are not
thereby obscured.

The organic contents of this specimen are fragments of Litho-
thamnion, foraminifera {Orbitoides absent), corals, and molluscan
shells.

The foraminifera present in the sections of I^o. 571 are as
follows : —

Ililiolina ? undosa (Karrer).

Quinqueloculina undosa, Karrer, 1867, Sitz. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. Iv, p. 361,

pi. iii, fig. 3.
MilioUna uiidom (Karrer), Brady, 1884, Eep. Chall., toI. ix, p. 176, pi. vi,

figs. 6-8.

A transverse section of a flattened and furrowed Miliolina is
.seen in the slide of l^o. 571. It appears to agree most nearly
with the above species.

Miliolina agglutinans (d'Orbignj').

QHinquclocHlbia agghitina)is, d'Orbiguy, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 168, pi. xii,

figs. 11-13.
Jliliolina agglutinans (d'Orb.), Brady, 1884, Rep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 180,

pi. viii, figs. 6, 7.

A good transverse section of an arenaceous Milioli)ia comparable
with Jf. aggluti^mns occurs in Jfo. 571. The species is an
inhabitant of shallow-water areas, and is frequent at the present
day in coral-sands.

? Gaudryina pupoides, d'Orbigny.

A voung individual resembling the above species is found in
1^0. 571.

Foraminiferal Limesfoiips. 2^37

Planorhulina ? mediterranensis, d'Orbigu)-.

Several specimens of a PlanorbuUna are seen in the slides of
No. o71, in some cases adherent to other objects. One of the
specimens seen is attached to the flanged portion of a Heterostegina.

Carpenteria, spp.

This genus seems to have been important in the formation of
some of these older limestones. One form here noticed closely
resembles C. monticularis of Carter. Another form, of which there
are two specimens present, has certain of the walls of the test
strongly undulated on the outer surface. This modification may
possibh^ agree with the coarser form C. utricularis, Carter.

Rotalia schroeteriana ?, Parker & Jones.

Several sections of a Rotalia, possiblv of the above species, occurs.
in J^o. 571.

Gypsina globulus (Keuss).

One very fine section of this form occurs here.

Amphistegina lesionii, d'Orbigny.
This species is here tolerably common and typical in form.

Seterostegina deprcssa, d'Orbigny.

The specimens of the above are numerous in No. 571, and are
very complanate or outspread. The sections of the isolated,
flanged portions of the test might easily be mistaken for
Cycloclypeus, were the central parts of the test not present in
the slides.

No. 861. Limestone in contact with basalt and palagonite in
south of Cove. In the limestone portion are large masses of
Lithothamnion intcrgrown with foraminifera {Planorhulina) ; there
are also polyzoa and many foraminifera jDresent. The surface of
the basalt is coated with a layer of Lithothamnion and other
adherent and encrusting organisms. Possibly this alga, which is
a peculiar form of Lithothamnion, could grow on the rock whilst
the latter was still warm.

Foraminifera :

Miliolina, sp.

Textularia rugosa (Keuss). Common.

Glohigerina, sp., near pachgderma (Ehr.). Veiy rare.

■238 Christmas Island.

Planorhtdina mediterranensis, d'Orb.

Planorhulina larvata, P. & J.

(Both the above forms of Planorhulina are intorgro^vn in this
specimen with a massive Lithothamnion.)

Carpcntcria lithothamnica ?, TJhlig. Fi'equent.

Rupertia, sp. Basal segments adherent to a floor consisting of
Lithothamnion, which coats the surface of the basalt.

Rotalia papulosa, var. compressiuscida, Brady. Very common.

Gypsina glohdus (Eeuss). Occasional.

Amphiiifciiina lessonii, d'Orbigny. Frequent.

Jleteroslegina depressa, d'Orbigny. Several fragments.

Towards the side of the Cove whence the succession of rock
specimens now being described were taken, two specimens were
collected on either side of a basaltic mass, numbered 229 and
220 respectively.

Taking the specimen Xo. 229 first, it is seen to have many
points in common with the specimen No. 671 noticed above,
and although it differs from that rock in some slight degree of
minxitc structure, yet thcA' contain so much in common and are in
themselves different from those rocks immediately below and above
that they are presumably different parts of the same bed.

1^0. 229 is a very hard, pale cream-coloured or whitish limestone.
Thin sections of the rock show it to be composed of Lithotliamnion
in some quantity of the laminar and investing tyjie, many fora-
minifera (but no Orhitoides present), echinoderm plates, and polyzoa.

The foraminifera in No. 229 are as follows : —

Textularia rngosa (Eeuss).
Several typical specimens are seen in this section.

Planorhtdina acervalis ?, Brady.

The specimens referred doubtfully to the above species are
adherent and forming a depressed layer, with thin-walled chambers.
They are fairly common in the section.

Carpenteria, sp. near C. monticularis, Carter.

Mostly fragmentary, but there is one example with a perfectly
enclosed chamber - cavity. The separate pieces of the test are
numerous in this section.

Pulvinulina repanda (Fichtel & Moll).
One good specimen was noticed in the slide of No. 229.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 239

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.

The specimens of this species are both common and well-
<leveloped. Some of the tests are very thick and belong- to the
dome-shaped variety, which has been often noticed under separate
specific names, from beds of Miocene age. This variety, however,
is not confined to fossil deposits, it having been frequently seen in
coral-sands of recent times.

Heterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny,

This species is here numerous and of ti somewhat peculiar tj'pe,
the central portion being much swollen, whilst the flanged portion
is not so expansive as in specimens noticed earlier in this paper.

Limestone No. 220 is the rock from the south side of the basalt
mass mentioned, and is entirely different from the preceding
specimen. It bears a strong resemblance to No. 924 previously
■described, and there cannot be much doubt that this specimen is
an extension of jS^o. 924.

It is a pale or cream-coloured limestone, full of Orhitoides.

Seen under the microscope parts of the rock appear somewhat
brecciated. The rock is well ciystallized, but nevertheless the
organisms are perfectly preserved.

The rock is composed of a branching Lithothamnion (one specimen
of Orhitoides has it growing upon the surface), foraminifera,
echinodenn plates, polyzoa, and molluscan shell-fragments.

The foraminifera arc as follows : —

Carpenteria, sp.

This genus is here represented by numerous fragments of the
shell -wall, but it is impossible to say to what species it may
belong, although it bears the same general characters of the test
as C. monticiilaris.

Gypsina iiihrnrens ? (Schultze).

There are numerous irregularly grown adherent foraminifera in
specimen No. 220 which appear to belong to the above species.

Gypsina globulus (Eeuss).
One specimen in No. 220.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas) and var. involva, Chapman, nov.

One of the adherent forms of the foraminifera in No. 220 is
very similar in structure to the laminar or outspreading forms of

240 Christmas Island.

P. miniaceum found at Fuuafuti and elsewhere in eoral rocl<.s, in
which the foraminifer alternates with other encrusting organisms.
In this variety the chamberlets are elongated in the direction of
growth or adherence, and the form shows little or no tendency
to make the prolongations so characteristic of the type species.
Some of the specimens of Polytrema here observed are more normal
in appearance, having the conical branching habit of growth.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.
This species is common in No. 220.

Seterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny.

This form is rare, and not strongly developed in limestone
No. 220.

Orlitoides neodispansa, sp. nov. (PI. XX, Fig. 4.)

This species is very common in the specimen No. 220, constituting
about one-third of the entire bulk of the rock. The specimens,
bear exactly the same characters as those of No. 924, and are in
a similar condition of preservation.

No. 219. "Eastern edge of basalt mass, first inland cliff, Smith
Point." Close to 220.

A limestone with veins of basalt and palagonite. This rock
contains Litlwthamnion, foraminifera, corals, and polyzoa.

Foraminifera :

Miliolina alveoUniformis, Brady. Eare.

Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.
Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orb. Rare.
Heterostegina depressa, d'Orb. Common.

Orlitoides {Lepidocyclina) ephippioides, sp. nov. Hare.

No. 595. A fine-grained limestone with included fragments of
palagonitic material and many foraminifera. This rests upon the
bed of palagonite tuff seen in the face of the Southern Clifi (Batoe
merah^).

Foraminifera :

Orbiilina universa, d'Orb. Freijuent.
Glohigerina btdloides, d'Orb. Common.
Glohigerina duhia, Egger. One specimen.
Discorbina, sp. Rare.

1 See p. 277.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 241

Planorhulina, sp. Frequent.
Tnmcatulina lobatida (W. & J.). Eare.
Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), I^iimerous fragmentfi.
Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orb. Karc.

No. 598. Flying Fish Cove (Batoe mcrali '), above 595 and
below 841.

An organic limestone with some secondary calcareous (aragonitic)
layers. The organic contents are Lithothamnion, foraminifera^
echinoderm remains, and polyzoa.

Foraminif era :
Textularia rugosa (lleuss). Rare.
Carpenteria utricularis, Carter. Frequent.
Rotalia schroeten'ana, P. & J. Frequent.
AmpMsteg ina lessonii, d'Orb. (thickened form). Frequent.
Heterostegina depressa, d'Orb. Common.

The next specimen to be described is No. 845, which comes
from the southern end of Fljring Fish Cove. It is a yellowish
limestone composed very largely of massive Lithothamnion.

In the interstitial portion of the rock the following foraminifera
were detected.

Planorbulina larvata, P. & J.

A few specimens of a flat adherent form referable to the above
species.

Flanorhulina acervalis, Brady.

Some of the adherent planorbuline forms are meandering and
thin or much depressed, and resemble P. acervalis in all their
characters.

Gypsina inharens? (Schultze).

One or two of the adherent specimens are of wandering habit,
and the chambers are large and inflated. They possibly belong
to the above species.

Heterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny.

Our section shows one solitary example of this species cut
through somewhat obliquely. The specimen is a rather large
example of this form.

1 See p. 277.

242 Christmas Island.

Following closely upon No. 845 is No. 844, Trhicli we next
proceed to examine.

This is a white limestone with numerous large Orhitoides
apparent on both weathered and fractured surfaces. It is finely
crj'stallized, and the rock has been fi'actured here and there with
the rifts now infilled with clear secondary calcite.

The organic contents of the rock are LiOiothamnion, many
foraminifera, amongst which the Orhitoides mentioned are con-
spicuous, and numerous polyzoa.

The foraminifera are as follows : —

Spirolocidina excavata, d'Orbigny.

SpirolocxUna excavata, d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p. 271, pi. ivi,
figs. 19-21; Brady, 1884, Eep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 151, pi. ix,

figs. 5, 6.

A very fine and perfect transverse section of the above form was
noticed in jVo. 844.

Miliolina alveoliniformis, Bi'ady.
One individual in transverse section appears in this slide.

Sigmoilina, sp. near S. celata (Costa).

Spirolocidina celata, Costa, 1855, Mem. Accad. Napoli, vol. ii, p. 126, pi. i,

fig. 14; 1856, Atti dell' Accad. Pont., vol. -vii, pi. xxvi, fig. 5.
Flanispirina celata (Costa), Brady, 1884, Eep. Chall., vol. ix, p. 197, pi. viii,

figs. 1-4.
Sigimilina celata (Costa), Schlumberger, 1887, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. xii,

p. Ill, pi. vii, figs. 12-14 ; Goes, 1896, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.

Harvard Coll., vol. xxix. No. 1, pt. 20.

There is not much doubt that our section (cut transversely) is
referable to the above species. Its earliest appearance as a fossil
has hitherto been in the Pliocene of the jS^icobar Islands.

Textularia nigosa (Eeuss).
Yeiy rare in rock-specimen ISo. 844.

AmpMstegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.
The specimens in jS'o. 844 are both common and characteristic.

Orhitoides {Lepidocyclina) insulce-iiatalis, sp. nov. (PI. XX, Fig. 5.)

Near "Lepidocyclina, spp. c and c','' Verbeek & Fennema, 1896, Descr. geol.
Java et Madoura, vol. i, pi. xi, figs. 166, 167 ; vol. ii, p. 1177.

This species is very conspicuous from the later Miocene lime-
stones of Christmas Island. It is of large dimensions, being often

Foraminiferal Limestones. 243

I inch (19 mm.) in diameter. The form resembles a veiy large
0. dispansa, and it further resembles this species in having the
central area superficially studded with bosses of shell-material,
which are the salient ends of inverted cones pointing towards the
median plane. When the test is cut through tangentially these
conical pillars appear as fibroiis shell-substance surrounding the
jiolygonal cliamberlets. These cones cut longitudinally present
a striking appearance fi'om their fibrous (but non - tubulate)
structure.

The chambers of the median plane are of that Lepidocycline type
which appears as if imbricated, from the rounded ends of the
chambers or chamberlcts being alternate with those of the adjacent
rows. The median series when cut through transversely is seen
to be quite thin in the centre and to increase greatly in
thickness or height towards the periphery. Another feature in
tlie chamberlcts of the median plane is the presence of stolon
passages from one to another, thus giving a serrated appearance
to the inner surfaces of the walls of each chamberlet. In this
latter feature this species resembles the curious genus Linderina}

Average diameter across the disc ^ inch (12*5 mm.) ; thickness
i inch (5 mm.).

Next in order of succession we have No. 562, which is a pale
cream-coloured limestone, very compact. This is from the upper
cliff at about 500 feet. Viewed under the microscope the rock
is seen to consist of clear crystalline calcite, which also fills the
cracks appearing in various directions throughout the rock. This
latter fact points to some disturbance of the rock - mass after
consolidation. The rock is very full of organisms, consisting of
Lithothamnion, foraminifera (amongst which the genus Orhitoides
plays an important part), echinoderm plates, and polyzoa.

The following foraminifera were observed in specimen No. 562 : —

SpiroIocuUna, sp.

One or two specimens of a neat SpiroIocuUna occur here, but it
is impossible to say anything with regard to its specific relations
from the sections.

Miliolina trigonula (Lamarck).

This is quite a common form in the sections of No. 562. Its
relationship is clearly made out by the number of the specimens,
cut in various directions.

^ See Schlumberger, Bull. Soc. Geol. France, ser. iii, vol. xxi, p. 120,
figs. 3-5, woodcuts ; pi. iii, figs. 7-9.

244 Christmas Island.

Miliolina alveoliniformis, Brady.

M. alveoliniformis, Bradv, 1879, Quart. Joum. Micr. Sci., vol. xix, n.s., p. 54 ;
idem, 1884, Eep. ChalL, vol. ix, p. 181, pi. viii, figs. 15-20.

The specimen in our slides referred to the above species presents
all the characters of the typical 2f. alveolinifortnis in transverse
section. It is interesting to note this occurrence of M. alveo-
liniformis in the Tertiary rocks for the first time as a fossil. It is
a "wellknovm form in coral sands, to which deposits it seems
restricted.

Textiilaria rugosa (Reuss).

A few specimens of the above are seen in section N'o. 562,

Flafiorbulina mediterranensis ?, d'Orbigny.

To this species we may with some reservation ascribe the neat
adherent forms of Platiorbulince seen in sections of No. 562.

Carpenteria, sp.

Numerous fragments of a Carpenteria occur in these sections
(562). Since they have invariably been broken down into quite
small pieces, it is not possible to say anything with regard to their
specific relationship, excepting that they generally resemble the test
of Carpenteria monticularis, Carter.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.
This is common in the limestone now being described.

Seterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny.
This species is frequent in No. 562.

Orlitoides {Lepidocyclina) sumatrensis, Brady. (PI. XX, Fig. 6.)

Orbitoides sumatrensis, Brady, 1875, Geol. Mag., dec. ii, vol. ii, p. 536, pi. xiv,
fig. 3; also Jaarb. Mijn. Ned. Ooste-Indie, 1878, vol. vii, pt. 2,
p. 165, pi. ii, fig. 3.

Orbitoides [Lepidoeyclina) sumatrensis, Brady: Newton & Holland, 1899, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vii, vol. iii, p. 259, pi. s, figs. 7-12.

This species was first described from the west coast of Sumatra,
and Messrs. Nevrton &, Holland have lately recorded the same form
from the Miocene Limestone of Borneo.

The species resolves itself into two typical forms, one slightly
different from the other in external shape and distinguished by
the primordial chamber being megalospheric or microspheric
respectively. In this rock 0. sumatrensis is associated with

Foraminiferal Limestones. 245

another form, not so numerously represented, referable to the
species 0. verheeki, vrhich, it is interestinp^ to note, Newton &
liolland described from their Bornean rocks as being associated
with 0. sumatrensis.

Orhitoides {Lepidocyelina) verheeki^ Newton & Holland.

Orbitoides papi/racca, Brady, Gcol. Mag., 1875, dec. ii, vol. ii, p. 535, pi. xir,

tig. 1.
Lepidocyelina, sp. g aud k, Vcrbeek & Fennenia, Descr. geol. de Java et

Madoura, 1896, vol. i, pi. xi, liiijs. 173-175, 177-180 ; vol. ii,

p. 1178.
Orhitoides {Lepidocyelina) verheeki, Newton & Holland, 1899, Anu. Mag. Nat.

Hist., ser. vii, vol. iii, p. 259, pi. x, tigs. 7-12.

One or two compressed forms of Orbitoides belonging to the
above species were found in association with the preceding species.

Orhitoides {Lepidocyelina) neodispansa, sp. nov. (See p. 235.)

A few fragmentary specimens and one transverse section of the
above form were found in this limestone No. 562. They appear
to be slightly larger, however, than the typical forms described
from rock-specimens Nos. 924 and 220.

No. 521 is a white limestone, somewhat cavernous, and with
a pitted surface when weathered. From pinnacles at summit of
cliff, at about 500 feet, immediately above No. 562. When viewed
microscopically this rock varies from crystalline to finely granular
or amorphous in different parts of the same slide. The constituent
organisms of this limestone are Lithothamnion, many foraminifera,
millcpores, and echinoderm spines.

The following foraminifera were noticed in this rock : —

Miliolina trigonula (Lamarck).

Some typical sections of this form are present in our slides of
No. 521.

Miliolina tricar inata (d'Orbigny).

Triloculina tricarinata, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p. 299,

No. 7; Modele, No. 94.
Miliolina tricarinata (d'Orb.), Brady, 1884, Eep. Cliall., vol. ix, p. 165,

pi. iii, figs. 17a, b.

This species is a well - known Tertiary form ; it occurs in
specimen No. 521, associated with the previous and other somewhat
obscure species of Miliolince.

246 Christmas Island.

Carpenteria capitata, sp. hot. (PI. XX, Fig. 7.)

Test normally adherent, of a somewhat erect habit of growth.
The earliest - formed chambers are narrow and somewhat like
those of the conical-shaped Carpentericc, and these are followed
by a rudely spiral series of sub-globular chambers, the walls of
which are thicker than those of the proximal portion. The later
portion of the test is externally rough, appearing coarsely notched
in section. This form has some affinities with Rupertia and
possibly SaMonia. Height J inch (6 mm.) ; greatest width -2% inch
(4 mm.) ; thickness of the wall of the last chambers -/u inch
(0-5 mm.).

AmpMstegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.
This species is numerous in No. 521.

Seterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny.

The examples found in this limestone (521) are of extraordinary
dimensions and have very extensive and thin flanges.

No. 646. Summit of Flying Fish Cove cliff ; from about the
same horizon as 521. A limestone largely composed of Litho-
thamnion, foraminifera, and echinoderm remains.

Foraminifera :

MilioUna alveoUniformis, Brady. Eare.
Planorhulina larvata, P. & J. Frequent.
Gypsina glolidus (Eeuss). Hare.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. involva, nov. (One large
mass intergrown with Litliothamnion.)
Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orb. Common.
Meter osteg ilia depressa, d'Orb. Frequent.
Orbitoides (Zepidoegclina) sumatrensis, Brady. Common.

The next specimen, No. 550, is a whitish limestone, compact,
rather dense and amorphous, owing probably to the presence of
granules derived from calcareous algee. This is from about the
same horizon as 562 (p. 243).

The organic remains constituting this rock are Litliothamnion,
foraminifera, echinoderm spines, polyzoa, and lamellibranch shells.

Foraminiferal Limestones, 247

The following foraminifera were observccl in this rock : —

MilioUna hicomis ? (Walker & Jacob).

Serpula bieornis, Walker & Jacob, 1798, Adams's Essays, Kanmacher's ed.,

p. 633, pi. xiv, %. 2.
MilioUna bieornis (\V. k J.), IJrady, 1884, Eep. Cliall., vol. ix, p. 171, pi. vi,

figs. 9, 11, 12.

A transverse section of a specimen closely resembling that of
M. bieornis is seen in the slide of No. 550, It is impossible,
however, to speak with certainty as to the exact species.

MilioUna trigonula (Lamarck).
Some examples of the above species are present in No. 550.

Textxdaria rugosa (Rcuss).
Several specimens of this species occnr in our slide.

Carpentaria, near utricularis, Carter.

Fragments of the tests of Carpeyiteria are rather numerous in
No. 550, and those with a distinctly pitted surface probably belong
to the above-named species. There are also some fragments with
more even surfaces which may belong to C. monticularis, Carter.

Rotalia schroeteriana?, Parker & Jones.

A species of Rotalia is common in this rock-specimen, which
with some reservation we may ascribe to the above form.

Grjpsina glohulus (Eeuss).
This species occurs here in some numbers and is fairly large.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.
Common in the slides of No. 550.

Heterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny.

This species is represented in No. 550 by very large specimens,
some of which show a megalospheric commencement. The centre
of the disc in these specimens is very thick and often curved, giving
rise to sections showing both the vertical and tangential aspects
of the shell.

248 c Christmas Island.

No. 551, at summit of cliff at about the same horizon as 521,
is a white limestone with a somewhat crystalline texture. The
organic contents may be put clown as follows : Lithoth amnion,
sometimes encrusted with Polytrema ; numerous foraminifera,
including Orhitoides ; and echinoderm spines.

The foraminifera are —

Spirolociclma, sp. near asperula, Czjzek.

An arenaceous form of Spiroloculina occurs in this limestone,
which is perhaps referable to the above species. A similar form
was noticed in No. 924.

Miliolina alveolini/onnis, Brady.
Numerous sections of the above species occur in No. 551.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), and var. tnvolva, Chapman, nov.

Some free-growing specimens of the above form are seen in the
slide of No. 551. One of the specimens is seen to be encrusting
a nodular mass of LitJwtJi amnion, after the manner of similar
specimens we have observed in the material from the coral boring
at Funafuti.

Heterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny.
Some occasional specimens were noticed in No. 551.

Orhitoides {Lepidocyclina) sumatrensis, Brady.
This species is common in No. 551.

Orhitoides {Lepidocyclina) insulce-natalis, sp. nov.
A fi'agment or so of the above species occurs in this slide.

No. 841 occurs at the top of the cliff section at Flying Fish
Cove, where the rock forms projecting pinnacles by weathering.
It is a dense white limestone with some travertin, and composed
chiefly of encrusting Lithothamnion. Many foraminifera are also
present. Also many polyzoa and a Serpula were noticed in the
section. This rock has a more recent aspect than any of those yet
enumerated in the foregoing pages.

The foraminifera are —

Miliolina alveoliniformis, Brady.

Sections of the above form occur in No. 841, associated with
other species of the same genus whose specific relationships cannot
be easily made out.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 249

Haddonia torresiemis, Chapman.

Haddonia torresicnsi.i, Chapman, 1898, Journ. Linn. Sou. Lond., vol. xxvi,
p. 452, pi. xxviii, and woodcut.

This interesting generic type was first found on coral rock from
Torres Strait, and it has since occurred in many drcdgiiigs from
the immediate vicinity of the Funafuti Atoll. The specimen
seen in this section is a young individual attached to a fragment
of limestone, and consists of three or four segments more or less
creeping, the last of which is erect.

Teztularta rugosa (Reuss).
Several specimens rather under the average size occur here.

Nodosaria radicula (Linne), var. grmidis, nov. (PI. XX, Fig. 8.)

A very fine section of a Nodosarian form cut accurately through
the axial line is seen in the slide of No. 841. The apertures
of the first-formed segments are well seen, and are elongated and
tubidar. The separate segments are well - marked by deeply
impressed sutural divisions. There is no doubt of the affinity of
this fonn. The thickness of the test and its exceptional size seem
to merit a distinct varietal name.

Flanorbulina acervalis, Brady.

This species is frequent in No. 841, and is seen to be attached
to various fragments of shell and other material forming the rock.

Truncatulina, sp. near lobatida (W. & J.).

One or two examples of a thin-tested Truncatulina were noticed
in this rock.

Carpenteria, sp.

Numerous fragments of a species of Carpenteria similar to
C. monticularis, Carter, occur in No. 841.

Gypsina inhcerens (Schultze).
This form occurs with some frequency in the slide of No. 841.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. involva, Chapman, nov.

This form of the encrusting type before referred to occurs in
some abundance in this rock.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.
The specimens here seen are both typical and common.

250 Christmas Island,

Meterostegina depressa, cl'Orbigny.

This species is rare. One fine specimen, cut vertically, sliows
a megalosplieric commencement.

No. 963. Blocks fallen from High Cliff, south of Flying Fish
Cove ; probably close to 841.

Rock composed of crystalline calcite. Some Lithothamnion and
Salimeda, numerous foraminifera, and an echinodcrm spine. This
appears to be a transition rock between the Miocene and the recent
limestones.

Foraminifera :

Glohigerina hulloides, d'Orbigny. Several.

Glohigerina conglohata, Erady. One specimen.

Planorlulina larvata, P. & J. Occasional.

Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. Fragments numerous.

Carpenteria utricularis, Carter. One good specimen.

Gypsina globulus (Eeuss). One specimen.

Polytrema mimaceiwi (Pallas), var. imolva, Chapman, nov.
(encrusting form). iN'umerous.

Amphistegina lessomi, d'Orbigny. Frequent.

Orhitoides {Lepidocyclina) vcrleelci, Newton & Holland. Frag-
ments (? derived).

No. 549 is a specimen of the rock occurring at the base of the
inland cliff at 500 feet, running south from the south-east end
of Flying Fish Cove (see Map). It is a whitish or pale cream-
coloured limestone, with some travertin. Besides many foraminifera
(including Orhitoides) it contains Litliotliamnion and polyzoa in
small quantity.

The foraminifera noticed are as follows : —

Spiroloculina, sp.
Apparently an arenaceous form, but indeterminable.

MilioUna auberiana (d'Orbigny).

Qtdnqueloeulina auberiana, d'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Cuba, p. 167, pi. xii,

figs. 1-3.
MilioUna auberiana (d'Orb.), Brady, 1884, Eep. Cball., vol. ix, p. 162, pi. v,

figs. 8, 9; Goes, 1894, Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Haudl.,

vol. XXV, p. 109, pi. xix, figs. SUa-d\ Millett, 1898, Journ.

R. Micr. See, p. 505.

One specimen was seen in our slide of No. 549.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 251

Miliolina ferussacii (d'Orbigny).

Quinqueloculina ferussacii, d'Orbiguv, 1S2G, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii, p.' 301,

No. 18; Modele, No. 32.
MiUol'ma ferussacii (d'Orb.), Brady, 1884, Rep. ClialL, vol. ix, p. 175, pi. 113,

figs. 17«, b; Chapman, 1891, Journ. R. Micr. Soc, p. 574,

pi. ix, fig. 8 ; Millett, 1898, Journ. R. Micr. Soc, p. 507, pi. xii,

figs. 6a, b, la-c.

A common form in coral areas. The sections seen in our slide
are of the thin costate form. Not common in No. 549.

Tcxtularia ricgosa (Reiiss).
This species is here somewhat common.

Textularia gramen, d'Orbigny.

TexUilaria gramcn, d'Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Yienne, p. 248, pi. xv,
figs. 4, 6; Brady, 1884, Rep. ChalL, vol. ix, p. 36.5, pi. xliii,
figs. 9, 10.

One or two compressed Textularice. occur here, which seem
referable to the above species.

Planorhulina mediterranensis, d'Orbigny.

Several attached specimens of the above Plancrhulina were
noticed in the slide from No, 549,

Truncatulina refulgens (Montfort).

Cibicides refulgens, Montfort, 1808, Concbyl. System., vol. i, p. 122, 31'' Genre.
Truncatulina refulgens (Montfort), d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii,

p. 279, pi. xiii, figs. 8-11 ; Modele, No. 77 ; Brady, 1884, Rep.

ChalL, vol. ix, p. 659, pi. xcii, figs. 7-9.

A Truncatulina with steep sides occurs with some frequency in
No. 549, which comes within the limits of the above form.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.
This species is common in No. 549.

Orhitoides {Lepidocyclina) ephippioides, sp. nov. (PI. XX, Fig. 9.)

This species is a parallel form in the Lepidocycline group with
Orhitoides ephippium (Sow.),^ of the Discocycline group. It bear.s
some general resemblance to 0. insulcb-natalis, but the more strongly

* Zycophris ephippium, Sowerby, 1837 [1840], Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond.,
ser. II, vol. T, p. 327, pi. xiiv, figs. 15 and Ida and b.

252 Christmas Island.

hent inclivicluals arc, as one would suppose, nearer the parallel types
0. paprjracea and 0. verheehi.
Average length ^ inch (12-5 mm.). Common in IS'o. 549.

No. 993. Above Coffee Garden (see map, p. 280), in talus at
200 feet.

An Orbitoidal limestone with very little interstitial material, the
greater part consisting of foraminifcra. Some Lithoth amnion and
shell fragTucnts. This limestone is mottled with veins and patches
of a grej' colour.

Foraminif era :
Glohigerina hulloides, d'Orb. Eare.
Gypsina glohulus (E.euss). Frequent.
Heterostegina depressa, d'Orb. Common.
Orhitoides siimatrensis, Brady. Very abundant.

,, verheehi, Newton & Holland. Eare.

,, insulce-natalis, sp. nov.

,, ephippioides, sp. nov.

No. 968. Foot of first inland cliff, Smith Point, about 60 feet
above sea,

A limestone partially crystalline. It is largely composed of
foraminifcra, especially of the genus Orhitoides, and the alga
Lithothamnion.

Foraminifcra :
Spiroloculifia, sp. near S. nitida, d'Orbigny. Eare.
Miliolina ? auberiana, d'Orb. Eare.

J, trigonula (Lam.). Eare.

,, circular is (Born.). Eare.

,, alveoliniformis, Brady. Several.
Orhitolites duplex, Carpenter. Several fi'agments.
Alveolina melo (F. & M.). Very rare.
Textvlaria rugosa (Eeuss). Numerous.
Discorhina, sp. Eare.

Carpenteria monticidaris, Carter. Fragments.
Gypsina inhcerens (Schultze). Often growing in alternation with
Litlwthamnion, forming nodules.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny. Frequent, but small.
Heterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny. Numerous, but usually
fragmentary.

Orhitoides {Lepidocyclina) neodispansa, sp. nov. Eare.

,, ,, verheehi, Newton & Holland. Eare.

,, ,, cpldppioides, sp. nov. Frequent.

,, ,, siimatrensis, Brady. Very common.

,, ,, murrayana, sp. nov. (PI. XXI,

Fig. 10.)

Fornminiferal LlmeHtones. 253

This species is exactly comparable in outline with the 0. stellata
of d'Arehiac/ which, however, has rectanpjular chambers in the
median plane and consequently belongs to the Discocycline series.
On account of the difference of contour, this form being- polygonal
rather than discoidal, it was placed in a separate subgenus, Astero-
cyclina. As Newton & Holland have shown, however {loc. cit.
supra, p. 261), the more natural grouping of the Orhitoides is with
the two subgenera Discocyclina and Lepidocijclina. The earlier
known species having rectangular chambers in the median plane, we
have named this form, which has the rounded imbricated chambers,
distinctively as Orhitoides {Lepidocijclina) murrayana, after the
originator of the "expedition to Christmas Island which resulted in
the collection of these specimens.

Our specimen has four rays, the contour between the rays being
greatly incurved. The chambers of the median plane have straight
sides and rounded or concave ends respectively. The chamberlets
of the superficial layer are roughly spheroidal, especially towards
the centre of the disc, becoming crowded, cylindrical, and greatly
flattened towards the ends of the rays. The primordial chamber
in our specimen is very large, measuring -gV inch ('85 mm.) in
diameter; it probably thus represents form A in the dimorphic,
sense. Diameter of the disc from point to point, f inch (9'375 mm.).

No. 986. " From block in raised beach at north end of Flying
Fish Cove."

A limestone, largely composed of a calcareous mud and rolled
beach sand with Orhitoides, the latter having been chipped and
worn, and afterwards enwrapped in a thick overgrowth of
Lithothamnion, sometimes 4"5 mm. in thickness, which completely
envelops all the large forms. (PI. XXI, Fig. 16.)

The smaller specimens are free from the encrusting alga. The
echinoderm fragments, Litliothamnion, Glohigerinm, and Ampki-
stegince may be of more recent date.

Foraminifera :

Glohigerina luUoides, d'Orbigny. Rare.

Ampkistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny. Frequent.

Heterostegiiia depressa, d'Orbigny. Common.

Orhitoides [Lepidocyclina) verbeeki, Newton & Holland. Earo.

,, ,, sumatrensis, Brady. Common.

,, ,, insulcs-natalis, sp. nov. Common.

^ Caleai-ina stellata, d'Archiac, 1846, Mem. Soc. geol. Fiance, ser. ii, vol. ii,
p. 199, pi. vii, figs. 1, la.

254 Christmas Island.

Teetiaey Limestones feom Other Localities.

No. 347. "High Cliff, Sidney's Dale," south edge of narrow
gorge, 250 feet above sea.

A somewhat reconstructed limestone (brecciated), with many-
adherent foraminifera. Probably of Upper Eocene or Oligocene
age, approaching No. 2, described above, p. 226.

Foraminifera :
Planorlulma larvata, P. & J. Intergrown with Lithothamnion.
Carpenteria utriciilaris ?, Carter. Several.

Rupertia stahi'h's, Wallich. Four specimens attached to fragments
of limestone coated with Lithothamnion. (PI. XXI, Fig. 11.)
Pulvinulina repanda (F. & M.). Common.
Rotalia schroeteriana, P. & J. Frequent.
Gypsiyia glohulus (Peuss). Very fine. Common.
Amphistegina lessoiiii^ d'Orbigny. Pare.
Orhitoides dispansa (Sow.). One specimen.

No. 318. Between basalt and limestone, Sidney's Dale.

A limestone with many organisms. The rock is somewhat
decomposed and stained with a limonitic substance. The organic
constituents are Lithothamnion and many foraminifera.

Foraminifera :
Pulvinulina repanda (F. & M.). Frequent.
Rotalia schroeteriana, P. & J. Frequent.
ILeterostegina depresm^ d'Orb. Hare.

Orhitoides (Liscocgclina) dispansa (Sow.). Frequent. [One
fragment shows the structure of the median chambers.]

No. 835. A limestone composed chiefly of Orhitoides, but in
which traces of corals occur in places. There are also fragments
of a branching Lithothamnion present. South of Flying Fish Cove,
at 550 feet.

Foraminifera :
MilioUna, spp.
Planorhiili7ia larvata, P. & J. Rare.

„ mediterranensis, d'Orbigny. Pare.

Carpenteria monticiilaris, Carter. Large fragments.

,, utricularis, Carter. Large fragments.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny. Frequent.
Heterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny. Pare.

Orhitoides {Lepidocyclina) insiila-natalis, sp. nov., var. inaqualis,
nov. (PI. XXI, Fig. 12.)

Foraminiferal Limestones. 255

This variety differs from tlic specific form in being altogether
stouter, and more compressed in internal structure with regard
to the peripheral chambcrlets. It also differs essentially in being
strongly undulated along the median plane, and sometimes in being
Tinequally developed and much thicker on one side of the median
layer. The undulated contour reminds one of 0. (Z.) ephippioides,
but it is much thicker in the central disc than that species. Average
<liameter f inch (16-8 mm.).

Orhitoides (Z.) andrewsiana, sp. nov. Frequent.

No. 955. " (Ireat block beneath High Cliff, North-East Point."
An Orbitoidal limestone breccia, cemented by recent reef material,
"with the fragments overgrown with enormous encrusting Poly-
trcmata. This Polytrema is of great interest. It has also been
met with by one of us in the recent reef rocks of the Funafuti
Atoll, where it constitutes a large proportion of some of the
limestones, and often found intergrown with Lithothamnion,

Foraminifera :
Globigerina luUoides, d'Orbigny. Eare.
Cymhalopora poeyi, d'Orb. Rare.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. nov. involva, Chapman.
Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny. Common.
Orhitoides {Lepidocyclina) verheehi, Newton & Holland. Rare.
,, ,, cphippioides, sp. nov. One specimen.

Nos. 827 and 581. "From low cliff of limestone resting on
basalt, at head of valley, 500 feet, two miles south of Flying Fish
Cove."

A limestone chiefly composed of Orhitoides. The material of the
rock is well crystallized, and was originally deposited concenti'ically
around the larger organisms.

Foraminifera :
Miliolina, sp. near IT. circular is (Born.).
Alveolina melo (F. & M.). One specimen.

Truncatidina, sp. (thin-shelled), cf. T. lohatula ("W. & J.) or
T. ungeriana (d'Orb.). Frequent.

Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. Frequent.
Carpenteria utricularis^ Carter. Rare.
Rotalia schrocteriana, P. & J. Common.
Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orb. Common.
Heterostegina depressa, d'Orb. Rare.

Orhitoides {^Lepidocyclina) andreivsiana, sp. nov. (PI. XXI,
Fig. 14.)

256 Christmas Island.

0. andreivsiana is a very striking form in the Christmas Island
limestones. The test is very thick in the centre, thinning off
rapidly to a peripheral flange of some extent. In general
contour it may be compared with Orhitoides {Biscocyclina)
applanata, Giimbel.^ The chambers of the median plane are of
the Lepidocycline character, and more rounded and crowded
with one another than in some of the other forms of Orbitoides
present in the same limestones. The chamberlets of the exterior
are roughly discoidal and flattened, so that a tangential section
affords a view of the chamberlets as large circular perforations,
which is a marked feature in the sections. Many of the specimens
noted are megalospheric. The internal structure of 0. andreivsiana
generally resembles 0. stimafrensis, but the former is much larger,
and has a very extensive peripheral flange. Average diameter
f inch ( 9 • 3 7 5 mm. ) . Common.

Orhitoides [Lepidocyclina) insidce-natalis, sp. nov. Common.
(PI. XXI, Pig. 13.)

0. (Z.) ephippioides, sp. nov. Common. (PI. XXI, Fig. 15.)
0. (Z.) verheehi, Newton & Holland. One specimen.

Limestones feom Plateau and Hills.

No. 143. Edge of cliff. South Point Hill, 1,020 feet.

A finely crystalline and calcareous rock, in which the organisms
are almost entirely obliterated. A few echinus spines and
foraminifera.

Foraminifera :
TruncatuUna, sp.
Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orb.

No. 134. Top of upper cliff, southern end of cast coast.
Limestones with few organisms ; Lithothanmion, foraminifera,
and echinus spines. In places this rock appears to be sheared.

Foraminifera :
AmpMstegina lessonii, d'Orb.
Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas).

» Abhandl. m.-ph. CI. k.-bayer. Ak. Wiss., vol. x, 1868 (1870), p. 700,
pi. iii, figs. 17, 18, 35-7.

Foramimferal Limestones. 257

No. 131. Southern end of oast coast, 400 feet.
A dolomitizod limestone with foruminifcra.

Foraminifera :
Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orbigny.
Heterostegina depressa, d'Orb. Abundant and somewhat broken.

No. 378. Murray Hill Summit.

A fine-grained dolomitized limestone, with traces of organisms
(? corals), in dull patches.

Foraminifera : Pohjtrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. involva,
Chapman. One specimen.

No. 935. Pinnacles on plateau at 800 feet, 1-1 miles W.S.W.
of 120 chain mark on South-East lload.^

A semi - crystalline limestone with branching Lithothamnion,
Hal hue da, and foraminifera.

Foraminifera :
Ililiolina, sp.
Clavulina, sp.

Carpenter ia, sp. Numerous fragments ; some very fine charac-
teristic pieces.

No. 658. A hard dolomitic limestone occuning with chalk-like
rock on plateau.

The material of this specimen is finely granular, and disseminated
throughout are fragmentary pieces of organic origin, which can be
determined as branching Lithothamnion, with many foraminifera,
usually badly preserved.

The foraminifera are undersized and thin-shelled as a rule,
and seem to indicate, together with the abundant and partially
decomposed calcareous algae, that this rock represents the soft
mud of a shallow lagoon.

Foraminifera :
Spiroloculina, sp. Frequent.
Textularia rugosa (Rss.). Very rare.
? JVodosaria (Dentalina), sp. One example.
Discorbina, sp. (a small turbinoid form). Hare.
PJanorhulina, sp., near larvata, P. & J. Frequent.

' On the chief road- clearings Mr. Ross has had the distances blazed on the
tree trunks every five or ten chains.

258 Christmas Island.

Truncatulina lohatula (W. & J.). Several.

Carpenteria, sp. Fragmentary.

Pohjtrema miniaceum (Pallas). Small specimens ; frequent.

AmpMstegina lessonii, d'Orbignj-. Fragmentary ; frequent.

No. 800. " Immediately below phosphates, east slope of
Phosphate Hill, 820 feet."

A partially dolomitized limestone with good ciystals of zoned
dolomite and calcite. The matrix contains foraminifera (unaltered)
and plates of echinoderms.

Foraminifera: Amphistegina lessonu,d'' Orb. Large and common.

Limestones from Sea- and Inland Clifes.

No. 5. "A rock filling cracks in basalt mass, south of Flying
Fish Cove."

A basaltic and palagonitic breccia, with calcareous fragments and
organisms, also bone fragments. (PI. XXI, Fig. 17.)

Foraminifera :
CrideUaria, sp. One specimen.
Glohigerina bulloides, d'Orb. Very common.
Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.

No. 215. Rock on basalt, top of shore cliff, Flying Fish Cove.

A recent limestone consisting of large Halimeda and encrusting
Lithothamnion ; also foraminifera and polyzoa, cemented by a
deposition of travertin, probably resulting from differential currents
or hot streams.

Foraminifera :
Textularia rugosa (Reuss). Frequent.
Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.
Gypsina inlmrens (Schultze). Frequent.

No. 862. Foot of first inland cliff, Smith Point.
A reef forming limestone, composed of Halimeda, Lithothamnion,
foraminifera, corals, millepores, and echinoderm remains.

Foraminifera :
Orhitolites, sp.

Glohigerina bulloides, d'Orb. Very rare.
Planorhulina acervalis, Brady. Rare.
Carpenteria montieularis, Carter. Rare.

Foramini/eral Limestones. 269

No. 979. First inland cliff, two miles beyond Smith Point.
A recent reef-rock witli Lithothamnion and foramiuifera.

Foraminifera :
Orbitolites complanata. Lam. One specimen.
Textularia sagittula, Defr. One specimen.
Cristellaria, sp. One specimen.
Globigerina hidloidcs, d'Orb. Common.

,, conylohata, Brady. Kare.

Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.
Rotalia papiUosa, Brady. One specimen,
Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), ('ommon.

,, ,, var. i)ivoh-a, Chapman. Common.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orb. Rare.

No. 52. East coast, on volcanic agg-lomerato in sea-cliff.

A limestone witti branching Litltuthamniox, and foraminifera in
a slightly calcareous matrix. An included fragment of a palagouitic
or basic rock occurs in this specimen.

Foraminifera :
Miliolina ?tn'goni(la (Lam.).
Truncatulina rcfulgcm (Montf.). Common.
Carpenteria^ sp. Fragments.
Gypsina globulus (lleuss). Rare.

No. 116. "Junction of limestone and basalt, in bay south of
Waterfall, east coast."

An indurated limestone of a deep yellow coloiir, in conjunction
with an inti'usion or flow of basalt. The infilling of the organisms
in the limestone is coarsclj- crystalline. At the junction of the
limestone with the basalt there is a layer of minute pellets
(calcareous algoe ?). In the body of the limestone there are
numerous clear augite crystals worked out of the basalt. The
organic contents of the limestone are Lithothamnion, foramiuifera,
echinoderm spines, and moUuscan shells. This limestone passes
rapidly into a fine grained chalky rock, with delicate foraminifera
and partially' decomposed Lithothamnion.

Foraminifera :
Miliolina ? trigonula (Lam.). Rare.
Bolivina, sp. ? One specimen.

Truncatulina lohatula (W. & J.), in chalky portion. Frequent.
Carpenteria, sp. Rare.
Rotalia papillosa, var. compressiuscula, Brady. Frequent.

260 Christinas Island.

No. 525. Kock which forms knolls on basalt, near streams, east
coast.

A limestone with included particles of basalt and strings of
palagonitic matter. With Lithothamnion, foraminifcra, echiuoderm
fragments, and polyzoa.

Foraminifera :
Textularia riigosa (R-cuss). Eare.
Tnmcatulina lohatula (W. & J.). Frequent.
Rotalia sckroeteriana, V. & J. Very abundant.

No. 859. At foot of first inland clifE at Steep Point.

A limestone with much secondary calcareous crystallization
(aragonitic). The rock was originally partially or mainly organic,
but only traces of organisms now remain, of Lithothamnion and
foraminifera.

Foraminifera: Heterostegina depressa, i\'Oxh. Fragments.

No. 1,002. First inland cliff, south of Steep Point.

This is a much brccciated rock containing alga3, foraminifera,
corals, and echinoderm fragments. It is cemented by granular and
clear calcareous matter. A talus rock.

Foraminifera :
Aheolina melo (Fichtel & Moll). One specimen.
Discorhina^ sp.

Carpenteria titricularis, Carter. Fragments numerous.
Polytrema miniacewn (Pallas), var. involva, Chapman, encrusting
a cemented brecciated fragment.

Amphistegina lesso?m, d'Orbigny. Yery rare.

No. 1,005. First inland cliff, south of Steep Point, 250 feet.
A reef -limestone with Lithothanmion, millepores, and foraminifera.

Foraminifera :
Carpenteria utriculans, Carter. Abundant.
Amphistegina lessonii^ d'Orb. Common.
Heterostegina depressa, d'Orb. Rare.

No. 1,006. "First inland cliff, south of Steep Point, 250 feet."
A limestone showing evidence of disturbance ; a rift in the rock
is filled in with palagonitic mud and aragonite. It contains
Lithothamnion, foraminifera, and lamellibrauch shells.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 261

Foraminifora :
Millulina trigonula (Lara.). Several.
Orhifolites, sp., cf. 0. marfjinalis (Lam.).
Carpenteria monticularis, Carter. Numerous fragments.
Polytrcma miniaei'iim (Pallas). Occasional.
? Cijcloclypeus, sp. Worn fragment.
Orbitoides "iverbeeki, Newton & Holland. Fragments.

No. 900. " Foot of cliff (first inland), inner side of Steep Point
Valley."

A limestone composed of branching Lithothamnion and fora-
minifora, cemented by granular and crystalline calcite.

Foraminifora :
Miliolina, sp., cf. M. circularis (Boi'n.). Rare.
Textiilaria rugosa (llenss). Frequent.
Carpenteria utricularis, Carter. Very common.
Gypsina vesicular is (P. & J.). One specimen.
Gi/psina inheerens (Schultze). Frequent.

Pohjtrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. irivolva, Chapman. Common,
and very fine specimens.

Amphistegina lessonii, d'Orb. Very common.

No. 403a. " Along lines of fracture, north of Steep Point Hill."

A fine - grained dolomite or magnosite, against which rests

a brecciated rock composed of reef material and phosphatic

concretions. In the reef-rock are Halimeda, Lithothamnion, fora-

minifera, and echinoderm spines.

Foraminifora :
Carpenteria, sp. Fragments very abundant.
Gypsina inheerens (Schultze). Rare.

No. 940. Middle cliff, North-East Point.

A partially phosphatized limestone, with branching Lithothamnion
and foraminifera.

Foraminifora :
Sigmoilina, sp. One specimen.
Bigenerina digitata, d'Orb. One specimen.
Globigerina bulloides, d'Orb. Numerous.
JPlanorbulina, sp. Frequent.
Gy2}sina, sp. Fragmentary, occasional.
Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Some fragments.

262 Christmas Island.

No. 943. " 2^ort.h-East Point, above reef."

A limestone largely formed of coral, witli calcareous mud
infillings. Also Lithothamnmi and foraminifera.

Foraminifera :
Miliolina, sp.

Carpenteria, sp. Fragmentary.
Amphistegma lessonii, d'Orbigny. Rare.
? Cycloclypeus or ? Heterodegina. Fragments.

No. 937. Inland cliff, North-East Point.

A limestone containing polyzoa or coral and foraminifera. The
interspaces filled in by rapid crystallization with calcareous material
as aragonite. The infilled portions arc regular or parallel-sided,
suggesting local earth- movements, producing lifts.

Foraminifera :
? Sphceroidina.
Seterostegina depressa, d'Orbigny.

No. 335. " South Valley, west coast and cliff, southern side
at 150 feet."

A coral-reef rock with many organisms, somewhat comminuted.

Foraminifera :
Textularia rugosa (Reuss). Frequent.
Globigerina hulloides, d'Orbigny. Frequent.
Glohigerina conglohata, Brady. Rare.
Truncatulina lohatula (W. & J.). Rare.
Carpenteria, sp. Fragmentary ; rare.
Rotalia schroeteriana, P. & J. Common.
Heterostegina depressa, d'Orb. Frequent.

No. 864. Cliff over Coffee Garden, Flying Fish Cove (see Map),
about 200 feet.

A recent coral-reef rock with branching Lithothamnion, fora-
minifera, and echinoderm remains.

Foraminifera :

Miliolina ?bicornis {W. & J.). One specimen.
Truncatulina lohatula (W. & J.). Rare.
Carpenteria, sp. Fragments.
Folytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Rare.

Foraminiferal Limestones. 263

No. 200. A coarse fragmental limestone cemented with aragonite.
Some corals, JTalimeda, Zithofhamnion, gastropods, and foraminifora.
Probably recent. From outer part of a reef.

Foraminifcra :
Glohigerina bulloides, d'Orbigny. Frequent.
Carpenteria monticulans, Carter.
Folytrema miniaceum (Pallas).

No. 202. " Zigzag,* just above 80 feet."

Coral rock with interspaces infilled with foraminiferal mud.
Occasional joints of Ualimeda.

Foraminifera :
Textularia rugosa (Reuss).

Glohigerina hulloides, d'Orbigny. Very abundant.
Carpenteria, sp. ? Frequent.
Pulvinulina repandal (F. & M.). Rare.

No. 208. " Zigzag, 200 feet." Coral rock with interspaces
filled with chalky organic mud, with Ualimeda and foraminifera.

Foraminifera :
Glohigerina bulloides, d'Orbigny. Numerous.
Carpenteria, sp. Frequent.
Gypsina inlicerens (Schultze). Rare.
Gypsina glohiilus (Reuss). Rare.
Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Fragments.
Heterostegina dej)ressa, d'Orb. Occasional.

No. 209. "Zigzag, 210 feet."

A recent reef-rock, A microconglomerate, i.e. with large pro-
poi'tion of cement. Contains Lithothamnion, Ualimeda, foraminifera,
corals, echinoderm spines and plates, and polyzoa,
Foraminifera :

Carpenteria monticularis. Carter. In great abundance.

Gypsina globulus (Reuss). Occasional.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas), var. involva. Chapman. (Encrusting
form.)

No. 211. "Zigzag, 250 feet."

A recent reef-rock with corals and foraminifera.

^ The " Zigzag" is a path up the first inland cliff, about a quarter of a mile
north of the settlement. (See Fig. 6 on p. 280.)

264 Christmas Island.

Foraminifera :
Textularia rugosa (Reuss). Very rare.
Glohigerina bulloides, d'Orb. Numerous and well preserved.
Carpenteria monticulai'is, Carter. Numerous fragments.

No. 1.032. "Top of Zigzag, 2S0-300 feet." A limestone
composed of calcareous alga3 and foraminifera, with a crystalline
calcitic cement, but in places amorphous or muddj^. The organic
contents are Lithothamnion, Halivieda, foraminifera, corals, echino-
derm plates and spines, polyzoa, and lamellibranch shells.

Foraminifera :
? Spirolocidina, sp.
Glohigerina bulloides, d'Orb. Frequent.
Carpenteria, sp. near monticularis, Carter. Fragments.
Carpenteria proteiformis, Goes. One specimen.
Poh/treina nmiiaceiim (Pallas). Frequent.
Polytrema miniaceum, var. involva, Chapman. Frequent.

List of Species of Orhitoides.

The species of Orhitoides found in the Tertiary rocks of
Christmas Island, Indian Ocean, with their distribution : —

I Java, Sumatra, India (Scinde),

1. Orhitoides [Biscocyclina) \ Persia, Bavarian Alps, Italy,

(:?/s^r/«sff (Sowerby). j Spain, South of France, Antigua,
I Jamaica, St. Thomas.

2. 0. {^Lepidocyclina') neodispansa^ sp. nov. Christmas Island.

3. 0. (Z.) verheeki, Newton & Holland. Sumatra, Borneo.

4. 0. (Z.) ephippioides^ sp. nov. Christmas Island.

5. 0. (Z.) insulce-natalis, sp. nov. Christmas Island.

6. 0. (Z.) iiisulce-natalis, var. inicqualis, var. nov.

7. 0. (Z.) sumatrensis, Brady. Sumatra, Borneo.

8. 0. (Z.) andreivsiana, sp. nov. Christmas Island.

9. 0. (Z.) murrayana, sp. nov. Christmas Island.

265

NOTE ON THE

COMPOSITION OF SOME DOLOMITIC AND OTHEE

LIMESTONES FEOM CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

By E. W. Skeats, B.Sc, F.G.S.

No. 134. Summit of upper cliff on East Coast. 800 feet.

Composition : Ca C O3 = 97-56 %, Mg C O3 = 2-44 %, Caj F^ ^s =
•15%. Totals 100-15.

A coaipact cream-coloured limestone, with no evident crystalline
structure in the hand specimen. The rock originally consisted of
organisms and small lumps of undifferentiated material set in
a cement of calcareous silt. Subsequent alteration consists in the
change of a small quantity of the fine silt into calcite crystals.
Some of the crystals occur in the form of definite rhombohedra,
with angles of 105° approximately. Empty lozenge-shaped spaces
in the rock possibly represent the positions of rhombohedra which
fell out probably during the grinding of the slice.

The calcite can be recognized by its cleavage and polarization
colours. Sections of some of the organisms show long fibrous
crystals which may be fibrous calcite, but are possibly the rhombic
form aragonite. Minute scaleuohedral (?) crystals of calcite
occasionally project into cavities formed by contraction during
recrystallization.

The organic remains are comparatively few. They include
more than one species of the Calcareous Alga Lithothamnion.
The only other organisms present are foraminifera, including
Glohigerina (?) and the Hotaliiform genera Tnmcatulina and Plan-
orhulina (?). The shallow-water affinities of the two latter organisms
suggest that this deposit may have been laid down in the lagoon.

No. 963. Limestone (Miocene) from high cliff over Flying
Fish Cove. 500 feet.

Composition : Ca C O3 = 97-29 % , Mg C O3 = 3-19 %. Total =
100-48. A white, veiy compact limestone.

A piece of unaltered rock (consisting of organic fragments
embedded in silt) may possibly be a fallen fragment ; its structure
serves as a contrast to that of the main mass of the rock. The
original silty matrix has very largely been replaced (as a result
possibly of consolidation under pressure and percolation of water)
by a clear mosaic of calcite surrounding the still unaltered large
organic fragments.

Some of these fragments are, however, losing their distinctive
boundaries as a result of the extension of this recrystallization
into the bodies of the organisms. In certain parts of the slides,

266 Christmas Island.

empty spaces (with scalenohedral ? calcite crystals projecting into
them) occur as a result of contraction during recrystallization.
The unaltered organisms are numerous. The Calcareous Alga
Lithotliamnion is represented by several species.

A section of a shell (lamellibranch ?) occurs in one part of the
slide. The remaining organisms are foraminifera belonging to the
genera Bolivina, Glohujerina [conglobata and huUoides), Polytrema,
Gypsina, Carpenteria, and Amphistegina.

From the presence of Carpenteria and some pelagic forms, this
deposit was probably formed in water of a moderate depth, and on
the seaward side of the reef.

No. 179. Top of second inland cliff, North-East Point. 600 feet.

Composition : Ca C O3 = 97-72 % , Mg C O3 = 1-72 %, Ca, P^ Og
= •20%. Total = 99-64. A very compact limestone, which in
the hand specimen does not show signs of recrystallization.

The original rock consisted of organisms, more or less fragmentary,
and a matrix of silt, the finely comminuted product of trituration
of these organisms. This structure is still seen in the unaltered
parts of the slide, but in places the more finely divided material
has been recrystallized. The contraction due to recrystallization
has caused empty spaces to occur. These spaces have been partially,
and in some cases wholly, filled by subsequently deposited scaleno-
hedral (?) crystals of calcite. Further evidence of the secondary
formation of calcite is afforded by the fact that cracks which
were formed in the rock have been subsequently filled with
a calcite mosaic. The partial recrystallization of the matrix has
in one or two instances invaded the substance of the contiguous
organisms, whose outlines have consequently been rendered indis-
tinct. The unaltered organic remains constitute a considerable
proportion of the rock. Several species of the Calcareous Alga
Lithothamnion occur in abundance.

The Foraminifera present include Carpenteria, Truncatxilina,
Polytrema, Amphistegina., and a doubtful specimen of Gaudryina.

The presence of Carpenteria would seem to suggest that the
deposit was formed at a moderate depth, as this genus rarely
occurs within the limits of wave-action.

Specimens: 804, 800, 811, 308, 658, 378, and 514. These are
all dolomitic limestones whose microscopical structure is very
similar. The rocks are more or less porous : empty spaces having
arisen as a result of recrystallization. The cavities are lined by
dolomite crystals, which are usually clear, and show as blunt
rhombohedra having angles of 105° approximately.

These dolomitic limestones are described in a definite order, the
first (804) having the largest percentage of calcium carbonate and
the last (514) the largest percentage of magnesium carbonate.
Dolomite consists of 54 °/q Ca C O3 and 46 % Mg C O3, consequently
iu the rocks first described there is an excess of unchanged calcite

Dolomitic Lmesfo)irs. 267

amounting to more than 20 °/^, while in the last this excess is
no more than 6 °/^. llecognizable crystals of calcite are few in
number, but it is possible that this excess of calcite may occur
in the semi-opaque material which is found in all the slides, either
as a dark zoning to the rhombohedra of dolomite or irregularly
distributed throughout the rock.

No. 804. Cliff forming east flank of Phosphate Hill.

Composition: Ca C 0;," = 67-88 %, Mg C Oj = 31-96 %.
Total = 99*84. A white limestone compact in parts, but some
portion is porous.

The slice is taken through the porous region, and the cavities
are so large and numerous that it is difficult to explain their
presence entirely by assuming that they were formed during
recrystallization. Many of these cavities are lined with colourless
dolomite crystals. The amount of semi-opaque material is large,
and consists either of zones in dolomite crystals, or more usually
it occurs irregularly distributed througliout the slide.

JN^o recognizable traces of organisms are present.

No. 800. Rock immediately beneath bed of phosphate on
Phosphate Hill. 850 feet.

Composition : Ca C O3 = 65-05, Mg C O3 = 34-77. Total = 99-82.
A very compact, recrystallized, hard rock.

The usual cavities occur and are sometimes lined by clear
crystals. A large quantity of semi-opaque material is present,
and is occasionally seen forming long acute crystals (calcite ?),
but is usually enclosed as zones in dolomite rhombohedra. Many
of the crystals show two or three zones parallel to the external
boundary. A few remains of organisms such as Lithothamnion
occur in places.

No. 811. Immediately below phosphate at the summit of
Phosphate Hill.

Composition : Ca C O3 = 61-79, Mg C O3 = 37-96. Total = 99-75.
A hard, compact, recrystallized dolomite limestone.

Cavities are fairly numerous, and are usually lined with clear
dolomite crystals. There is a fair quantity of irregularly distributed
semi-opaque material, but most of the slide consists of clear crystals
of dolomite with small centres of semi-opaque material.

No. 308. From low cliff in valley on West Coast, at 350 feet.

Conq)osition : Ca C O3 = 60-63, Mg C Oj = 39-27, Caj Pj Og = -15.
Total = 100-05. A fine-grained white rock, with many minute
regular-shaped cavities.

The main part of the slide consists of small rhombohedral
crystals of dolomite, a few of which are zoned. Nearly all traces
of organisms are obliterated, but occasionally the dai'k remains
of fragments of oj-ganisms which have resisted recrystallization
are seen.

268

Christmas Island.

No. 658. A hard rock associated with chalk-like rock on plateau.

Composition : Ca C O3 = 60-27, Mg C O3 = 39-57. Total = 99-84.
A crumbling, porous, white limestone.

The slide consists almost entirely of idiomorphic zoned crystals
of dolomite. The irregular empty spaces and cracks which occur
are, however, usually bordered by clear crystals. Most of the
organisms have been obliterated, but one or two specimens of
Amphistegina and possibly Polytrema occur. The dolomite
crystals usually have dark centres, from which small, dark, acute
crystals (? calcite) are projecting in some cases. In other places
organic fragments are recrystallizing in the form of these long
dark (? scalenohedral) crystals of (? calcite).

No. 378. Highest rock collected from Murray Hill, at about
1,100 feet.

Composition: Ca C ©3 = 60-34, MgC 03 = 4002. Total = 100-36.
A cream-coloured, hard, compact rock.

Irregular cavities and cracks occur, and both are filled, or
partially filled, with large clear rhombohedral crystals. A fair
amount of semi-opaque material remains irregularly distributed
over the slide. Very few of the rhombohedra are zoned, and most
are very small. A few organisms remain, especially a meandrine
form (? Polytrema), and some organic fragments are recrystallizing,
showing acute crystals of calcite (?) projecting at right angles to
the length of the fragment.

No. 514. Near the summit over Flying Fish Cove, at 880 feet.

Composition: CaCOs= 59-33, MgC 03 = 40-88. Total = 100-21.
A cream-coloured spongy limestone.

Very similar to No. 378, but the dolomite crystals are larger
and less semi-opaque material is present, but zoning is not well
seen. The only remaining organisms are meandrine forms
(? Polytrema) and fragments undergoing recrystallization.

Anaitses of Rock- Specimens from Christmas Island.

Number.
134
179
308
378

514 .( 1st sample
\ 'iud sample
658
800
804
811
963

CaGO^. MgCO-i. Ca^^PiO^. Total.

97-56 .

2-44 .

.. -15 ..

100-15

97-72 .

. 1-72 .

.. -20 ..

99-64

60-63 .

. 39-27 .

.. -15 ..

100-05

60-34 .

. 40-02 .

■ —

100-36

59-33 .

. 40-88 .

— ..

100-21 )

61-12 .

. 39-36 .

—

100-48 /

60-27 .

. 39-57 .

— ..

99-84

65-05 .

. 34-77 .

— -.

99-82

67-88 .

. 31-96 .

— ..

99-84

61-79 .

. 37-96 .

— ..

99-75

97-29 .

. 3-19 .

100-48

269

GEOLOGY.

By C. W. Andrews, B.Sc, F.G.S.

Prom the description of the physical features of Christmas Island
given at the beginninp; of this volume, it will he gathered that the
island may be considered as probably an ancient atoll which has
been raised to a considerable height above the level of the sea.
The chief reasons for so regarding it arc, firstly, the general form
of the plateau with its outer border of slightly higher land, and
secondly, the nature of some of the rocks occurring on the more
elevated points. In the present section a brief sketch of the
general geological structure is given, a fuller account being deferred
till the nature of the rocks, especially of the later limestones, has
been more completely investigated, both with the microscope and
by chemical analysis.

The difficulties in the way of a detailed examination of the
geology of the island were considerable. The density of the
vegetation both rendered locomotion slow and difficult, and, at
the same time, concealed much that it was desirable to see (Fig. 1).
Moreover, the want of sufficient men for carrying water made it
impossible to stay more than a day or two in places remote from the
settlement or from the streams on the east coast. In consequence
of this the south of the island was not fully examined ; but since
in those parts which were traversed it was like the northern and
eastern regions, and since the appearance of its seaward slopes was
the same as that of the other coasts, it seems improbable that the
structure of this region differs in any important respect from that
of the rest of the island. Much, however, remains to be done, and
now that several roads have been cut and a number of men could
be employed, further exploration would be comparatively easy.

One of the chief objects of the expedition to Christmas Island
was to find out whether its structure would throw any light upon
the vexed question of the nature of the foundations of atolls. The
various views that have been put forward in this controversy are
so well known that it is unnecessary to give any account of them
here. From the description which follows, it will be seen that at
Christmas Island at least we do not find the great thickness of
reef-limestone required by the Darwinian theoiy of atoll-formation,
and although there may be some evidence that subsidence did occur
in the earlier history of the island it is clear that it was neither
continuous for any long period nor of any great extent. It may,
of course, be objected that Christmas Island was never a typical

270

Christmas Island.

atoll, and to this objection no answer is possible, but since it can be
shown that at one time it must have consisted of reefs and islands
approximating- very nearly to those seen in atolls which are regarded
as typical, the determination of the nature of the foundati<ms upon
which those reefs and islands rested is at least a step in the right
direction. From the account that follows, it will be seen that
in this case the basis of the island is almost certainly a volcanic

Fig. 1. — Forest on the Plateau.

peak the foot of which is now some 2,400 fathoms below" the level
of the sea, and that on its summit and flanks great accumulations
of Tertiary limestones have been deposited, and in some cases are
interstratified with the products of the eruptions, probably for the
most part submarine, which took place from time to time. The
oldest of the volcanic rocks are trachytic, the newer basaltic. The

Oeology. 271

last of the eruptions was accompanied by the formation of tliick
beds of volcanic ash (palag-onite tuffs), and it is upon these that the
great mass of tlie Miocene (Orbitoidal) limestones rests.

The later deposits which have accumulated on the basis thus
constituted are very difficult to describe. They may be said to
consist of reef-limestones and detrital limestones formed on the
submarine slopes of the island, but since after each movement
of elevation fresh I'eefs seem to have grown round more or less
of the new shore-lines, the whole stnicture is very complex.
Another source of difficulty is the almost complete obliteration of
all organisms in many of the limestones, chiefly in consequence
of dolomitization.

Pei'haps the most remarkable of the rocks of Christmas Island
are the thick deposits of neai'ly pure phosphate of lime which cap
several of the higher hills. This substance is probably derived
from ancient ( ? Pliocene) guano beds formed on the low islets
which existed before the first elevation of the island, and is
the insoluble residue of beds of limestone altered by this guano.
On Murray Hill there is a bed of rock, consisting largely of phos-
phates of alumina and iron, which has perhaps been produced by
the alteration of a bed of volcanic ash by an overlying mass of
guano, since completely disappeared.

It will be convenient to describe the geology of the island under
the following heads : —

1. The central nucleus.

2. The plateau and hills.

3. The inland cliffs.

4. The sea cliff.

At the same time it will be impossible to keep these sections
entirely tlistiuct from one another, e.g. in cases where the inland
cliffs have been cut back into the central nucleus and consist of
tertiary I'ocks.

Tlte Central JVucIetis. — By far the most important exposure of
the central core of the island is at Flying Fish Cove (see Map).
In this locality, behind the platform upon which the settlement
is situated, a steep slope rises to a height of from 400 to 500 feet.
In its northern portion it consists of a succession of cliffs separated
by steep talus slopes, while towards the southern end there is
a talus slope up to about 250 feet, and above this a vertical or
even overhanging cliff of from 200 to 250 feet. At the northern
end of the cove the cliffs run nearly N. to S., but as they are
followed southward their direction changes first N.N.E.-S.S.W.,
then N.E. to S.W., E.N.E. to W.S.W., and finally S.E.-Kw!
(see Figs. 2 and 6).

The general structure of the cliff is shown on the sections in
Figs. 2 and 5 (pp. 272 and 276). The oldest limestone visible
(A in sections) is exposed at the southern end of the cove, at the

272

Christmas Island.

I~ <D

h- ca

r^ w n

^ ^

C3 . -B.

Geology. 273

commencement of the sea cliff which, forms the southern boundary
of the bay. It is a very hard compact yellow limestone, showing
little or no traces of bedding or jointing. Its upper surface dips
at about 40° a little to the AY. of N., and it disappears beneath
the beach of coral fragments that has been thrown up at this point
on the landward side of the narrow fringing reef. On the land
side it can be traced up the clilf for about sixty yards, when it
disappears under the talus which entirely conceals its base. This
limestone is described above (iS^o. 2, p. 226), and is of Eocene or
Oligocene age ; it was pi-obably deposited in comparatively shallow
water, and before tlie great accumulations of the ]\[iocene and later
limestones of the higher parts of the island could have been
formed considerable subsidence must have taken place. In the
rocks of corresponding age in Java, several species of Nummulifes
are said to occur in abundance, but, strangely enough, according
to Messrs. Jones & Chapman this genus is entirely wanting in
Christmas Island ; its place seems to have been taken by large
Heterostegines.

Above this limestone is a thick bed of compact black basalt
(No. 1 ; see Fig. 3 and Gr in Fig. 2, A). The junction is marked
by a bed of soft rock some five or six inches thick, in which harder
nodules are embedded. These nodules consist of limestone containing
foraminifera like those of the rock below, together with fragments
of much altered basic glass (No. 3, p. 23 1 ). The soft matrix in which
these nodules ai'e embedded is a much decomposed rock consisting
mainly of fragments of basic glass. The basalt mass measured
along the shore is about 40 feet thick; it is roughly jointed into
spheroidal masses, and seems to have been exposed on the sea
bottom, the joint cracks being filled with a hard yellow rock,
consisting of lime and fine detritus, derived from basic volcanic
rocks and including numbers of various species of Glohigerina.
This rock (No. 5) is described on p. 258, and is figured on PI. XXI,
Fig. 17.

The basalt^ itself is a compact black rock, veiy fresh-looking.
The ground-mass consists of microliths of plagioclase, many small
prisms of purple augite, and much magnetite. I'here are poii^hyritic
crystals of olivine, more or less altered into sei'j)entine and viridite.
The skeleton crystals of magnetite are often arranged parallel to
one another, and at right angles to the axis of the olivines. There
are numerous rounded cavities, lined, and in some cases filled, with
a strongly pleochroic green mineral, forming radial aggregates
which show a black cross between crossed nicols.

The iipper surface of this basalt fiow is covered with thick masses
of Miocene Orbitoidal limestone (C in Figs. 2 and 5), which, near
the junction, contains numerous fragments of the basalt overgrown

' lu the description of the volcanic rocks I am indebted to Mr. G. T. Trior,
of the Deparfcuieut of Mineralogy, for much assistance.

Geology. 275

with Lifhotliamnion and Poli/tremn : this circuiustance indicates
that this hasalt was exposed upon the sea hottom in early Miocene,
or perhaps pre-Miocene times. On the right hand of section A
on p. 272 this hasalt is marked G, and is made to correspond to
the upper hasalt overlying the limestone B in the rest of the
section ; this is perhaps a mistake, since it agrees very nearly
with the hasalt F underlying that limestone, which, together with
the overlying hasalt and ash beds, seems to be wanting on this
southern end of the cove. It may, however, be remarked that
the limestone A is very similar in character to H (No. 522, p. 231),
and if it were not that its fossil contents (see No. 2, p. 226) are
said to be rather different and point to a possibly somewhat greater
age, I should have regarded it as the southern continuation of B :
in that case the basalt would be correctly lettered. Indeed,
I believe this last interpretation to be correct.

The upper yellow limestone (B) just referred to forms a prominent
clitf throughout aboiit the middle two-thirds of the cove. At its
southern end it seems to have been cut out by the fault marked
Y-Y (Fig. 2, A), but its termination is largely concealed by the
talus derived from the lofty cliffs of Miocene limestone (C). A little
farther to the north this cliff is again interrupted by another fault,
X-X (Fig. 2, A), the downthrow side of which is towards the north ;
this causes the limestone to terminate abruptly against basalt and
ash, and to reappear at a lower level, where it again forms a nearly
continuous cliff', low at first, but increasing in height towards the
north, where it sometimes reaches 60 feet. At its northern
extremity it becomes broken up into minor cliffs (P, Fig. 2, B)
separated by soil -clad slopes, beneath which it finally disappears.
The foot of the cliff is from 200 to 250 feet above the sea, but
except in one or two places where it rests on volcanic rocks (e.g.
at L and F), the base of this limestone is concealed beneath talus
which forms a steep rock-strewn slope to the shore platform. This
limestone is described on p. 231 as No. 522; it is remarkable for
the absence of Orbitoides, which is found in the rocks both above
and below. The beds dip slightly seaward (at from 5° to 10°),
and are broken up by joint planes into great cubical masses, many
of -nliich strew the platform below, of which, moreover, they
probably form the chief foundation ; blocks of the same limestone
also appear on the foreshore in the middle of the cove.

As already mentioned, the base of this limestone is mostly
concealed beneath talus, bvit at a few points it can be seen to rest
upon volcanic rocks ; in all cases it seems to have been deposited
upon these rocks long after their consolidation, and near the junction
often contains fragments of them. Of these volcanic rocks thei-e
are two series — an older, trachytic, and a later, basaltic. The chief
exposure of the former occurs near the middle of the cove (at L on
the right-hand side of section B in Fig. 2), where it forms a great
boss projecting into the overlying limestone. The extent of the
mass cannot be determined, since its borders are mostly concealed

276

Christmas Inland.

by talus. The surface of this rock in contact with the limestone
seems to have been greatly altered before the latter was deposited.
In the centre of the mass the rock (No. 929) is light-grey, fine-
grained, and made up of a felt of small lath-shaped felspar ciystals,
giving straight extinctions and showing flow structure round
vesicular cavities which themselves show a more or less linear
arrangement. There are some traces of a much altered ferro-
magnesian mineral between the meshes of the felspars. Professor
Judd has kindly had the specific gravity of this rock detennincd
for me ; it is 2'45.

Figure 5.

Sections showing the Structure of the Cliff at Flying Fish Cove.

A. At middle of section B, Fig. 2.

B. At right-hand end of section B, Fig. 2.

For exphination of lettering .see Fig. 2 (p. 272).

A few chains farther north trachytic rock again appears, but
in this case under peculiar conditions. Hei'e the trachyte forms
two or three large masses, apparently completely included in the
great bed of basalt which there immediately underlies the yellow
limestone. The trachyte is here much altered, and consists of
angular nodules separated by a brown powdery substance, apparently
produced by the decomposition of the rock along cracks. In one
place the basalt sends a finger-like process into the midst of one of
the trachytic masses, and in another it appears to have penetrated
the trachj'te horizontally for some distance, so as to appear to be
interbedded with it. The whole structure seems to be the result

Gculoijij. '^111

of the oruption of a mass of basalt alouc; the same line as that ah)ng
which an oruption of trachyte had taken phice at an earlier date,
and the inclusion of poitions of the older lava in the newer. The
trachyte at this point is made up of a felt of small lath-shaped
felspar crystals, giving straight extinctions and sometimes showing
traces of a radial arrangement in groups. There ai'e no porphyritic
constituents and there are scattered grains of magnetite.

The basalt (marked F in section E, Figs. 2 and 5) varies much
in character in different parts of the mass. For the most part it
is a fine-grained rock, consisting of small lath-shaped crystals of
felspar, a little granular augite, and much magnetite. Flow
structure is shown in the ari'angement of the felspar crystals ;
there are no porphyritic crystals. Where this rock forms a narrow
tongue penetrating the trachyte it becomes mori! glassy. In one
place the mass of fine-grained basalt is traversed by a vein or
dyke of a basalt \\\\\\ large ])orpliYritic crystals of pinkish-brown
augite, often showing the characteristic octagonal sections, large
fragments of olivine sometimes showing traces of crystal forms
and altered into viridite along cracks only, and finally large lath-
shaped crystals of felspars with traces of zoning ; in one or
two instances felspars are included in the augite crystals. The
ground-mass consists of felspar microliths, small augites, and much
magnetite. This coarser rock was probably injected into a fissure
from the deeper portion of the mass.

South of the fault X-X the limestone B rests on the upper
end of a great mass of basalt (F), which can be traced down nearly
to the sea-level. At its upper end it penetrates the limestone,
and is repeated twice owing to slight faulting parallel to the main
fault X-X.

Wherever the talus is wanting it can be seen that the yellow
limestone (B) is overlaid by a bed of glassy basalt (G), varying
greatly in thickness and attaining its greatest development towards
the southern end of the bay (nearly above the letters I^.E.-S.W. in
section A, Fig. 2). At this point it forms the lower portion of
a lofty overhanging cliff, which, from the red stiuning of the lime-
stone forming its summit and the colour of the volcanic ash
beneath, is called by the people the " Batoe merah" or the "red
rock." To the north of this point the basalt bed can be seen
at intervals only, and to the south it is interrupted (see Fig. 2)
liy the fault X-X and is finally cut out by the slip Y-Y, the
Miocene Orbitoidal limestones (C) resting on its end.

The basalt of this bed is a somewhat glassy rock, the ground-mass
of which is full of microliths of felspar and granules of magnetite ;
there is a considerable quantity of olivine, which except in a few
eases is entirely altered into serpentinous material. Numerous
rounded vesicles more or less completely filled with a bottle-green
substance are present. In the higher part of the bed this rock
has undergone further alteration, the whole of the olivine being
replaced by seqientine and the green material filling the vesicles

278 C/iristmas Island.

apparently altered into a similar substance, while the glassy base
has become palagonitic. The higher parts of the bed also seem
to have been more glassy than the lower.

The thickness of this basalt is, as already noticed, verj- variable,
and the upper surface is nowhere clearly defined. It is covered
by beds of palagonite tuffs, which in places attain a thickness of
at least 50 feet. The passage from the basalt to the ash beds
seems to be marked by an ill-defined band of a peculiar rock
consisting of angular fragments of basic glass, some an inch across,
embedded in a copious cement of crystalline calcite or, in places,
of non-crystalline lime, containing fragments of palagonite (probably
merely the smaller fragments of glass completely altered), and
occasionally foraminifera ; the cementing substance sometimes
makes up a great portion of the rock. Seen on a fi'actured surface
the basic glass is black in colour, of a resinoid lustre, and has
an irregular splinterj- fracture. In thin sections it is seen to be
a yellowish brown, and the fragments are usually altered along
their edges to an orange-yellow palagonite ; embedded in the glass
are many small nodules and imperfect crystals of olivine and some
veiy small crystals of augite. This rock was not actually seen
in situ, but it invariably occurred in the talus immediately beneath
the beds of palagonite tuff, which it almost certainly separated from
the basalt below.

The palagonite tuffs (H, Figs. 2 and 5), like the underlying basalt,
vary considerably in thickness in different parts of the section.
Between the faults X-X and Y-Y (see Fig 2) they probably attain
a thickness of quite 50 feet. Fiirther towards the middle of
Flying Fish Cove they are mostly concealed by talus, but here and
there form a low cliff of red or red and green mottled rock, which
crumbles beneath the feet. Under the microscope it is seen that
the rock consists of small fragments of a highly vesicular basic
glass, which has been completely converted into palagonite ; the
whole is cemented together into a compact mass by crystalline
calcite, and here and there the shells of foraminifera occur. The
palagonite forms bands of different colours parallel to the outlines
of the fragments or of the vesicles, and there are often zones
clouded with immense numbers of small granules, which under
a low power appear perfectly opaque. Sometimes these dark zones
are numerous, but usiially there is one within a narrow band of
clear palagonite. In a few instances the whole of the interior
of the fragments is clouded with the opaque granules. According
to Mr. Chapman the foraminifera which occur scattered thi'ough
the mass are usually species of Pulcinulina.

The glassy basalt, the rock composed of fragments of basic glass,
and the thick masses of palagonite tuff above described seem to
have been the products of a submarine eruption, the fragments
of basic glass being derived fi'om the shattering of the chilled
upper surface of the basalt flow, and the palagonite tuffs being
composed of the finer fragments of vesicular glass derived from the

Gcologi/. 279

same som'ce anri mingled to some extent with sediment containing
marine organisms. These rocks are very simihir to specimens
described by Murray and llenard in the "Challenger" lleport on
Deep-sea Deposits as forming the nuclei of mani:anese nodules
dredged from depths of more than 2,000 fatlioms in tlie Indian
and Pacific Oceans. Thus the more altered ])orti()n of the glassy
basalt is very similar to that figurt'd in the volume quoted on
pi. xix, fig. 4 ; the palagonitc tulf to tliose sliown on pi. xviii,
figs. 1, 2, 3 ; and the basic glass (No. 400) to that figured on
pi. xvii, fig. 3 ; and no doubt Wmy were produced under similar
conditions. The degree to which the palagonitc tuffs are exposed
on the cliff is shown in Fig. 2, where also it will be seen that, like
the basalt, these ash beds are cnt off by the fault Y-Y and have
Miocene Orbitoidal limestones resting on their southern extremity.

Inland, about half a mile south of Flying Fish Cove (Fig. 6), we
come upon an extensive exposure of this upper basalt. The eastern
edge of the exposure runs a little to the west of south, approxi-
mately along the 500 feet contour-line ; to the westward (that is,
the seaward) side the basalt forms a series of steep rouu'Uid slopes
separated by narrow valleys and running down to about the
300 feet contour-line ; here it again disappears beneath limestones,
chiefly Miocene and containing Orhitoides, but in some places
of more recent origin. Tiiis belt of basalt is about a third of
a mile wide at its northern end, and can be followed south for about
a mile, beyond which it is completely covered with Miocene lime-
stones : this is the most extensive exposure of volcanic rock in the
island. As already mentioned, the upper surface of the exposure
roughly follows the 500 feet contour-line where it disappears
lieneath the overlying Miocene limestones. The palagonitc tuffs
found in the cliff section are here almost entirely absent and usually
represented only by a bed of impure limestone, often stained and
banded red and yellow by water percolating along the surface of
the volcanic rock, and containing fragments of palagonitc and
basalt, sometimes in such quantities as to form a kind of breccia.

Towards the southern end of this exposure of basalt there are
several patches of Orbitoidal limestone at from 500 to 550 feet
above the sea ; these rest directly on the basalt, many fragments of
which, are included in their basal portion, which may present the
appearance of a breccia of basalt fragments. Some of these lime-
stones (jSTos. 835, 827, 581) are described on pp. 254 and 255.

Eeturning to the cliff section, we find that the upper surface
of the palagonitc tuff bed may be covered directly bj' Miocene
Orbitoidal limestone, or in a few places (e.g. at the points where
the sections in Fig. 2 were taken) a thin band of basalt, which is
often highly vesicular and contains large crystals of augite ; above
this may be a thin band of palagonitc tuff, or in places a volcanic
breccia consisting of fragments of highly altered basic glass and
basalt embedded in a ground-mass of yellowish limestone which may
contain foraminifera.

•Shore Terrace

^ Late Pleistocerve

liaised reef and beach
Limestone otaer than last

liaised reej anterior V7^7777
to last \//y///y

Mvocene Limeslone
of central nucleus

^asall
Volcanic asfv

Fig. 6.— Geological Map of the Neigubourhood of Flying Fish Covj

Gcohcjy. 281

The Miocene Orbitoidal limestones, whicli rest upon the upper
volcanic series, take; a very large part in the formation of the basis
upon which the higher and hiter limestones rest, and extensive
exposures of theih occur in several localities. Along the summit of
the northern half of the Flying Fish Cove cliff they form a vertical
face, varying from 10 to 30 feet in height. On the terrace
above they are exposed in low pinnacles roughly ranged in rows
parallel to the elitf edge, and at the fault X-X (I'is- ^) they form
a prominent cliff running inland iov about the tliird of a mile and
terminating at its southern end against the basalt mass described
above (see Fig. 6). This cliff occurs on the downthrow side of
the fault, the limestone on the upthrow side liaving apparently
slipped down the seaward slope ; the line marked Y-Y indicates
the position of a portion of the slip. South of Y-Y (Fig. 2, A)
these limestones thicken out greatlj^ and form cliffs at least
200 feet in height, the mass being split by a series of vertical
fissures roughly parallel to the coast south of Smith Point. These
fissures mark small slips, which on the terrace above are indicated
by a series of small step-Jike displacements ; the high cliff on the
south of the cove (Fig. 2, A, between the letters W.S.W. and
N. W.) is, in fact, a section across the ends of these terraces. In
the extreme south of the cove these limestones have been affected
by two or three small faults, which involve the underlying basalt
(G) and cause the repetition of the basalt bed in two places in the
base of the cliff ; the limestones from either side of one of these
faults are described above under the numbers 229 (p. 238), 220
(p. 239), 219 (p. 240), 861 (p. 237). The last specimen shows
conclusively that these limestones were deposited on a basalt
surface exposed beneath the sea and thickly coated with Litho-
thamnion and other encrusting organisms. Nos. 229 and 571
(p. 236) are probably from the same bed, both being taken close
to the underlying basalt, and both being devoid of Orhixoides ;
571, however, is from a point about 480 feet above the sea, in
the middle of the cove, while 229 is from only about 100 feet at
the south end, the difference of height being accounted for partly
by the slope on which the beds are deposited causing a general
dip seaward and partly by the slipping that has occurred. No. 924
(p. 233) closely resembles 220, and is likewise taken from close
to the basalt, but in this Orhitoides are present, and the same is
the case with 9b8 (p. 252), from a little farther west, at a height
of about 60 feet above the sea. Of the rest of the limestones
from this locality described above by Messrs. Jones & Chapman,
595 (p. 240) and 845 (p. 241) are from immediately above the
line of slip Y-Y; 596 (p. 241) and 844 (p. 242), from above the
last; and 841 (p. 248) and 963 (p. 250) are from the summit
of the high cliff at this point. The two last are stated to be
probably of more recent origin than the Miocene rocks below, and
may represent a remnant of some much later deposit which formerly
covered them. From the north of the fault X-X the si)ecimens

282 C//ristmas Island.

550 (p. 246) and 562 (p. 243) were taken close to the underlying
volcanic rock, and 521 (p. 245), 551 (p. 248), and 646 (p. 246),
from pinnacles at the summit of the cliff (about 500 feet). It
will be seen that rocks nearly on the same horizon may exhibit
considerable diversity in their fossil contents, but since in most
cases the fossils were determined from a single section the diversity
may be more apparent than real.

The whole of these Miocene Orbitoidal limestones were probably
deposited in shallow water on the summit and flanks of a sub-
marine bank. I never found Orhitoides on any rock more than
about 600 feet above the sea, although corals of Miocene age are
said to occur at much greater elevations (see p. 208). Before
these higher rocks could have been formed probably a certain
amount of subsidence had taken place.

It will be convenient to describe here the northern end of the
Flying Fish Cove section (left-hand end of B in Fig. 2), although
in so doing it will be necessarj- to refer to some of the later rocks.
It has already been mentioned that at its northern end the cliff of
yellow limestone (marked B) becomes broken into minor cliffs (P),
which dip somewhat downward and are soon concealed beneath
a soil-clad talus slope. At a point sliglitly to the north of where
the main cliff of limestone breaks up, the basalt likewise disappears,
being partly concealed by soil, but mostly by a consolidated talus
composed of blocks of Miocene Orbitoidal limestone, with some
pebbles of volcanic rock. This forms a cliff (see N in section)
which can be seen to rest upon basaltic and trachytic rocks. At
its southern end, which is at a rather higher level than the main
face, the talus blocks arc angular, but throughout the greater part
of its extent they are perfectly rolled and rounded, and there can
be no doubt that we have here a section of an old beach which was
formed when the sea was 80 or 100 feet higher than now. Still
farther north this disappears under a coral-reef rock, probably formed
about the same time. Above the point in the section marked jN^-S
traces of beds of Miocene Orbitoidal limestone occur only about
200 feet up the cliff, showing that here also rocks of this age overlap
the earlier rocks as in the south. These in turn are concealed
beneath a great mass of cemented talus (M in section), which has
been cut back into a lofty cliff', M (80-100 feet in places). The
rocks comprising this talus include blocks of Orbitoidal limestone,
but seem to be mostly of later date. At its northern end this
cliff disappears beneath the limestones, forming the first inland
cliff at the Zigzag (see note on p. 263), and its foot is concealed
by a reef-rock (E) which partly covers the slope below it. In the
talus beneath the high cliff are numerous blocks of basalt and
palagonite tuffs, showing that the beds of these rocks are continued
to the northern end of the cove, where they also pass beneath
M and E. The lowest part of the section shows the face of the
sea cliff (D), consisting of late Pleistocene or possibly recent
limestones.

Geoh(j!/. 283

In this section wo appear to have a fair representation of what
would bo seen in vertical sections throuii,h the island at rii;ht
angles to the coast at any point, the succession being as follows :
(1) A central core of older volcanic and Eocene or Oligocene lime-
stones ; (2) beds of basalt, volcanic ash, and thick masses of
Orbitoidal limestones enwrapping 1 ; (3) masses of talus, derived
mainly from the Miocene rocks and covered by (4) a thick detrital
limestone, which is derived from the wear of the reefs which cover
the higher portions of the island; (5) a raised reef of much later
date, which covers the foot of the cliffs and slopes composed of 4 ;
and (6) finally, the late Pleistocene, or even recent, limestones of
the sea clitf, which cling to the base of any of the older formations
which may be exposed.

Roclcs of the Central Nucleus in oth^r localities. — As far as I know,
the only other locality in the island where there is an exposure
of the Eocene or Oligocene limestone containing Discocycline
Orhitoides is in Sidney's Dale (see Map), a deep gorge on the
Avcst coast. This valley is one of several which, beginning at
a height of between 400 and 500 feet, runs down to the sea in
a generally south-west direction. In some cases (e g. Sidney's
Dale) they cut through the sea cliff and terminate at the sea-level
(Fig. 7), in others (e.g. Hugh's Dale) they open out on the top of
the lowest terrace. These valleys seem to have been originally
formed along lines of cracking and faulting ; as a rule, on one side
they are shut in by vertical cliffs, on the other by steep slopes.
The floor is often formed by basaltic rock, and in one or two
instances (e.g. in the lower part of Sidney's Dale Valley) it
appears to form an upper edge of a narrow dyke running along
the direction of the valley and showing signs of columnar structure
at right angles to it (see Fig. 8). In all cases there are signs
that in the rainy season a considerable torrent runs down these
valleys, and no doubt has contributed to a considerable extent to
their present form. I believe that where the sea cliff has been
cut through to the sea-level this is entirely the work of the
running water, and that the movements which first gave rise to
these gorges did not affect the lowest terrace, which in fact was
formed subsequently to them (see Fig. 7).

In Sidney's Dale, at about 250 feet above and 25 chains from the
sea, the southern wall of the gorge is formed by cliffs varying from
60 to 100 feet in height; the northern side is very steep and in
places cliff-like, while the total width of the floor is not more than
20 or 30 feet, and is mostly occupied by the rounded and water-
worn rocks which indicate the existence of a rapid stream at some
seasons. When I visited the valley in October it was perfectly
dry. The cliffs to the south consist of a basal portion of basalt,
about 10 feet high, then a narrow band of soft rock some 18 inches
thick, and above this to the summit of the cliff hard yellow
Eocene or Oligocene limestone. The basalt has a ground-mass
crowded with lath-shaped crystals of plagioclase, some augites, and

284

Chridmas Island.

numerous skeleton crystals of magnetite ; there is some glassy base,
A lew porphyritic crystals of pale purple augite and some
porphyritic felspars replaced by calcite occur. This basalt is
exteusively exposed in the neighbourhood and is different from the
basalt above referred to as forming a dyke on the floor of the dale.
The soft rock (jN'o. 318) forming the thin band separating the
basalt from the limestone above, and the massive limestone
(jSTo. 347), are described on p. 254. In both, the Lower Tertiary
type of Orhitoides is present. TJnfortunutely the relations of this
bed of ancient limestone were not worked out, because in the first

1=1===^^^=

1

■

1 .»- .j^-^

■

H

^^^Bpt(^P^T^w>^

I

H

^^

^1

^Kfi

'™

^BH

^^1

^H

^^^■||a^v"

■

11'

"v^l^Hj

H

^^^^Hj?^!!!^

spra

P!|'

:1^

jK- '1

IB.

"^^^w

!?JS^^^^B

H^^'"'* '"•".'■

'i^

|HHb|

P

^k

Hiii

■

H^ X

.s

"^1

iH

m^

Fig. 7. — Mouth of Sidney's Dale, West Coast

place my staj" in the neighbourhood was very brief, and in the
second without microscopic examination the age of the beds was
not recognizable. It will be noted that, as at Flying Fish Cove,
this old limestone occurs at a comparatively low level, not being
more than about 250 feet above the sea.

The volcanic rocks are exposed over a considerable area on the
east coast in the neighbourhood of the fresh-water stream and
waterfall marked on the Map. There they do not occur more
than about 150 feet at most above the sea- level; but towards the

Geology. 285

southern end of this coast, a little north of Ross Hill, I found basalt
pebbles up to 400 feet.

In the n('ighbourhood of the fresh-water stream are some rounded
knolls, and in a shallow valley between these 1 found an exposure
of a trachytic rock similar to that described from Flying Fish Cove.
This exposure was of small extent, and seemed to be completely
surrounded by basalt, of which the knolls are composed ; the
relations of the two could not be made out, the ground being for
the most part covered with a dense jungle of screw-pines, very
difficult to penetrate. The basalt at this point fonns a great part
of the shore terrace, and appears on the shore in the waterfall
bay and in another bay a little to the south. At the stream it is
covered by thick beds of red palagonite tuffs, and it is to the
presence of these volcanic rocks that the existence of the two or
three small brooks is due. The palagonite tuffs are covered with
coral limestones, the age of which is not known. At the waterfall
(Panchoran Bay) the basalt forms an extensive sea-worn platfomi
(Fig. 9), and on the beach forms a projecting ledge over which
a perennial stream of excellent water flows. The basalt at this
point, which is near the centre of the mass, contains porphj-ritic
crystals of felspar, augite, and olivine. There seem to be two
kinds of porphyritic felspars, one in well-defined twinned crystals,
probably labradorite, the other less well-defined and with distinct
zonal banding ; this is probably more acid. The olivine is usually
altered into a pleochroic fibrous serpentinous mineral. Ground-mass
of microliths of felspars, aiigite, and magnetite. Above the basalt
at this point is a bed of volcanic conglomerate, consisting of blocks
of basic rock, some vesicular, some compact and glassy, mostly
more or less rounded ; these are embedded in a ground-mass of red
volcanic ash with much lime ; in fact, at the top of the bed the
pebbles of basaltic rock are embedded in hard limestone. The
greatest thickness of this bed measured was about 1 0 feet. Upon
it is a bed of hard yellow limestone, the age of which is doubtful.
The absence of Orbitoides (see No. 52, p. 259) is against its
Miocene age, but on the other hand Dr. Gregoiy has doubtfully
referred a coral from this bed to a species ( Orhicella murrayi,
p. 216) found elsewhere in the Orbitoidal limestone. Upon it
is a thick mass of limestone breccia, the blocks composing which
are of all sizes and cemented by finer material, often filled with
phosphatic nodules ; probably the whole is a submarine talus of
comparatively recent date derived from the cliffs behind. This
is capped in turn by a reef-limestone of quite recent date (probably
late Pleistocene). The cliff at the north and south of this bay
is therefore formed (from below up) by (1) basalt, (2) volcanic
agglomerate, (3) yellow limestone (4 or 5 feet), perhaps of
Miocenea ge, (4) limestone breccia, an old talus, (5) late reef-
limestone with corals like those now living on the coast.

A few hundred yards farther south the sea-washed platform
is composed of a basalt of a very different character from that

Fig. 8. — Dyke of Basalt, Floor of Sidxey's Dale, West Coast.

Fig. 9. — iSea-wihun iJAr^ALi i.n Wateufall irANciiouv.N, LiAV, Ea^i Coast.

Geology. 287

just describerl. This is a much altered i>lassy basalt with small
porphyritic felspars aud augites. The base has been for the most
part altered into a yellowish and greenish bn)wn palao-ouite-like
substance which contains many microliths of plagioclase. There
are some vesicles filled with concentric layers of a transparent
substance showinsz; a black cross between crossed nicols. Tlie lower
part of the bed is divided into fairly regular hexagonal vertical
prisms, the summits of which have been broken into small angular
fragments and recemented with crystalline calcite, the resulting
rock having a remarkable api)earance owing to the sharp contrast
between the black basalt and the white lime. This extends up
the cliff for about 40 feet, and is in some places capped by a foot
or two of a tine- grained brown rock, apparently an ash, and on
the top of the cliff there is a thick bed of red palagonite tuff. In
a cliff a little to the south a clean section of the basalt shows
that it is divided into four or five beds separated by indurated and
brecciated limestone. The whole is covered by a conglomerate of
blocks of limestone, some of great size, probably a consolidated
talus from the inland cliffs.

South of Steep I'oint the base of the sea cliff is formed of basalt
divided into hexagonal columns, in one case apparently curved.

Still farther south there are extensive exposures of basalt, which
may be distinguished at a long distance from the summits of the
inland cliti's by the great size of the sago-palms {Arenqa listeri)
which grow upon them ; in this locality volcanic rocks may occur
up to 4U0 feet above the sea.

In some localities on the east coast the Miocene Orbitoidal lime-
stones are magnificently developed. The most notable exposure is
near jS'orth-East Point, where the whole of the first inland cliff for
more than half a mile consists of limestones of this age, crowded
with the characteristic fossils. This cliff is about 250 feet high,
and it appears to have been formed by a slipping away of a portion
of the eastern flank of the island. A little farther south a much
more extensive slip has taken place, giving rise to a cliff upwards
of 500 feet in height and consisting apparently almost wholly of
Miocene rocks. Towards the summit (about 400 feet) is found
the rock which Messrs. Jones & Chapman have described above
(No. 955, p. 255) as a breccia of fragments of Orbitoidal limestone
cemented by recent reef material, but I am inclined to doubt
whether the brecciation and recementing of the rock may not both
be of Miocene date.

The base of these cliffs is concealed by a talus of great blocks
and also in the northern part by comparatively recent reef-lime-
stones which once formed a narrow fringing reef along their foot ;
it cannot therefore be seen whether here, as at Flying Fish Cove,
these Miocene limestones rest on a volcanic basis or not ; but since
in the immediate neighbourhood pebbles of basaltic rock occur
in the shore platform, and since at the same level aud only about
a mile further south the basalts and tuffs are present and of

288 Chmtmns Island.

considerable thickness, it seems almost certain that this is the case.
Cliffs composed of these Orbitoidal limestones are easily dis-
tinguishable from those formed of later reef-limestones, by their
flat smooth faces and the strai^'htness of all their lines, Trhich is the
consequence of the system of jointing which splits the mass np
into roughly cubical blocks. The magnificent range of cliffs
(first inland) which forms the fine headland, Egcria Point, are no
doubt of this age, and so perhaps are those of South Point.

On the plateau and higher cliffs no Orbitoidal limestones at all
occur, but according to Dr. Gregory some of the corals (e g.
OrbiccUa herklotsi) collected from the reefs on the central plateau
are of Miocene type. If this is so it indicates that in these
localities the basis of older rocks has been exposed by denudation ;
but since no rocks containing Orbitoidcs were seen and, on the other
hand, traces of volcanic rocks were found, it seems probable that the
Orbitoidal limestones never completely covered the volcanic basis,
for had they done so traces of them should remain on the plateau.

The Eocks of the Central Plateau and Hills,

The general characters of the central plateau and of the hills
which occur on its borders are described above in the introductory
section (pp. 11-13). As already mentioned, some of the limestones
exposed in the interior contain corals of Miocene type (see p. 208),
and therefore most probably form part of the central nucleus
which has been exposed by the very extensive denudation that
the island must have undergone. Other reasons for supposing
that this may be the case are, that in the middle of the island
occasional pebbles of volcanic rock may be found, and that, as
juentioned on p. 18, the great depth of the reddish-brown soil
covei'ing much of the central region has certainly been derived from
the decomposition of volcanic rock, at least in great part. It is
unfortunate that the Miocene age of some of the rocks of the plateau
could not be determined by me while on the island, since a careful
examination of their relations, and fuller collections of their fossils,
might have thrown much light on the age of the highest limestones
and on the date of the first elevation of the island above the sea.
This event was no doubt post-Miocene, but that it was not long
subsequent to that period seems to be rendered probable by the
fact that since it took place a series of negative movements of the
shore-line has occurred, a succession of inland cliffs has been cut
back, and enormous masses of calcareous rock, both reef-limestones
and more especially detrital limestones which cover much of the
flanks of the island, have been formed.

The latest of the limestones covering the highest parts of the
island and forming, in my opinion, an atoll reef and island, have
been either to a large extent removed by denudation or have
undergone great alteration, which has led to the destruction
of the contained organisms. The rocks composing the summit

Geology. 28&

of Murray Hill, Phosphate Hill, and the highest land over Flying
Fish Cove are dolomitic limestones, containing 34 to 41 per cent,
of carbonate of magnesia. Descriptions and analyses of these rocks
(iS'os. 378, 514, 800, 811) are given above by Mr. E. W. Skeats
(pp. 267-268) ; and Messrs. Jones & Chapman have described the
organisms contained in 378 (p. 257) and 800 (p. 258), and also
in Xo. 143 (p. 256), a similar rock from the summit of Ross Hill.
In all cases the fossils are nearly obliterated, and only imperfect
remains of a few foraminifera and fragments of Lithothamnion,
which resists destruction to the last, are to be seen : in the rock
from Murray Hill there may be traces of coral structure. The
rocks forming the rim between the hills are of a similar character
both on the seaward side and on the landward slope, or low cliff,
which, according to the view expressed above, faced the lagoon.
In these, although their general appearance and mode of occurrence
point to an origin from a coral reef, yet traces of coral are rarely
seen. In some places, where the limestones contain little carbonate
of magnesia, the foraminifera are fairly distinct : an example of
such a rock is No. 134 (pp. 256 and 265), which was collected
u little below the summit of the upper cliff on the east coast.

The rocks of the central plateau have been examined only in
part. One of the most interesting is from pinnacles projecting
from the soil at about 800 feet above the sea (J^o. 935, p. 257) :
it is a crystalline limestone crowded with fragments of Lithothamnion
and Salimeda, together with a few foraminifera, and it seems
to be a shallow-water rock, such as might well accumulate in
a lagoon. At no great distance from this there is another rock
which points more strongly to lagoon conditions. This is a fine
white limestone, which for the most part is of a powdery chalk-like
consistency, is composed entirely of carbonate of lime, and usually
contains no organisms : scattered in it are irregular hardened masses
which include numerous foraminifera, which are described above
(No. 658. p. 257) as being undersized and thin-shelled, and the
nature of the rock as a whole is stated to indicate that it was once
the soft mud of a shallow lagoon, an interpretation which the
position in which it is found strongly supports. Some of the hard
masses closely associated with this rock are dolomitized and the
organisms obliterated. (See No. 658, p. 268.)

The most important evidence that the higher points on the
northern and eastern rim of the plateau once formed islets is
the existence upon several of them of thick beds of phosphate
of lime, for it is difficult to account for the great accumulation
of this substance at these points otherwise than by supposing that
it is derived from thick beds of guano deposited on these elevations
under conditions very different from those now prevailing. The
necessary conditions would seem to have been fulfilled if these
hills formed low treeless islets, whether these consisted merely
of accumulations of coral thrown upon the reef by the action of
the waves, or were the highest points along the line of reefs which

290 Christmas Island.

had been exposed by a change in the relative levels of the land
and sea. Another condition favourable for the accumulation of
guano is absence, or at least scantiness, of rainfall, and the low
and, as they must at first have been, treeless islets would certainly
have a much smaller rainfall than at present occurs. Moreover,
at the time when the first upward movement took place, the
conditions prevailing in the Malay Archipelago were very different
from at present. In Java, for instance, late Miocene or early
Pliocene deposits are found at an elevation of 900 metres, so
that a smaller land-area was then exposed, and, furthermore, the
volcanic mountains were much less elevated than now. These
circumstances may have considerably modified the meteorological
conditions of Christmas Island, which lies near the southern edge
of the region affected by the monsoon (see p. 17).

The phosphates, as they now exist, are probably the remains
of beds of limestone, which have been altered by the overlying
guano, the carbonate of lime being replaced by phosphate. The
phosphatization occurred somewhat irregularly, and the removal
of the more soluble portions of the beds by the action of perco-
lating water has left behind a thick bed of blocks and nodules of
phosphate, which covers a large area and extends to a considerable
depth (upwards of 10 feet in places). The most important of
these deposits is at Phosphate Hill, where a large area is covered
by them, but other beds are to be found on some of the hills on
the east coast. Moreover, at the present day small nodules of
phosphate of lime are scattered widely over the plateau, and
particularly on the outer slopes of the island. These nodules also
occur embedded in the later limestones, and sometimes may have
been formed in situ by segregation, but in most cases are simply
derived from the higher beds. In any case the terraces, particularly
the shore terrace, are in places thickly strewn with a sort of shingle
of nodules of phosphate of lime, which have either weathered out
of the limestones or fallen from the beds above.

In many places on the plateau the level surface of the soil is
thickly strewn with small round black bodies varying in size from
that of No. 10 shot to that of small peas. Mr. E. Irvine informs
me that these pellets consist of a central nucleus of phosphate
of lime, surrounded by a fairly thick coat of manganese dioxide,
the whole being again covered with a thin layer of phosphate ;
they contain about 18 per cent, of manganese dioxide. This is
probably derived from the volcanic tuffs which were extensively
exposed on the higher parts of the island, and, as already
mentioned, must be to a large extent the parent rock from
which the thick soil of the island is derived. Their decomposition
may have given rise to mud deposits on the lagoon bottom.

The phosphate itself is a very peculiar substance. It is intensely
hard (between 6 and 7), and this, combined with the waxy lustre
of a newly fractured surface, gives the impression that it is siliceous,
though as a matter of fact it contains little or no silica (less than

Geology. 291

1 per cent.). Under the microscope it can be seen that the rock,
which has been phosphatizctl, was a fragmeutal one ; obscure traces
of contained orgiinisins (foraminifera) may be observed occasionally,
and in some specimens fragments of bone occur. There are numerous
irregular cracks and cavities, which are usually lined with nearly
transparent pliosphate of lime, showing a beautifully banded agate-
like structure. The colour of the rock is as a rule a brownish
white, but some specimens are of a darker tint. In some cases the
rock is found to consist of fragments of dark and light coloured
phosphatized rock, embedded in a cement of transparent yellowish
phosphate of lime, appai'ently deposited from solution in concentric
layers round the fragments. Under crossed nicols this banded
substance is found to be doubly refractive, polarizes feebly in
tints of grey and shows traces of the black cross, the banded
structure being rendered very prominent. In many respects this
phosphatic rock closely resembles in its structure some of the
phosphatic nodules from deep water described by Murray & Renard
in the " Challenger" Report on Deep-sea Deposits (p. 391 et seq.).
These nodules are described as having been formed as segregations
of phosphate of lime replacing carbonate in certain marine deposits.
This mode of origin may perhaps account for the presence of some
of the small nodules found scattered over the island, but cannot be
responsible for the formation of the great masses occurring at
Phosphate Hill and elsewhere. The average composition of the
phosphate is about 39 per cent, phosphoric acid ; 51*5 per cent.
lime ; 3"5 per cent, carbonic acid ; 2 per cent, iron and alumina ;
the remaining 4 per cent, being made of magnesia, water, fluorine,
and other substances ; thei'e is only about '2 per cent, of silica.
The brown soil in the neighbourhood of these deposits also contains
a considerable amount of phosphoric acid, often amounting to more
than 30 per cent.

On Murray Hili is a bed of a remarkable rock which seems to
have been produced by the phosphatization of a volcanic rock,
probably a bed of tuff. It consists of small brown spherules of
phosphatic matter cemented by doubly refractive phosphate of
(?) lime : under the lens it presents somewhat the appearance of an
oolite. It contains 39 per cent, of phosphoric acid, only 2-5 per cent,
of lime, 32'5 per cent, of iron and alumina, nearly 5 per cent, of
silica, the remainder being almost all water, either free or combined.

The rock upon which the phosphate beds rest is, in most places,
a dolomitic limestone, which, in the specimens examined, curiously
enough seems to contain no trace of phosphate of lime. Descriptions
and analyses of some of these dolomitic rocks from Phosphate Hill
(Xos. 800, 804, 811) are given on p. 267.

The Uppek Cliffs and Terraces.

The rocks composing the upper inland cliffs have not been fully
examined, but enough has been done to show that in different
places rocks of very different characters occur. These upper cliffs

292 Christmas Island.

would perhaps be more fitly called talus slopes, since it is i-are
or an actual cliff face to be seen, tbc usual form being a steep
(30°-40°) slope strewn with, jagged blocks of limestone sometimes
arranged more or less in a succession of small terraces. A general
account of them has been given on p. 11. The upper clitf
consists entirely of white and cream-coloured limestones, which
towards the summit are often more or less dolomitized, and
are nearly always more or less cavernous, owing partly to the
crystallization which has usually taken place to a greater or less
extent. Traces of coral are rare, but in one or two cases I found
a rock apparently made up of broken pieces of a brancliing coral.
Some of the beds consist largely of foraminifera, fragments of
moUusca, and other organisms. At 725 feet over West White
Beach I found a bed composed almost exclusively of a small lamelli-
branch, but this was on the south-west side of Murray Hill and
perhaps belongs rather to the plateau than the upper cliff. Many
of the rocks are clearly of fragmental origin, and consist of angular
fragments of older limestones in a later calcareous matrix. No
Orbitoides were seen. The rocks on the whole are such as might
have accumulated on the submarine slopes outside a living reef,
and, in fact, are probably largely composed of the debris derived
from the wear of the rocks described above as forming the rim of
the plateau. This upper slope is separated from the one below by
a level terrace of varying width, usually soil-clad, but occasionally
studded with blocks and pinnacles of limestone.

The second inland cliff, like the upper one, is generally reduced
to a mere slope covered with talus, but in a few places, e.g. to
the north of Steep Point on the east coast, it forms a vertical face.
In it coral is found much more often than in the upper cliff, and
at the locality just referred to numerous masses of it can be seen
embedded in the limestone. Fragmental limestones are again
common, and pieces of echinoid spines and molluscan shells are
frequently met with ; in some cases foraminifera are very numerous.
The limestones are occasionally more or less dolomitic (see 131,
p. 257), and in a few cases are partly phosphatized (940, p. 261).
In this last case the limestone in question occurs below Phosphate
Hill, and the contained phosphate was no doubt derived from that
covering the slopes above. No. 131 is from a narrow valley on
the summit of the first inland cliff, between its outer edge and
the foot of the second inland cliff.

First Inlak^d Cliff.

The general characters of this cliff have been described above
on p. 10 : both in its mode of origin and composition it is much
more complex than the slopes above. It may consist either of
(1) limestones of the central nucleus, containing Orbitoides, as at
North-East Point, or (2) limestones of later date, largely made up
of corals, molluscan shells, echinoid fragments, foraminifera, and

Geology. 293

other organisms, which together with other reef debris have
accurauhited on the ilanks of the island ; this is the prevailing
type, and is found on all sides of the island where this clifF is well
developed. The cases where the Miocene rocks are exposed have
been noticed above. Rocks forming a cliff of the second type are
described by Professor Kupert Jones and ^Ir. Chapman under the
numbers 979 (p. 259), 859, 1002, 1005, 1006 (p. 260), 900, 403a
(p. 261), 937, 864 (p. 262), 200, 202, 208, 209 (p. 263), and
1032 (p. 264). It will be seen that some of these are described
as being hrccciated or as forming a ' microconglomerate,' and as
a matter of fact they all seem to me to be mainly of detrital origin.
Again, several are described as 'recent,' but this can only be
regarded as a relative term, since they are probably older than
the Pleistocene. It should be noticed, however, that the corals
described by Dr. Gregory from this cliff are either recent forms or
very closely allied to recent forms (see p. 210 et seqq.), and usually
occur also in the sea cliff, but on this point see below (p. 294).
Nos. 1002, 1005-6 may be taken as fairly typical of the rocks of
the vertical face (200 feet high) of this cliff as developed on the
east coast. No. 900 was from the bottom of a cliff forming the
western side of the deep cleft by which Steep Point Hill has been
cut off from the main mass, and may be taken as typical of deeper
parts of this limestone ; in this specimen minute fragments of bone
arc not uncommon. Nos. 200, 202, 208, 209, 211, and 1032 are
from the first inland clifF, just north of Flying Fish Cove, and
form part of a series of specimens collected eveiy few feet from
the bottom to the top. ]S^o. 1032 is crowded with organisms, and
must have been formed close to a living reef. This series may
be taken as giving a fairly good idea of tlie kind of rocks of which
this cliff is, as a rule, composed.

The first inland cliff appears to owe its origin to two different
causes in different localities. In the first place it may be a fault
cliff formed by the foundering of some portion of the outer edge
of the island, as described above ; this type is as a rule confined
to places where the Miocene limestones are exposed, e.g. east
coast near jS^orth-East Point and probably Egeria Point (south
side), where the cliff can be seen to have been formed by one
main slip and a number of subsidiary ones, some of which may
extend for a short distance only, and form a number of short low
cliffs at different levels above the main face. In the second case
the cliff is the result of wave action ; this is the commonest type,
and the cliffs of the north and east coast are excellent examples
of it. In many places it is clear that it has been formed by wave
action at two or three levels (see p. 10), and that the sea has stood
at; sevez'al horizons along this cliff is abundantly proved by the
fact that in places where the cliff is wanting raised reefs occur
at different elevations.

For instance, south of Smith Point (see Fig. 6, p. 280) thcx'e is
such a reef terrace on the 180 feet contour-line, and at the foot of

294 Christmas Island.

this a still later one at about 100 feet. Again, between Flying Fish-
Cove and North-East Point, for the greater part of the distance
the single high cliff which is found at the Zigzag (see Fig. 6) is
replaced by two or three irregular step-like cliffs of reef-limestone,
often interrupted by talus slopes, gaps, and channels, and in fact
representing the remains of a series of fringing reefs, each of
which in turn was raised and cut back by the sea, while at its foot
its successor grew up on the talus derived from the cliffs above.
Whether a single vertical cliff face or a succession of terraces was
formed depended upon the steepness of the submarine slopes.
If these were gentle enough to allow talus material to accumulate
and afford a foundation for a fringing reef the terraced condition
followed, but if on the other hand the slopes were steep and
no reef could grow, a vertical cliff was formed. It should be
noted that all intermediate conditions occur, the commonest being
that in which the upper 150 feet or so form a vertical face, while
the foot, from the shore terrace up to about 100 feet above the sea,
is formed by a narrow belt of reef. This corresponds to the terrace-
between the 100 feet and 180 feet contour-lines in Fig. 6, and
is the most persistent of these minor terraces. In some places
shore conglomerate was observed on its surface, and great limestone
blocks fallen upon it from the cliffs above rest on a sort of pedestal
of cemented coral fragments like .that which is found at the base of
the blocks lying on the present fringing reef. Of course these
raised fringing reefs are of later date than the rocks in which the
first inland cliff has been carved by the sea, and the lower ones
may be but little older than the reef forming the present sea cliff
and terrace. This probably accounts for the fact that some of the
corals labelled as from the first inland cliff are similar to those
found in the sea cliff and to recent forms.

The Shoee Cliff aijd Terrace.

The shore terrace and cliff (see pp. 6-10) are formed by the
elevated fringing reef that grew round the island before the last
negative movement of the shore-line took place. It is the most
persistent of the terraces, and, with the exception of about a quarter
of a mile in two localities, it runs round the whole island. In
some places, as above mentioned, it may be in part formed by the
volcanic and other rocks of the central nucleus, but elsewhere it
may be described as consisting of a thin capping of coral limestone,
resting on a foundation of consolidated talus derived from what are
now the inland cliffs, and, of course, varying in characters as the
rocks composing those cliffs vary. For instance, on the east coast,
in the neighbourhood of the fresh-water stream both the talus-
foundations and the reef - limestone overlying it are full of block*
of basalt derived from the exposure on the slopes behind.

The shore cliff forming the southern boundary of Flying Fish
Cove may be taken as fairly typical of the shore cliff in general. It

Geologij. 295

will be seen (Fig. 2 A, p. 272) that the basalt marked A, which runs
down beneath the sea-level, has its upper surface covered with an
old talus consisting of blocks derived from the cliffs of Miocene
limestone beliind, lying in a matrix of smaller limestone fragments
mingled with the debris of the basalts and palagonite tuffs which
occur in the neighbourhood, and often including the shells of
foraminifera. A similar talus forms the foot of the cliff (see
Fig. 2 A, above the letters S.E.-jS'.W.), where, being very hard,
it forms a projecting ledge which is some & or 10 feet high.
Upon it is about 50 feet of very fresh-looking coral limestone, in
which the individual coral stocks, in the position of growth, may
often be distinguished. One mass of Porites is between 20 and
30 feet high and nearly as broad (sec Fig. 4, p. 274). A fine section
of the sea cliff is exposed where it is cut through at the mouth of
Sidney's Dale (Fig. 7, p. 284). Here also it is seen to consist very
largely of recent species of corals, some of which, both from this
and other localities, have been noticed by Dr. J. "W". Gregory
(pp. 206-225).

If the terrace at the top of the sea cliff be examined it will be
found in many places to consist of two parts, an outer broader
zone, which is the summit of the raised reef, and wherever the
rock is free from soil and vegetation can be seen to consist mainly
of fresh-looking corals, and an inner, much narrower zone, running
along the foot of the inland cliff and consisting of the same material,
being, in fact, the base of the portion which has been cut back by
the waves.

The present fringing reef forms a narrow shelf round the island,
being only interrupted where deep water occurs close to the foot
of the sea cliff ; and, if a further negative movement of some fifty
feet were to take place, it would form a cliff and terrace much
like that just described.

Summary and Conclusions.

From the foregoing account it will be seen that Christmas Island
presents some important peculiarities which differentiate it from
other oceanic islands, and are difficult to explain. The island is,
in fact, the flat summit of a submarine mountain more than 15,000
feet high, the depth of the platform from which it rises being about
14,400 feet, and its height above the sea being upwards of
1,000 feet. The submarine slopes are steep, for depths of 1,100
fathoms occur less than four (in one case less than three) miles, and
the foot of the mountain (about 2,400 fathoms) within twenty
miles of the coast of the island. As far as the soundings go, they
show that the slopes of the upper part of the peak are nearly alike
on all sides, being about 2 in 5. Soundings made iu the neighbour-
hood of the island at depths of more than 1,000 fathoms usually
show the bottom to be covered with Gloligerina ooze •, off the
south-east corner of the island coral-sand was met with in depths

296 Christmas Island.

of more than 900 fathoms, and this sand is no doubt derived from
tlie wear of the cliffs of this part of the island, which is exposed to
the full force of the swell of the Southern Ocean. Eound the rest
of the coast fragments of volcanic rocks and pieces of manganese
dioxide are recorded from various depths up to 1,100 fathoms: two
soundings of 385 and 925 fathoms respectively brought up calcareous
algic. Between the island and Java lies a long narrow trough,
which is one of the abysses of the Indian Ocean, being upwards of
3,000 fathoms deep in places. Its long axis lies parallel to the
south coast of Java, the submarine slopes of which appear to be
formed by a great fault and are very steep, the 2,000-fathom line
being only a few miles from the land.

Forming the flat summit of the Christmas Island peak we
meet with a succession of limestones ranging from the Eocene
(or Oligocene) up to recent reef deposits, and accompanying
the older Tertiary deposits are various volcanic rocks, most
important of which are basalts and trachytes lying beneath the
Eocene (or Oligocene) limestone, while above it are basalts and
basic tuffs separating it from the Miocene Orbitoidal limestone
which seems to make up the great mass of the island. The total
thickness of these older Tertiary and the interstratified volcanic
rocks is, as far as can be ascertained, about 600 feet, but it is
probable, as above stated, that some of the rocks exposed on the
plateau may be Miocene, in which case the series is considerably
thicker. The occa:rrence of such a series of Tertiary deposits on
an oceanic island is, I believe, unknown elsewhere, although
Wallace mentions that Upper Miocene deposits occur in the Azores.
Another point of importance in the case of these Tertiary rocks
is that they, especially the Miocene Orbitoidal limestones, end
abruptly on the coast in vertical cliffs sometimes 250 feet high,
so that it is clear that the area which they originally covered must
have been much larger than the present island, and that it has
been cut down to its present dimensions by repeated faulting
and slipping down of its peripheral region. All these limestones
must have been deposited in shallow water, probably less than
100 fathoms deep. At present the Eocene limestones are found
up to about 250-300 feet, the Miocene Orbitoidal limestones up to
about 550 feet, while the summit rises 1,200 feet above the sea.
If we suppose the Eocene limestones to have been deposited in
TOO fathoms (and it was probably much less), the range of the
oscillation with reference to the sea-level which the island can be
proved to have undergone is between 200 and 300 fathoms,
a small proportion of the total depth to the ocean floor.
Speaking generally, this oscillation appears to have consisted,
first, of a gradual depression, allowing of the accumulation of
the Miocene Orbitoidal limestones and those composing the higher
land, then a period of rest, followed by a succession of movements
of elevation (or better, negative movements of the shore-line),
which have given rise to the terraced structure of the island and

Geologij. 297

contiuued to the present time. The period of rest hetwecn the
upward and downward raovcmont of the sea-level must have heen
a prolonged one, for it was during this time that the atoll condition
existed, and the great bulk of the detrital limestone derived from
the destruction of the living reefs, and now forming the mass
of the first inland cliff, was deposited : the great accumulation of
guano that must have taken place would also have required a vast
period of time for its formation.

In Java the later Eocene deposits include limestones, in which is
found the Discocj'cline Orhitoides dispansa as in Christmas Island,
hut accompanied by numerous Kumraulites, which, curiously
enough, according to Messrs. Jones »& Chapman, are entirely
wanting in the limestones described by them, while on the other
hand large Heterostegines occur abundantly. Above these Eocene
deposits comes a great mass of volcanic rocks, including andesites,
diabases, and other lavas, some derived from submarine eruptions.
This volcanic series seems to correspond in time to the basalts and
tuffs which overlie the older limestone at Flying Fish Cove.
The Miocene rocks consist of three divisions, the lower made up
chiefly of volcanic breccias, the middle of soft marls, the upper
of calcareous rocks with some dolomites and marls. In Christmas
Island these are probably all represented by the massive Orbitoidal
limestone, the absence of terrigenous material being only what
might be expected. In both areas the calcareous rock is crowded
with Lepidocycline Orhitoides, but although some of the Christmas
Island forms occur in Sumatra and Borneo none are recorded from
-Java, and most are described as new ; the fact that the Orhitoides
of the two areas have been described by different authors may
in part account for the discrepancy.

It will be seen that the rocks of South Java, if we make allowance
for the proximity to land at the time of their deposition, resemble
in their general characters and succession those of Christmas Island,
and like them they often terminate on the south coast in abrupt
faces, or show other indications that they formerly extended farther
south, but have been cut back by faulting and slipping. As to the
possibility that these rocks in the two localities were deposited
in a continuous area, it can only be said that the difficulties in the
way of supposing this to have been the case are very great. If it
were so it must be imagined that the enormous depth between the
two islands has been attained since the Miocene by a general
depression of the sea bottom south of the fault line forming the
southern margin of the Malayan platform ; and further, that
during this depression the small area which forms the elevation
on which Christmas Island now stands escaped the movement, and
in fact forms a ' horst,' on all sides of which the sea bottom has
been faulted down about 2,400 fathoms. These suppositions,
however, appear untenable, and most of the difficulties are avoided
by regarding the base of Christmas Island as a volcanic peak which
has accumulated in consequence of repeated eruptions. In this case,

298 Christmas Island.

since upon its summit shallow- water deposits of Eocene age occur,
the depth of the floor of the ocean in the neighhourhood can have
undergone little alteration since the Eocene times, unless, indeed,
it has been lowered equally round the foot of the mountain by
a system of cross faults. This Tolcano, like those of Java and
Sumatra, etc., probably owes its origin to the movements along the
line of the great fault forming the south boundary of the Malayan
area in pre-Eocene times. Some post-Eocene movements probably
caused the eruptions, the products of which form the base of the
Miocene both in Christmas Island and Java, and may have resulted
in the deepening of the abyss between the two areas. Movements
are still in progress, as the eruptions of the Malayan islands show,
and in Christmas Island also two slight earthquakes have been
recorded by Mr. A. Clunies Ross within the last few years : the
last of these, on October 20th, 1895, was sufficiently severe to
loosen great masses of rock from the cliff. This seems to have been
felt in the Cocos-Keeling Islands also, a point of some interest,
since these islands almost certainly rest on a volcanic peak which
may owe its origin to the same causes as that of Christmas Island.

In the foregoing pages I have frequently spoken of the elevation
and depression of the island. This is, of course, merely elevation
and depression in reference to the sea-level, and it would probably
have been better to have employed the terms suggested by Suess,
namely, " negative and positive movements of the shore-line,"
since in some cases, at least, particularly in the formation of the
later cliffs, it seems very probable that it is the general level of
the surface of the sea that has been altered, and not merely a local
upheaval of a limited land-area that has taken place.

The above description of the geology of Christmas Island must
be regarded merely as a first essay, for owing to the fact that
the age of many of the limestones could not be recognized by
me on the spot, and to other difficulties referred to above, much
remains to be done, and in the light of my present knowledge,
both of the localities and of the rocks, if it were possible to revisit
the island for even a few days, many questions could be definitely
settled which during my former visit puzzled me greatly, after
repeated examination. One point of special interest may be
referred to, namely, the possibility of finding still earlier, perhaps
Cretaceous, limestones beneath the Eocene (or Oligocene) limestone
in Sidney's Dale on the west coast.

299

THE GEOGRAPHICAL RELATIONS OF
THE FLORA AND FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

By C. W. Andrews, B.Sc, F.G.S.

Among the most interesting subjects of inquiry in connection with
an oceanic island arc the relations of its flora and fauna to those of
the neighboui'ing lands, the means by which it has been colonized,
and the degree to which the changed conditions under which the
colonists are placed have led to modifications and have given rise
to new species. In the present section these points are briefly
discussed, and a list of all the recorded species is appended,
together with their approximate distribution or that of their allies.

The fauna and flora of Christmas Island are on the whole, as
might be expected, most nearly related to those of the Indo-
Malayan islands, but to this there are some exceptions in the
case of certain groups. Of the 319 species of animals recorded,
145 or about 45 per cent, are described as endemic : this
remarkably high percentage of peculiar forms is, however, no
doubt largely due to the fact that in some groups, particularly
the insects, the species inhabiting Java and the neighbouring
islands are still imperfectly known, and many now described for
the first time from Christmas Island will no doubt probably be
found to exist also in other localities-.

Of the mammals all are peculiar species except one, and that is
a well-marked variety of a species inhabiting Further India. The
nearest allies of the Rats and Fruit-bat are found in the Austro-
Malayan islands, a circumstance for which an explanation is
olfered below.

The birds may be divided into four groups. (1) The resident
land birds, which are all peculiar species, more nearly allied to
Austro-Malayan than to Indo-Malayan forms (Lister, Proc. Zool.
Soc, 1888, p. 530). (2) The sea birds, mostly widely spread forms,
but in one case, Sula abbotti, previously recorded from Assumption
Island only, and iu another, Fhaethon fulviis, described from
specimens of which the locality is not known. (3) The migrants,
which reach the island during the rainy season, corresponding to
the northern winter. (4) Accidental visitors, to which division
Chalcococci/x basalt's and Myristicivonis bicoJor may probably be
referred.

Of the six reptiles four are peculiar, but belong to widely
distributed genera, and the other two occur in Java.

yOO Christmas Island.

Of the fourteen species of land-shells described, six are peculiar,
hut allied forms are widely distributed in the neighbouring lands.
The same may be said of most of the other species, but two or
three are not known from the ludo-Malayan islands, and may have
reached the island from tlie eastward in the same way as some of
the mammals.

ISine species of butterflies are recorded, of which three are
peculiar, while another is a distinct variety of a Javanese species.
The others are Indo - Malayan, except two, which may be
Australian.

Of the larger moths sixty-five species are described, ten of which
are peculiar. Of the remainder, most occur in the neighbouring
islands, but there is a considerable group of species found in
Ceylon, and another from the Austro-Malayan and Pacific islands.
Out of nine species of Microlepidoptera six are new, two of the
others belong to the Australian region, while the third is recorded
from Africa.

Of the Hymenoptera nine out of eleven species are said to be
peculiar. All belong to widely distributed genera.

The Coleoptera are represented by a much greater number of
species than any of the other orders of insects, eighty-four in all
being described, while ten others have been referred to their genera
only. Fifty-six species are said to be peculiar to the island, but
this remarkably high proportion (nearly 67 per cent.) is no doubt
due to the fact that the beetles of Java are still incompletely
known. The remaining species are mostly either widely dis-
tributed forms or are Indo-Malayan. As in the case of the moths,
a few are identical with species from Ceylon.

All the Homoptera are described as new. Several are related
to Austro-Malayan forms. Of the Hemiptera four out of six are
new, the remaining two are pelagic. The two new species of
Neuroptera belong to widely distributed genera, and the three
remaining species are common in the Oriental region.

Of the Orthoptera twenty-two species are described, fourteen
being endemic, but nearly all belonging to widely distributed
genera. The remainder are either cosmopolitan, or at any rate
Oriental forms.

Of three species of Chilopoda, one is Paloearctic (this was not
collected by me), the other two Oriental. Two out of three
species of Diplopoda are peculiar, the third being a cosmopolitan
form. Twelve species of Arachnids have been described, three
being new. The remainder, with the exception of one Australian
form, are Oriental, mostly occurring in the Indo-Malayan islands.
The land Crustacea are all widely distributed on the ludo-Pacific
coasts.

Finally, of the four species of earth-worms two are peculiar,
one having allies in the Aru Islands and Ceylon, the other in
Sumatra. The other two species occur both in the Oriental and
Australian resions.

Dint ribiit ion of Fauna and Flora. 301

One hundred and eleven species of Dicotyledonous plants aro
recorded, and of these ten only are referred to as new, but
a considerable number, while not specifically distinct, differ
markedly from specimens from other localities, and may be
regarded as local varieties. In fact, as has been pointed out on
the authority of Professor Oliver, we are probably here dealing
with species in the making [6, 10]. Most of the other plants
either occur in the Indo-Malayan islands or are widely distributed
tropical forms.

Of the Monocotyledons seven out of eighteen species are endemic,
the remainder being either Indo-Malayan or widely distributed.

The single Gymnosperm, Cycas circinalis, is found both in the
Indo- and Austro-Malayan islands. The ferns are either Indo-
Alalayan or common tropical forms : only two are described as
endemic. The remaining Cryptogams are all, with the exception
of one peculiar species of fungus, either Indo-Malayan or widely
distributed species.

The causes which have been instrumental in the introduction
of the fauna and flora have been, as usual, the winds and ocean
currents, the work of the former being much the more important.
The prevailing wind is the south-east trade, which blows on an
average 300 days in the year. The nearest land in the direction
from which it comes is the north-west coast of Australia, about 900
miles away, so that, as might be supposed, the number of species
possibly introduced by this means is very small ; perhaps one or
two of the butterflies may have reached the island in this way. In
fact, as AVallace ^ long ago pointed out in the case of the Azores, the
introduction of plants and animals into remote islands is due not
so much to ordinary or normal as to extraordinary or exceptional
causes. These latter, in the case of Christmas Island, are the
storms which, during the rainy season, blow occasionally from the
northern quarter, and it is after these, or sometimes even after
a few days' steady breeze from this direction, that birds of passage,
dragon-flies, various moths and butterflies, and other insects
reach the island. It is no doubt, therefore, to these occasional
northern winds and storms, that by far the greater number of the
species of plants and animals owe their introduction, and, indeed,
considering that new arrivals were observed after nearly every gale,
it seems rather remarkable that a greater number of forms have
not gained a permanent footing. In the case of the birds most
of the newcomers were migrants coming south to avoid the
northern winter, and would not, in any case, be likely to remain
permanently ; the rails, of which at least two species were seen,
would probably find it impossible to breed in the island on account
of the rats. Several of the species recorded were only represented

"Island Life," 2nd ed., p. 261.

302 Christmas Island.

by single individuals, which were picked up in a dying condition ;
this was the case with the specimens of Chalcoeoeeyx basalts and of
Sirundo guUuralh. Since T left the island several individuals
of a black and white fruit-pigeon (^Myrhticivorus hicolor) have been
observed on the island, and I heard reports that similar cases had
occurred prpvious]y; but it seems unlikely that this species could
become a permanent inhabitant, for it would probably come into
direct competition with the native fruit - pigeon, which itself
sometimes dies in large numbers for want of sufficient food and
water. Several other birds, of which 1 did not obtain specimens,
have been observed. l^Fr. Andrew Ross told me he had shot
a small duck and that a fishing hawk had been seen on the coast.
I myself saw a number of white-headed swifts which remained
for some days. Whatever the reason may be, it is certain that for
an extremely long period of time no bird has become a permanent
denizen of the island, for all the land birds which breed there are
peculiar species, whose ancestors must have arrived long ago. It
should be noted, moreover, that according to Mr. Lister, who has
ably discussed the geographical relations of the Christmas Island
birds [5], they are more nearly rehited to Austro-Malayan than
to Javanese types. This circumstance may be accounted for by
supposing that when their ancestors reached the island different
meteorological conditions prevailed, or that they may owe their
introduction to some other cause, e.g. drifting on rafts of floating
trees such as not uncommonly occur in these seas.

Of the insects the dragon-flies, which arrive in swarms, usually
disappear in a few days, most likely because of the absence of
standing water. The butterflies and moths were generally much
battei'ed during their transit, and it can only rarely happen that
the conditions necessary for their establishment as permanent
inhabitants are fulfilled. Of the other less conspicuous insects it
if5 impossible to speak, because I was unable to distinguish the new
arrivals from the natives, but no doubt many species must from
time to time be blown across from Java during these gales.

Of the plants, according to Mr. Eidley [8], very few are
introduced by the wind, the most important being the various
Cryptogams, of which the small spores are easily blown long
distances ; orchids, of which the seeds are very small ; Soya and
Blumea, the seeds of which are plumed ; and to these perhaps may
be added Berria and Bipterocarpits, the winged fruits of which
are sometimes carried high into the air and may be blown long
distances.

The ocean current which passes the island is the equatorial drift,
which comes down from the Timor Sea and receives tributaries
through the Straits between the islands of the Archipelago (Bali,
Lombok, etc.). It is to the transport of rafts of trees by this
current that the rats, the fruit-bat, and possibly some of the land
birds, very probably owe their introduction to the island, and this
circumstance would account for the similarity of many of them to

Diatribation of Fauna and Flora. 303

Aiistro-Malayan forms. Some at least of the Reptilia and Land
Mollusca no doubt reached the island by the same means.

In the case of the plants this means of transport is perhaps the
most important of all, as is shown by the very large number of
species which have seeds capable of resisting long immersion in
sea-water. To this division belong most of the sea-loving trees
(e.g. Calophyllum, Hibiscus, Scccvola, Cordia, etc.), as well as
many of those found in the forests generally (e.g. Barringtonia,
Cryptocarya, Inocarpus, Ochrosia, etc.). Many of the smaller
plants also may have been introduced by this means either as
seeds or perhaps, in the case of epiphytic plants, attached to
floating trees.

Several other means by which plants may reach an oceanic
island are excellently illustrated in the flora of Christmas Island.
Thus a considerable proportion of the trees bear fruits which are
<'atcn by the pigeons and other birds, and may have been brought
across the sea by them. It is by no means necessary that the
birds themselves should survive in order that the seeds may get
u footing,^ so that from time to time plants may have been intro-
duced by species of birds which are not now found in the island.

Another mode of distribution is by seeds and fruits, which, either
by means of a sticky secretion or by hooks, can cling to the plumage
of birds. Several species have no doubt been introduced in this
manner, the most notable being Pisonia, the fruits of which are
extremely sticky, and sometimes clog the feathers of the sea birds
to such an extent as to impede their movements.

The plants and animals already introduced by man are referred
to on p. 20, but considerable additions to these will no doubt
quickly follow. In the case of plants especially the reduction in
the number of rats near the settlement will render possible the
cultivation of many species which hitherto have been destroyed
before the fruits could ripen.

The following table consists of a list of the species of animals
and plants at present recorded from Christmas Island, together
with theii- distribution or, in the case of peculiar species, the
distribution of their nearest allies. Species peculiar to the island
are marked ' x ' in the first column, and the regions in which their
nearest allies occur are indicated in the succeeding columns by
numbers distinguished by an asterisk ; in the case of species not
peculiar to the island the same numbers are employed without the
asterisk. The geographical divisions adopted are those employed

1 Fee Clement Reid, " Crgin of the British Flora," p. 30, 1899.

304 Christmas Island.

by "Wallace in his "Distribution of Animals," and the nnmbcrs-
refer to his subdivisions of those areas, as follows : —

(«) Oriental Region.

1. Hindostan.

2. Ceylon.

3. Indo-China.

4. Indo- Malaya.

(h) Australian IIegion.

1. Austro-Malaya.

2. Australia.

3. Polynesia.

4. New Zealand.

(c) Ethiopian Region.

1. East Africa.

2. AYest Africa,
o. South Africa.
4. Madagascar.

In the last column the occurrence of species in localities other
than those indicated in the preceding columns is noted, and
various remarks are appended. The whole of the regions in which
a species or its allies occur are not in all cases mentioned, but as
far as possible the district nearest to Christmas Island in which
they are found is noticed.

305

FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.
LIST OF SPECIES.

3 n"

■2 n

•2 o

03 «

P-l o

.2 To

J3 0)

Various localities and remarks.

Ph5

OP^

g«

MAMMALIA.

Pteropm natalis

X

*1

Lombok.

Plpistrellm mitrrayi

X

Allies widely distributed.

Crocidura fuUginosa, var.

triehura

var. X

3

Mils nativitatis

X

?*1

Mus macleari

X

H

*1

AVES.

Carpophaga whartoni

X

*1, *3

MyristicivorKs hicolor

3i'4

1

Clialcophaps uatalis

X

*1, 2, 3, 4

*1

Limnobicnus fusciis

1,2,3,4

1

Anous stolidus

Tropical and sub-tropical seas.

Glareola orientalis

Migrant wintering in Malay
Archipelago and Australia.

Charadrius dominicus

Ditto.

Ochthodromits gcoffroyi . . .

Ditto.

Nitmenius variegatus

Ditto.

Hetcractitis brcvipes

Ditto.

Tringoidcs hypoleuctts

Migrant wintering in S. Africa,
India, and Australia.

Calidris arenaria ...

Nearly cosmopolitan.

Limonites ruJicolUs

Migrant wintering in Burraah,
Malay Archipelago, and
Australia.

Gallinago sthcnwa

...

Migrant wintering in India and
Malay Archipelago.

Demxegretta sacra

1, 3, 4

1, 2, 3

Fregata aquila

Tropical and sub-tropical oceans.

Fregata arid

Indian and Pacific Oceans.

Stda siila

Tropical and sub-tropical oceans.

Sula abbotti

Assumption Island.

Sula piscatrix

Tropical and sub -tropical oceans.

Phaethon rubricauda

Tropical regions of Indian and
Pacific Oceans.

Fhaethonfulvus...

...

Other localities unknown.

Astur natalis

X

*1

Ninox natalis

X

*1, *2

Collocalia fzatalis . . .

X

*1

Chalcococcyx basalis

4

1,2

Motacilla mclanopc

Palffiarctic in summer, going
south in winter.

Motacilla Jlava

...

...

Ditto.

306

Christmas Island.

o^

a

fl .

^ §

3 s

■M. o

.2 a

03 .S

1^

«.2

^.2
i To

S^-2
.2 M

Various localities and remarks.

o«

Zost crops natalis ...

X

...

*l

Merula erythropleura

X

? *4

?*3

Hirundo gutturalis

...

...

Xests in N.E. Asia ; migrates as
far south as Australia iu winter.

REPTILTA.

Gymnodactylus marmoratus

4

Gecko listen

X

*1

Lygosoma atrocostatum . . .

4

1

Lygosoma nativi tatis

X

Ablepharus egeri(B

X

...

Allies widely distributed.

Typhlops exocceti ...

X

LAND MOLLIJSCA.

Zamprocystis vormani

X

■*4

*1,*2,*3

Lamprocystis niabeloi

X

*4

*1, 2, 3

Zamprocystis mildredm . . .

X

*4

*1, 2, 3

Succinea solidula ...

• ••

Habitat previously unknown.

Succinca soUtaria ...

X

Allies widely distributed.

Succinea Ustcri

X

Ditto.

Opeas suhula

...

Probably introduced.

Fythia scarahwus

...

4

1, 3

Melampus hiteiis ...

1, 2, 3

Melatnpns fasciatiis

1, 2, 3

Melampus castanetts

3

Zeptopoma mouhoti

3

Truncatella valida

1,3

Allies Oriental.

Assiminea andreivsiana . . .

X

*i

LEPIDOPTERA

EHOPALOCERA.

Zimnas petilia

4

2

Vadebra macleari ...

X

*4

Melnnitisismene,\a.r. deter-

minata ...

4

Wide range.

Charaxes andrewsi

X

*i

Junonia villida

...

2

HypoVimnas misippus

4

JZypolimnas nerina, var.

listeri ...

var. X

*4

Nacadiiba aluta ...

3, 4

1

Terias amplexa

X

Allies widely distributed in Asia
and Africa.

LEPIDOPTERA

PHAL^N^.

Euchromia horsjieldi

4 .

1

Kola distributa ...

1, 3, 4

4

Deiopeia pulchella

Old World.

Argina eribraria ...

3," 4

1

4

List of Species.

307

Levidoptera, continued,
Mimeuscmia econia
Dipteri/ffia ragivitta
Amyua selommpha
Amyna octo
Prodenia Uttoralis

Leocrjma tibialis ...
Armactia colttmbina
Braua cahpasa
Patula macrops ...
Ophiusa honcsta ...
Ophiusa coronata . . .
Ophiusa serva
Boeula liinbata
Acantholipes siiiiilis
Thtrmesia rubricans
Ophideres salaminia
Ophidcrcs anciUa ...
Ophideres fnUonica
Ophidcrcs matcrna
Cosmophila erosa ...
Cosmophila vitiensis

Eutelia delatrix

StictojHcra dcscribcns
Hydrillodes vexillifera
Maliattha signifera
Erastria griseomixta
Tarache olivacea ...
Earias chromataria
Porthesia pnlvcrca
Orgyia postica
Chmrocampa erotus
Chcerocampa vigil
Theretra iKcasi
Pseudosphinx discistriga .
Cephonodcs hylas ...

Byperythra lutea ...
Boarmia acaciaria
Boarmia seotozonea
Sauris hiriidinata
Thalassodes veraria
Oraspedia optivata
Craspedia, sp.
Epiplema inhians ...
Doloessa castanella
Corcyra cephalonica

Somceosoma nimbeUa
Ephestia scofella ...
Heterographis singhalella
Euzophera cinerosella
Epicrocis cegnusali*

fl.S
.2 ^

*4

3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4

1,3

2

1, 2, 3

1, 2, 3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4

1,4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4

1,2,3
1, 2, 3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4
2,4

1, 2, 3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4

*4

1, 2, 3, 4

3
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4

*1,*2
1, 2, 3, 4

1, 2, 4
2

3

2
2

1, 2, 3, 4

5

a

a '^

.2 fl

CO <u

^^

W^

Various localities and remarks.

3,4

1,3

1

1,2,3,4

2
1,2

1, 3

1, 2, 3

1,2,3,4
4

1, 2

1,2,3

3

2

2

1,2,3

1,2
2,3
1,2
1,2
2
2,3

2,' 3,

1,2
1,2

2,3,4

2,3

3

3

'2

4

Tropics.

Mediterranean sub-region,
tropics, sub-tropics.

Tropical Africa.
"Widely distributeJ.

Japan.

Specimens of a type recorded
only from S. Africa.

Europe, West Indies. Probably

introduced.
United States, Europe, Syria.

Europe. Probably introduced.

308

Christmas Island,

"3 g

c.S

l-l

03 n

J2 <U

Various localities and remarks.

ii

c«

Lepidoptera, contimi

?d.

Endotricha lisferi . . .

X

Hercidia nan nodes

3, 4

ZincJienia nigerrimaliti

X

Zinckenia fascialis

Nearly co-smopolitau.

Bichocrocis suriisalh

2,4

1

Dichocrocis auritincfa

4

1

Sylepta InnaJia

1,2,3, 4

1

Ghjphodes /lolopJitealis

X

Nearest allies neotropical.

GhjpJwdcs indica ...

1, 2V 3, 4

1,2, 3

1,2^3,4

Gltjphodcs suralis...

3

1, 3

Hellula undalis ...

1, 2, 3, 4

1,2,3,4

United States and Mediterranean
sub -region.

MICRO-

LEPIDOPTERA.

Oxychirota paradoxa

2

Cosmodostis qitadriqnadn

1,2

Brenth'm clachista

X

Resembling American forms.

Simaethis ornaticornts

X '

Near a European species.

Fhycodes adjectella

'2

Torfricomo rpha ch loro Icp

S X

Epngoge halysideta

X

*4

*1, *2

*2

C(enognosis incisa . . .

X

*2

Dendroncura punctata

X

Genus widely distributed, said
to accompany banana and
sugar-cane.

HYMEjS^OPTERA

Mantiharia anomala

X

Ophion flavocephalus

X

Genus widely distributed.

Zobopelfa diminiita

Oriental.

Caniponotus melichloros

X

...

Genus widely distributed.

Notogonia alecto ...

Ditto.

Odyncriis pohjphemus

X

*4

Ditto.

Polistcs balder

X

*1, *3, *4

Ditto.

Halictus andrcivsi

X

*3

Ditto.

Halictns binghami

X

Ditto.

Megachile rottmdipcnnii^

X

*1

Ditto.

Megachile nxvescens

X

•

Ditto.

COLEOPTERA.

Morio oricntalis ...

3,4

Marpalus, sp.

Genus widely distributed.

Trechm, sp.

Ditto.

Ggrop/i(cna, sp. ...

Ditto,

Philonthus, sp.

Ditto.

Zithochari/i, sp. ...

Ditto.

Pmderns listeri

X

*4

Lispimts castanetis

]

List of Species,

309

©'^

rt

d

-f-" '3

CS ■

cs

u S

-3 «

;S 9

•§ a

^•2

Various localities aud remarks.

o^

^^

W^

COLEOI'TEUA, continued.

Dact yluxterHiim abdominalis

2, 3, 4

3

1,3,4

Brazil, JIadeira, Cape Verde,
and Canaries.

Eololepta malleata

X

*1

riatijiioma liffiiariitin

X

I'aromahis, sp.

Prometopia qiiadrhnaeidata

2, 4

Stciidota uricntaJis

{ihoguua polita

X

*3

*1

*4

Shogu)ia striata ...

X

*3

*1

*4

Ouiscoinorpha marinorata...

X

Xitthia inaara

...

1

Bothridcrcs strigatus

X

2,3,4

1

Fsamnicecas coiiciiintcla

Bermcstes felinus

...

Cosmopolitan.

Epilachna indica ...

Asiatic.

EpHadnia nativitatis

X

iSci/iiDiiis, sp.

Aphanoccphahis, sp.

Euxestiis parki

...

...

4

Madeira.

Parccgm listen

X

Figulus rossi

X

Zeptaiila.v, sp.

M/igssemus inscifiis

2

Tric/n/orJiijs,semus h irsnftti

X

Philcnrus convexHS

X

*1,*2

Frotmtia andreivsi

X

*4

Ghrysodema simple.t

X

Chrysubothris andreivsi ...

X

Fornax, sp.

Tetrigus niiirrayi ...

X

*1,*2

*3

AnchastHs discoidalis

X

•*2

Meg a pen tli es andreivsi

X

*3

Mclann.vanthiis dolosiis

2

Melanoxanthns litura

2

Laius tibialis

X

...

Genus Oriental and Australian.

Zasioderma testacea

...

Nearly cosmopolitan.

Neoptinns parvus ...

X

Faranobinin posticiiin

X

*3

*3

Aspidip/i or as orbiculatus. . .

4

Dinoderus miniitus

4

1

Widely distributed.

Minthea riigicollis

2

Saylee.

Opatrtim dubium ...

X

...

Genus cosmopolitan.

Bradymcrus seininiiidus ...

X

*1

Genus Oriental also.

Alphitobius piceus

...

Cosmopolitan.

Faioriis dfpressus ...

...

Ditto.

Toxicuin n/itilope ...

X

*4

Genus widely distributed.

Nyctobatcs earbonaria

X

Amarygmiisfunebris

X

*l

Genus Oriental and Australian.

Sessinia andreivsi ...

X

Genus widely spread.

Scssinia listcri

X

*3

Rhynekolobns rossi

X

Rhyncholobus discoidalis ...

X

1

310

Christmas Island.

|1

3 o

IS a

0 .

•is

.2 "^

B.2

<B fcb
OPh

Austra
Eegio

^.2
.2 Ec

Various localities and remarks.

CoLEOPTERA, Continued.

Rhyncholohus vittatus

X

BhyncholobKS andreicsi ...

X

Acicnemis andrewsi

X

CamptorhinuH crinipes

X

*l

Mecopus bispinosus

Widely spread in ]Malay Archi-
pelago.

Trochorhopahis strangulatiis

3, 4

1

Ehabdocnemis fausti

X

Allies in Oriental region and in
the Pacific Islands.

Cossontis variipennis

X

Genus cosmopolitan.

Fhlwophagosoma dubium ...

X

Pachyops incertus ...

X

Dryophthorus ansiniilis ...

X

*3

Flatypus solidus ...

2

Xyleborus perforans

Xyleborus parviilns

2,3

1

Probahly widely spread in
Oriental retrion.

Orychodcs andrctvsi

X

Oriental region.

Xenocerus natiiitntis

X

*4

*1

Litoccrus jordani ...

X

*4

Apatenia apicalis ...

X

Areeocerus, sp.

Frinobius coxali» ...

X

*3

*1

Ceresiitm quadrimaciilatum

X

Genus Oriental.

Ceresimn 'ingriim ...

X

Examnes affinis ...

X

*4

Monohammus nativitatis ...

X

Olenecamptus basalts

X

...

Allied to 0. bilobus, ranging from
China to N. Australia.

Pterolophia perplexa

X

Genus Oriental.

Prosoplus banksi ...

1, 2,"3, 4

1, 2', 3

Apomccyna nigritarsis

X

Genus African and Oriental.

yEgocidn ns exiguns

X

Genus Malayan.

Crioceris impressa

4

1

Rhyparida rossi ...

X

Rhyparida modesfa

X

*4

Demotina lateralis

X

Genus ranges from China and
Japan to New Guinea.

Scelodonfa mfidiila

1,2,4

Psylliodcs tenuepmictata ...

X

Allies Oriental.

HOMOPTEEA.

Pcecilopsaltria calypso

X

*1,*2,*3,*4

*1

Y^ b Ricanxa flavifrontalis

X

...

Allies widely distributed.

Y^ Paurostaitria delicata

X

*2

*1,*4

V'^t Yarciaflavicostalis

X

*2

1^ b Nogodma affiiiis ...

X

*1

>^0 Nogodina hyalina
y T) Nogoditta subviridis

X

X

r Ridis aristella

X

*1

List of Species.

311

IIoMOPTEiiA, continued.
^Clovia eximia
'^^Issus andrficsi
V Idiocerus pnnctatus

HEMIPTEEA
HETEKOPTERA.

^■Ethus nitens

PentatoDia grossepiinctation
Zygccus suOrufesccns
Brachyrliyncli us Ugnicolus
Halo bates prin ceps
Halobates proavHs

NEUROPTEEA.

I'an tala flavcscens. . .
Trithemis trivialis

Anaxguttattts
Formicaleo morpheus
Myrmekon iridescens
Termes, sp.

ORTHOPTERA.

Labidnra nigricornis
Platylahia dlmxdiata
Anisolabis stall ...
Labia mttrrayi
Labia incerta
Labia indistincta ...
Labia subarmata ...

Anechiira, sp.
Tc)nnoptery.c falva
Phyllodronna supeUectilium
Feriplancta americana
Lencopha'a surinamensis ...
Fa>ief!t/i ill ja canica
Hierodiila dispar ...

Clitumnus stilpnoides
Ectadoderus Jlavipalpis . . .

Gryllacris rufovaria
Fsendorhynchus lessoni ...
Fhisii listtri

0.2

I, w, U

1,2

1, 2, 3, 4

*1

*1, *2

1

1

1,3

*1

*1,*2,*3,*4

*4
4
*2

.2 a
p^ o

.2"&)

W

rt

1

*1, *3

Various localities and remarks.

Genus widely distributed.
Ditto.
Ditto,

Widely distributed in Tropics.
Widely distributed in Oriental

Eegion.
Ditto.
Genus widely distributed.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Genus widely distributed.

Genus widely distributed.
Genus cosmopolitan.

Resembles some American

species.
Genus cosmopolitan.

Ditto.
Cosmopolitan.

Ditto, carried by ships.

Ditto, ditto.

Genus in warmer parts of Old
World.

Nearest ally in Mauritius. Genus

widely distributed.
Genus widely distributed.

312

Christmas Island.

Orthoptera, continued.
Psyra jwmona
Ozi/a orien talis
Cijftacan thacris dispart lis
Epacromia riifostriata

CHILOPODA.

Cryptops hortensis
Cryptops inermipcs
Mecistoceph alus eastaneiceps

DIPLOPODA.

Orthomorpha coarctata
C'ylindrodesmus hirsutiis
Iidomorpha exocceti

AEACHNIDA.

Sormurns australasice
Trachychernes claviger
Chelifer javan us . . .
Chelifer murrayi . . .
Ariadna natalis . . .
Scytodes veniista ...
Smeringopiis elongatiis
Argiope reiincardti
Cyrtophora nnicolor
Nephila nigritarsis
Cyclosa mulmeinensis
Heteropoda listcri...

LAND CEUSTACEA.

Gecarc'imts lagostomus
Cardisoma carnifex
Ocypoda ceratophthalma ...
Birgus latro
Ccenobita clypeata

YEEMES.

Fontodrilus ephippiger

Perichata brcris ...
Perichmta posthuma
Megascolex armatus

PW:

a. 2
.2 ^

,*4
*4

3

3,4

*4

3, 4

3

4

*3, *4

*4
4

4
1, 2, 3, 4

1/3', 4

:=i a

i3 be

1

1,3,4

12 3

.S fee

Various localities and remarks

Widely distributed.
Ditto.
Ditto.

Palaearctic.

Cosmopolitan.

Widely distributed in Tropics.

Tropics generally.
Indian and Pacific Oceans.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Ditto.

Allied to species from Aru

Islands, Ceylon, Japan.
Allied to species in Sumatra .
? Bahamas.
Seychelles.

313

FLORA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

LIST OF species:

-5t3

"S a

a
.2 a

9 .

•S a

a .2

H bo

hiop
egio

Various localities aud remarks.

O 03
^1

c5«

^^

»^

DICOTYLEDONS.

TiUacora raccmosa

1, 2, 4

Pedicellana pcntaphyUa . . .

Widely spread in Tropics.

Fittosporiiiii nat'ivitotis ...

X

Ochrocaipits or a I if alius ...

4

1, 3

Calophi/l/iiin imp/ii/lltim ...

Ditto.

Malvastrum triciispidatum

Ditto.

Abuiiloii aitritum ...

Ditto.

AbnHloii listcri

I

Hibiscus vitifolins

...

Ditto.

Hibiscus tiliaceiis ...

Ditto.

Hibiscus, sp.

Kleinhovia hospifa

Tropical Asia.

Berria ammoniUa

Grewia hivigata ...

1,4

Grewia, sp.

Acronychia andreivsia

X

Melia azedarach

Dyso.rylum amooroides

4

1

Celastrus paniculatus

1, 4

Colubrina peduncuJnta

X

*4

Cissus repens

...

2

Tropical Asia.

Cissus pedata

1, 2,' 3, 4

Zeea sambucina

1,3,4

2

Leea horrida

AUopltijIus cobbc, forma

(/laber ...

1, 2, 3, 4

0

Erythrina indica ...

1, 3, 4

1, 3

Sea-shore from Sunderbuns to
Malay Archipelago.

Strong ylodon ruber

2

3

Galactia temdjiora

1, 2, 3, 4

2

1

Canavalia ensiformis

Widely spread in Tropics.

Fha.seolus liinatus...

...

American species now widely
spread.

Cajanus indieus ...

Widely cidtivated in Tropics.

Po)igamia glabra ...

1, 2; 3, 4

hi 3

'4*

All coasts from Mascarene
Islands to Polynesia.

Inocarpus cduUs ...

4

1, 3

Guilandina bonducclla

Widely spread in Tropics.

Cassia siamea

...

Introduced.

Entada scandens ...

...

Widely spread in Tropics.

Terminalia cafappa

1, 3', 4

1

Combretum acuminatum ...

1, 4

Gyrocarpits asiaticus

Widely spread in Tropics.

Quisqualis indica ...

1, 2, "3, 4

...

...

Tropical Africa.

Eugenia, sp.

314

Christmas Island.

Dicotyledons, continued.
Barringtonia raccmosa
Temphis acidida ...
Momordica charantia
Melothria mucronata
Melothria, sp.
Heptaphnrum cUiptieum
Mandia densijlora ...
Guettarda speciosa

Morinda citrifolia
iSaprosma nativitatis
Ageratitm conyzoides
Blumea spectabilis
JFedelia biflora
SynedrcUa nodiflora
Sc<svola koenigii ...
Ardisia complanata
Sideroxyhn sundaicum
JasmiuHnt .^ambac
C'erbera odoUam ...
Ochrosia ackennga, var.

angustifoUa
Boy a a Idrichii
Tournefortia argente
Cordia subcordata...
Thretia bii^dfolia ...
Ipomcea pes-capra;
Ipomcea grandiflora
Ipomcea peltata ...
Ipomcea digitata ...
Convolvulus parviflorics . . .
Solanum bijlorum ...
Solatium ferox
Fhysalis minima ...
Datura alba
Rucllia prontrata, var.

dejecta ...
Asystasia coromandeliana
Dicliptcra macleari
Stachytarphcfa indica
Callicarpa longifolia
Fremna Ineidula ...
Anisomelcs ovata ...
Leucasjavanica ...
Boerhaavia diffusa, var.

pubescens
Pisonia grandis ...
I'ison ia creelsa
Ueeringia celosioidcs
C'elosia argentea ...
Achyranthes aspera
Peperomia Ixvifolia

1,3,4
1, 4

1, 2, 3
1,4

1, 3
3, 4
3, 4

1, 4
1,3,4

4

2, 4
1,'3', 4

3,4
1, 4

1, 2
1,4

1, 4

4

1, 3, 4

4

4
1, 4

•2 B

.2 c

'«.2

^ <u

^«

w^

1, 3

?i

1, 2
1,2,3

1, 2, 3

1

1

1,2,3

2

2,3

Various localities and remarks.

1, 2

2, 3
1

1, 2

Tropical coasts, Old World.
Tropical Africa.

Tropical shores. Old and New
Worlds.

AU hot countries.

Shores of Tropical Eastern Asia.

Tropical America.

Tropical East Asia generally.

South-East Asia, Tropical Africa.
Tropical coasts.

Widely spread in Tropics.
Ditto of Old World.

Tropical Asia, Africa, Australia.

Africa, Arabia.

Tropical Asia aud America.

Tropics generally.

Tropical Asia and Africa.
Tropics generally.

List of Species.

315

^-6

§ •

la .

^ §

^ g

^ §

.2 a

.2 -^

C.2
.2 Ec

S-2

a to

.2"fcc
^ 1)

Various localities and remarks.

la

OM

30d

Dicotyledons, continued.

Peperomia rossi

X

Cryptocarya nativitatis

X

*2

Eernandia pcltata

1, 4

1,3

Euphorbia hi/pcricifolia

Tropics generally.

Eupliorbia pUidiJ'era

Tropics and sub-tropics.

rhyllaitthns niriirl

Tropics generally.

Jatropha ciircas ...

...

Ditto.

Croton caiidatiis . . .

C-l

Claoxyhn riihescens

4

1, 3

Acalypha u-lghtiana

1, 4

Cleidion javaiiicum

1, 4

Maearanga ta/mrins

■•

4

1

Celtis cinnamomea...

1, 4

Sponia ambo'utoisis

2, 3

Tropical Asia.

Ficus rctusa

1, 4

1. 2

Ficm saxophUa ...

4

Cudraiiia javanensis

Old World Tropics.

Fleurya ruder aVis ...

...

4

1, 3

Laportca crenidata

...

1, 4

Laportea hiiirrayana

X

Frocria pedunmlata

4

1,3

4

Boehmcria platyphylla

1, 3, 4

1, 3

MONOCOTYLEDONS.

Dendrohium crumenatum . . .

3, 4

1

Dendrobium ntacrcei

1, 4

Fhreatia lister i ...

X

Fhreatia conyesta

X

Saccolabiuiii archytas

X

Sarcochilus carinatifolia ...

X

Corymbis vcratrifoUa

1, 2, 3, 4

1

Crinum asiaticuin ...

Tropical Asia to Japan and
N. Australia.

Arenga listcri

X

Pandamis, sp.

Reinmatia riripara

1, 2, 3, 4

Fimbristylis cymosa

...

4

1, 2, 3

Isehamuiii foliosum, var.

Uiophyllum

X

Asiatic.

Bigitaria sanguinaUs

Cosmopolitan.

Faiiiciuii aiidrcwsi

X

OplismoiHH c'oinpositus

...

Tropics generally.

Elemine indica

Old World Tropics.

Eragrostis plumosa

...

Tropical Asia and Africa.

GYMNOSPERMS.

Cycas circinalis ...

4

1

316

Christmas Island.

-MT3

_

a

fl .

.2 a

P< c

.2Tc
.a a*

Various localities and remarks.

i ® ox

3f^

^Ph

f^^

<!

W

CKYPTOGAMS.

Ferns.

Trichoma ties parvulnm

4

3

4

Davallia soUda

3,4

3

DavaUia dissect a ...

4

DavaUiu .yjc/uihrc

Troincs and sub-tropics.

Asplcmuin nidus ...

Ditto of Old World.

Asplenium fahatum

1,4

1,2, 3

1,2,3

Asplenium codrifugale ...

Nephrodiitm syrmaticiim ...

1,4

Nephrodimn dissectuvi

1, 4

3

4

Nephrodiitm i)itcrmcdium

1,4

1

Japan.

jVrphrodiiim fri(ncatum ...

1,4

2, 3

Nephrodium pohjmorplniia

1, 4

1

Aspidium memhranacenm.. .

2,3,4

Nephrolepis exult ata

Tropics generally.

Ncphrohpis acuta ...

...

Ditto.

Nephrolepis ramosa

Ditto.

Pol ypodi 111)1 adnascens

1, 3, 4

iV's

1, 2

Polijpodiuin irioides

1,3,4

1,2,3

1,2

Vittaria elongata ...

1, 3, 4

1,2, 3

1,2

Acrostichum Jlagelliferum

1,4

Acrostichitm listcri

X

Zi/copodiit/ii phlcgmaria . . .

Tropics of Old World.

Mosses.

Leucohryumchlorophi/llosum

4

1

Octoblephariiiii albidam ...

Tropics.

Thyridinm fascienlatKin . . .

;;; 1,4

"3"

'4

Chile.

Trachyinitriiim rcvolntuiii

4

Xccl-cra Ivpiniana...

4

1, 3

4

Thuidiiim plicmalositm

2, 4

3

Hypiium montagnei

4

Hepatic.

Ftychanthus squarrosiis ...

4

1

Lichens.

Parmelia tinctornm

Widely distributed, Asia, Africa,
Australia, etc.

Parmelia appcndicidata ...

1

Physcia picta

Very widely distributed.

Pyxinc sorediata

Africa, S. America, Japan,
Tahiti.

Pannaria ritUginosa

Very widely distributed.

Lecanora varia

Ditto.

Ramaliiia fraxinea

Eiu-ope, N. and S. America.

Lecidea lutca

Very Avidely distributed.

Leptogium phyllocarpum ...

Ditto.

List of Sjjecies.

317

^ 2

'a a

l«

.2 a

"2.2

If

■H

.a 0)

Various localities and remarks.

u

o«

^^

gP^i

CiiYrTOGAMs, confiinir/L

Fungi.

Schizop/n/Hiini coinmtotf ...

Oosmopolitan.

Fo/i/ponis cniiJiKciis

2

Europe and N. America.

FoDirs UicuIhs

Cosmopolitau.

Fomcs aiisfralifi

2

lV'2

Europe, Venezuela.

Fohj.itictnsjlahcllifurmis . . .

1, 2, 3, 4

1

S. America, Cuba.

Folt/fiticttat .raiithopu.f

Tropics generally.

Foh/sf ictus iHteo-olivaceus

2

Poliisficfus scDir/Hineuii

1V4

1, 2, 3

1, 2, 3

America.

He.ragon ia puhiiiramina . . .

'

1. 2

1, 2

Central America.

Dacd(dca tennis ...

4

2

Favolus boHchcaiius

2

Europe and N. America.

Laschia cccspitoaa ...

2

Sinieohi poli/fricha

1/2, 4

2

Mexico, Cuba.

Hiiiieola aiirict(hi-jud(€ ...

Widely distributed.

Guepi»ia sparassoides

...

3'

Cj/athus Dioiitiifftiei

2'

2

"

Cuba, S. America.

Gcastcr andnicsi ...

Trichosctjpha tricholomn ...

2

S. America, "West Indies.

Stilbum Java It icum

4

Mycetozoa.

Stemonifis spJendens, Eost.,

var. a, genuina

4

2, 3

Europe, America.

Arcyriaflavn, Pers.

4

Europe, N. America.

Lycogala miniatum, Pers.

4

Europe, N. and S. America.

LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL PAPERS RELATING TO
CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

1. Dampier's Voyages. Edition 1829, vol. i, p. 472. London.

2. A Voyage to and from the Island of Borneo in the East Indies, etc. By Capt.

Daniel Beekman. London, 17IS. (See Pinkerton's Voyages, vol. xi, p. 103.)

3. Report on a Zoological Collection made by the Officers of H.M.S. "Flying

Fish" at Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1887, p. 507.
(This includes the report of Captain J. P. Maclear, of H.M.S. " Flying Fish,"
on the visit to the island, and descriptions of the collections bv Dr. A. G. Butler,
Dr. R. B. Sharpe, O. Thomas, G. A. Boulenger, E. A. Smith, R. I. Pocock,
C. 0. Waterhouse, F. J. Bell, and A. Dendy.)

4. Report on Christmas Island (Indian Ocean), H.M.S. " Egeria," 1887. By

Captain Pelham Aldrich. (With map.) (Admiralty Reports.)

5. On the Natural History of Christmas Island in the Indian Ocean. By J. J.

Lister, M.A., F.R.S. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1888, p. 512. (This is accompanied
bv reports on the collections by 0. Thomas, G. A.' Boulenger, E. A. Smith,
C. J. Gahan, A. G. Butler, W." F. Kirby, and R. I. Pocock.)

6. Report on the Botanical Collections from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean,

made by Captaiik J. P. Maclear, Mr. J. J. Lister, and the Officers of
H.M.S. "Egeria." By W. Bottixg Hemsley. Journ. Linn. Soc. (Botany),
vol. 3xv (1S90), p. 351."

7. Account of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). By Rear- Admiral Sir W. .T. L.

Wharton, F.R.S. Proc. Roy. Geogr. Society, vol. x (n.s.), 1888, p. 613.

8. A Day at Christmas Island. By H. N. Ridley, F.L.S. Journ. Straits Branch

Roy. Asiatic Soc, p. 123. June, 1891. (This paper is accompanied by a list of
the plants and animals kuo^yu from the island at that date.)

9. Report on Christmas Island. By Rear-Admiral Sir W. J. L. Wharton, F.R.S.,

and Captain J. P. jMaclear. Nature, vol. xxxvi (1887), p. 12.

10. Note on the Flora of Christmas Island. By Sir W, T. Thiselton-Dtkr,

K.C.M.G., F.R.S. Nature, vol. xxxvi (1887),' p. 78.

11. Presidential Address, Section D, Bath Meeting of British Association, 1888,
p. 690. By Sir W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, K.C.M.G., F.R.S.

12. Letter relating to Christmas Island. J. J. Lister, F.R.S. Nature,
voL xxxvii (1888), p. 203.

13. Letter relating to Christmas Island. Rear-Admiral Sir W. J. L. Wharton,
F.R.S. Xatm-e, vol. xxx\ii (1888), p. 204.

14. Letter relating to Christmas Island. H. B. GrppY. Nature, vol. xxxvii

(1888), p. 222.

15. Die Theorieen iiber tiie Entstehnng der Koralleninseln und Korallenriife.
By R. Langenbeck. Leipzig, 1890, p. 136.

16. Description Geologique de Java et Madoura. By R. D. M. Yerbeek and
R. Fennema (1896), vol. ii, p. 1031.

17. Straits Settlements. Papers relating to the Cocos-Eeeling and Christmas
Islands, 1897. (Parliamentary Papers, C 8367.)

18. Colonial Reports. Annual, No. 216. Cocos-Keeling and Christmas Islands.
Report on the Annual Visit for 1897. (1897, C 8650-14.)

19. Colonial Reports. Annual, No. 257. Cocos-Keeling and Christmas Islands.
Report on the Annual Visit for 1898. (1899, C 9046-25.)

20. A Description of Christmas Island (Indian Oeean). By C. W. Andrews.

Geogr. Journ., vol. xiii (1899), p. 17- (With map.)

21. Notes on a Collection of Gephyrean Worms found at Christmas Island
(Indian Ocean) by Mr. C. W. Andrews. By A. E. Shipley. M.A., F.R.S.
JProc. Zool. Soc, 1899, p. 54. (Papers on the Marine Mollusca, Sponges,
Corals, and Foraminifera will appear later in Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1900.)

APPENDIX.

A small collection of birds and insects made by Mr. Hugh Ross
since I left the island has recently reached England. The species
are nearly all described above, but there are two birds and one
beetle new to the island, and also a beetle that is new to science. —
C. W. A.

The birds are : —

AVES.
COLUMBIFOEMES.

Myristicivorus bicolor.

Adult male. Flying Fish Cove, February 4, 1899. Several
individuals of this species were observed ; probably they had been
blown to the island duiing migration.

CHARADRIIFORMES.

Heteractitis brevipes.
Female. Flying Fish Cove, September 22, 1898.

mSECTA.

The beetles are described below by Messrs. "Waterhouse & Arrow.

? Crioceris impressa, Fab., var.

A single example sent to Mr. Andrews may provisionally be
regarded as a variety of C. impressa, Fab. The body underneath,
the head (except at the occiput), legs, and antennae are black, the
prothorax and elytra testaceous. The prothorax has a rather
distinct transverse impression just a little in front of the base,
and this is the only character of importance to suggest the specific
distinctness of this new form.

320 APPENDIX.

C. impressa is a variable and rather widely distiibuted species,

occurring in most of the lndo-!Malayan islands, and in India,
Burma, and China.

PMleurus eonvexus, Arrow, sp.n.

P. nitidus, angustus, hand depi'essus ; capite rugose punctato,
ucuminato, fronte cornu parvo conico arraata ; prothorace sub-
quadrato parum transverso, angulis posticis fere rectis, anticis
parum approximatis, disco leviter punctato, lateribus paulo
crebrius, medio antiee et postice carinse vestigiis vix apparentibus ;
elytris longis, grosse lineato - punctatis, interstitiis minutissime
punctatis ; abdomine cum pygidio fere polito, propygidio coriaceo.
? long. 14imm.

Hal. — Flying Fish Cove.

This new species is formed for the first representative of the
important family Dynastidoe so far found in the island, a single
specimen having been recently discovered by Mr. H. Ross.

This species is less flattened, and somewhat longer than usual,
but does not differ structurally from the larger described forms
of Continental Asia, where all its hitherto known allies are found,
for the Ceylon insect described by Walker is evidently wrongly
placed. M. Fairmaire has referred to a 'P. jacanus,'' apparently
the Heteronyclms javanus, Burm., which although allied is hardly
congeneric. But the genus PMleurus will probably be eventually
restricted to the American insects and new genera formed for the
Oriental species.

The only other insect new to the island is a large moth : Patula
macrops (Linn.), (Syst. Nat., 12th ed., iii, p. 225). Africa,
Madagascar, Ceylon, India, Burmah.

I ]^ D E X.

abhotti (Sula), 44, 299.
abdoiniualis (Dactylostcruum), 90.
Abelmosehiis, 173.

(Hibiscus), 173.

Ablepbarus, 51, 53.

abramus (Pipistrellus) , 26.

Abutilon, 172-3.

aeac'iaria (Boarmia). 70.

Acalypba, 188.

Acanthacea;, 184.

Acanthastrwa, 207, 218.

Acantbolipes, 67.

Accipitrit'ormes, 46.

acervalis (PlauorbuHna), 241, 249.

(Plauorbuliua) , near, 234.

Acbatiua, 57.
AchjTantbes, 186.
Acicnemis, 112.
Acidaliauai, 71.
acidula (Perapbis), 178.
ackeriuiiM (Ocbrosia), 182.
Acronycbia, 174.
acropliyla (Pericbajta) , 169.
Acrostiebum, 195.
Aculeata, 81.
acuminata (Prottetia), 98.
acuminatum (Combretum), 178.
acuta (Nepbrolepis), 195.
adjectella (Nigilgia), 77.

— (Pbycodes), 77.

adnascens (Polypodium), 195.
aegnusalis (Epicrocis), 73.
^gocidnus, 124.
^Escbna, 139.
^scbnida\ 139.
iEscbninaj, 139.
^tbus, 127.
affinis (Examnes), 122.

(Xogodina), 134, 136.

(Ricania), 134.

Agaristida;, 64.

Ageratura, 180.

agglutinans (Quinqueloculina), 236.

aglaodesma (Cosmoclostis) , 76.

agrotus (Megapenthes), 101.

aiba (Datura), 184.

albidum (Octoblepharum), 196.

alcmene (Hj-polimnas), 62-3.

aldi-ichii (Iloya), 182.
alecto (? Larrada), 84.

? (Notogonia), 84.

alienus (Couocepbahis), 149.
Allopbylus, 176.
Alpbitobius, 106.
•aluta (Nacaduba), 60, 63.
Alveolina, 252, 255.
alveoliniformis (Miliolina), 240, 242,

244, 246, 248, 252.
Amarantaceit, 186.
Amarygmus, 107.
Amaryllidacea?, 191.
amboinensis (Sponia), 188.
americana (Blatta), 145.

(Periplaneta), 142, 145.

americanus (Gyrocarpxis) , 178.

" Amethyst," Visit of H.M.S., 2.

ammonilla (Berria), 173.

amooroides (Dysoxylon), 175.

Ampelidese, 176.

ampbibius (Arvicola), 30.

Ampbistegiua, 229, 232, 235, 237,

239-42, 244, 246-7, 249-56,

266, 268.
Ampbistegina;, 253.
amplexa (Terias), 60, 63.
Amyna, 65.
Anax, 139.
Ancbastus, 100.
ancilla (Opbideres), 67.
Andi-enince, 81.
andrewsi (Acicnemis), 112.
(Acronycbia), 174.

(Charaxes), 61.

(Clirysobotbris), 99.

(Cceloria), 207, 209, 212.

(Coscinaraja), 207, 221.

(Geaster), 199.

(Habctus), 86.

(IssusP), 138.

(Megapentbes) , 101.

(Orycbodes), 117.

(Panicum), 192.

(Protajtia), 98.

(Rhyncbolobus) , 111.

(Sessinia), 107.

audrewsiana (Assiminea), 54, 59.

322

INDEX.

andrewsiana (Orbitoides) , 256.

(Orbitoides, Lepidocyclina),

255-6.
Anechura, 142.
angustiflora (Ochrosia), 182.
Anisocoenia, 207-8, 220-1.
Anisolabis, 142-3.
Anisomeles, 185.
Annexation of Island, 19.
anomala (Mantibaria), 82.
Anous, 39.
Anthophila, 81.
Anthribidae, 118.
antillarum (Heterostegina), 229.
antilope (Toxicum), 106.
Apatenia, 119.
Apetalse, 185.
Aphanocephalus, sp., 96.
Aphodiidoe, 97.
Aphropboridaj, 137.
apicalis (Apatenia), 119.
Apidne, 81.
Apocjmaceffi, 182.
Apomecyna, 123.
Appearance of Island from sea, 3.
appendiculata (Parmelia), 197.
aquila (Fregata), 42.
arabica (Coeloria), 213.
Araebnida, 153, 156.

Distribution of, 300.

Araeocerus, 120.

Araliacea?, 179.

Araneaj, 158.

Araneus, 162.

arborescens (Panicum), 193.

•irchytas (Saccolabium), 191.

ArctianEB, 64.

Arcp-ia, 200.

Ardea, 41.

Ardeiformes, 41.

Ardisia, 181.

arenaria (Calidris), 41.

Arenga, 50, 191, 287.

arenosa (Porites), 224.

argentea (Celosia), 186.

(Tournefortia), 182.

Argina, 64.

Argiope, 159.

Argiopidfe, 159.

Ariadna, 158.

ariel (Fregata), 44.

Ariophanta (Microcystis), 55-6.

aristella (Bidis), 136.

Armactia, 66.

armata (Perichseta), 170.

armatus (Megascolex), 170.

Aroidete, 192.

Arvicantbis, 36.

Arvicola, 30.

Asclepiadaceae, 182.

Ascomycetes, 200.

asiatica (Colubrina), 175.

asiaticum (Crinura), 191.

asiaticus (Gyrocarpus) , 178.

Asilidse, 88.

aspera ( Achyranthes) , 186.

asperula (Spiroloculina), 233, 248.

Aspidipborus, 104.

Aspidium, 195.

Aspleniuni, 194.

assimilis (Dryopbthorus), 116.

Assiminea, 54-5, 59.

Asterocyclina, 253.

Astraa, 214-5, 219.

Astrfeidaj, 210.

Astroria, 212-13.

Astur, 46.

Asystasia, 184.

atrocostatum (Lygosoma), 51-2.

attenuatus (Nirmus), 138.

aubei-iana (Miliolina), 250, 252.

(Quinqueloculina), 250.

auricula -juda3 (Hirneola), 199.
auritincta (Dichocroeis), 74.
auritura (Abutilon), 172.
australasioo (Hormurus), 156.

(Scorpio), 156.

australis (Fomes), 198.
azedaracb (Melia), 174.

baculatus (Tinoporus), 229.

balder (Polistes), 85.

bal}-i (Psylliodes), 127.

banksi (Prosoplus), 123.

Barringtonia, 178.

basalis (Chalcococcyx), 48, 299, 302.

(Olenecamptus) , 122.

Basalt, 273, 276-7, 279, 283, 285.

Basic glass. Breccia of, 278-9.

Basidiomycetes, 198.

Batavia, 3.

Beacbes, 6.

Beekman, Captain Daniel, Account of

Island by, 2.
belli (Porites), 207, 223.
Berria, 173, 184.
bejTicbi (Bolivina), 231.
bicolor (Myristicivorus), 299, 302, 319.
bicornis (Miliolina), 247.

(Serpula), 247.

Bidis, 136.

biflora (Wedelia), 181.
biflorum (Solanum), 183.
bilobus (Olenecamptus), 122-3.
bingharai (Halictus), 86.
Birgus, 164.

Habits of, 165.

birmanicus (Chelifer), 157.

323

l)ispinosuf5 ( Mecopiis) , 113.

Insulcus (Chelit'cr), lo7.

Blatta, 145-6.

Blattid;c, 142, 145.

Blowholes, 8.

Blumea, 181.

Boarmia, 70.

BoarmincC, 70.

Bociila, 68.

Boehmeria, 190.

Boerhaavia, 185.

Boliviua, 231, 266.

Bombylidae, 88.

bouducella (Giiilandina) , 177.

Booby, 44.

Horaginea), 182.

Borneo, Orbitoides of, 297-

Bostricbidic, lOr).

Bostrichus, 116.

Bothridercs, 94.

bottai (Ca>loria), 213.

boucbeamis (Favolus), 199.

boueana (Trimcatuliua), 228.

boutonii (Ablepharus) , 53.

bowringi (Demotina), 126.

Brachyrhyncbidse, 129.

Brachyrhynchus, 129.

BradjTnerus, 106.

Brana, 66.

Brentbia, 76.

Brentbida3, 117.

brevicornis (Pocillopora), 209.

(Pocillopora), aff., 207, 209.

bre\'ipes (Heteractitis), 319.
brevis (Pericha^ta) , 168.
brunnea (Labia), 145.
brunneusis (ITvigeriua), 234.
buccinus (Halictus), 86.
buddifi (Meg-achile), 88.
bufa (Oxypleura), 128.
Bulimus, 57.
BiUl-dog Eat, 30.

(Globigerina), 227, 234, 240,

250, 252-3, 255, 266.
Buprestida?, 99.
liuxifolia (Ehretia), 182.
Bytboscopus, 138.

Cfenognosis, 79.

Caerostris, 160.

caespitosa (Lascliia), 199.

Cajanus, 177.

Calidris, 41.

Oallicarpa, 184.

Calonyction, 183.

calopasa (Brana), 66.

Calophyllum, 172.

oalypso (Oxypleura), 130.

(Poecilopsaltria), 130.

Cambalida3, 156.

Camponotus, 81, 83.

Camptorhiuus, 112.

Canavalia, 177.

Cancer, 165.

Candida (Deiopeia), 64.

capitata (Carpcntcria), 246.

(Goniastrtca), 214.

CapparidcK, 171.
Carabida\ 89.
Caradrinia?, 65.
carbouaria (Nyctobates), 106.
Cardiosoma, 10, 163.
caretta (Thalassochelys), 54.
carinatifolius (Sarcocbilus), 191.
carneola (Cypr;ea), 203.
carnife.x (Cancer), 164.

(Cardiosoma), 164.

Carpenteria, 233, 235-41, 244,246-7,

250, 252, 254-5, 206.
Carpophaga, 37.
Cassia, 177.

castaneiceps (Mecistocephalus), 155.
castanella (Doloessa), 72.
castaneus (Lispinus), 90.

(Melampus), 54, 58.

catappa (Terminalia), 177.
caudatus (Croton), 188.
CelastrinsEe, 175.
Celastrus, 175.
celata (Planispirina), 242.

(Sigmoilina), 242.

(SpiroIociLJina), 242.

celebensis (Mus), 32.

Celosia, 186.

celosioides (Deeringia), 186.

Celtis, 188.

Centipedes, Introduction of, 21.

Central plateau, 1 1 .

and hills. Geology of, 288.

centrifugale ( Aspleniura) , 194.
cephalonica (Corcyra), 72.
Cephouodes, 70.
Cerambycidix;, 121.
ceramensis (Prinobius), 120.
ceratophthalmus (Cancer), 164.

(Ocypoda), 164.

Cerbera, 182.

Ceresium, 121-2.

Ceriopora, 229.

Cerithium, 204.

cessaria (Boarmia), 71.

Cetoniidffi, 98.

Chaerocampa, 69.

Chaerocampina;, 69.

Chalcococcyx, 48, 299, 302.

Chalcopbaps, 39.

Chalk-like rock, 13.

"Challenger" Eeport on Deep-sea

Deposits, 279, 291.

324

Charadiiiformes, 40.
Charadrius, 40.
charantia (Momordica) , 179.
Charaxes, 61.
Chelifer, 1.56-7.
Cheliferidic, 156.
Chelisoclies, 143.
Chelone, 54.
Cliilopoda, 153-4.

Distribution of, 300.

Chinese coolies, 20.

chlorolepis (Tortricomorpha), 78.

chloropbyllosum (Leucobmim) , 196.

Christmas Island, Position of, 1 .

chromataria (Earias), 69.

Chiysobothris, 99.

Chrysodema, 99.

chrysomeliua (Epilaehna), 96.

Cibicides. 251.

Cicadidaj, 130.

cinerosella (Euzophera), 73.

cinnaraomea (Celtis), 188.

Cioidne, 105.

circinalis (Cj'cas), 193.

circularis (Miliolina), 252.

Cissus, 176.

citrifolia (Morinda), 180.

Claoxylon, 188.

clathrata (Rotalia), 232.

clathratus (Bradj-merus) , 106.

cla-viger (Chelifer), 156.

(Trachychernes), 156.

Cleidion, 188.
Climate, 17.
Clitumnus, 142, 147.
Clovia, 137.
Clunies Ross, Mr. A., 19.

Mr. G., 3, 19.

Mr. S., Explorations by, 20.

clypeatus (Cancer), 165.

(Coenobita), 165.

coarctata (Orthomorpha), 155.

coarctatiis (Paradesmus), 155.

cobbe (Allophylus), 176.

Coccinellida, 95.

Coccyges, 48.

Cocos-Keeling Islands, 1, 3, 298.

Coeloria, 207, 209, 212-14.

Coenobita, 165.

Coenobitida^, 164.

coffea; (Ara;ocerus), 120.

Coleoptera, 89.

Collocalia, 48.

Colubrina, 175.

columbina (Arraactia), 66.

columnata (Orbicella quachangularis.

var.), 207, 216.
Colydiidaj, 94.
Combretaceao, 177.
Corabretum, 178.

commune (Schizophylliim) , 198.
complanata (Ardisia), 181.
Composita;, 180.
Composition of phosphates, 291,
compositus (Oplismenus), 193.
compressiuscula (Rotalia papillosa,

var.), 238.
concmuula (Psamnicecns) , 95.
confinis (Cephnodes), 70.
confluens (Polyporus), 198.
confluentus (Odynerus), 85.
congesta (Phreatia), 190.
conglobata (Globigerina), 234, 250.
conglomerata (Porites), 222.
Conocephalidic, 142, 149.
Conocephalus, 149.
convexus (Phileurus), 320.
Convolvulace;c, 183.
Convolvulus, 183.
conyzoides (Ageratum), 180.
Coraciiformes, 48.
Corals (fossil), 206.
CorcjTa, 72.
Cordia, 182.
cordifolia (Espera), 173.
cornaria (Boarmia), 70.
coromandeliana (Asystasia), 184.
corouata (Ophiusa), 66.
Corymbis, 191.
Coscinanxja, 207, 221.
Cosmoclostis, 75.
Cosmophila, 67.
Cossouida>, 114.
Cossonus, 114.
coxalis (Prinobius), 120.
Crabronidit, 81.
Craspedia, 71-2.

sp., 72.

crassisepta (Anisocoenia), 220.

crenulata (Laporta), 189.

Cretaceous rocks, 298.

cribraria (Argina), 64.

crinipes (Camptorhinus), 112.

Crinum, 191.

Crioceris, 319.

Cristellaria, 227.

Croeidura, 22, 27.

Croton, 188.

crumenatum (Dendi'obium) , 190.

Cryptocarya, 187.

Cryptophagidaj, 95.

Crji^topidre, 154.

Cr)-j)tops, 154.

Cucujidic, 95.

Cucuii, 48.

Cucurbitacea>, 179.

Cudrania, 189.

Culicida\ 88.

cunniughamii, 187.

curcas (Jatropha), 188.

INDEX.

325

Curculionidac, 108.

Cy<inidii!, 127.

oyanops (Siila), 44.

Cyathus, 199.

Cvcade;u, 193.

Cycas, 193.

Cycloclypciuir, 229.

Cycloclyjjeus, 237.

Cyclosa, 160-1.

fvlindricus (Pachyops), 115-16.

Cylindrodesmidx', loo.

Cyliudrodesmus, 15").

cymosa (Fiiubristylis), 192.

€yperace;e, 192.

Cypnea, 203.

Cypseli, 48.

Cyrtacuuthacris, 142, 151-2.

Cyrtophora, IGO.

Dactylosteruum, 90.

Uaedalea, 199.

Dales ou west coast, 14, 283.

Dampier, Description of Island by, 1.

danaj (Montipora), alf., 207, 209, 224.

Datiua, 184.

Davallium, 194.

decumanus (Mus), 29, 35-6.

Deeringia, 186.

Deiopeia, 64.

dejecta (Ruellia prostrata, var.), 184.

dejectus (Dipteracauthus), 184.

deiatrix (Eutelia), 68.

delicata (Paurostanria), 133.

delicatula (MiBaudrina), 212.

Delpliacid;c, 136.

Deiuiegretta, 41.

Demotina, 126.

Deudrobiuni, 190.

Dendi-oneimi, 80.

densitlora (Randia), 179.

depressa (Heterostegina) , 229, 232,235,

237, 239-41, 244, 246-9, 252-5.
depressus (Palorus), 106.
Deimestes, 95.
Demiestidse, 95.
describens (Stictoptera), 68.
deterniiuata (Melauitis), 61.

(Melanitis ismene, var.), 61.

Dicasticus, 111.

Dichelia, 78.

Dichocrocis, 74.

Dicliptera, 184.

Dicotyledons, 171.

Dictis, 159.

dilfusa (Boerhaavia) , 185.

Digitaria, 192.

digitata (Ipomoea), 183.

dimidiata (Platylabia), 142.

(?) (Platylabia), 143.

diminuta (Lobopelta), S3.

(Ponera), 83.

Dinoderus, 105.
Diplopoda, 153, 155.

Distribution of, 300.

Diploptera, 81.
Diptera, 88.
Dipteracantlius, 184.
Dipterygia, 65.

discistriga (Pseud ospbiux), 70.
Discocyclina, 229-30, 253-4, 256.
Discocycliue Orbitoides, 283.
discoidalis (Anchastus), 100.

(Piezonotus), 110.

(Rhyncholobus), 110.

Discorbina, 240, 252.

dispansa (Orbitoides), 230, 243, 254.

(Orbitoides, Discocyclina),

229-30, 254.

(Orbitolites), 230.

dispansus (Lycophris), 229-30.

dispar (Hierodula), 142, 140.

disparilis (Cyrtacanthacris), 142, 151-2.

dissecta (Davallium), 194.

dissectum (Neplirodium), 194.

distiuctus (Pholcus), 159.

distributa (Nola), 64.

Ditoma, 105.

dolescballii (Argiope), 159.

DoKcbopodida;, 88.

Doloessa, 72.

Dolomitic limestones, 265, 289.

Dolopius, 100.

dolosus (Melanoxanthns), 101.

Domestic animals, 20.

dominicus (Charadrius), 40.

doriffi (Camptorliinus), 113.

Doritis, 191.

Dragon-flies, Arrival of, 17, 302.

Drpniux'(?), 81.

Dryophthorus, 116.

dubia (Globigerina), 240.

(Prionastr^a), 220.

dubium (Opatrum), 105.

(Phlocopliagosoma), 114.

duplex (Orbitolitesj, 252.
Dysderidic, 158.
Dysoxylou, 175.

Earias, 69.

Earthquakes in Christmas Island, 298.

Earth-worms, 300.

echiuata (Lobophyllia), 210.

(Mussa), aff., 207, 209-10.

econia (Mimeusemia), 64.

Ectadoderus, 147-8.

edulis (Inocarpus), 177.

Effusfe, 192.

" Egeria," Visit of II.:M.S., 2, 19.

326

INDEX.

Egeria Point, 4, 14, 16, 293.

Miocene rocks at, 288.

egerife (Ablepharus), 51, 53.

Ehretia, 182.

elachista (Brenthia), 76.

Elateridffi, 99.

elateroides (Zooblax), 121.

Eleusine, 193.

ellipticum (Heptapleurum), 179.

elongata (Vittaria), 195.

elongatus (Pholcus), 159.

(Smeringopus), 159.

Elytrogoniis, 111.

Embrithes, 111.

Emoa, 52.

Encyocrypta, 162.

Endotricha, 73.

Endotrichinffi, 73.

enganensis (Xenoceras), 118.

ensiformis (Canavalia), 177.

ensis (Psiyra), 150.

Entada, 177.

Entomophaga, 81.

Entoria, 147.

Eocene (POligocene) Limestone, 226,

271, 273', 283.
Epacromia, 152.
Epagoge, 78.
Epalxijjliora, 79.
Epeira, 159-60.
Ephestia, 72.

ephippiger (Pontodrihis), 166.
ephippioides (Orbitoides), 240, 251-2,

256, 264.
ephippium (Orbitoides), 251.
Epicrocis, 73.
Epilachua, 95-6.
Epiplema, 72.
Epipleminaj, 72.

equisepta (Mteandrina), 201, 212.
Eragrostris, 193.
Erastria, 68.
erosa (Co.smopbila), 67.
erotus (Cha^rocampa), 69.
Erotylidffi, 96,
Erytbrina, 176.
erj-thropleiira (Merula), 49.
erythropleurus (Turdus), 37, 49.
Espera, 173.
esperi (Astroria), 212.
Euchromia, 64.
Eucnemidfe, 99.
Eugenia, sp., 178.
Eiunenidaj, 81.
Eumolpidae, 124.
Euphorbia, 187.
Eupborbiacea;, 187.
Euploeinfe, 60.

europajus (Isometrus) = maculatus, 154.
Eutelia, 68.

Euxestus, 96.
Euzophera, 73.
everetti (Mus), 29, 31-2. ,
exaltata (Nepbrolepis), 195.
Examnes, 122.
excelsa (Pisonia), 185.
exiguus (^gocidnus), 124.
eximia (Clovia), 137.
exocccti (Iiilomorpba), 156.

( Spirostreptxis , Nodopyge) ,

156.

(Tj^hlops), 51, 53.

fascialis (Zinckenia), 74.

fasciatus (Melampus), 58.

fasciculatuni (Thyridium), 196.

Faults, 275.

fausti (Rhabdocuemis) , 113.

Favastrea, 219.

Favoidea, 221.

favoidea (Anisoco^nia), 207-8, 220.

Favolus, 199.

favosa (Pocillopora), 209.

felinus (Dermestes), 95.

Ferns, 194.

ferox {Solanum), 183.

ferussacii (Miliolina), 251.

(Quin(|ueloculina), 251.

Ficus, 189.

Figulus, 96.

Fiiicinaj, 194.

filograna (Maandrina) , 213.

Fimbristylis, 192.

First inland cliff, 10.

Geology of, 292.

flabellatus (Tetrigus), 100.
flabelliformis (Polystictus), 198.
flagellatus (Xenoceras), 118.
flagelliferum (Acrostichum), 196.
flava (Arcyria), 200.

(Motacilla), 48.

flavescens (Libellula), 139.

(Pantala), 139.

flavicostalis (Eicania), 133.

(Varcia), 133.

flavifrontalis (Ricania), 131.
flavipalpis (Ectadoderus), 142, 147.
flavirostris (Pbaethon), 45.
flavocephalus (Opliion), 82.
Fleurya, 189.

" Flying Fish," Visit of H.M.S., 2.
Flying Fish Cove, 16, 294.

• beach, 8.

cliff, Structure of, 271 et seij;.

foliosum (Ischffimum) , 192.
Fomes, 198.

Food plants introduced, 20.
Foraminifera, 226.
Forcinella, 143.

327

Forficulidae, 142.
Formicaleo, 140.
Formicinfc, 81.
Fornax, sp. (?), 99.
forskaeli (CcEloria), 213.
Fossil Corals, 206.

MoUusca, 201.

Fossores, 81.

traxinea (Ramaliua), 198.

Fregata, 42.

Fresh-water crabs, 10, 164.

streams, 9, 10, 283, 285.

Frigate-bird, Habits of, 42.
Fringing reef, 4, 29o.
Fniit-bat, Habits of, 25.
Fruits eaten by birds, 303.

Means of transport of, 302-3.

fuliginosa, var. trichura (Crocidura).

22, 27.
fuliginosus (Sorex), 27.
fullonica (Ophideres), 67.
fulva? (Temnopteryx), 142, 145.
fulvus (Phaethon), 45, 299.
funebris (Amarygmus), 107.
Fungi, 198.
Fungida, 221.
fuscus (Limnobitnus) , 39.
fusilinea (C}T:tacanthacris), 151-2.

gaimardi (Porites), 224.

Galnctia, 176.

Gallerianifi, 72.

Gallinago, 41.

Gamopetaloe, 179.

GannetHill, 12.

Gasteromycetes, 199.

Gaudryiua, 236, 266.

Geaster, 199.

Gecarcinus, 163.

Gecko, 51-2.

Geckonidre, 51.

genuina (Stemonitis splendens, var.),

200.
Geocarciuidse, 163.
Geocarcinus, 163.
geoffioyi (Ochthodromus), 40.
Geology of Island, 269.
Geometridse, 70.
Geometrinse, 71.
Geophilidse, 155.
glabra (Pongamia), 177.
glareola, 40.
Glendinning Shoal, 1.
Globigerina, 227, 234, 237, 240,

250, 252-3, 255, 265-6, 273.
Globulus (Ceriopora), 229.
(Gypsina), 229, 231-2,

237-8, 246-7, 250, 252, 254.
(Gj-psinus), 239.

Glyphodes, 74.

(Phacellura), 74.

Goniastroea, 207, 214.
Goodenoviea), 181.
Goos, Pieter, Map by, 1.
Goshawk, Habits of, 47.
gouldi (Pteropus), 24.
gracilis (Psylliodes), 127.
gramen (Textularia), 251.
Graminea5, 192.

granditlora (Ipomcea, Calonyction), 183.
grandis (Nodosaria radicula, var.),
249.

(Pisonia), 185.

(Tectona), 184.

granifera (Lampas), 203.
(Ranella), 203.

(Tutufa), 2U3.

Grewia, 87, 174.
griseigularis (Astur), 47.
griseomixta (Erastria), 68.
grossepunctatum (Pentatoma), 128.
Gryllacrida;, 142, 148.
Gryllacris, 142, 148.

GryUidffi, 142, 147.

Guepinia, 199.

Guettarda, 180.

Guilandina, 177.

Guppy, Dr. H. P., 19.

guttata (iEschna), 139.

guttatus (Anax), 139.

Guttiferaj, 172.

gutturalis (Hirundo), 50, 302.

Gymnodactylus, 51.

Gymuosperms, 193.

Gyuandi'opsis, 171.

Gypsina, 229, 231-2, 237-9, 241,

246-7, 249-50, 252, 254, 266.
GjTocarpus, 178.
Gyropbfena, sp., 89.

Haddonia, 246, 249.
Halictus, 86.
Halimeda, 250, 289.
halmaheirte (Acronychia), 174.
Halobates, 129.
Halobatidae, 129.
Halticidge, 127.
halysideta (Epagoge), 78.
hansenii (CheUfer), 157.
Haplodesmus, 155.
Haplosoma, 155.
Harpalus, sp., 89.
Hastula, 78.

Healthiness of Island, 18.
hebraeus (Polistes), 85.
Heliastraea, 215.
heliopora (Orbicella), 217.
Hellula, 74.

328

INDEX.

helvetica (Heterostegina), 229.
Hemiptera, 136.

Distribution of, 300.

Hepatic, 197.
Heptapleuriim, 179.
Herciilia, 73.
herklotsi (Asti'cTa), 215.

(Orbicella), 207-8, 215, 288.

Hernandia, 187.

Heteractitis, 319.

Heterographis, 73.

Heterogyna, 81.

heterogyra (Mioandrina) , 213.

Heteropoda, 154, 161.

Heterostegina, 229, 231-2, 235, 237,

239-41, 244, 246-9, 252-5.
Hexagonia, 199.
Hibiscus, 173.
Hierodula, 142, 146-7.
Hippoboscidii), 88.
Hirneola, 199.

hirsutus (Cylindrodesmus) , 155.
hirudinata (Sauris), 71.
Hirundinidne, 50.
Hirundo, 50, 302.
hirsutus (Trichyorhyssemus), 98.
Histeridic, 90.
Hololepta, 90-1.
holophsealis (Glyphodes, Phacellural,

74.
Homceosoma, 72.
Homoptera, 127.

Distribution of, 300.

honesta (Ophiusa), 66.
Hormurus, 156.
horsfieldi (Euchromia), 64.
hortensis (Cryptops), 154.
hospita (Kleinhovia), 173.
Hoya, 182.
Hugh's Dale, 14, 283.
hyalina (Nogodina), 134.

(Ricania), 134.

Hydrillodes, 68.
Hydrophilidaj, 90.
Hylteocarcinus, 163.
hylas (Cephonodes), 70.
Hymenoptera, 81.

Distribution of, 300.

hypericifolia (Euphorbia), 187.
Hyperythra, 70.
Hj-phomycetes, 200.
Hypnum, 196.
hypoleucus (Tringoides), 40.
Hypolimnas, 60, 62.
Hyponomeutida;, 76.

Ichneumonidse, 81.
Idiocerus (?), 138.
idoneus (Examnes), 122.

ignarus (iEgocidnus), 124.
imbricata (Chelone), 54.
imperator (Mus), 29.
" Imperieuse," Annexation by

H.M.S., 2.
impressa (Crioceris), 319.
inaequalis (Orbitoides, I.epidocyclina,

insulaj-natalis, var.), 254.
incerta (Labia), 142, 144.
incertus ? (Pachyoj^s), 115.
incisa (Ca3nognosis) , 79.
indica (Chalcophaps), 39.

(Eleusine), 193.

(Epilachna), 95.

(Erythrina), 176.

(Glyphodes), 74.

(Hololepta), 91.

— (Quisqualis), 178.

(Stachytarpheta), 184.

indicus (Cajanus), 177.

(Pipistrellus), 27.

indistincta (Labia), 142, 144.
inermipes (Cryptops), 154.
infumatus (Anchastus), 101.
Inhabitants, 19.

inhffirens (G}i3sina), 239, 241, 252.

inhians (Epiplema), 72.

Inocarpus, 177.

inophyllum (Calophyllum), 172.

inornatus (Amarygmus) , 107.

inscitus (Rhyssemus), 97.

Insecta, 60.

insomnis (Myrmeleon), 140.

insulai-natalis (Orbitoides, Lepido-

cyclina), 242, 248, 251-4, 256,
insularis (Pontodrilus), 167-8.
insulicola, 160.

intermedium (Nephrodiura) , 195.
involva (Polytrema miniaceum, var.),

239, 248-50.
iphigenia (Hj'polimnas) , 62.
Ipomoea, 183.

iridesceus (Myrmeleon), 140.
irioides (Polypodium), 195.
irregularis (Orbicella), 217.
irrorata (Porthesia), 69.
Ischaimum, 192.
ismene (Melanitis), 61.
Isometrus, 154.
Isoptera, 141.
Issidaj, 138.
Issus (?), 138.
italica (Cristellaria) , 227.

(Saracenaria), 227.

lulomorpha, 156.

Jasminum, 181.
Jassidse, 138.
Jatropha, 188.

INDEX.

329

Java, relations with Christmas Island,

296-7.
javana (Cycas circinalis, var.), 193.
javancnsis (Cudrauia) , 189.
javanica (Colubrina), 17-5.
(Leucas), 18.).

(Menila), 50.

(Panesthia), 142, 146.

javanicum (Cleidion), 188.

(Stilbum), 200.

javanus (Cheliter). 156-7.

(Heteronychus), 320.

— (Mus), 29.

(rhileums), 320.

jerdoniaua (Mabonya), 52.
jordani (Litocerus)', 118.
jugularis (Ardea), 41.
juughiihni (Favoidea), 221.
Junonia, 62.

Jupiter (Charaxes), 61.

Kleinhovia, 173.
koenigii (Sc;T3vola), 181.

Labia, 142-3, 145.

Labia, 144.

Labiatie, 185.

Labidura, 142.

Lacertilia, 51.

laivifolia (Peperomia), 186.

hcvigata (Grewia), 174.

la; vis (Orbitolina), 229.

Lagoon deposits, 289.

lagostoma (Gecarcinus) , 163.

lagostomus (Gecarcinus), 163.

Laius, 102.

Lamiida), 122.

Lampas, 202-3.

lampas (Murex), 202.

Lamprocvstis, 54-6.

Land-crabs, 2, 163, 300.

Laportea, 189.

Larentiamie, 71.

? Larrada, 84.

LarriniX), 81.

larvata (Planorbiilina), 238, 241, 246,

250, 254.
Laschia, 199.
Lasioderma, 102.
lateralis (Demotina), 126.
latro (Birgus), 164.

(Cancer), 164.

LaurineEC, 187.

laxitlora (Laportea), 190.

laxior (Randia deusiflora, var.), 179.

Lecanora, 198.

Lecidea, 198.

leda (Melanitis), 61.

Leea, 176.

Leguminosa;, 176.

leiophylluni (Ischa^nuini ioliosuni,

var,), 192.
leraniscatus (Clovia), 137.
Leocyma, 66.
Lepidocvdina, 230, 235-6, 240, 242,

244-6, 248, 250-6.
Lcpidoptera, 60.

Phalirn;t>, 63.

lepiniana (Neckera), 196.
Leptaulax, sp., 97.
Leptogium, 198.
Leptopoma, 55, 58.
Leptoria, 207, 210-11.

lessouii (Amphistegina), 229, 232,
235, 237, 239-42, 244, 246-7,
249-56.

(Pseudorhpichus), 142, 149.

lethifer (Mynueleon), 141.

Leucas, 185.

Leucobryum, 196.

Leucophrea, 142, 146.

lewisi (Tetrigus), 100.

Libellula, 139.

Libelhilin;v, 139.

Lichens, 197.

lignariuiu (Platysoma), 91.

lignicohis (Brachyrhynchus), 129.

ligniperdus (Campouotus), 83.

limbata (Bocula), 66.

Limnas, 60.

Lininobrenns, 39.

Limnocarcinus, 163.

Limonites, 41.

Linderina, 243.

Liudinia, 126.

Lispiuus, 90.

List of species, 305.

Lister, J. J., Visit of, 2.

listeri (Abutilon), 173.

(Acrostichum), 196.

(Arenga), 50, 191.

(Eudotricha), 73.

(Gecko), 51.

(Heteropoda), 161-2.

(Hypoliranas), 60, 62-3.

(Hypolininas neriua, var.), 62.

■ (Piderus), 89.

(Pantgus), 96.

(Phisis), 142, 149.

(Phreatia), 190.

(Sessinia), 108.

(Succinea), 56.

Listrocelidte, 142, 149.
Litliocharis, sp., 89.
lithothamuica (Carpentaria), 235, 238.
Lithothamnion, 227, 231, 236, 238,

240-3, 245-7, 250, 252-4, 256,
265-7, 289.
Lithji^hantes, 162.

330

Litocerus, 118.
littida (Sessinia), 108.
littoralis (Prodeuia), 65.
litura (Melanoxanthus), 101-2.
lobatula (Truncatulina) , 227-8, 231,

234, 241, 249, 255.
lobatulus (Nautilus), 229.
Lobopelta. 81, 83.
Lobophyllia, 210.
Locustida\ 142, 150.
lombocensis (Pteropus), 24-5.
longicoruis (Examnes), 122.
longifolia (Callicarpa), 184.
longiusculus (Lygious), 137-
Lucanida', 96.
lucasi (Theretra), 70.
lucidula (Prenina), 185.
lucidus (Fomes), 198.
lunalis (Sylepta), 74.
lunatus (Phaseolus), 177.
lutea (Hvpen-thra), 70.

(Lecidea), 198.

(Porites), aif., 207, 222.

luteo-olivaceus (Polystictiis), 199.

luteus (Melampus), 58.

Lycogala, 200.

Lycophris, 229-30.

Lycopodium, 196.

Lygii'idse, 128.

Lygiieus, 128.

Lygosoma, 51-2.

Lymaiitriad;^, 69.

lyniexyloni (Uryophtliorus), 116.

LythracesB, 178.

mabelffi (Ariophanta, Microcystis), 55.

(Lamprocystis) , 55.

Mabouya, 52.

Macaranga, 188.

Maclear Deep, 1.

macleari (Mus), 22, 30, 34-6.

(Vadebra), 60-1.

maclearii (Dicliptera), 184.
macHBi (Dendrobium), 190.
Macroglossiufe, 70.
macrops (Patula), 320.
maculatus (Isometrus), 154.
Madrepora, 210.
Mffiaudrina, 207, 212-14.
magnifica (Astraja), 219.

(Favastrea), 219.

(Prionastraea), 207, 219-20.

Maliattha, 68.
malleata (Hololepta), 90.
Mallopbaga, 138.
Malvacea;, 172.
Malvastrum, 172.
Mammalia, 22.
Manganese nodules, 279.

Manopora, 224.

Mantibaria, 82.

Mantida), 142, 14G.

Mantis, 82.

Marcorella, 175.

Marginal radiale, 35.

marginatus (Dolopius), 100.

marmorata (Oniscomorplia), 94.

marnioratus (Gj-muodactylus), 51.

materna (Opbideres), 67.

raatsushimeusis (Pontodrilus), 167-8.

maura (Xuthia), 94.

mauritianus (Trochus), 201.

Means by which new forms are intro-
duced, 301-3.

Measurements of skulls of Mas, 37.

Mecistocephalus, 155,

Mecopus, 113.

mediterranensis (Planorbulina), 227,
237-8, 244, 251, 254.

Megachile, 87-8.

Megacbilina;, 81.

Megapenthes, 101.

Megascolex, 170.

Melampus, 54-5, 58.

Melanitis, 61.

melauoceras (CjTtacanthacris), 152.

melanope (^lotacilla), 48.

Melanoxanthus, 101.

raelas (Pteropus), 25.

Melia, 174.

Meliaceoe, 174.

melichloros (Camponotus), 83.

melo (Alveolina), 252, 255.

Melothria, 179.

Melyridffi, 102.

membrauaceum (Aspidium), 195.

Menispermacese, 171.

Merula, 49, 50.

meyeri (Mus), 32.

Micracantha, 123.

Microcystis, 55-6.

Micro -Leiudoptera, 75.

Distribution of, 300.

Micropezidtr, 88.

Migrants, Arrival of, 299.

Migratory birds. Arrival of, 17.

mildredtc (Ariophanta, jMicrocystis) , 56.

(Lamprocvstis), 56.

Miliolina, 233-4, 236-7, 240, 242-8,
250-2, 254.

Miliolina}, 245.

Millepora, 235.

Mimeusemia, 64.

minahassae (Acronychia), 174.
miniacea (Millepora), 235.
miniaceum (Polvtrema), 235, 239,

241, 246, 248-50, 256.
miniatum (Lycogala), 200.
minima (Physalis), 183.

INDEX.

331

Miutlioa, 105.

minutus (Dinodenis), 105.

Miocene (Orbitoickl) limestones, 16,

•271, 273, 281-2.
misijipus (Hypolimnas) , 62.

(Papilio), 62.

modesta (Rhj-j)arida), 125.
modestus (Dryoplithorus), 116.
mollissiiiia (Leucas), 185.
Mollusca, 54.

(fossil), 201.

Momordica, 179.
Moni, 1.

monile (Cosciuar.Ta), 221.
Mouocotyledous, 190.
Monoharamus, 122.
montagnei (Cyathus), 199.

(Hypuum), 197.

raonticola (Ariadna), 158.
mouticularis (Carpeuteria), 235, 238,

247, 250, 252, 254-5.
Moutipora, 207, 209, 224.
Moriuda, 180.
Morio, 89.

morio (Chelisoches), 143.
morpheiis (Foruiicaleo), 140.
morsicans (Scolopeudra), 154.
Mosses, 196.
Motacilla, 48.
MotacillidtD, 48.
mouhoti (Lei)topoma), 58.
mucronata (5lelotliiia), 179.
muelleri (Mus), 32.
miilmeinensis (Cvclosa), 160.

(Epeira), 160.

(Epeira, Cyclosa), 160.

Murex, 202.

Murray, Sir John, 3, 19.
Murray Hill, 4, 289, 292.
murrayana (liaportea), 189.

(Orbitoides, Lepidocyclina),

252-3.

murravi (Anisocoenia), 207, 220.

^ (Chelifer), 156-7.

(Labia), 142-3.

■ (Orbicella), 207, 215, 285.

(Pipistrellus), 26.

(TetriiTus), 100.

Mus, 22, 28, 32.

Mus macleari. Allies of, 31-2.
Muscida?, 88.
Mussa, 207, 209-10.
Mycetophilida;, 88.
Mycetozoa, 200.
mydas (Chelone), 54.
Myristicivorus, 299, 302, 319.
MjTrmeleon, 140.
MjTmeleonida?, 140.
Myrsinefe, 181.
Myrtacese, 178.

Nacaduba, 60, 63.

nannodes (Herculia), 73.

Narcisa, 93.

Nassa, 204.

natalis (Ariadna), 158.

(Astur), 46.

(Chaleophaps), 39.

(Collocalia), 48.

(IlylKocarciuus), 163.

(Ninox), 47.

■ (Pteropus), 22-3.

(Urospizias), 46.

(Zosterops), 49.

nativitatis (Cryptocarya), 187.

(Epilachua), 95.

(Lygosoma), 51-2.

(Mouohammus), 122.

(Mus), 22, 28, 33-35, 37-

(Pittosporum), 171.

(Saprosma), 180.

(Xenoceras), 118.

nauticus (Araueus), 162.

Nautilus, 227-8.

Neckera, 196.

negleeta (Corrocalia), 48.

neodispausa (Orbitoides), 240.

(Orbitoides, Lepidocyclina),

235, 245, 252.
Xeoptinus, 102-3.
Xephilia, 160.
Nephrodium, 194-5.
Nephrolepis, 195.
neriua (Hypolimnas), 60, 62.
Xeuroptera, 139.
nicobaricus (Pteropus), 24.
nidus (Asplenium), 194.
nigerrimalis (Zinckenia), 73.
Nigilgia, 77.

nigricorne (CjTtacantliacris), 152.
uigricornis (Labidura), 142.
nigritarsis (Apomecjnia), 123.

(Xephilia), 160.

nigrum (Ceresium), 121-2.

niloticus (Ar^'icanthus) , 36.

nimbella (HomcBosoma), 72.

Niuox, 47.

Xirmus, 138.

niruri (Phyllanthus), 187.

nitens (^thus), 127.

nitida (Spiroloculina), 233, 252.

nitidula (Scelodonta), 126.

XitidulidiB, 92.

nivescens (Megachile), 88.

Noctuidse, 65.

nodiflora (Syuedrella), 181.

Xodosaria, 249.

Xogodina, 134.

Xola, 64.

normani (Ariophanta, Microcystis), 55.

(Lamprocystis), 55-6.

532

:\^orth-East Toint, 4, 14, 16, 293-4.

Miocene rocks at, 287.

North-West Point, 9, 14.
Xotogonia, 81, 84.
jV^umenius, 40.
Nummulites, 2~'^, 297.
Nyctagineic, 185.
Nyctobates, 100.
Nymphalidic, 60.
Nymphalinaj, 61.

i)belii?cus (Tectus), 202.

(Trochus), 202.

oblonga (Mioliaa), 234.
obscurus (Rbabdocnerais), 113.
(Jcean-cnrrent, 302.
Ocbrocarpus, 172.
Ochrosia, 182.
Ochthiphilidic, 88.
Oc'lithodromus, 40.
ooto (Amyna), 65.
(Jctoblepliarum, 196.
Ocyjjoda, 164.
Ocypodida), 164.
odiosum ( Platysoma) , 91.
i)dollam (Cerbera), 182.
Odonata, 139.
Odyuems, 81, 84.
<Edemerid:c, 107.
Oleace-cB, 181.
Olenecamptus, 122.
olivacea (Taraclie), 69.
Oniscomorpha, 93-4.
Oosomides, 111.
oparamis (Bulimus), 57.

(Opeas), 57.

Opatrura, 105.

Opeas, 54, 57.

Operculina, 229.

Ophideres, 67.

Ophidia, 53.

Ophion, 81-2.

OphioniniO, 81.

Ophiusa, 66.

Oplismenus, 193.

optivata (Craspedia), 71.

Orbicella, 207-8, 215-16, 218-19,

285, 288.
orbiculatus ( Aspidiphorus) , 104.
Orbitoides, 229-30, 232-3, 235-6,

238, 240, 242-6, 248, 250-6, 292.

dispansa in Java, 297.

Orbitolina, 229.
Orbitolites, 252.
Orbitulites, 230.
Orbuliua, 240.
Orchideffi, 190.
Orgyia, 69.
orientalis (Glareola), 40.

I orientalis (Morio), 89.

— (Oxya), 142, 150.

(Primnia ?), 150.

■ (Stelidota), 92.

orites (Chelifer), 157.
ornaticornis (Simaethis), 77.
Oitalidtc, 88.
Orthomorpha, 155.
Orthoptera, 141-2.

, Distribution of, 300.

Orychodes, 117.

Osteology of Mns nativitatis and

M. macleari, 34.
Otiorrhyncbimc, 108.
ovalifolium (Pauicuni), 193.
ovalifolius (Ocbrocarpus), 172.
ovata (Auisoraeles), 185.
ovigera (Heruandia), 187.
Owl, Habits of, 47.
Oxya, 142, loU.
oxyacauthella, 77.
Oxycbirota, 75.
Oxychirotidao, 75.
Oxyopes, 162.
Oxyjileiu'a, 128.

pacliyderma (Globigerina), 237.
Pacb3-ops (P), 115.
pacbypus (Pipistrellus), 27.
Pffiderus, 89.
pagodalis (Tectus), 201.
Paiagonite tuffs, 278-9, 285, 287.
Palniic, 191.
Palorus, 106.
Panaretus, 162.
Pancblora (Leucopbcea), 146.
Pancboran, 9, 285.
Pandanace;o, 191.
Pandanus, 50, 191.
Panesthia, 142, 146.
I^aniculatus (Celastriis), 175.
Panicuni, 192.

(Effusa;), 192.

Pannaria, 197.

panorpaiformis (Ricania), 134-5.

Pantaia, 139.

Papilio, 60, 62.

papulosa (Rotalia), 238.

papyracea (Orbitoides), 235, 245, 252.

Paradesraus, 155.

paradoxa (Oxycbirota), 75.

Parffigus, 96.

Paramecosoma, 95.

Paranobium, 104.

parki (Euxestus) 96.

Parmelia, 197.

Paromalus, sp., 91.

parryi (Tetrigus), 100.

parvitiorus (Convohnilus), 183.

IKDEX.

33a

parvulum (Tricliomancs), 194.
parvulus (Xyloborus), 117.
parvus (Neoi)tinus), 103.
Passalidic, 97.
rasseriformes, 48.
patellifora (Hierodula), 14G.
patruelis (Terias), GO, 63.
Patula, 320.
patula (Acanthastra:;a), 207, 218.

(Orbicella), 218-19.

pain'ideutata (Acantliastriva patula,

var.), 207, 218.
P.aurostauria, 132-3.
pavonaoella (Breuthia), 76.
l)ectinata (Mreanclrma), 214.

(Phisis), 150.

pedata (Cissus), 176.
Pedetes, 35-6.
Pedicellaria, 171.
pedunculata (Colubrina), 175.

(Procris), 190.

Peiecaniforraes, 42.
pellueida (Ricauia), 135.
peltata (Heruandia), 187.

(Iporacca), 183.

Pemphis, 88, 178.

pentaphylla (Gynandropsis), 171.

(Pedicellaria), 171.

Pentatoma, 128.

Pentatomida;, 137.

Peperomia, 186.

Percentage of peculiar species, 299.

perforan* (Tomicus), 116.

(Xyleborus), 116.

Perforata, 222.
PerichtEta, 168-9.
Periplaneta, 142, 145.
perplexa (Pterolophia) , 123.
pes-capra; (Ipomwa), 183.
petilia (Limnas), 60.

(Papilio), 60.

Phacellura, 74.
Phaethon, 45, 299.
Phaethontes, 45.
PhaneropteridiE, 142, 150.
Phaseohis, 177.
Phasmidic, 142, 147.
Phileui-us, 320.
philippensis (Examnes), 122.
Philonthus, sp., 89.
Phisis, 142, 149.
phlegmaria (Lyeopodium), 196.
Phlceophagosoma, 114.
phoenicurus (Phaethon), 45.
Pholcidfc, 159.
Pholcus, 159.

Phosphate deposits, Discovery of, 19.
of alumina and iron, 271,

291.

of lime, 271, 289-91.

Phosphate Hill, 12, 14, 289.

Phreatia, 190.

lArygia (Leptoria), 207, 210-11.

— (Madrepora), 210.

Phycitinic, 72.

Phycodes, 77.

Phyllanthus, 187.

phyllocarpuiu (Leptogium), 198.

Phyllodromia, 142, 145.

Physalis, 183.

Physcia, 197.

piceus (Alphitobius), 106.

l)icta (Physcia), 197.

pictula (Bidis), 137.

Piezonotus, 110-11.

"Pigot," Visit of the, 2.

pilarus (Tinoporus), 229.

pilulifera (Euphorbia), 187.

Piperaceic, 186.

Pipistrellus, 26.

piscatrix (Sida), 45.

Pisonia, 185.

Pittosporeos, 171.

Pittosporum, 171.

Placentula, 228.

plagiatus (Litocerus), 118-19.

Planipenuia, 140.

Planispirina, 242.

Planorbulina, 227, 234, 237-8, 241,

244, 246, 249-51, 254, 265.
Plants introduced by man, 303.
Platylabia, 142-3.
platyphylla (Boehmeria), 190.
Platypus, 116.
Platysoma, 91.
Plecanium, 231.
pleiades (Orbicella), 207, 215.
plena (Nogodina), 136.
plumosa (Eragrostris) , 193.
plumulosum (Thuidium), 197.
Pocillopora, 207, 209.
Pocilloporidit, 209.
Pcecilopsaltria, 130.
poeyi (Strongylosoma), 155.
Polistes, 81, 85.
polita (Oxypleura), 128.

(Shoguna), 92.

polygramma (Hexagonia), 199.

pol)Tnorphum (Nephrodium), 195.

Polypetala), 171.

polyphemus (Odyuerus), 84.

Polypodium, 195.

Polyporus, 198.

Polystictus, 198-9.

Polytrema, 235, 239, 241, 246, 248-50,

256, 266, 268.
pomona (Psyra), 142, 150.
Ponera, 83.
Pongamia, 177.
Pontodrilus, 166-8.

334

IXDKX.

Porites, 207, 222-4, 295.

in sea cliff, 295.

Poritidc-e, 222.
Porthesia, 69.
Possibility of former union with Java,

297.
posthuma (Perichreta), 170.
postica (Orgyia), 69.
posticum (Paranobium) , 104.
prffiheliopora (Orbicella), 207, 216-17.
Praepollex, 35.
Premna, 185.
Prevailing winds, 17.
Primnia (r), 150.
princeps (Halobates), 129.
Prinobius, 120.
Prionastrsea, 207, 219-20.
Prionida^, 120.
proavus (Halobates), 129.
Procris, 190.
ProctotrypidcC, 81.
Prodenia, 65.
Prometopia, 92.
proserpina (Hvpolinmas), 62-3.
Prosoplus, 123.
prostrata (Ruellia), 184.
Prota;tia, 98.
proteus? (Halictus), 86-7.
Psammoecus, 95.
Pseudocorylophida;, 96.
Pseudorhyuchus, 142, 149.
Pseudoscorpiones, 156.
Pseudosphinx, 70.
Psylliodes, 127.
Psp-a, 142, 150.
Pterolophia, 123.
Pterophoridse, 75.
Pteropus, 22-3.
Ptinidaj, 102.
Ptiuides, 103.
Ptycbauthus, 197.
pubescens (Boerhaavia diffusa, var.),

185.
l)uerpera (Venus), 205.
piilchella (Deiopeia), 64.
Pullenia, 231.
pulverea (Porthesia), 69.
Pulvinula, 228.

Pulvinulina, 228, 231, 238, 254.
pumilis (Gecko), 52.
punctata (Dendroneura), 80.
punctatus (Idiocerus ?), 138.
punctifrons (Bidis), 137.
pupoides (Gaudryina), 236.
pygma'a (Bolivina), 231.
PjTalidfc, 72.
Pyralidina, 75.
Pyralinrc, 73.
PjTamidea, 201.
Pyranois, 201.

pyramis (Tectus), 202.

(Trochus), 202.

Pyraustin;e, 73.
pyrrhus (Charaxes), 61.
Pythia, 55, 58.
Pyxine, 197.

quadi-angularis (Orbicella), aff"., 207,

216.
quadricorne (Toxicura), 106.
quadrimaculata (Prometopia), 92.
quadrimaculatura (Ceresium), 121.
quadriquadra (Cosraoclostis), 75.
Quinqueloculina, 236, 250-1.
Quisqualis, 178.

racemosa (Barringtonia), 178.

(Tiliac'ora), 171.

rachcula (Nodosaria"), 249.
Rainfall, 17, 18.
Earaalina, 198.

ramosa (Nephrolepis) , 195.

Eandia, 179.

Eanella, 203.

" Redpole," Visit of H. M.S., 3.

refulgens (Cibicides), 251.

(Truucatulina), 231, 251.

reinwardti (Argiope), 159.

(Epeira), 159.

Remusatia, 192.

repanda (Placeutula), 228.

(Pulvinula), 228.

(Pul^-inulina), 228, 231, 238,

254.

(Rotalia), 228.

repandus (Nautilus), 228.
repeus (Cissus), 176.
retifonnis (Astrrea), 214.

(Goniastrffia), 207, 214.

retusa (Ficus), 189.

revolutum (Trachymitrium), 196.

rex (Mus), 29.

Rhabdocnemis, 113.

Rhamnacea?, 175.

Rhopalocera, 60.

Rhyncholobus, 108-9.

RhjTicoli, 115.

Rhyparida, 124, 126.

Rhyssemus, 97.

Ricania, 131.

Ricaniida?, 131.

Ridley, H. N., Visit of, 3

Robber-crab, 164.

Ross Hill, 289.

rossi (Figulus), 96.

(Peperomia), 186.

(Rh)Ticholobus), 109

(Rh)i3arida), 124.

Rotalia, 228, 232, 238, 241, 24]
254-5.

INDEX,

335

rotulata (Cristellaria), 227.
rotundata (Labia), 145.
lotundifolia, 173.
lotimdipennis (Megachile), 87.
ruber (Strouo:ylodon), 176.
rubescens (Claoxylou), 188.
Rubiaceaj, 179.
rubiginosa (Paunaria), 197.
rubrescens (Brachyrhyuchus), 129.
rubricaus (Thermesia), 67.
rubricauda (Phaetbou), 45.
ruderalis (Fleurya), 189.
lluellia, 184.
ruficollis (Limonites), 41,
nifostriata (Epacroniia), 152.
rut'otestacea (Sbogiina), 93.
rufovaria (Gryllacris), 148.
rugicollis (Ditoraa), 105.

(Miutbea), 105.

rugosa (Textularia), 231, 237-8,

241-3, 249, 251-2.
riigosum (Plecanium), 231.
Kiipertia, 238, 246, 254.
llutaceaj, 174.
Saccolabium, 191.
sacra (Demiegretta), 41.
Sago-palms, 287.
salaminia (Opbideres), 67,
sambac ( Jasminum) , 181.
sambucina (Leea), 176.
sanguinalis (Digitaria), 192.
sanguineus (Polystictus), 199.
Sapindaceje, 176.
Sapotaceffi, 181.
Saprosma, 180.
Saracenaria, 227-
sarawakensis (Termes), 141.
Sarcocbilus, 191.
Satyrinffi, 61.
Saui-is. 71.

saxopbila (Ficus), 189.
Scaivola, 88, 181.
scandens (Etada), 177.
scarabicus (Pytliia), 58.
Scelodonta, 126.
Schizophylhim, 198.
schroeteriana (Rotalia), 228, 232, 237,

241, 247, 254-5.
Scincidse, 52.
Sciurus, 35.
Scolopendra, 154.
Scolytidae, 116.
:Scorpio, 156.
Scorpiones, 156.
scotella (Ephestia), 72.
scotozonea (Boarmia), 71.
Scymnus, sp., 96.
Sea cliff, 6, 294-5.
selenampha (AmjTia), 65.
semiasperatus (Bradymenis), 106.

semigranosa (Ranclla,) 203.

seminit.idus (Bradymei'us), 106.

sepulchralis (Vadebra), 61.

Serpula, 247.

serrirostris (Orychodes), 118.

serva (Opbiusa), 60.

serrata (Paramecosoma), 95.

Sessinia, 107.

Sboguna, 92.

Shore cliff and terrace, 294.

terrace, 9.

siaraea (Cassia), 177.
Sideroxylon, 181.
Sidney's Dale, 14, 283, 295.
Sigmoiliua, 242.
signifera (]\raliattba), 68.
Simaethis, 77.

similata (Minthea), 105.
simplex (Ceresium), 122.

(Chrysodema), 99.

sinensis (Coeloria), aff., 213.
singhalella (Heterographia), 73.
Slipping of beds of limestone round

Island, 14, 16, 281, 296.
Smeriugopus, 159.
Smith Point, 5, 293.
snellemanii (Ariadna), 158.
Soil, 19, 291.
Solanaceiic, 183,
Solanum, 183.
solida (Davallia), 194.
solidula (Succinea), 56.
solidus (Platjims), 116.
solitaria (Succinea), 56.
Sorex, 27.

South Point, 4, 288.
Sparassidi«, 161.
sparassoides (Guepinia), 199.
speciosa (Guettarda), 180,
spectabilis (Blumea), 181.
speluuciie (Davallium), 194.
Sphseroidina, 231.
Sphenophorus, 113.
SphingidiB, 69.
Sphingina3, 70.
Spiroloculiua, 233, 242-3, 248, 250,

252.
Spu-ostreptus (Nodopyge), 156.
splendens (Stemonitis), 104, 200.
Sponia, 188.

squarrosus (Ptychanthus), 197.
stabilis (Rupertia), 254,
Stachytarpheta, 184.
stall (Anisolabis), 142-3.

(Forcinella), 143.

Staphylinida;, 89.
Steep Point, 6, 16, 287.
Stelidota, 92.

stellata (Orbitoides), 253.
Stemonitis, 104, 200.

336

Stenogyra (Opeas), 57.

stenura (Gallinago), 41.

SterciiliaceiX", 173.

Sticky fruits, 303.

Stictoptera, 68.

Stilbum, 200.

stilpnoides (Clitumnus), 142. 147.

stilpnus (Clitumnus), 147.

stolidus (Auous), 39.

Storms, 17, 301.

strangulatus (Trocliorhopalus), 113.

(Splienophorusj, 113.

StratiomyidiB, 88.

striata (Shoguua), 93.

strigatus (Bothrideres), 94.

strigosa (Mfcandrina), 213.

Strongylodon, 176.

Strongylosoma, 155.

Strongylosomida;, 155.

strubelli (Haplosoma), 155.

Structure of central nucleus of Christ-
mas Island, 271.

subarmata (Labia ?), 142, 144.

subcordata (Cordia), 182.

subcostatus (Dermestes), 95.

subrotunda (Miliolina), 233.

subrotundum ( Vermiculum) , 233.

subrufescens (Lygseus), 128.

subula (Acbatina), 57.

(Bulimus), 57.

(Opeas), 54, 57.

(Stenogyra, Opeas), 57.

subviridis (Nogodina), 135.

Succinea, 56.

suediata (Pvxine), 197.

Sula, 44, 299.

sula (Sula), 44.

sulcicollis (Figulus), 97.

Sumatra, Orbitoides of, 297.

sumatranus (Chelifer), 157.

sumatrensis (Orbitoides), 244, 252,
256.

(Orbitoides, Lepidocyclina) ,

204, 246, 252-3.

sundaicum (Sideroxylon), 181.
supellectilium (Blatta), 145.

(Phyllodromia), 142.

? (Phyllodromia), 145.

suralis (Glyphodes), 74.
surinamensis (Leucophcea) , 142, 146.
(Panchlora, Leucopha'a).

146.
surusalis (Dichocroeis), 74.
suturale (Platysoma), 91.
sutiu-alis (Cossonus), 114.
Syctodes, 159.
Syctodidiie, 159.
Sylepta, 74.
Synedrella, 181.
Syntomida?, 64.

syrniaticum (Nephrodium) , 194.
Syrpindif, 88.

tabulata (Heliastra^a), 215.
tanarius (Macaranga), 188.
Tarache, 69.
Tectona, 184.
Tectus, 201-2.
Teranopteryx, 142, 145.
Temperature, 17.
Tenebrionida\ 105.
tenuepunctata (Psylliodes), 127.
tenuillora (Galactia), 176.
tenuis (Daedalea), 199.

(Leptoria), 210-11.

(Pipistrellus), 27.

Terebrantia, 81.

Terias, 60, 63.

Terraes, 141.

Terminalia, 177.

Termitidffi, 141.

Tertiary limestones in the Azores, 296.

tessellata (Gryllacris), 148.

testacea (Lasioderma), 102.

testaceus (Bostrichus), 116.

(Bythoscopus), 138.

Tetrigus, 99.

Textularia, 231, 237-8, 241-3, 247,.

249, 251-2.
Thalassochelys, 54.
Thalassodes, 71.

Theories of atoll formation, 209.
Theretra, 70.
Thermesia, 67.
Thuidium, 197.
Thyridium, 196.
tibialis (Laius), 102.

(Leocyma), 66.

Tiliacea3, 173.

tiliaceus (Hibiscus), 173.

Tiliacora, 171.

timoriensis (Leptaulax), 97.

tiuctorum (Parmelia), 197.

Tiueidfe, 80.

Tineina, 76.

Tinoporus, 229.

Tipulidffi, 88.

Tomicus, 116.

torresiensis (Haddonia), 249,

Tortricida;, 78.

Tortricomorpha, 78.

Tournefortia, 182.

Toxicum, 106.

Trachychernes, 156.

Trachymitrium, 1 96.

Trachyte, 275-6, 285.

Trade- wind, 301.

Trechus(?), 89.

Trees of shore terrace, 9.

INDKX.

:5:',7

tricariuata (Miliolina), 245.

(Triloeulina), 24.5.

trii'holoma (Trichoscypha), 200.
Trichomanes, 194.
Trichoscypha. 200.

trichura (Crocidura fuliginosa,var.), 27.
Trichyorhyssemus, 98.
tricuspidiituiu (Malvastnini) , 172.
trifasciata (Epeii-a), 159.
trit'oliolata (Acrouychia), 174.
trigonula (Miliolina), 243, 245, 247,

252.
Triloeulina, 245.
Tringoides, 40.
Trithemis, 139.
trivialis (Libellula), 139.

(Trithemis), 139.

Trochammina, 231.

Trocliorhopalus, 113.

Trochus, 201-2.

Trogositidie, 92.

Tropic -bird, 45-6.

Truucatella, 55, 59.

Truncatuliua, 227-8, 231, 234, 241,

249, 251, 255-6, 265-6.
truncatum (Nephrodium), 195.
tuberculosa (Mauopora), 224.
tuberosa (Rotalia), 228.
Turbo, 203.
Turdidse, 49.
Turdus, 37, 49.
Tutuf\i, 202-3.
Typhlopidi«, 53.
Typhlops, 51, 53.

Ugyops, 137.
undalis (Hellula), 74.
undosa (Miliolina), 236.
ungeriana (Truucatulina), 255.
uuicolor (B^ihoscopus), 138.

(Cyrtophora), 160.

uni versa (Orbulina), 240.
Upper cliffs, 1 1 .

and terraces, Geology of,

291.

Uraniadse, 72.
Urospizias, 46.
Urticacere, 188.
utricularis(Carpenteria),241, 247, 250,

254-5.
Uvigerina, 234.

Vadebra, 60-1.
vagi^'itta (Dipterygia) , 65.
valida (Truncatella), 59.
Valleys on west coast, 283.
varcia, 131.

varia (Lecanora), 198.
variabilis (Gryllacris), 148.
variegatus (Numenius), 40.
variipcnnis (Cossonus), 114.
venatoria (Heteropoda), 154, 161-2.
Venus, 204-5.
venusta (Dictus), 159.

(Syctodes, Dictus), 159.

veraria (Thalassodes), 71.
veratrifolia (Corymbis), 191.
verbeeki (Orbitoides), 235, 252.

(Orbitoides, Lepidocyclina)

245, 250, 252-3, 250.
Verbenacete, 184.
Vermes, 1G6.
Vermiculura, 233.
verrucosa (Venus), 204.
vesicularis (Gypsina), 229.
Vespidfc, 81.

vexillifera (Hydrillodes), 68.
vicarius (Paradesmus), 155.
vicinus (Halictus), 86.
vigil (Chairocampa), 70.
villida (Junonia), 62.

(Papilio), 62.

villosus (Cyliudrodesraus), 155.
vitiensis (Cosmophila), 67.
vitifolius (Hibiscus), 173.
Vittaria, 195.

vittatus (Rhyncholobus), 110.
vivipara (Remusatia), 192.
vriesianus (Hibiscus), 173.
vulgaris (Sciurus), 35.

"Water-borne seeds, 303.

Wedelia, 181.

"West "White Beach, 6, 292.

"Wharton, Rear- Admiral Sir "W. J. L.,

Account of Island by, 3.
Wharton Deep, 1.
whartoni (Carpophaga), 37.
\vightiana (Acalypha), 188.
"Wind-borne seeds, 302.
woodmasoniana (Assiminea), 59.

xanthopterus (Ectadoderus) , 148.
xanthopus (Polystictus), 198.
xanthurus (Mus), 32.
Xenoceras, 118.
Xuthia, 94.
Xyleborus, 116.
Xysticus, 162.

Zinckenia, 73.
Zooblax, 121.
Zosteropidffi, 49.
Zosterops, 49.

STBPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, PRINTERS, HERTFORD.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE I.
Pteropus natalis, Thomas, Adult male. (p. 23.

B.M, CHRISTMAS P

Py

PJ.Smit deleblitK.

MmternBros.Ckrc

Ptercpiis rujLtaKs,Thcnxas.

PLATE II.
3fi( s nativitatis, Thomns. Adult male. (p. 28.)

PU

'^j-fCiS'

^

^

PLATE II {bis).

Mus macleari, Thomas. Figs. 1, 3, 6, 7, 8. \ / ., , s
Mus nativitatis, Thomas. Figs. 2, 4, 5, 9, 10. J

Figs. 1 and 2, cranium from above ; Figs. 3 and 4, from below ;
Figs. 5 and 6, side view with lower jaw ; Figs. 7-9, right
upper molar series ; Figs. 8 and 10, right lower molar series.

Figs. 7-10 X 4 ; the others natural size.

B.M. Christinas Island.

PI. II {bis).

^<^i^i^^^il0

IQ >vL i, tn 3.

Skulls and Teeth of J/us viadcaii and Mus iiativitatis.

PLATE in.

Phaetkon fuAoaif, Brandt, fp. 45.)

B M CHRISTMAS P

PI. III.

J.GJCeulemans deletlitk. MmternBros.Chro

Phxtjetixx)W fuLnriLS , Brandt.

W?

PLATE IV.

Ninox natalis, Lister, (p. 47. )

B M. CHRISTMAS I?

PI . IV.

^.

J.UiKeulemans del.et liLh.

^Ninav n<((a/i< Lt.-^lc

Mjntern Bros. Ckro

PLATE Y.

Astur natulift (Lister), (p. 46.

B.M. CHRISTMAS P

F1..V.

J.G.Keulemans del etKtK.

yi.s-/^//r //ff/rf/z,^. LisfjfT.sr,

ManternBrosCkro

PLATE VI.
Zosterops natalis, Lister, (p. 49. )

B.M.CHRISTMAS I?

piyi.

J.GKeulen\ans del et litk

ZvMercps natalis, Lisbpf.

MuitemBros Chxomo

PLATE VII.
Reptilia.

Fig. 1. Gecho listeri, Boulenger. (p. 51.)

Figs. 2, 2a, 26. Li/gosoma natioitatis, Boulenger. (p. 52.)

Figs. 3, 3a, 36. Ablepharus egerice, Boulenger. (p. 53.)

BM CHRISTMAS 1?

pi.vir.

2b.

.2. -^ ] '3,

J Green del etlitK. IdrnternBros imp

l.GexJwlisterv. 2.Ly^cscm£iTvcdivihcdis. S.AhlephaJus egeixse. .

PLATE VIII.

Land Shells.

Figs. 1-3. Lamprocystis normani (Smith), (p. 55.)
Fig. 4. Lamprocystis mahelce (Smith), (p. 55.)
Figs. 5-7. Lamprocystis mildredce (Smith), (p. 56.)
Figs. 8, 9. Sticcinea solidula, Pfeiffer. (p. 56.)
Figs. 10, 11. Succinea solitaria, Smith, (p. 56.)
Figs. 12, 13. Succinea listen, Smith, (p. 57.)
Fig. 14. Opeas subula (Pfeiffer). (p. 57.)
Fig. 15. Py thia scarabceus (Liun.). (p. 58.)
Fig. 16. Melampus luteus (Quoy & Gaimard). (p. 58.)
Fig. 17. Melampus fasciatus (J)esh&jQB). (p. 58.)
Fig. 18. Melampus castaneus (Miihlfeldt). (p. 58.)
Figs. 19, 20. Leptopoma mouhoti, Pfeiffer, var. (p. 58.)
Figs. 21, 22. Truncatella valida, Pfeiffer. (p. 59.)
Fig. 23. Assiminea andrewsiana, n.sp. (p. 59.)

BM.CHRISTMAS I»

Pl.VIlL

J.Green del. et Htk.

LaruL McUxLSco/.

Mmtern-Bros imj) .

PLATE IX.
Lepidoptera.

Figs. 1, la. Boculn limbata, Butler, (p. 66.)

Fig. 2. Epiplema inhians, Warr. (p. 72.)

Fig. 3. Endotricha listeri, Butler, (p. 73.)

Fig. 4. Boarmia scotozojiea, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 71.)

Fig. 5. Emstria griseomixta, Hampson, sp.n. (p. QS.)

Fig. 6. Hydrillodes vexilUfera, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 68.)

Fig. 7. Mimeusemia eoonia, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 64.)

Fig. 8. Charaxes andrewsi, Butler, sp.n. (p. 61.)

Fig. 9. Porthesia pulverea, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 69.)

Fig. 10. Zinckenia nigerrimalis, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 73.)

Fig. 11. OUiphodes {Phacellura) holophcealis, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 74.)

Fig. 12. Gosmophila vitie7isis, Butler, (p. 67.)

Fig. 13. Ephestia scotella, Hampson, sp.n. (p. 72.)

Fig. 14. Dichocrocis auritincta^ Butler, sp.n. (p. 74.)

Fig. 15. Boarmia scotozonea, Butler, (p. 71.)

'-■ '■ /HRISTMAS P.

Plate IX.

E.O.KmiSKt ad-nsLt )ith.

West .Newmain C3>r.

Lepidoptere.

PLATE X.

COLEOPTERA.

Fig. 1. Pcederus listen, Gahaii, sp.n. (p. 89.)

Fig. 2. Oniscomorpha marmorata. Arrow, sp.n. (p. 94.)

Fig. 3. Bothrid&res strigatus, Arrow, sp.n. (p. 94.)

Fig. 4. Laius tibialis, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 102.)

Fig. 5. Protcetia andrewsi, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 98. )

Fig. 6. Epilachna nativitatis, Arrow, sp.n. (p. 95.)

Fig. 7. Megapenthes andrewsi, Waterhouse, sp.n. (p. 101.)

Fig. 8. Chrysohothris andrewsi, Waterhouse, sp.n. (p. 99.)

Fig. 9, Paranohium posticum, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 104.)

Fig. 10. Neoptinus parvus, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 103.)

Fig. 10a. Neoptinus parvus, Gahan, sp.n. Abdomen, (p. 103.)

B.M.CHRISTMAS 1°.

PI. X,

M.Horman-Fisher del.el.lith.

Ccfeopferif

Wesl.Newman. imp.

PLATE XL

CoLEOPTERA.

Fig. I. Parcegun listeri, Gahau. ^. (p. 9(i.)
Fig. 2. Parcegus listeri, Gahan. $. (p. 96.)
Fig. 3. Prinohius coxalis, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 120.)
Fig. 4. ^gocidnus exiguus, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 124.)
Fig. 5. Pterolophia perplexa, Gahan. (p. 123.)
Fig. 6. Rhyncholobus vittatus, Gahan, sp.n. (p. 110.)
Fig. 7. Rhyncholohus rossi, Gahan, sp.n. <J. (p. 109.)
Fig. 8. Rhyncholobus rossi, Gahan, sp.n. ?. (p. 109.)

B.M. CHRISTMAS 19.

PI XI

M.Horman-f'isher del.et lith

Col ecpfera .

Wesl3I^ewman imp

PLATE XII.
Oethoptera.

Fig. 1. Clitumnus stilpnoides, Kirby. (p. 147.)

Fig. 2. Lahidura nigricornis, Kirby. $. (p. 142.)

Fig. 3. Lahidura nigricornis, Kirbj . $. (p. 142.)

Fig. 4. Labia indistincta, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 1 44.)

Fig. 5. Labia incerta, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 144 )

Fig. 6. Labia murrayi, Kirby, sp.n. $. (p. 143.)

Fig. 7. Labia (?) subarmata, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 144.)

B.M CHRISTMAS P.

PI XII

M Horman-Fisiier cJele> iit-Ji

OTthjDpter^a

WegtjNewTdan tmp

PLATE XIII.

Orthoptera.

Fig. 1. Oxya orientalis, Kirby. Dark form. (p. 150.)

Fig. 2. Epaoromia rufostriata, Kirby. (p. 152.)

'EiGc.Z. Ectadoderus flavipalpis,li.vchy,s,^.Vi. $. (p. 147.)

Fig. 4. Ectadoderus flavipalpis, Kirby, sp.n. ?, (p. 147.)

Fig. 5. Labia murrai/i,Kirhj. ?• (P- 143.)

Fig. 6. Fhisis listen, Kirby. (p. 149.)

B. M CHRISTMAS P.

PI ZIII,

M.Horman-Fiaher deletlith

OrtyhoptercL

We 'J t, Newman iTTip

PLATE XIV.
Orthoptera, Nedroptera, and Htmenoptera.

Fig. 1. Gryllacris nofovaria, Kirby. (p, 148.)
Fig. 2. Oxya orientalis, Kirby. Typical form. (p. 150.)
Fig. 3. Formicaleo morpJieus, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 140.)
Fig. 4. Myrmeleon iridescens, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 140.)
Figs. 5, 5a. 3Iantibaria anomala, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 82.)
Fig. 6. Lohopelta diminuta (Smith). §. (p. 83.)
Fig. 7. Lobopelta diminuta (Smith). ?. (p. 83.)
Fig. 8. Halictus andrewsi, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 86.)
Fig. 9. Halictus binghami, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 86.)

B.M. CHRISTMAS 1^^.

R. XIV.

M-Horman-Ksher del.etlith

Orthopt&rcu, Neurop t&roL',
curudj Mynvenopt&rcv.

West, Newman imp.

PLATE XV.

HOMOPTERA AND HeMIPTERA.

Fig. 1. ^thus nitens, Kirby, sp.u. (p. 127.)
Fig. 2. Pentatoma grossepunctatum, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 128.)
Fig. 3. Lygceus subrufescens, Kirby. (p. 128.)
Fig. 4. Brachyrhynchus lignicolus, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 129.)
f> Fig. 5. Ricania flavifrontalis, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 131.)
O Fig. 6. Paurostauria delicata, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 133.)
\/C) Fig. 7. Varcia Jlavicostalis, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 133.)
(/^^ Fig. 8. Nog odina a ffinis {Kirhj). (p. 134.)
\ / ob Fig. 9. Nogodina hyalina (Kirby). (p. 134.)
^'^ 0 Fig. 10. Nogodina subviridis, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 135.)
^ o Fig. 11. Nogodina subviridis, Kirby, sp.n., var. (p. 136.)
^ Fig. 12. Bidis aristella, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 136.)
(^ Fig. 13. Bidis aristella, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 136.)
0 Fig. 14. Clovia eximia, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 137.)
/ 0 Fig. 15. Issus (?) andrewsi, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 138.)

Fig. 16. Idiocerus (?) punctatus, Kirby, sp.n. (p. 138.)

B.M.CHRISTIvIAS P.

PL XV.

M.Horman-'FisteT- dd.etlith.

IIojTLopte^rcu.
and, Hemiptarou.

"West, Newman imp.

PLATE XVI.
Arachnida.

Fig. 1. Chelifer murrayi, Pocock, sp.n. Much magnified, (p. 156.)
Fig. la. Chelifer murrayi. Flagellum of movable digit of mandible.

(p. 156.)
Fig. 2. Argiope reinicardti (Del.). Enlarged one-fourth, (p. 159.)
Fig. 3. Cyrtophora unicolor (Dol.). Enlarged one-fourth, (p. 160.)

[This figure and that of Argiope reimvardti are taken from specimens
preserved in alcohol. According to Mr. Andrews the abdomen in living
examples is more voluminous, and in the case of C. unicolor the
anterior prominences project much less than here represented.]

Fig. 4. Heteropoda listeria Pocock, sp.n. Face and mandibles, (p. 161.)

[The beard of bristles clothing the front of the upper half of the
mandibles stands out more clearly in the actual specimen than in the
figure.]

Fig. 4a. Heteropoda listen. Vulva. ?. (p. 161.)

Fig. 4b. Heteropoda listen. Tarsus and distal end of palpus of S' from

below, (p. 161.)
Fig. 4c. Heteropoda listeri. Bifid tip of flagellum and its sheath of

palpal organ, (p. 161.)
Fig. 4d. Heteropoda listeri. Tibial spine of palp of $ from the side.

(p. 161.)

CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

Plate XVI.

FO Pickard-CamnWidge delrtltth-

ArcLohraxlcu.

WesUNewmecn imp.

PLATE XVII.
Pittosporum nativitatis, Baker, ^^, sp.n. (p. 171.)

Fig. 1. Branchlet showing inflorescence (natural size).

Fig. 2. Flower ( x 5).

Fig. 3. Sepal ( x 5).

Fig. 4. Petal ( x 5).

Fig. 5. Stamens and ovary not fully developed ( x .5).

Fig. 6. Ovary not fully developed ( x 5).

Fig. 7. Bract ( x 5).

B.M.CHRISTMAS I?.

Plate XVir.

RMorgan del.etkth. West, Newman imp.

Piltospopum nativitatis, Bcxkj&r fiL.

PLATE XVIII.

Panicum andre-wsi, Rendle, sp.n. (p. 192.)

Fig. 1. Barren glume, i, viewed from inside.
Fig. 2. Barren glume, ii, viewed from inside.

Fig. 3. Barren glume, iii, viewed from inside and showing the empty-
pale.

Fig. 4. Fertile glume. Dorsal view.

Natural size. Figs. 1-4, parts of spikelet, x 18.

B.M.CHRISTMAS R

Plate XVIir.

R-Mca-gaii dei.etlitli.
A.B.Rendle anal.

Pa.nic"u.rii an drew si, i?eruZZ#>.

West.l^ewman imp

PLATE XIX.

Fossil Corals.

Fig. 1. Cceloria andrewsi, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section.
Fig. 2. Mceandrina equisepta, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section.
Fig. 3. Orhicella rmirrayi, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section.
Fig. 4. Orbicella prceheliopora, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section.
Fig. 5. Acanthastrcea patula, Gregory, var. nov. paucidentata. Trans-
verse section.
Fig. 6. Anisocoenia favoides, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section.
Fig. 7. Anisocoenia murrayi, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section.
Fig. 8. Coscinarcea midi-eivsi, Gregory, sp.n. Transverse section.
All the figures twice natural size.

B.M. OHRIRTMAS P

PlaleXK.

H.

.^?.

/i y'

^%W?A

E Drake aid nat lith.

West.Nev/man imp

Fossth Cecals

Alt ^A thfiyn..

PLATE XX.

FORAMINIFERAL LIMESTONES.

Fig. 1. No. 2. Oldest Limestone (Eocene or Oligocene) from south
end of Flying Fish Cove. X 15. (p. 226.)

Fig. 2. No. 522. ? Oligocene Limestone, B of section, Flying Fish
Cove. X 15. (p. 231.)

Fig. 3. No. 924. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, Flying Fish Cove.

X 15. (p. 233.)

Fig. 4. No. 220. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, Flying Fish Cove.

X 15. (p. 239.)

Fig. 5. No. 844. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, Flying Fish Cove.
X 5. (p. 242.)

Fig. 6. No. 562. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, Flying Fish Cove.
X 10. (p. 243.)

Fig. 7. No. 521. White Limestone from pinnacles at 500 feet over

Flying Fish Cove, x 5*. (p. 245.)
Fig. 8. No. 841. White Limestone from pinnacles at 500 feet over

Flying Fish Cove, x 6. (p. 248.)
Fig. 9. No. 549. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, Flying J'ish Cove.

x 6. (p. 250.)

B.M. Christmas Ii>

Plate XX.

S: CHAPM-AN, PHOTl.-

HORGAN & Kn)D, BOI.I.OTT9K .

F0RAMI1N.IFERA1. ROCKS : CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

PLATE XXI.

FORAMINIFERAL LIMESTONES.

Fig. 10.

Fio. 11.

Fig. 12.

Fig. 13.

Fig. 14.

Fig. 15.

Fig. 16.

Fig. 17.

Specimen No. 968. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, south of

Flying Fish Cove, x 6. (p. 252.)
Specimen No. 347. Eocene or Oligocene Limestone from

high cliflFin Sidney's Dale (see map), x 15. (p. 254.)
Specimen No. 835. Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, south of
X 5. (p. 254.)

Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, south of
X 4^. (p. 255.)

Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone, south of
X 6. (p. 255.)
Miocene Orbitoidal Limestone. x 5.

Flying Fish Cove.
Specimen No. 827.

Flying Fish Cove.
Specimen No. 827.

Flying Fish Cove.
Specimen No. 581.

(p. 255.)
Specimen No. 986, Pebble of Orbitoidal Limestone in raised

beach, north of Flying Fish Cove, x 2. (p. 253.)
Specimen No. 5. From cracks in basalt on south side of

Flying Fish Cove, x 15. (p. 258.)

B.M. Christmas Id.

Plate XXI.

F. CHAPMAN. PHOTO.

MORGAN & KIDI), roi,LOTYPK.

FORAMINIFERAL ROCKS : CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

INSERT FOLDOUT HERE

LIST OF THE CURRENT

NATURAL HISTORY PUBLICATIONS

OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE

BRITISH MUSEUM,

The following publications can be purchased through the
Agency of 3Iess7\^. LONGMANS & Co., H9. Paternoster Row ;
Mr. Q'uaritch, 15, Piccadilly ; Messrs. Kegan Paul,
Trench, Trubner & Co., Paternoster House, Charing
Cross Road ; and Messrs. DULAU & Co., 37, Soho Square;
or at the NATURAL HISTORY Museum, Cromwell Road,
Lo?idon, S.W.

Catalogue of the Specimens and Drawings of Mammals,
Birds, Reptiles, and Fishes of Nepal and Tibet. Presented
by B. H. Hodgson, Esq., to the British Musuem. 2nd
edition. By John Edward Gray. Pp. xii., 90. [With an
account of the Collection by Mr Hodgson.] 18(53, 12nio.
2s. 3f/.

Catalogue of the Mammalia and Birds of New Guinea in the
Collection of the British Museum. [With list of Species
of New Guinea Birds, and those of the neighbouring
Localities.] By John Edward Gray, Ph.D., F.K.S., and
George Robert Gray, F.L.S., &c. Pp. 63. Woodcuts.
1859, 8vo. Is. 6d.

Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-
Pacific Ocean during the voyage of H.M.S. "Alert," 1881-2.
Pp. XXV., 684. 54 Plates. 1884, 8vo.

Summary of the Voyage ... By Dr. R. W. Coppinger.

Mammalia „ 0. Thomas.

Aves „ R. B. Sharpe.

Reptilia, Batrachia, Pisces ... „ A. Giinther.

Mollusca „ E. A. Smith.

Echinodermata >> F. J. Bell.

Crustacea ... „ E. J. Miers.

Coleoptera „ C. 0. Waterhouse.

Lepidoptera „ A. G. Butler.

Alcyonaria and Spongiida ... „ S.O.Ridley.

4;^;57r— 1500— 12/91) Wf20a4'.i D&S 9

I /. 10s.

?, LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

MAMMALS.

List of the Specimens of Mammalia in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. Pp. xxviii.,
216. [With Systematic List of the Genera of Mammalia,
Index of Donations, and Alphabetical Index.] 1<S4;*), 12mo.
2.S. 6d.

Catalogue of the Bones of Mammalia in the Collection of the
British Museum. Bv Edward Gerrard. Pp. iv., 296.
1862, 8vo. 5.S.

Catalogue of Monkeys, Lemurs, and Fruit-eating Bats in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray,
F.R.S., itc. Pp. viii., 137. 21 Woodcuts. 1870, 8vo. 4s.

Catalogue of Carnivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate
Mammalia in the British Museum. By John Edward
Gray, F.R.S., &c. Pp. vii., :V.)S. 17 Woodcuts. 1869,
8vo. 6.S. (xJ.

Catalogue of Seals and Whales in the British Museum. By
John Edward Grav, F.R.S., &c. 2nd edition. Pp. vii.,
402. 101 Woodcuts. 1866, 8vo. 8.s.

Supplement. Bv John Edward Gray, F,R.S., &c.

Pp. vi., 103. 11 Woodcuts. 1871, 8vo. 2.s. 6d.

List of the Specimens of Cetacea in the Zoological Depart-
ment of the British Museum. Bv William Henry Flower.
LL.D., F.R.S., etc. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] Pp. iv., 36. 1885, 8vo. is. 6d

Catalogue of Ruminant Mammalia (Pfcora, Linnaeus) in the
British Museum. By John Edward Grav, F.R.S., &c.
Pp. viii., 102. 4 Plates. 1872, 8vo. ds. M.

Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the
Collection of the British Museum By Oldfield Thomas.
Pp. xiii., 401. 4 coloured and 24 plain Plates. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1888, 8vo. 1/. 8-'?.

BIRDS.

Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum : —

Vol. VI. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
C'ich/omorjjfice : Part III., containing the first portion
of the family Timeliida? (Babbling Thrushes). By
R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xiii., 420. Woodcuts and
18 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 1881, 8vo. 1/."

Vol. VII. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Ciclilomorplue : Part IV., containing the concluding
portion of the family Timeliidfe (Babbling Thrushes).

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 3

Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum — continued.

By R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xvi., 698. Woodcuts and
15 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 11S8I5, 8vo. 1/. 6s.

Vol. VIII. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
CicMomorphiv : Part V., containini? the families
Paridae and Laniidaj (Titmice and Shrikes) ; and
Certhiomorpha' (Creepers and Nuthatches). By Hans
Gadow, M.A., Ph.D. Pp. xiii., 386. Woodcuts and
9 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 1883, 8vo. 17.s\

Vol. IX. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Oinn}/t'imo7y/ia', containing the families Nectariniidae
and Meliphagida? (Sun Birds and Honey-eaters). By
Hans Gadow, M.A., Ph.D. Pp. xii., 310. Woodcuts
and 7 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 1884, 8vo. 14.'*.

Vol. X. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Fringilliformeii : Part I., containing the families
Dicaeidfe, Hirundinidte, Ampelidae, Mniotiltidae, and
Motacillidfe. By R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xiii., 682.
Woodcuts and 12 coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 188'), 8vo. 1/. 2s.

Vol. XI. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
FringilliformeiA : Part II., containing the families
Coerebidae, Tanagridae, and Icteridae. By Philip Lutlev
Sclater, M.A., F.R.S. Pp. xvii., 431. [With Syste-
matic and Alphabetical Indexes.] Woodcuts and 18
coloured Plates. 1886, 8vo. 1/.

Vol. XII. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Fringilliformes : Part III., containing the family
.Fringillidae. By R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xv., 871.
Woodcuts and 16 coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1888, 8vo. 1?. 8s.

Vol. XIII, Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Sturniforiues, containing the families Artamidae,
Sturnidae, Ploceidae, and Alaudidae. Also the families
Atrichiidae and INIenuridae. By R. Bowdler Sharpe.
Pp. xvi., 701. Woodcuts and 1.5 coloured Plates.
[With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1890,
8yo., 1/. 8s.

Vol. XIV. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Oligomijodce, or the families Tyrannidae, Oxyrham-
phidae, Pipridae, Cotingidae, Phytotomidae, Philepittidae,

4337r A 2

4 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Catalogue of the Birds in the British MvLsenm— continued.

Pittidffi, Xenicidae, and Eurylaemidse. By Philip
Lutley Sclater, M.A., F.R.S. Pp. xix., 494. Woodcuts
and 26 coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 1888, 8vo. U. As.
Vol. XV. Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching
Birds, in the Collection of the British Museum.
Tracheophoncf, or the families Dendrocolaptidfe,
Formicariidte, Coiiopophagidse, and Pteroptochidse.
By Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A., F.R.S. Pp. xvii., 371.
Woodcuts and 20 coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1890, 8vo. I /.
Vol. XVI. Catalogue of the Picariae in the Collection of
the British Museum. Upiqxc anci TrorhiJi, by Osbert
Salvin. Coraria; of the families Cypselidae, Capri-
mulgida?, Podargidae, and Steatornithidae, by Ernst
Hartert. Pp. xvi., 703. Woodcuts and 14 coloured
Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.]
1892, 8vo. 1/. 16.S.
Vol. XVII. Catalogue of the Picariai in the Collection
of the British Museum. Goracue (contin.) and
Hairy onen, with the families Leptosomatidffi, Coraciida?,
Meropida?, Alcedinidffi, Momotidaj, Totidae and Coliidae,
by R. Bowdler Sharpe. Bucerote.s and Trogones by
W. R. Ogilvie Grant. Pp. xi., 522. Woodcuts and 17
coloured Plates. [With Systematic and Alphalietical
Indexes.] 1892, 8vo. 1/. 10s.
Vol. XVIII. Catalogue of the Picarife in the Collection
of the British Museum. Scamores, containing the
family Picidaj. By Edward Hargitt. Pp. xv., 597.
Woodcuts and 15 coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1890, 8vo. 1/. 6s.
Vol. XIX. Catalogue of the Picariae in the Collection of
the British Museum. Scansores and Coccyges : con-
taining the families Rhainphastidai, Galbulidae, and

Bucconidje, by P. L. Sclater ; and the families Indi-

catoridfB, Capitonidoe, Cuculidae, and Musophagid», by

G. E. Shelley. Pp. xii., 484 : 13 coloured Plates.

[With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1891,

8vo. 1/. 5s.
Vol. XX. Catalogue of the Psittaci, or Parrots, in the

Collection of the British Museum. By T. Salvadori.

Pp. xvii., 658 : Woodcuts and 18 coloured Plates.

[With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1891 ,

8vo. 1/. lO.s.
Vol. XXI. Catalogue of the Columba?, or Pigeons, m

the Collection of the British Museum. By T. Salvadori.

Pp. XTii., 676 : 15 coloured Plates. [With Systematic

and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1893, 8vo. 1/. 10s.
Vol. XXII. Catalogue of the Game Birds (Pterocletes,

GalUnce, Opisrhocomi, Hemipodii) in the Collection of

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 5

Catalogue of the Birds in the British Museum — continued.

the British Museum. By W. R. Ogilvie Grant.
Pp. xvi., 585 : H coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1893, 8vo. 11. 6s.

Vol. XXIIl. C'atalogue of the Fulicari* (Rallidje and
Heliornithidaj) and Alectorides (Aramida?, Eurypy-
gidffi, ]\Iesitida3, Rhinochetidaj, Gruidae, Psophiidae,
and Otididai) in the Collection of the British Museum.
By R. Bowdler Sharpe. Pp. xiii., 353 : 9 coloured
Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.]
1894, 8vo. 20s.

Vol. XXIV. Catalogue of the Limicolse in the Collection
of the British Museum. By R. Bowdler Sharpe,
Pp. xii., 794. Woodcuts and 7 coloured Plates. [With
Sj'stematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1896, 8vo.
II. 5s.

Vol. XXV, Catalogue of the Gavise and Tubinares in
the Collection of the British Museum. Gaviae (Terns,
Gulls, and Skuas,) by Howard Saunders. Tubinares
(Petrels and Albatrosses), by Osbert Salvin. Pp. xv.,
475 ; woodcuts and 8 coloured Plates. [With Syste-
matic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1896, 8vo. 11. Is.

Vol. XXVI. Catalogue of the Plataleae, Herodiones,
Steganopodes, Pygopodes, Alc«, and Impennes in the
Collection of the British Museum. Plataleae (Ibises
and Spoonbillsj and Herodiones (Herons and Storks),
by R. Bowdler Sharpe. Steganopodes (Cormorants,
Gannets, Frigate-birds, Tropic -birds, and Pelicans),
Pygopodes (Divers and Grebes), Alca^ (Auks), and Im-
pennes (Penguins), by W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, Pp. xvii.,
687 : Woodcuts and 14 coloured Plates. [With Sys-
tematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1898, 8vo. 1/. 5s.

Vol. XXVII. Catalogue of the Chenomorphae (Pala-
medeas, Phoenicopteri, Anseres), Crypturi, and Ratitse
in the Collection of the British Museum. By T
Salvadori. Pp. xv., 636 : 19 coloured Plates. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1895, 8vo.
11. 12s.
A Hand-list of the Genera and Species of Birds. [Nonien-
clator Avium tum Fossilium tum Viventium.] By R.
Bowdler Sharpe, Ll.D. Vol. I. Pp. xxi., 303. [With
Systematic Index.] 1899, 8vo. 10s.
List of the Specimens of Birds in the Collection of the
British Museum. By George Robert Gray : —

Part III., Section I. Ramphastidae Pp. 16. [With
Index.] 1855, 12mo. M.

Part III., Section II. Psittacid^e. Pp. 110. [With
Index.] 1859, 12mo. 2s.

Part III., Sections III. and IV. Capitonidae and Picidae.
Pp. 137. [With Index.] 1868, 12mo. Is. 6(7.

b LIST OF PUBLICATION'S OP THE

List of the Specimens of Birds in the Collectioh of the
British Museum — cuntinued.

Part IV. Columbai. Pp. T.\. [With Index.] 1856,

12mo. Is. 9r/.
PartV. Gallina;. Pp. iv., 120. [With an Alphabetical

Index.] 1867, 12mo. ].s. [\d.

Catalogue of the Birds of the Tropical Islands of the Pacific
Ocean in the Collection of the British Museum. Bv
George Robert Gray, F.L.S., &c. Pp. 72. [With aii
Alphabetical Index.] 1859, 8vo. l.s-. 6rf.

REPTILES.

Catalogue of the Tortoises, Crocodiles, and Amphisbajnians
in the Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. J. E.
Gray, F.R.S., &c. Pp. viii., 80. [With an Alphabetical
Index.] 1841, 12mo. l.s-.

Catalogue of Shield Reptiles in the Collection of the British
Museum. By John Edward Gray, F.R.S., &c.:—

Appendix. Pp. 28. 1872, 4to. 2.s. 6(7.

Part II. Emydosaurians, Rhynchocephalia,and Amphis-

baenians. Pp. vi., 41. 25 Woodcuts. 1872, 4to.

3s. M.

Hand-List of the Specimens of Shield Reptiles in the
British Museum. By Dr. .J. E. Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.
Pp. iv., 124. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1873,
8vo. 4s.

Catalogue of the Chelonians, Rhynchocephalians, and
Crocodiles in the British Museum (Natural History).
New Edition. By George Albert Boulenger. Pp. x., 311.
73 Woodcuts and 6 Plates. [With Systematic and
Alphabetical Indexes.] 1889, 8vo. 15s.

Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum (Natural His-
tory). Second Edition. By George Albert Boulenger : —

Vol. I. Geckonidffi, Eublepharida^, Uroplatida?, Pygo-
podidfe, Agamid^e. Pp. xii., 436. 32 Plates. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1885, 8vo. 20s.

Vol. II. Iguanidse, Xenosauridse, Zonuridse, Anguidaj,
Anniellida3, Helodermatidfe, Varanidse, Xantusiida?,
Teiidae, Amphisba^nidae. Pp. xiii., 497. 24 Plates.
[With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1885,
8vo. 20s.

Vol. III. Lacertidae, Gerrhosauridas, Scincidas, Anelytro-
pidae, Dibamidae, Chamaeleontidje. Pp. xii., 575. 40
Plates. [With a Systematic Index and an Alphabetical
Index to the three volumes.] 1887, 8vo. 1/. 6.s.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 7

Catalogue of the Snakes in the British Museum (Natural
History). By George Albert Boulenger, F.R.S. : —

Vol. I., containing the families Typhlopidse, Glauconiidae,
Boidae, Ilysiidas, Uropeltida^, Xenopeltidas, and Colu-
brida} aglyph;e, part. Pp. xiii., ■448 : 20 Woodcuts
and 28 Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1893, 8vo. 1/. 1*'.

Vol. II., containing the conclusion of the Colubridae
aglypha). Pp. xi., 382 : 25 Woodcuts and 20 Plates.
[With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1894,
8vo. 17s. 6d.

Vol. III., containing the Colubridie (Opisthoglyphse and
Proteroglyphaj), Amblycephalidte, and Viperida?.
Pp. xiv., 727 : 37 Woodcuts and 25 Plates. [With
Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index to the 3
volumes.] 1896, 8vo. 1^. Qs.

Catalogue of Colubrine Snakes in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Dr. Albert Giinther. Pp. xvi., 281.
[With Geographic, Systematic, and- Alphabetical Indexes.]
1858, 12mo. Is.

BATRACHIANS.

Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia in the Collection c P the
British Museum. By Dr. Albert Giinther. Pp. xvi., IGO.
12 Plates. [With Systematic, Geographic, and Alphabfitical
Indexes.] 1858, 8vo. 6s.

FISHES.

Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. Sucond
edition. Vol. I. Catalogue of the Perciform Fishes in the
British Museum. Vol. I. Containing the Centrarchidse,
Percidse, and Serranidaj (part). By George Albert
Boulenger, ^.R.S. Pp. xix., 394. Woodcuts and 15 Plates.
[With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1895, 8vo.
15s.

List of the Specimens of Fish in the Collection of the British
Museum. Part I. Chondropterygii. By J. E. Gray.
Pp. X., 160. 2 Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1851, 12mo. 3s.

Catalogue of Fish collected and described by Laurence
Theodore Gronow, now in the British Museum. Pp. vii.,
196. [With a Systematic Index.] 1854, 12mo. 3s. 6^.

8 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Catalogue of Apodal Fish in the Collection of the British

Museum. By Dr. Kaup. Pp. viii., Wd. 11 Woodcuts and

19 Plates. 1856, 8vo. 10^.
Catalogue of Lophobranehiate Fish in the Collection of the

British Museum. By J. J. Kaup, Ph.D., &c. Pp. iv., 80.

4 Plates. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1856, 12mo. 2s.

MOLLUSC A.

Guide to the Systematic Distribution of Mollusca iu the
British Museum. Part 1. By John Edward Gray, Ph.D.,
F.R.S., &c. Pp. xii., 230. 121 Woodcuts. 1857, 8vo. 5.s'.

List of the Shells of the Canaries in the Collection of the
British Museum, collected by MM. Webb and Berthelot
Described and figured by Prof. Alcide D'Orbigny in the
" Histoire Naturelle des lies Canaries." Pp. 32. 1851,
12mo. Is.

List of the Shells of Cuba in the Collection of the British
Museum, collected by M. Ramon de la Sagra. Described
by Prof. Alcide d'Orbigny in the " Histoire de Pile de
Cuba." Pp. 48. 1854, 12mo. Is.

List of the Shells of South America in the Collection of the
British Museum. Collected and described by M. Alcide
D'Orbigny in the "Voyage dans I'Amerique Meridionale."
Pp. 89. 1854, 12mo. 2s.

Catalogue of the Collection of Mazatlan Shells in the British
Museum, collected by Frederick Reigen. Described by
Philip P. Carpenter. Pp. xvi., 552. 1857, 12mo. Ss.

List of Mollusca and Shells in the Collection of the British
Museum, collected and described by MM. Eydoux and
Souleyet in the "Voyage autour du Monde, execute
"pendant les annees 1836 et 1837, sur la Corvette 'La
" Bonite,' " and in the " Histoire naturelle des MoUusques
" Pteropodes." Par MM. P. C. A. L. Rang et Souleyet.
Pp. iv., 27. 1855, 12mo. 8f/.

Catalogue of the Phaneropneumona, or Terrestial Operculated
Mollusca, in the Collection of the British Museum. Bv
Dr. L. Pfeiffer. Pp. 324. [With an Alphabetical Index.]
1852, 12mo. 5s.

Catalogue of Pulmonata, or Air Breathing Mollusca, in the
Collection of the British Museum. Part I. By Dr. Louis
Pfeiffer. Pp. iv., 192. Woodcuts. 1855, 12mo. 2s. 6d

Catalogue of the Auriculidas, Proserpinidse, and Truncatellidie
in the Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Louis
Pfeiffer. Pp. iv., 150. Woodcuts. 1857, 12mo. Is. 9d.

List of the Mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum.
By John Edward Grav, Ph.D., F.R.S., &c.
Part I. Volutidaa. Pp. 23. 1855, 12mo. 6(1
Part II. Olividse. Pp. 41. 1865, 12mo. Is.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), 9

Catalogue of the Conchifeni, or Bivalve Shells, in the
Collection of the British Museum. By M. Deshayes : —
Part I. Veneridie, Cypriniihe, Glauconomiilae, and

Petricolada\ Pp. iv., 21('). 185^, 12mo. :3.s.
Part IT. Petricoladfe (concluded) ; Corbiculada^. Pp.
217-,?92. [With an Alphabetical Index to the two
parts.] 1854, 12mo. M.

BRACHIOPODA.

Catalogue of Brachiopoda Ancylopoda or Lamp Shells in the
Collection of the British Museum. [Issued as " Catalogue
of the Mollusca, Part IV."] Pp. iv., 128. 25 Woodcuts.
[With an Alphabetical Index.] 18r):5, l2mo. 3.s'.

POLYZOA.

(Catalogue of Marine Polyzoa in the Collection of the British
Museum. Part III. ' Cyclostomata. By George Busk,
F.R.S. Pp. viii., 39. 38 Plates. [With a Systematic
Index.] 1875, 8vo. 5s'.

CRUSTACEA.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Amphipodous Crustacea in
the Collection of the British Museum. By C. Spence Bate,
F.R.S., &c. Pp. iv., 399. 58 Plates. [With an Alpha-
betical Index.] 1862, 8vo. 1/. 5s.

ARACHNIDA.

Descriptive Catalogue of the Spiders of Burma, based upon
the Collection made by Eugene W. Gates and preserved in
the British Museum.' By T. Thorell. Pp. xxxvi., 406.
[With Systematic List and Alphabetical Index.] 1895,
8vo. 10s. 6d.

MYRIOPODA.

Catalogue of the Myriapoda in the Collection of the British
Museum. By George Newport, F.R.S., P.E.S., &c. Part I.
Chilopoda. Pp. iv., 96. [With an Alphabetical Index.]
1856, 12mo. Is. 9d.

INSECTS.
Co/eo2)terous Insects.
Nomenclature of Coleopterous Insects in the Collection of
the British Museum : —

Part VI. Passalidffi. By Frederick Smith. Pp. iv., 23.

1 Plate. [With Index.] 1852, 12mo. 8d
Part VII. Longicornia, I. Bv Adam White. Pp. iv.,

174. 4 Plates. 1853, 12mo!; 2s. 6d.
Part VIII. Longicornia, II. Bv Adam White. Pp. 237.

6 Plates. 1855, 12mo. 3s. 6d.
Part IX. Cassidid*. By Charles H. Boheman, Professor
of Natural History, Stockholm. Pp. 225. [With
Index.] 1856, 12mo. 3it.

10 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Illustrations of Typical Specimens of Coleoptera in the
Collection of the British Museum. Part I. Lycidae. By
Charles Owen Waterhouse. Pp. x., 83. 18 Coloured
Plates. [With Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.]
1879, 8vo. 16s.

Catalogue of the Coleopterous Insects of Madeira in the
Collection of the British Museum. By T. Vernon
Wollaston, M.A., F.L.S. Pp. xvi., 2U : 1 Plate. [With
a Topographical Catalogue and an Alphabetical Index.]
1857, 8vo. '6s.

Catalogue of the Coleopterous Insects of the Canaries in the
Collection of the British Museum. By T. Vernon
Wollaston, M.A., F.L.S. Pp. xiii., 648. [With Topo-
graphical and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1861, 8vo. 10s. 6d.

Catalogue of Halticidfe in the Collection of the British
Museum. By the Rev. Hamlet Clark, M.A., F.L.S.
Physapodes and CEdipodes. Part T. Pp. xii., 301.
Frontispiece and 9 Plates. 1860, 8vo. 76-.

Catalogue of Hispidse in the Collection of the British
Museum. By Joseph S.Baly. M.E.S., &c. Parti. Pp. x.,
172. 9 Plates. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1858,
8vo. 6s.

Hyinenopteruus Insects.

List of the Specimens of Hymenopterous Insects in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Francis Walker,
F.L.S. :—

Part II. Chalcidites. Additional Species. Appendix.
Pp. iv., 99-237. 1848, 12nio. 2s.

Catalogue of Hymenopterous Insects in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Frederick Smith. 12mo. : —

Part T. Andrenidfe and Apidas. Pp. 197. 6 Plates.

1853, 2s. M.
Part II. Apidaj. Pp. 199-465. 6 Plates. [With an

Alphabetical Index.] 1854, 6s.
Part III. Mutillidae and Pompilidai. Pp. 206. 6 Plates.

1855, 6s.
Part IV. Sphegidai, Larridai, and Crabronidai. Pp. 207-

497. 6 Plates. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1856,

6s.
Part V. Vespidaj. Pp. 147. 6 Plates. [With an Alpha-
betical Index.] 1857, 6s.
Part VI. Formicida3. Pp. 216. 14 Plates. [With an

Alphabetical Index.] 1858, 6s.
Part VII. Dorylida^ and Thynnida\ Pp. 76. 3 Plates.

[With an Alphabetical Index.] 1859, 2.s.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTOHY). 11

Descriptions of New Species of Hymenopteni in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Frederick Smith.
Pp. xxi., 240. [With Systematic and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1879, 8vo. Kis.

List of Hymenoptera, Avith descriptions and figures of the
Typical Specimens in the British Museum. A^ol. I.,
Tenthredinidaj and Siricidie. By W. F. Kirby.
Pp. xxviii., 450. IG Coloured Plates. [With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes.] 188:2, 8vo. J /. 18.s.

Dipterous Inserts.

List of the Specimens of Diptei-ous Insects in the Collection
of the British Museum. By Francis Walker, F.L.S.
Part VII. Supplement III. Asilida^. Pp. ii., 507-775.
1855, 12mo. 3s. 0(7.

Lep idopteroas Insects.

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phahen-cc in the British
Museum. Vol. I. Catalogue of the Syntomidce in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Sir George F.
Hampson, Bart. Pp. xxi., 559. 285 Woodcuts. [With
Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes, and Table of the
Phylogeny of the Syntomidie.] 1898, 8vo., 15.s.

Atlas of 17 Coloured Plates, 8vo., 15.s.

Illustrations of Typical Specimens of Lepidoptera Heterocera
in the Collection of the British Museum : —

Part III. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. xviii., 82.
41-60 Coloured Plates. [With a Systematic Index.]
1879, 4to. %1. 10s.
Part V. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. xii., 74.
78-100 Coloured Plates. [With a Systematic Index.]
1881, 4to. 2/. lOs.
Part VI. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. xv., 89.
101-120 Coloured Plates. [With a Systematic Index.]
1886, 4to. 21. 4s.
Part VII. By Arthur Gardiner Butler. Pp. iv., 124.
121-138 Coloured Plates. [With a Systematic List.]
1889, 4to. 21
Part VIII. The Lepidoptera Heterocera of the Nilgiri
District. By George Francis Hampson. Pp. iy., 144.
139-156 Coloured Plates. [With a Systematic List.]
1891, 4to. 2/.
Part IX. The Macrolepidoptera Heterocera of Ceylon.
By George Francis Hampson. Pp. v., 182. 157-176.
Coloured Plates. [With a General Sj'stematic List of
Species collected in, or recorded from, Ceylon.] 1893,
4to. 21. 2s.
Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera of the family Satyridae in
the Collection of the British Museum. By Arthur Gardiner
Butler, F.L.S., &c. Pp. yi., 211. 5 Plates. [With an
Alphabetical Index.] 1868, 8yo. 5s. 6t/.

12 LIST OP PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera described by Fabricius in
the Collection of the l^ritish Museum. By Arthur Gardiner
^ Butler, F.L.S., &c. Pp. iv., 30;}. 3 Plates. 1869, 8vo. 7s. Gd.
Specimen of a Catalogue of Lyca3nida3 in the British Museum.
By W. C. Hewitson. Pp.'lo. 8 Coloured Plates. 1862,
Uo. 11. Is.
List of Lepidopterous Insects in the Collection of the British
Museum. Part I. Papilionidfe. By G. R. Gray, F.L.S.
Pp. 106. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1856, 12mo. 2.v.
List of the Specimens of Lepidopterous Insects in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Francis Walker.
12mo. :—

Part XIX. Pyralides. Pp. 799-1036. [With an Alpha-
betical Index to Parts XVI.-XIX.] 1859, 3s. M.
Part XX. Geometrites. Pp. 1-276. 1860. 4s.

Part XXI. Pp. 277-498. 1860, 3s.

Part XXII. Pp. 499-755. 1861, 3s. 6f/.

Part XXIII. Pp. 756-1020. 1861, 3s. 6d

Part XXIV. Pp. 1021-1280. 1862, 3s. 6f/.

Part XXV. Pp. 1281-1477. 1862, 3s.

Part XXVI. Pp. 1478-1796. [With an

Alphabetical Index to Parts XX.-XXVI.] 1862, 4s. 6d.
Part XXVII. Crambiies and Tortricites. P]). 1-286.

1863, 4s.
Part XXVIII. Tortricites and Tineites. Pp. 287-561.

1863, 4s.
Part XXIX. Tineites. Pp. 562-835. 1864, 4s.
Part XXX. Pp. 836-1096. [With an Alpha-
betical Index to Parts XXVII.-XXX.] 1864, 4s.
Part XXXI. Supplement. Pp. 1-321. 1864, 5s.

Part XXXII. Part 2. Pp. 322-706.

1865, 5s.

Part XXXIII. Part 3. Pp 707-1120.

1865, 6s.

Part XXXIV. Part 4. Pp. 1121-1533.

1865, 5s. 6d.

Part XXXV. Part 5. Pp. 1534-2040.

[With an Alphabetical Index to Parts XXXI.-
XXXV.] 1866, 7s.

Neuropteruus Insects.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Neuropterous Insects in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Francis Walker.
12mo. : —

Part I. Phryganides — Perlides. P]). iv., 192. 1852,

2s. 6d.
Part II. Sialidae— Nemopterides. Pp. ii., 193-476.

1853, 3s. 6d.
Part III. Termitidae — Ephemeridis. Pp. ii., 477-585
1853, Is. M.

HRITISH MITSKUM (NATURAL HISTORY). JH

Catalogue of the Specimens of Neuropterous Insects in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. H. Hagen.
Part I. Termitina. Pp. 34. 1858. 12mo. 6d.

Orthu23terous Insects.

Catalogue of Orthopterous Insects in the Collection of the
British Museum. Part I. Phasmidae. By John Obadiah
Westwood, F.L.S., &c. Pp. 195. 48 Plates. [With an
Alphabetical Index]. 1859, 4to. 3/.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Blattarite in the Collection of
the British Museum. By Francis Walker, F.L.S., &c.
Pp. 239. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1868, 8vo. 5.s\ M.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Dermaptera Saltatoria [Part I.]
and Supplement to the Blattarise in the Collection (»f the
British Museum. (Iryllidte. Blattaria3. Locustidse, Bv
Francis Walker, F.L.S., &c. Pp. 224. [With an Alpha-
betical Index.] 18G9, 8vo. 5.s.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Dermaptera Saltatoria in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Francis Walker,
F.L.S., &c.~
Part II. Locustida? (continued). Pp. 225-423. [With
an Alphabetical Index.] 1869, 8vo. 4.5. 6c?.

Part III. Locustidse (continued). — Acrididae. Pp. 425-
604. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1870, 8vo. 4.s\

Part IV. Acrididfe (continued). Pp. 605-809. [With
an Alphabetical Index.] 1870, 8vo. 6.s.

Part V. TettigidjB. — Supplement to the Catalogue of
Blattarias. — Supplement to the Catalogue of Dermaptera
Saltatoria (with remarks on the Geographical Distri-
bution of Dermaptera). Pp. 811-850 ; 43 ; IK;.
[With Alphabetical Indexes.] 1870, 8vo. 6.s\

Hemipterous Inserts.

Catalogue of the Specimens of Heteropterous Hemiptera in
the Collection of the British Museum. By Francis Walker,
F.L.S., &c. 8vo. :—

Part I. Scutata. Pp. 240. 1867. 5s.

Part II. Scutata (continued). Pp. 241-417. 1867. 4.s.

Part III. Pp. 418-599. [With an Alphabetical Index to
Parts I., II., III., and a Summary of Geographical
Distribution of the Species mentioned.] 1868. 4s. 6r/.

Part IV. Pp. 211. [Alphabetical Index.] 1871. 6s.

PartV. Pp.202. 1872. 5s.

Part VI. Pp.210. 1873. 5s.

Part VII. Pp. 213. 1873. Qs.

Part VIII. Pp. 220. 1873. 6s. ed.

14 LIST OF PURLTCATIONR OF THE

Homopterous Insects.

List of the Specimens of Homopterous Insects in the Collec-
tion of the British Museum. By Francis Walker. Supple-
ment. Pp. ii., 369. [With an Alphabetical Index.] 1858,
12mo., 4."?. >6d.

VERMES.

Catalogue of the Species of Entozoa, or Intestinal Worms,
contained in the Collection of the British Museum. By
Dr. Baird. Pp. iv., 132. 2 Plates. [With an Index of
the Animals in which the Entozoa mentioned in the
Catalogue are found, and an Index of Genera and
Species.] 18.53, 12mo. 2.s.

ANTHOZOA.

Catalogue of Sea-pens or Pennatulariida? in the Collection of
the British Museum. By J. E. Gray, F.R.S., &c. Pp. iv.,
40. 2 Woodcuts. 1870, 8vo. Is. M.

Catalogue of Lithophytes or Stonv Corals in the Collection
of the British Museum. By *J. E. Gray, F.R.S., &c.
Pp. iv., 51. 14 Woodcuts. 1870, 8vo. 3s.

Catalogue of the Madreporarian Corals in the British
Museum (Natural History) : —

Vol. I. The Genus Madrepora. By George Brook.
Pp. xi., 212. 35 Collotype Plates. "[With Systematic
and Alphabetical Indexes and Explanation of the
Plates.] 1893, 4to. 1/. 4.s.

Vol. II. The Genus Turbinaria ; the Genus Astrajopora .
By Henry M. Bernard, M.A. Cantab., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
Pp. iv., 106. 30 Collotype and 3 Lithographic Plates.
[With Index of Generic and Specific Names, and
Explanation of the Plates.] 1896, 4to. 18s.

Vol. III. The Genus Montipora ; the Genus Anacro-
pora. By Henry M. Bernard, M.A. Pp. vii., 192. 30
Collotype and 4 Lithographic Plates. [With Syste-
matic Index, Index of Generic and Specific Names,
and Explanation of the Plates.] 1897. 4to. 1/. 4s.

BRITISH ANIMALS.

Catalogue of British Birds in the Collection of the British
Museum. By George Robert Gray, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.
Pp. xii., 248. ^ [With a List of Species.] 1863, 8vo. 3s. 6d

Catalogue of British Hymenoptera in the Collection of the
British Museum. Second edition. Part I. Andrenidae
and AjDidae. By Frederick Smith, M.E.S. New Issue.
Pp. xi., 236. 11 Plates. [With Systematic and Alpha-
betical Indexes.] 1891, 8vo. Qs.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HI'^TORV\ IT)

Catalogue of British Fossorial Hymenoptera, Formicidae, and
Vespidge in the Collection of the British Museum. By
Frederick Smith, V.P.E.S. Pp. 236. G Plates. [With an
Alphabetical Index.] 1858, 12mo. Gs.
A Catalogue of the British Non-parasitical Worms in the
Collection of the British Museum. By George Johnston,
M.D., Edin., F.R.C.L., Ed., Ll.D., Marischal Coll., Aber-
deen, &c. Pp. 305. Woodcuts and 24 Plates. [With an
Alphabetical Imlex.] 1805, 8vo. 7.s.
Catalogue of the British Echinoderms in the British Museum
(Natural History). By F.. Jeffrey Bell, M.A. Pp.xvii.,202.
Woodcuts and 1(5 Plates (2 Coloured). [With Tabh^ of
Contents, Tables of Distribution, Alphabetical Index,
Description of the Plates, &c.] 1892, 8vo. 12s-. dd.
List of the Specimens of British Animals in the Collection
of the British Museum ; with Synonyma and References
to figures. 12mo. : —

Part IV. Crustacea. By A. White. Pp. iv., 141. (With

an Index.) 1850. 2s. 6d.

Part V. Lepidoptera. By J. F. Stephens. 2nd Edition.

Revised by H. T. Stainton and E. Shepherd. Pp. iv.,

224. 1856, l.s. 9d.

Part VI. Hymenoptera. By F.Smith. Pp.134. 1851. 2s.

Part VII. Mollusca, Acephala and Brachiopoda. By

Dr. J. E. Grav. Pp. iv., 167. 1851, 3.s. 6d.
Part VIII. Fish. By Adam White. Pp. xxiii., 164.

(With Index and List of Donors.) 1851, 3.s-. 6d.
Part IX. Eggs of British Birds. By George Robert

Gray. Pp. 143. 1852, 2s. 6d.
Part XL Anoplura, or Parasitic Insects. By H. Denny.

Pp. iv., 51. 1852, l.s.
Part XII. Lepidoptera (continued). By .Tames F.

Stephens. Pp. iv., 54. 1852, 9d.
Part XIII. Nomenclature of Hymenoptera. Bv

Frederick Smith. Pp. iv., 74. 1853, Is. M.
Part XIV. Nomenclature of Neuroptera. By Adam

White. Pp. iv., 16. 1853, 6d.
Part XV. Nomenclature of Diptera, I. By Adam

White. Pp. iv., 42. 1853, Is.
Part XVI. Lepidoptera (comnleted). By H. T. Stainton.

Pp. 199. [With an Index.] 1854, 3s.
Part XVII. Nomenclature of Anoplura, Euplexoptera,
and Orthoptera. Bv Adam White. Pp. iv., 17.
1855, 6d.

PLANTS.

Catalogue of the African Plants collected by Dr. Friedrich
Welwitsch in 1853-61. — Dicotyledons. By William Philip
Hiern, M.A., F.L.S., &c. :—

Part I. [Ranunculacese to Rhizophoraceas.] Pp. xxvi.,
336. [With Portrait of Dr. Welwitsch, Introduction,
Bibliography, and Index of Genera.] 1896, 8vo. 7s. 6d,

IG LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Catalogue of African Plants — continued.

Part II. Combretaceae to Rubiaceae. Pp. 337-510.

[With Index of Genera.] 1898, 8vo. 4s.
Part III. Dipsaceae to Scrophulariaceae. Pp. 511-784.

[With Index of Genera.] 1898, 8vo. 5s.
Vol. IL, Part I. Monocotyledons and Gymnosperms.
By Alfred Barton Rendle, M, A., D.Sc. F.L.S., Assistant,
Department of Botany. Pp. 260. [With Index of
Genera.] 1899, 8vo. Gs.
A Monograph of Lichens found in Britain : being a Descrip-
tive Catalogue of the Species in the Herbarium of the
British Museum. By the Rev. James M, Crombie, M.A.,
F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. Part I. Pp. viii., 519 : 74 Woodcuts.
[With Glossary, Synopsis, Tabular Conspectus, and Index.]
1894, 8vo. 16.S.'
A Monograph of the Mycetozoa : being a Descriptive Catalogue
of the Species in the Herbarium of the British Museum.
By Arthur Lister, F.L.S. Pp. 224. 78 Plates and 51
Woodcuts. [With Synopsis of Genera and List of Species,
and Index.] 1894, 8vo, 15s.
List of British Diatomacese in the Collection of the British
Museum. By the Rev. W. Smith, F.L.S., &c. Pp. iv., 55.
1859, 12mo. Is.

FOSSILS.

Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British Museum

(Natural History). By Richard Lydekker, B.A., F.G.S. :—

Part I. Containing the Orders Primates, Chiroptera,

Insectivora, Carnivora, and Rodentia. Pp. xxx., 268.

33 Woodcuts. [With Systematic and Alphabetical

Indexes.] 1885, 8vo. 5s.

Part II. Containing the Order Ungulata, Suborder

Artiodactyla. Pp. xxii., 324. 39 Woodcuts. [With

Systematic and Alphabetical Indexes.] 1885, 8vo. 6s.

Part III. Containing the Order Ungulata, Suborders

Perissodactyla, Toxodontia, Condylarthra, and Ambly-

poda. Pp. xvi., 186. 30 Woodcuts. [With Systematic

Index, and Alphabetical Index of Genera and Species.

including Synonyms.] 1886, 8vo. 4s.

Part IV. Containing the Order Ungulata, Suborder

Proboscidea. Pp. xxiv., 235. 32 Woodcuts. [With

Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index of Genera

and Species, including Synonyms.] 1886, 8vo, 5s.

Part V. Containing the Group Tillodontia, the Orders

Sirenia, Cetacea, Edentata, Marsupialia, Monotremata,

and Supplement. Pp. xxxv., 345. 55 Woodcuts.

[With Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index of

Genera and Species, including Synonyms.] 1887,

8vo. ^s.

Catalogue of the Fossil Birds in the British Museum (Natural

History). By Richard Lydekker, B.A. Pp. xxvii., 368.

75 Woodcuts. [With Systematic Index, and Alphabetical

Index of Genera and Species, including Synonyms.] 1891,

Svo. 10s. M.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). 17

Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and Amphibia in the British
Museum (Natural History). By Kichard Lydekker, B.A.,
F.G.S. :—

Part I. Containing the Orders Ornithosauria, Crocodilia,
Dinosauria, Squamata, Rhynchocephalia, and Pro-
terosauria. Pp. xxviii., 30'.). G9 Woodcuts. [With
Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index of Genera
and Species, including Synonyms.] 1888, 8vo. 7.s. 6d.

Part II. Containing the Orders Ichthyopterygia and
Sauropterygia. Pp. xxi., 307. 85 Woodcuts. [With
Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index of Genera
and Species, including Synonyms.] 1889, 8vo. 7.s'. Gd.

Part III. Containing the Order Chelonia. Pp. xviii.,
239. 53 Woodcuts. [With Systematic Index, and
Alphabetical Index of Genera and Species, including
Synonyms.] 1889, 8vo. 7s. 6d.

Part IV. Containing the Orders Anomodontia, Ecaudata,
Caudata, and Labj'rinthodontia ; and Supplement.
Pp. xxiii,, 295. 66 Woodcuts. [With Systematic
Index, Alphabetical Index of Genera and Species,
including Synonyms, and Alphabetical Index of
Genera and Species to the entire work.] 1890, 8vo.
7s. 6d.

Catalogue of the Fossil Fishes in the British Museum (Natm*al
History). By Arthur Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S. :—

Part I. Containing the Elasmobranchii. Pp. xlvii.,
474. 13 Woodcuts and 17 Plates. [With Alphabetical
Index, and Systematic Index of Genera and Species.]
1889, 8vo. 21s.

Part II. Containing the Elasmobranchii (Acanthodii),
Holocephali, Ichthyodorulites, Ostracodermi, Dipnoi,
and Teleostomi (Crossopterj'gii and Chondrostean
Actinopterygii). Pp. xliv., .567. 58 Woodcuts and
16 Plates. [With Alphabetical Index, and Systematic
Index of Genera and Species.] 1891, 8vo. 21s.

Part III. Containing the Actinopterygian Teleostomi
of the Orders Chondrostei (concluded), Protospondyli,
Aetheosjwndi/Ii, and Isuspondt/H (in part). Pp. xlii.,
544. 45 Woodcuts and 18 Plates. [With Alphabetical
Index, and Systematic Index of Genera and Species.]
1895, 8vo. 21s.

Systematic List of the Edwards Collection of British Oligocene
and Eocene Mollusca in the British Museum (Natural
History), with references to the type-specimens from
similar horizons contained in other collections belonging
to the Geological Department of the Museum. By Richard
Bullen Newton, F.G.S. Pp. xxviii., 365. [With table of
Families and Genera, Bibliography, Correlation-table,
Appendix, and Alphabetical Index.] 1891, 8vo. 6s.

4:«7r B

18 LIST OP PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Catalogue of Tertiary Mollusca in the Deijartment of Geology,
British Museiim (Natural History). Part I. The Austra-
lasian Tertiary Mollusca. By Georsre F. Harris, F.G.S., etc.
Pp. xxvi., 107. 8 Plates. [With Table of Families, Genera,
and Subgenera, and Index.] 1897, 8vo. lOs.
Catalogue of the Fossil Cephalopoda in the British Museum
(Natural History) : —

Parti. Containing part of the Suborder Nautiloidea, con-
sisting of the families Orthoceratida^, Endoceratidas,
Actinoceratidfe, Gomphoceratida^, Ascoceratidiie,
Poterioceratidae, Cyrtoceratida^, and Suppl(?ment. liv
Arthur H. Foord, F.G.S. Pp. xxxi., :U4. ,51 Woodcuts.
[With Systematic Index, and Alphabetical Index of
Genera and Species, including S\nonvms.] 1888,
8vo. 10.9. U.
Part n. Containing the remainder of the Suborder
Nantiloidea, consisting of the families Lituitidae,
Trochoceratidffi, Nautilidae, and Supplement. By
Arthur H. Foord, F.G.S. Pp. xxviii., 407. 8G Wood-
cuts. [With Systematic Index, and Alphabetical
Index of Genera and Species, including Synonyms.]
181)1, 8vo. 15.S.
Part III. Containing the Bactritidte, and part of the
Subarder Ammonoidea. By Arthur H. Foord, Ph.D.,
F.G.S., and George Charles Crick, A.K.S.M., F.G.S.
Pp. xxxiii., 303. 146 Woodcuts. [With Systematic
Index of Genera and Species, and Alphabetical Index.]
1897, 8vo. 12.S. M.
List of theTypes and Figured Specimens of Fossil Cephalopoda
in the British Museum (Natural History). By G. C. Crick,
F.G.S. Pp.103. [With Index.] 1898, 8yo. 2s. CW.
A Catalogue of British Fossil Crustacea, with their Synonyms
and the Range in Time of each Genus and Order. By
Henry Woodward, F.R.S. Pp. xii., 155. [With an
Alphabetical Index.] 1877, Svo. 5s.
Catalogue of the Fossil Bryozoa in the Department of
Geology, British Museum (Natural History): — The Jurassic
Bryozo'a. By J. W. Gregory, D.Sc, F.G.S., F.Z.S. Pp.
[yiii.,] 239. 22 Woodcuts and 11 Plates. [With List of
Species and Distribution, Bibliography, Index, and
Explanation of Plates.] 1896, 8vo. 10s.
A Catalogue of the Fossil Bryozoa in the Department of
Geology, British Museum (Natural History) : — The Creta-
ceous Bryozoa. Vol. I. By J. W. Gregory, D.Sc, F.G.S.,
Pp. viii., 457. 64 Woodcuts and 17 Plates. [With Index
and Explanation of Plates.] 1899, 8vo. 16s.
Catalogue of the Blastoidea in the Geological Department of
the British Museum (Natural History), with an account of
the morphology and systematic position of the group, and
a revision of the genera and species. By Robert Etheridge,
jun., of the Department of Geology, British Museum
(Natural History), and P. Herbert Carpenter, D.Sc, F.R.S.,
F.L.S. (of Eton College). Pp. xv.,322. 20 Plates. [With
Preface by Dr. H. Woodward, Table of Contents, General
Index, Explanations of the Plates, &c] 1886, 4to. 25s.

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY). I 'J

The Genera and Species of Blastoidea, with a List of the
Specimens in the British Museum (Natural History). By
F. A. Bather, M.A., F.G.S., of the Geological Department.
Pp. X., 70. 1 Woodcut. 1899, 8vo. 3.s'.
Catalogue of the Fossil Sponges in the Geological Department
of the British Museum (Natural History). With descrip-
tions of new and little known species. By George
Jennings Hinde, Ph.D., F.G.S. Pp. viii., 248. :')8 Plates.
[With a Tabular List of Species, arranged in Zoological
and Stratiufraphical sequence, and an Alphabetical Index.]
1883, 4to. U. 10s.
Catalogue of the Fossil Forandnifera in the British Museum
(Natural History). By Professor T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S,,
&c. Pp. xxiv., 100. [With Geographical and Alphabetical
Indexes.] 1882, 8vo. 5.s'.
Catalogue of the Palaeozoic Plants in the Department of
Geology and Palteontologv, British Museum (Natural
History). By Robert Kidston, F.G.S. Pp. viii., 288.
[With a list of works quoted, and an Index.] 188(j,
8vo. 5s.
Catalogue of the Mesozoic Plants in the Department of
Geology, British Museum (Natural History). TheWealden
Flora. By A. C. Seward, M.A., F.G.S., University Lecturer
in Botany, Cambridge : —

Part I. Thallophyta — Pteridophyta. Pp. xxxviii., 179 :
17 Woodcuts and 11 Plates. [With Preface by Dr.
Woodward, Alphabetical Index of Genera, Species, &c.
Explanations of the Plates, &c.] 1894, 8vo. 10s.
Part II. Gymnosperma?. Pp. viii., 259. 9 Woodcuts
and 20 Plates. (With Alphabetical Index, Explana-
tions of the Plates, &c.] 1895, 8vo. 15s.

GUIDE-BOOKS.

(7^) be ohtainrd only at the Mnsewn.)

Guide to the Galleries of Mammalia in the Department of
Zoology of the British Museum (Natural History). 6th
Edition. Pp. 120. 57 Woodcuts and 4 Plans. Index.
1898, 8vo. U.

Guide to the Galleries of Reptiles and Fishes in the Depart-
ment of Zoology of the British Museum (Natural Historv).
4th Edition. Pp."^iv.,119. 101 Woodcuts. Index. 1898. 8vo.tW.

A Guide to the Fossil Mammals and Birds in the Department
of Geology and Palaeontology in the British Museum
(Natural Historv). 7th Edition. [By Henry Woodward.]
Pp. xii., 103. 110 Woodcuts. [With List of Illustrations,
Table of Stratified Rocks, and Index.] 1896, 8vo. M.

A Guide to the Fossil Reptiles and Fishes in the Department
of Geology and Paleontology in the British Museum
(Natural Historv). [By Henrv Woodward.] Pp. xiv.,
129 : 165 Woodcuts. [With List of Illustrations, Table
of Stratified Rocks, and Index.] 1896, 8vo. 'od.

20 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS

A Guide to the Fossil Invertebrates and Plants in the
Department of Geology and Palieontologj- in the British
Museum (Natural Historj-). [Bv Henry Woodward.]
Pp. xvi., 158. 182 Woodcuts. [With List of Illustrations,
Table of Stratified Rocks, Introduction, and Index.] 1897,
Svo. Is.
riie same, in two parts : —

Part I. Mollusca to Bryozoa. Pp. xii., 04. 107 Wood-
cuts. [With List of Illustrations, Table of Stratified
Rocks, and Introduction.] 1897, 8vo. (Ir/.
Part II. Insecta to Plants, &c. Pp. ix., 64*-158.
Woodcuts 108-182. [With List of Illustrations and
Index to the two parts.] 1897, Svo. Gf/.
Guide to Sowerby's Models of British Fungi in the Depart-
ment of Botany, British Museum (Natural History). By
Worthington G. Smith, F.L.S. Pp. 8-J. 93 Woodcuts.
With Table of Diagnostic Characters, and Index.
[2nd Edition.] 1898, 8vo. Ad.
Guide to the British Mycetozoa exhibited in the Department
of Botany, British Museum (Natural History). By Arthur
Lister, F.L.S. Pp. 42. 44 Woodcuts. Index. 1895,
8vo. 3c/.
A Guide to the Mineral Gallery of the British Museum
(Natural History). [By L. Fletcher, M.A., F.R.S.] Pp. 32.
Plan. 1898, 8vo. Id.
The Student's Index to t-he Collection of Minerals, British
Museum (Natural History). [By L. Fletcher, M.A., F.R.S.]
Pp. 34. With a Plan of the Mineral Gallery. 1899,
8vo. 2d.
An Introduction to the Siudy of Minerals, with a Guide to
the Mineral Gallery of the British Museum (Natural
History). By L. Fletcher, M.A., F.R.S. Pp. 123.
41 Woodcuts. With Plan of the Mineral Gallery and
Index. 1897, 8vo. 6d.
An Introduction to the Study of Rocks. By L. Fletcher, M.A.,
F.R.S. Pp. 118. [With plan of the Mineral Gallery, Table
of Contents, and Index.] 1898, 8yo. 6d.
An Introduction to the Study of Meteorites, with a List of
the Meteorites represented in the Collection. By L.
Fletcher, M.A., F.R.S. Pp. 95. [With a Plan of the
Mineral Gallery, and an Index to the Meteorites repre-
sented in the Collection.] 1896, 8vo. 6d.

E. RAY LANKESTER,

Director.
British Museum

(Natural History),
Cromwell Road,

London, S.W.
January 1st, 1900.

Z.]?°*:i''JVop

Mer,

<^^Z-F-

<M'-.*.'i|M',l'>